Eurotherm PRODUCT CATALOGUE

Transcription

1 Eurotherm PRODUCT CATALOGUE

2 Eurotherm Product Catalogue 1 2 PID Controllers, Indicators & Alarm Units Selection Guides Single Loop Controllers , 1-37 Multi Loop Controllers , 1-49 Indicator & Alarm Units , 1-65 Software , 1-73 Recorders & Data Management Selection Guides Paperless/Graphic , 2-31 Paper , 2-39 Software , 2-49 Catalogue Contents Eurotherm has a reputation for delivering process control and automation solutions that provide our customers with measurable financial advantages of saving time, money and resources. These savings are achieved by providing the solutions that can reduce energy costs, improve plant/process productivity while enhancing the quality of your products. With customers numbering in the hundreds of thousands in 60 countries, Eurotherm continues its leadership role as a supplier of proven products and turn-key solutions in scalable manufacturing process control and automation. Today, Eurotherm products and solutions are meeting customer needs across a wide and diverse global expanse of both regulated and non-regulated industries. With more than 40 years experience, we made the commitment long ago to form productive, team partnerships with you, our customer, with the emphasis on helping you improve your operations efficiency, savings, and ROI. The mark of a Eurotherm product or solution is not only a technology that satisfies a need, but also brings to you the additional value of greater efficiency and cost savings Solid State Relays/Contactors & Power Controllers Drives DCS Solutions Selection Guides Solid State Relays (SSRs) , 3-29 Solid Stae Contactors (SSCs) , 3-35 Power Controllers , 3-43 Selection Guides AC Drives , 4-19 Soft Starters , 4-23 DC Drives , 4-27 Software Selection Guides Software , 5-39 Automation Systems Hardware , 5-49 MACO Products , 5-61 I/O Signal Conditioning, Probes, Thermosensors, Ancillary Selection Guides Valve Actuators (Selection Guide only) Sensors (Selection Guide only) I/O Signal Conditioning , 6-15 Carbon/Oxygen Probes, Thermosensors, Ancillary...6-9, Service Guide Selection Guide Response Service, Lifetime Services, Performance

3 PID Controllers Single Loop RFS 1-1 Features Panel size (DIN) IP Rating Display Type Supply Voltage Input Type PV Accuracy Control Types SP Programmer Analogue IO Digital IO Comms Alarms High Multi Loop Features Panel size (DIN) IP Rating Low Display Type Supply Voltage Input Type Deviation PV Accuracy Control Types Control Loops Control Algorithms Special Features SP Programmer Analogue IP/OP Digital IP/OP Digital Comms Maths Equation Combinational Logic Timers/Counters/Totals Real Time Clock Alarms High Sensor Break Event Heater Fail PC Configuration Product Info page Coding page Low Deviation Rate Sensor Break Event PC Configuration Product Info page Coding page e 2208e 2204e h RFS 1/32 1/16 IP65 1/16 DIN rail Mini8 Controller Mini8 Controller /8 1/4 1/4 DIN rail DIN rail IP65, Nema 4X IP65 IP20 IP20 Main PV: 5 digit plus 4 line alphanumeric Graphical Wiring 1/8 IP65 1/4 1/16 1/8 1/4 2 x 5 dig LED + 2 line text IP65 Dot Matrix Remote Remote 24V dc/ac, V ac 24V dc/ac, V ac 24V dc 24V dc TC, RTD, mv, ma, Volts TC, RTD, mv, ma, Volts TC, mv, RTD, ma, CT TC, RTD, mv, ma, Volts <0.1% <0.1% <0.1% <0.2% On/Off, PID, VP On/Off, PID, VP On/Off, PID On/Off, PID, VP Single Single, Ratio, Cascade, Override Single Single, Ratio, Cascade, Override Carbon Potential, Melt Pressure, Carbon Melt Pressure, Carbon Humidity Carbon Potential, Humidity Humidity, Melt Pressure Potential, Humidity Potential, Vacuum, Boiler, Humidity 50 Progs, 500 Segs max 50 Progs, 500 Segs max 60 Progs, 600 Segs max 8 Progs, 16 segments each In: 5 Out: 6 In: 8 Out: 8 In: 32 Out: 8 In: 64 Out: 32 In: 40 Out: 41 In: 44 Out: 43 In: 34 Out: 32 In: 128 Out: 64 Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus, Ethernet Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus, Ethernet Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus, Ethernet, CANopen Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus, Ethernet 24 Calculations 24 Calculations 32 Calculations 24 Calculations 32 Calculations 24 Operations 32 Operations 24 Operations 32 Operations 4 / 2 / 2 4 / 0 / 4 4 / 2 / 2 8 / 8 / 8 Day and Time Day and Time Day and Time Graphical Wiring Graphical Wiring List based DIN rail 1 x 4 2 x 4 dig LED 2 x 4 dig LED Main: 4 digits Main PV: 5 digit plus Remote dig LED Lower: 5 character starburst (3216/08/04) 4 line alphanumeric 9 character starburst (32h8) 24V dc/ac V ac 24V dc/ac 24V dc/ac 24V dc/ac, 24V dc/ac V ac V ac V ac V ac TC, RTD, mv, ma, V TC, RTD, mv, ma, Volts TC, RTD, mv, ma, Volts TC, RTD,mV, ma, CT TC, RTD, mv, ma, Volts TC, RTD, mv, ma, CT <0.25% On/Off. PID <0.25% On/Off. PID, VP <0.2% On/Off. PID, VP <0.25% On/Off. PID, VP <0.1% On/Off, PID, VP ±0.2% On/Off. PID In: 1 Out: 0 In: 1 Out: 1 20 x 16 segments In: 2 Out: 3 4 Ramp + 4 Dwell In: 2 Out: 3 50 Progs, 500 Segs max In: 5 Out: 6 In: 1 Out: 0 In: 1 Out: 2 In: 3 Out: 4 In: 11 Out: 11 In: 3 Out: 4 In: 40 Out: 41 In: 2 Out: 4 Modbus, DeviceNet Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus 1/16 1/8 1/8 1/4 IP65, Nema 4X Modbus 1/8 1/4 IP65, Nema 4X Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus, Ethernet List based List based List based Wizard Graphical Wiring Wizard IP20 Modbus Single Loop Multi Loop Indicator Software

4 Indicators & Alarm Units/Software 1-2 Indicators and Alarm Units Multi Loop Single Loop Features Panel size (DIN) IP Rating Display Type Supply Voltage Safety Approvals PV Inputs Input Types PV Accuracy User Calibration PV Input Selection No of Alarms Alarm Types No of Relay Outputs Recipes Custom Messages Slave Comms Melt Pressure 2132i 1/ i 1/16 IP65 4 Digit LED V ac, 24V ac/dc 1 TC, RTD, mv, ma, Custom Better than 0.25% of reading 2 point 3 Hi, Lo, Dev, Sensor break i 1/8 3216i 1/16 IP65, Nema 4X 4 Digit LCD plus 5 character alphanumeric V ac, 24V ac/dc FM, DIN 3440 FM, DIN TC, RTD, mv, ma, Custom Better than 0.25% of reading 5 point 5 point, Shunt, Load cell, Auto tare 4 4 Hi, Lo, Dev, Sensor break, Rate of change with 19 tags 5 with 19 tags 128 Characters 128 Characters Modbus RTU 32h8i 1/8 IP65, Nema 4X 5 Digit LCD plus 9 character alphanumeric V ac, 24V ac/dc 1 TC, RTD, mv, ma, Volts, Custom, Strain gauge Better than 0.25% of reading (0.1% strain gauge) Modbus RTU 3204i 1/4 IP65, Nema 4X 4 Digit LCD plus 5 character alphanumeric V ac, 24V ac/dc FM, DIN TC, RTD, mv, ma, Custom Better than 0.25% of reading Digital IP/Logic OP 1/2 2/0 2/0 2/0 2 plus possible further 9/9 Retransmission 5 point with 19 tags 128 Characters Modbus RTU 2408i 1/8 IP65 Large 5 Digit LED V ac, 24V ac/dc 2 TC, RTD, mv, ma, Volts, Custom Better than 0.2% of reading 15 point, Shunt, Load cell, Comparison, Auto tare Hi, Lo, Select, Switchover, Derived 8 Hi, Lo, Dev, Sensor break, Rate of change, Event Non isolated Isolated Isolated Isolated 7 Modbus RTU, DeviceNet, Profibus DP Transducer PSU Transmitter PSU 24V dc 24V dc PC Configuration List based Graphical Wiring Graphical Wiring Graphical Wiring 10V dc 5/10V dc 24V dc List based Product Info page Coding page Indicator Software Configuration Tools itools Product Info page Coding page Software

5 PID Controllers 1-3 Providing you with high performance control that is simple to implement and easy to operate. Quick start codes Automatic help text Custom text messages Auto-tuning With the emphasis being on simplicity, these instruments provide precise temperature and process control with a host of options: Single Loop Temperature Controller 2100 Series Temperature Controller 2200 Series 2216e e e Controller/Programmer 2400 Series Controller with Text Messaging 3200 Series h Single Loop Contents Scrolling text messages The scrolling text messages deliver plain language messages that are most appropriate to your process - letting operators and engineers alike know exactly what is happening to your process. Quickstart configures essential functions The 3200 series uses a simple QuickStart code to configure all of the essential functions required to control your process and, if preferred, we can preset this for you prior to shipment. When accessing the controller HMI you will find that every parameter is accompanied by a scrolling text message to describe its function. Advanced features Although simplicity is often the key to a single loop controller, our ranges offer a host of advanced features to meet your needs, including: Heater failure detection, Timer Setpoint programmer Recipe feature - unique in this class of product. itools software incoprporates a PC wizard configuration tool to help you quickly and confidently set up your controller. To further save your time, configurations can be saved to file and reused or modified to suit other applications in the future. Controller/Programmer 3500 Series DIN Rail Temperature Controller RFS Series RFS Accessories PD/CTX Intelligent Current Transmitter

6 2132/ /2116 Temperature Controller 2100 Series IDEAL Small FOR ovens Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits ChillersIDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Sterilisers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Trace heating IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Heat FOR sealing Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Available in compact 1/32 and 1/16 DIN panel sizes, the 2100 series uses advanced PID algorithms to give stable straight line temperature control. Self tuning is included to optimise the control performance without the need for specialist knowledge or training. Also available as an Indicator. Universal input selection Two configurable outputs Three internal alarm Setpoints Heater failure detection Tactile buttons Customised operator interface A universal input allows selection of nine internally stored thermocouple types and the PT100 resistance thermometer. Other input linearisations may be factory downloaded. Linear inputs can be scaled to the desired display range. Two outputs are configurable for heating, cooling or alarms. Three internal alarm setpoints are provided, configurable as high, low or deviation alarms. Alarms can be blocked on start-up to prevent unnecessary operator alerts. Heater failure can be detected when the controller is used with a TE10S Solid State Relay. Tactile buttons ensure positive operation. The operator interface can be customised to present only those parameters that an operator needs to see and adjust, while all other parameters are locked away under password protection. A multi mode timer provides functionality such as a timed dwell or delayed switch on. Mechanical Details mm 103mm 48mm Latching ears Panel retaining clips Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) mm 48mm Latching ears 103mm Panel retaining clips Panel cut-out 22.22mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) Specifications Control Modes: PID or ON/OFF Supply Voltages: V ac, 20-29V ac or dc, 5.0 watts maximum Inputs: 9 standard T/Cs, PT100, Process (mv, ma, Volts) Custom factory downloadable Input Accuracy; 0.25% of reading Output Ratings: Relay: 2A, 264V ac resistive Logic: 9V dc, 18mA Operating Ambient: 0-55 C, 0-90%RH noncondensing Panel Sealing: IP65, plug-in from front panel 2000 Series Brochure HA /2116 Specification Sheet HA027217

7 2116 Rear Terminal Connections Temperature Controller 2100 Series Low voltage supply 20-29Vac/dc 2132 Rear Terminal Connections External Relay Module 2132/ External Relay Module 1A 1B or Solid State Relay + Output 1 (Logic) 1A 1B V V+ AB AA N L Line Vac Neutral Output 2 (Relay) T/C PT Ω Sensor inputs ma Input 1B or Solid State Relay 1B 1A 1A Output 1 (Logic) /2116 Isolation Diagram Live Neutral Rectification Typical Wiring Diagram Line When switching inductive loads such as contactors or solenoid valves wire the 22nF/100Ω snubber supplied across relay terminals AA and AB.This will prolong contact life and reduce interference. Power supply circuits Neutral Heater fuse Y Double Solid State Relay (e.g. TE10) Heater μp and system circuits 1B Double 1A Model 2132 V V+ AB AA + Thermocouple Snubber Cooling or alarm relay N Fixed Relay PSU mounted Logic I/O PSU mounted PV input Controller fuse 2A type T L Relay output fuse 2A type T T/C PT100 ma Input V V+ 2.49Ω Sensor inputs Setpoint Temperature AB AA Output 2 (Relay) Timer Functionality Ramp Control N L Neutral Line Vac Low voltage supply 20-29Vac/dc Dwell Time 24 Switch off 24 Time

8 1-6 Temperature Controller 2200 Series 2216e/2208e/2204e Universal Input Heating and cooling outputs Motorised Valve output Optimised fan, water and oil cooling Customised operator Display Up to three alarm relays Self-tuning with overshoot inhibition Setpoint rate limit with timer function Heater current display Load diagnostics Modbus RTU DeviceNet IDEAL Extrusion FOR with Benefits optimised IDEAL fan, FOR or water Benefits cooling IDEAL algorithms FOR Benefits Ovens and IDEAL furnaces FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Cold FOR stores Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The 2216e/2208e/2204e are a range of versatile, high stability temperature or process controllers, with self tuning, in 1/4, 1/8 and 1/16 DIN sizes. It has a modular hardware construction with the option of two control outputs, two alarm relays and a communications module. The hardware is configurable for heating, cooling or alarms. The 2216e/2208e/2204e are fully configurable on-site. Modular heating and cooling outputs are provided, as well as a choice of one or two alarm relay outputs. The 1/8 and 1/4 DIN units have two digital inputs to select auto/manual transfer, standby mode, second setpoint or alarm acknowledge. Digital communications with industry standard protocols including Modbus and DeviceNet are available for easy connection to supervisory control and data logging systems. Simple heat treatment profiles can be programmed using the internal ramp generator and dwell timer. Abolish ammeters by using the Eurotherm advanced load current monitoring facility. Heater current may be displayed and also open or short circuit faults detected. Mechanical Details mm mm 103mm 96mm 2208 Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) 2204 Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) 48mm mm 103mm 2216 Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) Specifications Control Modes: PID, PI (overshoot inhibition), PD, P only, ON/OFF or Motorised valve (MVC) Cooling: Linear; Water (non-linear); Fan, Oil (Prop only) Supply Voltages: V ac, 10.0 watts max. Inputs: 9 standard T/Cs, PT100, Process (mv, ma, Volts) Custom download Input Accuracy: 0.25% of reading Outputs: Relay: 2A, 264V ac resistive Logic: 18V dc, 20mA Triac: 1A, 264V ac resistive DC: 0-20mA configurable within range Digital Comms: EIA232, EIA422, EIA485, Modbus, DeviceNet Operating Temperature: 0-55 C, 0-90%RH non-condensing Panel Sealing: IP65 (NEMA 4X), plug-in from front panel 2000 Series Brochure HA e Specification Sheet HA e/2204e Specification Sheet HA025552

9 Temperature Controller 2200 Series 1-7 Isolation Diagram Live Neutral Rectification Power supply circuits Typical Wiring Diagram Y Double µp and system circuits Alternative current regulator arrangements The TE10/PDS2 contains integral Model 2216e power regulator and intelligent DPDCTX. 1A 1B 2A The PDCTX can be supplied separately for use with an SSR or logic thyristor unit as shown in the diagram. The output drive capability of the PDCTX is 5V at 7mA maximum. 2B 3A 3B HF HE HD HC HB HA L N VI V+ V- Double L N TE10 Solid State Relay T/C Heater L N 2200 (Triac Relay & DC) Isolated Modules 2200 (Triac Relay & DC) Isolated Modules PSU mounted PV input/logic I/O/ Non Isolated Modules Heater power fuse (load dependant) To Heater To logic output To L 1A & 1B Logic I/P SSR PDCTX Intelligent Current Transformer This represents a single turn through the CT 5-Position COMBICOM Card Top V+ 5 CAN-H 4 Drain 3 CAN_L 2 V 1 Diag DB-9M RDY RUN NET MON Typical Interface Card (MASTER) Network Supply 24V dc (±1%) 250mV p-p Ripple Red Wht Blue Blk V+ V Daisy chain to further instruments 2200e Controller HF HE HD HC HB HA HF HE HD HC HB HA V+ CAN-H Drain CAN_L V (SLAVE) Address 11 Wiring Interconnection for DeviceNet Communications V+ V 121Ω* (SLAVE) Address N+1 * Fit to last instrument in the chain 2216e/2208e/2204e 2216e Rear Terminal Connections + + DC or Logic or or Logic or or - 3B 3A 2B 2A 1B 1A Output 3 Output 2 Output 1 Comms HF HE HD HC HB HA V- V+ VI N L Line Neutral Earth TC PT100 mv ma 2216 DIN Rail Mounting Temperature Controller, Alarm Unit and Signal Conditioner 2208e/2204e Rear Terminal Connections Mechanical Details 133mm + + DC or Logic or Logic or - or or 3A 2B 2A 1B 1A Output 2 Output 1 Comms HF HE HD HC HB HA Output 3 AC AB AA LC LB LA N L Line Neutral Earth Dig in 1 Dig in 2 Common 48mm 106mm PD/CTX Intelligent Current Transmitter Transmits load/contactor fault data to 2000 Series controllers for alarm annunciation. 3C 3B Output 4 V- V+ VI TC PT100 mv ma On-state RMS current value returned to 2000 Series controller for display and alarm. Two different modes of operation allow the PD/CTX to be used with SSRs or mechanical contactors. 2216DIN Specification Sheet HA PD/CTX Specification Sheet HA026640

10 1-8 Controller/Programmer 2400 Series 2416/2408/2404 Universal input Custom linearisation Customised operator interface High stability PID control Setpoint programmer Motorised Valve output Modbus RTU Profibus DeviceNet Heater current display and diagnostics Multiple alarms on a single output Mechanical Details mm mm 48mm 150mm 2216 Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) 150mm IDEAL Single FOR and Benefits multi-zone IDEAL ovens, FOR furnaces Benefits and kilns IDEAL FOR Benefits Environmental IDEAL chambers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Simple FOR ratio Benefits & cascade IDEAL control FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Available in 1/16, 1/8 and 1/4 DIN panel sizes, the 2416, 2408 and 2404 are high stability controllers with an extensive range of options. Either PID, ON/OFF or Motorised valve control can be configured, satisfying both electrical and gas heating applications amongst others. Advanced adaptive tuning algorithm optimise control performance. A setpoint programmer with up to 20 programs of 16 segments is available. The controllers accept a range of plug-in modules for heating, cooling, or process outputs, analogue retransmission, second process value input and remote setpoint. Precise control An advanced PID control algorithm gives stable Straight-line control of the process. A one-shot tuner is provided to set up the initial PID values and to calculate the overshoot inhibition parameters. In addition an adaptive tuner will handle processes with continually changing characteristics. Alarms Up to four process alarms can be combined onto a single output. Alarms can be full scale high or low, deviation from setpoint, rate of change or load failure alarms. Digital communications Available with either EIA485 2-wire, 4 wire or EIA232. With industry-standard protocols including: Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus DP, and Eurotherm Bisync. Dedicated Furnace & Kiln atmosphere controllers The 2408 and 2404 Atmosphere Controllers provide accurate display and control of the carbon level in steel hardening furnaces or ceramic glazing kilns. They connect directly to a zirconia probe which measures the % oxygen in the furnace. The carbon level is calculated from the oxygen reading and temperature of the probe. An optional third analogue input can continuously measure the CO or H content to correct the carbon reading or dewpoint calculation. The controllers are compatible with probes from the following manufacturers: - Drayton Accucarb AACC SSI Macdui Bosch Lambda A probe clean output is available to force compressed air through the probe at regular intervals to blow off soot deposits. A sooting alarm will warn if carbon deposits build up to a level that can cause false readings. Probe health is monitored by measuring the time it takes the probe reading to recover from a self-clean operation. 96mm 2408 Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) mm 150mm 96mm 2404 Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) Specifications Control Modes: PID, ON/OFF or Motorised valve Cooling: Linear; Water (non-linear); Fan, Oil (Prop only) Supply Voltages V ac, 20-29V ac/dc, Inputs: 9 standard T/Cs, PT100, Process (mv, ma, Volts), Custom downloadable Input Accuracy: 0.2% of reading Outputs: Relay: 2A Logic: 18V dc Triac: 1A 264V ac DC: 0-20mA or 0-10V configurable within ranges Transducer PS: 5V/10V, TX PS: 24V Digital Comms: EIA485 (3w/5w), EIA232, Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus, EI Bysync Programmer: Up to 20 programs of 16 segments Operating Ambient 0-55 C, 0-90%RH Panel Sealing: IP65 Plug-in from front 2000 Series Brochure HA Specification Sheet HA /2404 Specification Sheet HA026553

11 Controller/Programmer 2400 Series 1-9 Isolation Diagram Y Double PDS Load Diagnostics Live 2400 Isolated Modules Neutral Functional Earth Rectification Power supply circuits Y Double Setpoint Programming 20 setpoint programs can be stored, each with 16 ramp-dwell segments and eight event outputs. Programs can be selected and controlled via the front panel, digital inputs or via the digital communication channels. µp and system circuits Temperature Event 1 Event Isolated Modules 2400 Isolated Modules PSU mounted PV input/logic I/O/ Non Isolated Modules Time PDS (Pulse Density Signalling) is a major innovation in the 2404/2408. When used in combination with a Eurotherm TE10 solid state relay (SSR), it allows the logic output of a 2404/2408 to transmit the power demand signal and simultaneously read back load fault alarms. These alarms will be flashed as messages on the controller front panel. Two alarm conditions will be detected, either SSR failure indicating an open or short circuit condition in the SSR and heater circuit failure indicating either fuse failure, heater open circuit or line supply absent. 2416/2408/ Rear Terminal Connections PDS Master Setpoint Transmission 4D 4C 4B 4A Module 1 1D 1C 1B 1A Comms 1 HD HC HB HA D8 N L Line 85 to 264V ac Neutral Earth Dig in 1 5A 2A HE LB Dig in 2 5B 5C Module 2 2B 2C HF JA LC AA Common Low voltage supply 6D 6C 6B 6A 5D Module 3 3D 3C 3B 3A 2D Comms 2 JF JE JD JC JB V V+ VI AC AB Alarm Relay RTD PV 20 to 29V ac/dc Earth PDS can be used to digitally transmit the setpoint profile to a number of slave Series 2000 controllers. If any slave zone departs from the required setpoint by more than a pre-settable amount, a signal from any slave can be transmitted back to the master causing the program to freeze until the error is corrected. Digital accuracy is preserved using PDS Rear Terminal Connections 2416 Rear Terminal Connections 1B 1A 3D 3C 3B 3A 2D 2C 2B 2A 1D 1C I/O Module 1 I/O Module 3 I/O Module 2 Comms 1 Comms 2 JF JE JD JC JB JA HF HE HD HC HB HA V V+ VI AC AB AA LC LB D8 N L Dig in 1 Dig in 2 Common Alarm Relay Line 85 to 264V ac Neutral Earth + RTD PV Low voltage supply to 29V ac/dc Earth 1B 1A 3B 3A 2B 2A Module 1 Module 2 Module 3 CommS HD HE HF V V+ VI N L Low voltage supply to 29V ac/dc Earth Line 85 to 264V ac Neutral Earth + RTD PV Kiln Furnace Product Data HA026727

12 1-10 Controller with Text Messaging 3200 Series 3216/3208/32h8/3204 Universal Input Heater failure detection Load current monitoring Internal timer/programmer Custom Scrolling text messages Recipes Analogue retransmission Modbus RTU Slave Comms Modbus RTU Master Comms Broadcast SP retransmission Remote setpoint IDEAL Plastic FOR extrusion Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Hot runners IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Thermo-forming Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Ovens IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits ChillersIDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Trace FOR heating Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Stress relieving IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits The innovative range of 3200 controllers offer precision control of temperature and other process variables together with a host of advanced features not normally found in this class of controller. The emphasis is on ease of use. A simple Quick Start code is used to configure all the functions essential for controlling your process. This includes input sensor type, measurement range, control options and alarms making Out the Box operation truly achievable. In operator mode every parameter has a scrolling text message describing its function and is available in English, German, French, Spanish or Italian. More advanced features are configured using a PC based configuration wizard which is an easy to use and intuitive guide to all the functions in the controller. Heater current monitoring and diagnostics: A current transformer input provides display of the heater current and a health check on the load. Partial load failure, heater open circuit and SSR faults are detected and displayed as scrolling alarm messages as well as providing an alarm output. On the 3208 and 3204 a front panel ammeter indicates the heater current. Setpoint programmer: Profiles can be programmed using the 8 segment programmer. Holdback at the beginning of each segment can be used to guarantee the soak periods. A digital event output can be triggered in any segment to initiate actions within the process. Alarms: In addition to the standard alarms there are sensor and loop break, manual mode, program event status functions. Up to four conditions can to assigned to a single output. Mechanical Details mm mm 101mm 90mm 96mm 3208 Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) 3204 Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) 48mm mm 32h8 96mm 101mm 90mm 3216 Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) 32h8 Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) 3000 Series Brochure HA Series Specification Sheet HA Specifications Control Modes PID, ON/OFF, or Motorised valve Cooling: Linear, Fan, Oil, Water Supply Voltage V ac, or 24V ac/dc Inputs 9 Standard T/Cs, PT100, Process, Custom downloadable Input Accuracy: 0.25% of reading Current Transformer Input 0-50mA ac Output Relay: 2A/264V ac Logic: 12V dc, 44mA Triac: 0.75A/264 V ac Analogue: 0-20mA TX PS: 24V Alarms: 4 High/Low/Dev High/Dev Low/Dev Band, Non/Latch Digital Comms: EIA232/485 (2w), Modbus Slave/Master (Broadcast) Operating Ambient 0-55 C, 5-90%RH Panel Sealing IP65, NEMA4X Plug-in from front

13 Controller with Text Messaging 3200 Series 1-11 Configuration Adaptor PC configuration can be achieved by using a configuration adaptor. It provides itools with the ability to communicate with and configure devices without any power being connected. Master Comms Broadcast It is possible to use the Modbus RTU communication link to send a value, (often setpoint) from one controller to a network of slave devices providing the economical creation of multi-zone temperature control solutions. itools Wizard Used to simplify the set up of controllers, the wizard guides the user through the configuration process with interactive help and graphical demonstrations of features. 3216/3208/32h8/3204 Heater Failure Detection A current transformer input measures the current switched through the load. From this it is possible to diagnose several load faults including partial load failure, over current and an SSR fault. Typical applications include plastic extrusion, laboratory ovens and other applications where early indication of heater failure can save energy and rework costs. Timer The timer may be used to control batch operations, eg. food ovens, sterilisers, fryers. Ideal for any application requiring a single dwell at the end of either a controlled ramp or natural approach to setpoint without the need for an additional timing device. 3208/32h8/3204 Rear Terminals *OP1 OP Dig in B A 1B 2A 2B LB LC AA AB AC HD HE HF COM A (+) B ( ) AA Relay 32h8 Orientation N V- L V+ 3D VI 3 L 3208/32h8/3204 Isolation Power Rectification Power Supply Circuits 264V ac Double 264V ac Double P & system circuits 264V ac Double Serial comms Remote setpoint All logic inputs and outputs & DC modules Micro mounted PV Input + OP3-3A 3B CT C CT Dig in A Relays & Triacs 264V ac Double 264V ac Double CT Measurements + 24V dc Transmitter supply 3C 3D LA VI RTD Analogue (OP3) output Transmitter PSU 100 to 240V ac 50/60Hz or 24V ac/dc Line Neutral L N V+ V- mv ma 3216 Isolation 3216 Rear Terminals *OP1 OP2 100 to 240V ac 50/60Hz or 24V ac/dc Line Neutral 1A 1B 2A 2B L N CT Dig in A COM A(+) B(-) HF HE HD LA C CT Remote Setpoint AA AB AC VI V+ V- AA Relay RTD mv V ma ma HE HD HF Power Rectification 0-20mA Isolated Module Relays & Triacs Power Supply Circuits 264V ac Double 264V ac Double 264V ac Double P & system circuits 264V ac Double Serial comms Remote setpoint All logic inputs and outputs & no isolated 0-20mA output Micro mounted PV Input CT Measurements

14 1-12 DIN Rail Temperatue Controller RFS Series IDEAL Plastic FOR Extrusion Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Thermoforming IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL injection FOR Molding Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Packaging IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Food FOR Processing Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEALFOR RFS Designed to offer outstanding control performance in a compact DIN rail package the RFS provides a comprehensive solution for a wide variety of applications: such as plastic manufacturing, packaging machinery and food processing applications requiring precise heat/cool control and process protection alarming. Smart PID tune Universal input Three outputs Logic input Soft start power limiter Heater failure detection EIA485 Modbus RTU IO expansion module PC Wizard configuration Ideal as a slave PID loop to a programmable logic controller the RFS offers a cost effective alternative to performing loops in a PLC while at the same time improving loop performance. All inputs and outputs can be read directly over the Modbus communication interface by the supervisory host system. Additionally, the master can write to RFS outputs that are not assigned as alarm or status functions. This expands the available PLC and host supervisory system I/O, simplifies machine troubleshooting and provides the ability to perform remote diagnostics. The RFS accepts one universal process input suitable for thermocouple, resistance thermometer or linear mv/ma and coupled with a responsive Smart PID self tuning algorithm it is equipped with special functions including soft start and non-linear cooling. Smart tuning automatically adjusts the PID sets according to the current process dynamics without the need to cycle the process and therefore has no detrimental effect on the current operating conditions. Three outputs are available providing a heat plus two alarms or heat/cool plus one alarm configuration. A complete set of process protection alarm functions: high and low limit, band and deviation are all included. Modular interconnection allows simultaneous connection of all common instrument elements: power supply, serial interface, logic input and open collector output for common alarms. Making use of this interconnection the RFS-AL adds alarm expansion capability to RFS loop controllers connected to the same interconnection bus. Mechanical Details 9.5mm 131mm 120mm 8.5mm 117mm 101mm RFS Specification Sheet HA mm Specifications Power supply: Switching 24V ac/dc (±10% nominal value) Power consumption: 6VA Common mode rejection: 50/60Hz Normal mode rejection: 50/60Hz Sampling time: 250m Sec for linear inputs 500m Sec for TC or RTD inputs Accuracy: ±0.2% 25 C with nominal supply voltage Operating temperature: 0 to +50 C Storage temperature: 20 to 70 C Operating Ambient: 20% to 85% RH, non-condensing Installation: DIN rail mounting Front protection: IP20

15 PID Controllers 1-13 Multi Loop 2 Loop Controller/Programmer 3500 Series Combining recognized expertise in measurement and control with a comprehensive and clear user interface using the latest LCD technology. Multi-loop controllers offer much more than temperature control. Capable of small machine control with their advanced features and options. Flexible I/O options to control and measure a multitude of processes: temperature carbon potential humidity flow pressure level viscosity additive dosing and many more. Key part of a total process solution: specialist function blocks recipe selection setpoint programmers math logic timer functions flexible communication options Precision PV measurement combined with high performance control give repeatable results yielding consistently high product quality. 3 Loop Controller/Programmer 2704 (2604) Loop Control & Data Acquisition Mini8 Controller Mini8 Controller Loop Controller & Data Acquisition 2500 Series Accessories VT505 Graphical Touch Screen Panel I/O Expander , 1-17 Multi Loop Contents Reduced cost of ownership Graphical wiring editors make easy work of creating flexible solutions for complex processes. System integration is enabled using industry standard protocols: Modbus RTU Profibus CANopen DeviceNet communications Modbus TCP Customizable displays for simple and intuitive operation - clearly showing operators the information they need.

16 Loop Controller/Programmer 3500 Series IDEAL Furnaces FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Environmental IDEAL chambers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Autoclave FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Fermenters IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Reactors FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Melt pressure IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Process FOR applications Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR 3508/3504 Two PID loops 50 setpoint programs Precision PV Maths/logic/timers Custom User interface Carbon potential Graphical Wiring Editor Profibus/DeviceNet Ethernet Modbus TCP Expansion I/O The 3508 and 3504 offer much more than temperature control - advanced features and options make them capable of small machine control. They provide flexible I/O options to control and measure a multitude of processes - temperature, carbon potential, humidity, flow, pressure, level, viscosity, additive dosing and many more. Specialist function blocks, recipe selection, setpoint programmers, maths, logic, timer functions and flexible communication options are just a few examples of what makes these instruments a key part of a total process solution. Dual loop - ideal for controlling processes with two interactive variables. QuickStart HMI configures simple applications in minutes - faster than it takes for a PC to boot-up. Ideal for replacement of older Eurotherm products such as 818 and 902. Easy system integration with standard industry protocols - Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, Profibus and DeviceNet - Simple to integrate to SCADA and programmable logic controllers without expert knowledge of communication protocols. Flexible Setpoint Programming with dual channel capability - Up to 50 time based programs can be stored. Programs can be also be created using a PC tool then downloaded to the controller. Infrared clip Communications to the 3500 can be achieved by using an infra red communications adaptor. Clipping onto the front facia of the controller this device allows configuration and commissioning to be performed without the need to access the rear terminals of the controller. Mechanical Details 96mm mm 159mm 148mm mm 3508 Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) 3504 Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) Specifications Control Modes Cooling: Supply Voltage Inputs: Input Accuracy: Current Transformer I/P Output Ratings Relay: 2A/264V ac Logic: 12V dc, 24mA Triac: 0.75A/264V ac Analogue DC: 0-20mA Transmitter PS: 24V dc Transducer PS: 5/10V dc 2 Loops - PID, ON/OFF, Motorised valve Linear, Fan, Oil, Water V ac, or 24V ac/dc PV (x5) 10 Standard T/Cs, PT100, Process, Oxygen, Custom x2, Contact Closure 0.1% of reading 0-50mA ac Alarms: Process 8: High/Low/Dev High/Dev Low/Dev Band, Non/Latch. Digital Alarms 8: Edge, High/Low, Delay, Blocking Digital Comms: EIA232/485 (2w/4w), Modbus RTU Slave/Master (Broadcast), Profibus, DeviceNet, EI-Bisync Ethernet: Modbus TCP, 10BaseT Operating Ambient 0-55 C, 5-90%RH Panel Sealing IP65, NEMA4X Plug-in from front 3000 Series Brochure HA Series Specification Sheet HA029045

17 2 Loop Controller/Programmer 3500 Series 1-15 itools Graphical Wiring Editor makes easy work of creating flexible solutions - Minimum training required. Easy to document and understand applications. The GWE is an extremely easy way to create applications. It allows users to select the function blocks they wish to use in their application then connect them together using Soft Wiring. System Integration A powerful system tool, design for integration I/O Expander 20 Logic inputs 20 Relay outputs The 2000IO expander can increase the digital IO providing the option for greater remote operation of the programmer and expands the 3500 logic capability. 3508/3504 Isolation Live Rectification Neutra Power Supply 264V ac Double 264V ac Double 64V ac Double Module 1 Module /3504 Functional Earth 264V ac Double 64V ac Double Programmer Many applications need to vary temperature, or other process values with time. The setpoint is varied by using a setpoint program. The program is stored as a series of ramp and dwell segments. The 3500 has a very flexible dual channel programmer with storage for 50 programs. The 3500 is ideal for furnace, environmental chamber and autoclave applications that require greater flexibility. Communications (H Comms) Communications (J Comms) PSU mounted Logic I/O & Common PSU mounted PV Input 64V ac Double μp & system circuits 64V ac Double 64V ac Double 64V ac Double Module 3 Module 4 Module 5 Module Rear Terminal Connections 3508 Rear Terminal Connections 2A 1D 1C 1B 1A Line 85 to 264Vac Neutral Earth Logic IO A Logic IO B 3C 3B 3A 2D 2C 2B Common NO C NC RTD mv 3D 5A 4D 4C 4B 4A 6C 6B 6A 5D 5C 5B 6D HE HD HC HB HA JE JD JC JB JA HF JF LB D8 N L V+ VI AC AB AA LC ma V Module 4 Module 1 Comms Channel 1 2A 1D 1C 1B 1A Line 85 to 264Vac Neutral Earth Logic IO A Logic IO B Module 5 Module 6 Module 2 Module 3 Comms channel 2 3C 3B 3A 2D 2C 2B Common NO C NC RTD mv 3D HE HD HC HB HA JE JD JC JB JA HF JF LB D8 N L V+ VI AC AB AA LC V IO Module 1 Comms Channel 1 IO Module 3 IO Module 2 Comms Channel 2 ma

18 Loop Controller/Programmer 2704 (2604) IDEAL Vacuum FOR heat Benefits treatment IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Carburising IDEAL furnaces FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Semiconductor FOR Benefits diffusion IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Creep and IDEAL tensile FOR testing Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Autoclave FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Boiler control IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Environmental FOR Benefits chambers IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR 2704/(2604) Three PID loops 60 setpoint programs High precision PV Cascade/override/ratio Maths/logic/timers Program mimic display PV/SP trend display Custom user interface Carbon potential Mathematical calculations Vacuum inputs Profibus/DeviceNet Ethernet Modbus TCP Master Modbus Expansion I/O The 2704 and 2604 are highly accurate and stable process controllers available in a single, dual or triple loop format. Features include setpoint programming and a comprehensive selection of maths and logic functions. The user interface incorporates a bright dot matrix display, providing extreme flexibility and ease of use. The flexible modular approach of both the hardware and software construction make this a highly configurable product, offering many features previously found only in programmable logic controllers. This allows solution to be implemented that integrate both the process control and logic functions of a machine, thus simplifying system complexity and therefore reducing total costs. Configuration is achieved either via the front panel interface or using the Eurotherm itools configuration software. A setpoint programming option is available allowing storage of up to 60 programs, each program can profile up to three setpoints. Mechanical Details 96mm 150mm 96mm Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) Specifications Control Modes: Up to 3 loops PID, ON/OFF and VP, Cascade, Ratio & Override Special Functions: Carbon potential, Humidity Trending (2704), Vacuum (2704) Boiler (2704) Supply Voltages: V ac, 24V ac/dc Inputs: PV (Up to 4) 10 Standard T/Cs, PT100 3w/4w, Process, Custom x3 Input Accuracy: Outputs Alarms Digital Comms: 0.1% of reading Relay: 2A 264V ac Logic: 24V dc Triac: 1A 264V ac Analogue DC: 0/4-20mA, 0 10V Transmitter PS: 24V Transducer PS: 5/10V Ethernet: Setpoint Programmer: Toolkit Blocks: Operating Ambient Panel Sealing Process 8: High/Low/Dev High/Dev Low/Dev Band EIA232/485 (3w/5w), Modbus Slave/Master, Profibus, DeviceNet, EI-Bisync Modbus TCP, 10BaseT Up to 60 Programs, 650 segments 16 Event outputs Maths functions, Logic operations, Timers, Totalisers, User Values 0-50 C, 5-95%RH IP65, Plug-in from front 2704 Specification Sheet HA Specification Sheet a HA /2704 Docs LA029175

19 3 Loop Controller/Programmer 2704 (2604) 1-17 Application Specific Versions I/O Expander Pre-configured versions of the 2704 and 2604 are available to provided specific control functions: These include %RH, Carbon Potential, Melt Pressure and vacuum control. Digital Inputs Analogue Inputs Digital Inputs Input Selection PSP1 Setpoint PSP2 Programmer PSP3 Analogue Operations Digital Operations Master Communications PV1 PV2 PV3 Setpoint Selection Control Loop 1 Timers Alarms Control Loop 2 Totalisers Retransmission Control Loop 3 Realtime Clock Comms Digital Outputs 20 Logic inputs 20 Relay outputs The 2000IO expander can increase the digital IO providing the option for greater remote operation of the programmer and expands the 2704 logic capability. Toolkit Functions Mathematical calculations Combinational logic Real time clock Timer functions 2704/(2604) Modbus RTU Protocol 100 read/write parameters Expands available hardware nterfaces to most Modbus slaves Master modbus communications significantly increases the applications open to In its simplest form it can be used to retransmit a setpoint to a number of slave controllers in a multi-zone furnace. Alternatively, it can be integrated with a multi loop blind controller to provide a remote operator interface with SP programmer functions. Rear Terminal Connections Common DC D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 VH VI V+ PV Input Digital I/O Module 4 Module 5 Module 6 4A 4B 4C 4D 5A 5B 5C 5D 6A 6B 6C Module 1 Module 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 2A 2B 2C 2D 3A 3B 3C Comms 1 Comms 2 HA HB 4C HD HE HF JA JB JC JD JE L N D8 E1 E2 AA AB AC BA BB Line 85 to 264V ac Neutral Earth Digital Input I/O Expander or Digital Input Relay Analogue input ±10V Operators include; Add, Subtract, Log, Exp, SQRT, AND, OR, Max, Min, Select and many more ToolKit blocks allows the user to create custom solutions by internally wiring analogue and digital operations together in flexible ways. 24 analogue and 32 digital operations are available. Other functions are available including timers, totalisers and a real time clock. Alternative display version 2604 V 6D 3D JF BC Analogue input screen Same size, same rear terminal pinout, slightly reduced functionality 2000IO Expander Specification Sheet HA026907

20 Loop Control & Data Acquisition Mini8 Controller Mini8 Controller 16 control loops 32 analogue inputs SP programming Maths/logic/timers Modbus RTU Ethernet Modbus TCP Profibus DP DeviceNet CANopen Plastics extrusion IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Semiconductor MBE/CVD Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Thermoforming IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Stress relieving Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Environmental chambers The Mini8 controller offers high performance control usually only found in the Eurotherm panel mount PID controllers. It is also a very competitive and compact data acquisition device. Mini8 s controller modular design enables its I/O and feature set to be selected to cater for a wide range of applications from simple to complex. Mini8 controller is an ideal partner to a programmable logic controller. It offers a real cost effective alternative to performing analogue measurement or loop control in a PLC. Implementing these functions in the Mini8 controller reduces the hardware cost of the PLC, relieving it of the burden of performing analogue functions, often allowing a lower specification processor to be used. Control and measurement Combining high quality multi-channel analogue measurement with Eurotherm s proven PID algorithm. Heater Failure Detection Utilising a unique cycling algorithm, and current transformer input module. Creating Custom Solutions A wide range of toolkit functions, including Maths and Logic blocks, can be used to create custom solutions. Communications The Mini8 controller utilises a fixed Modbus address table providing easy integration into PLC, SCADA and other 3rd party systems. Configuration of the Mini8 controller will be via the Eurotherm itools system using the Graphical Wiring Editor. Mechanical Details 108mm Allow min 25mm above and below each unit 124mm Allow min 25mm for terminals and cables 115mm Mounting Information The Mini8 controller is intended to be horizontally mounted on symmetrical DIN Rail to EN or 35 x 35x 15 Specifications Control Modes: Cooling: Supply Voltage: Inputs: Input Accuracy: Outputs: Digital Comms: Ethernet: Alarms: SP Programmer: Toolkit Blocks: Recipes: Operating Ambient: Panel Sealing: Up to 16 Loops - PID, ON/OFF Linear, Fan, Oil, Water 18 to 28V dc 10 Standard T/Cs, PT100 2w/3w/4w, Process, Custom Logic 24V dc, CT 0-50mA 0.1% of reading Analogue: 0/4-20mA Logic: 24V dc Relay: 2A/264V ac EIA485 (3w/5w), Modbus RTU Slave, Profibus DP, DeviceNet, CanOpen Modbus TCP, 10BaseT Process 32: High/Low/Dev High/Dev Low/Dev Band 8 Single Profile Programs, 16 Segments/program, 8 Events/program, Maths functions, Logic operations, Multiplexor, Timers, Counters, RTC, Switchover, Totalisers, User Values 8 Recipes, 24 tags in each 0-55 C, 5-95%RH IP20, Back of panel mounting DIN Rail Mini8 Brochure HA Mini8 Specification Sheet HA VT505 Specification Sheet HA Mini8 Controller

21 16 Loop Control & Data Acquisition Mini8 Controller 1-19 Data Acquisition Integration with PLC Industry standard PLC 6000 Series Recorders Multi Loop Control VT505 VT505 provides an ideal operator interface for monitoring and changing process parameters in any slave controller. Compatible with any Modbus RTU product such as the Mini8 controller it can also be used as a operation window into other communicating devices. Dynamic text, help messages and easy to use function keys provide the operator with rapid access to any data that he wishes to view or adjust. Functions can be programmed via the matrix touch screen for direct access to displays, alarms, recipe download or simply to toggle or alter a variable. Mini8 Controller LEDS Legend P A B Function Indicates power Relay A state Relay B state OFF No power De-energised De-energised ON Powered Energised Energised Power Supply 24V 24V 0V GND Standard I/O Connections D1 D2 C A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B2 Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 24V dc 24cv dc 0V dc Ground } Power supply voltage v dc Power consumption 15W maximum Linked Digital Input 1 Digital Input 2 Digital Input Common Relay A n/open Relay A n/closed Relay A common Relay B n/open Relay B n/closed Ø Relay B common Screw terminal can accept wire sizes m (24-12awg) Digital Inputs: ON requires > 10.8V with 2mA drive, 30V max. Relay contacts: 1 amp max. 42V dc max. Comms (DeviceNet option shown) 1 to 4 LEDS OFF BLINK ON Not running OF ON Running Standby/Config Running FC (other) CANopen) F N Offline Config ot Comms Traffic Running Ready Field Comms Traffic Connected RN CC FC (DeviceNet/! CAUTION The Mini8 is intended for operation at safe low voltage levels, except the relay module. Voltages in excess of 24V must not be applied to any terminals other than the module RL8. A protective earth connecton is required. Do not replace the battery. Return to factory if replacement is required. TC8/TC4 Thermocouple Input A B C D E F G H Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø CH 1 I+ CH 1 S+ CH 1 I CH 1 S CH 2 I+ CH 2 S+ CH 2 I CH 2 S RT4 2/3/4 Wire RTD Input A B C D E F G H Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø CH 1 I+ CH 1 S+ CH 1 I CH 1 S CH 2 I+ CH 2 S+ CH 2 I CH 2 S DI8 Logic Input A B C D E F G H Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø D 1 + D 1 D 2 + D 2 D 3 + D 3 D 4 + D 4 CT3 Current Transformer Input A B C D E F G H Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available DO8 Logic Output All 4 Supply In + linked Internally A B C D E F G H Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Supply In + Supply In + OP 1 + OP 2 + OP 3 + OP 4 + Supply & OP Supply & OP AO8/AO4 (slot 4 only) Analogue Output A B C D E F G H Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø OP 1 + OP 1 OP 2 + OP 2 OP 3 + OP 3 OP 4 + OP 4 RL8 (slots 2 and 3 only) Relay Output - 8 normally open contact A B C D E F G H Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø RLY1 A RLY1 B RLY2 A RLY2 B RLY3 A RLY3 B RLY4 A RLY4 B I J K L M N O P Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø CH 3 I+ CH 3 S+ CH 3 I CH 3 S CH 4 I+ CH 4 S+ CH 4 I CH 4 S (TC channels 1 to 4 only) Isolation: Channel to Channel 42V Channel to System 42V I J K L M N O P Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø CH 3 I+ CH 3 S+ CH 3 I CH 3 S CH 4 I+ CH 4 S+ CH 4 I CH 4 S wire connections Isolation: Channel to Channel 42V Channel to System 42V I J K L M N O P Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø D 5 + D 5 D 6 + D 7 D 7 + D 7 D 8 + D 8 Digital Inputs: ON requires >10.8V with 2mA drive 30V max. Isolation: Channel to Channel 42V Channel to System 42V I J K L M N O P Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø In 1A In 1B no connection In 2A In 2B no connection In 3A In 3B There is no channel isolation. Isolation is provided by the current transformers I J K L M N O P Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Supply In + Supply In + OP 5 + OP 6 + OP 7 + OP 8 + Supply & OP Supply & OP All 4 Supply & Out linked Internally Supply: 24V Isolation: Channel to Channel Channel to System 42V (only with independant isolated supply) I J K L M N O P Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø OP 5 + OP 5 OP 6 + OP 6 OP 7 + OP 7 OP 8 + OP 8 (AO4 channels 1 to 4 only) Output current 0 to 20mA 360ohms max. load Isolation: Channel to Channel 42V Channel to System 42V I J K L M N O P Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø RLY5 A RLY5 B RLY6 A RLY6 B RLY7 A RLY7 B RLY8 A RLY8 B Contact Voltage/Current 264V ac/2a RMS max/. 5V dc, 10mA min (wetting) Isolation: 264V ac basic Channel to Channel 264V ac reinforced channel to system Note Protective conductor must be used when this option is fitted

22 Loop Controller & Data Acquisition 2500 IDEAL Furnaces FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Environmental IDEAL chambers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Baking FOR conveyor Benefits ovens IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Packing IDEAL lines FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Conveyor FOR Benefits furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR 2500 Advanced PID control Single loop integrity Individual Loop Tuning Up to 128 I/O Direct interface to temperature sensors Plug-in modules Easily Expandable Physical distribution reduces wiring Different Base Configurations Industry Standard communications High performance, high accuracy, high functionality in an I/O system that provides cost effective access to a wide range of advanced functions including PID control with auto tuning and gain scheduling. Designed to communicate with Modbus RTU, Profibus, DeviceNet or Modbus TCP/IP masters, the 2500 can be used for signal conditioning, alarm monitoring, remote data acquisition or devolved control, for systems such as the Eurotherm Visual Supervisor, PC based SCADA packages and PLC s. However, the ease of integration of the 2500 goes much further as it directly supports a wide range of open, industry standard communications interfaces. These enable easy connection to supervisory computers, PLCs and other host systems. Up to eight PID blocks, provide an extensive range of control strategies. Each block offers one-shot auto tuning to optimise control performance without the need for specialist knowledge. Every PID block may be a Single PID, Cascade, Ratio or Override controller, each providing the choice of analogue, time proportioned or valve position output. Six base sizes are available that will accept between 2 and 16 I/O modules each. Up to 16 bases may be daisy chained to provide acquisition and multi loop control solutions with up to 128 loops. DIN Rail mounting allows the 2500 to be located where the control action is required, minimising the cost of the cable used, as only the communications need be taken to the User Interface. The 2500 may also be mounted on part of the machine, saving the cost of centralised control cubicles. Mechanical Details 16 Module 12 Module 10 Module 8 Module (as shown) 4 Module 2 Module Position for 2500E I/O Controller Terminal Unit for 2550E 180mm 137mm 87mm Terminal Unit for 2500M I/O module 134mm 104mm Module Side View 442mm 340mm 289mm 239mm Handle used to secure module Passive backpane Any type of I/O modules may be placed at any slot position 2500 Terminal Units click into place to suit the I/O module required Future proof solutions - whatever your application Remote I/O Alarm monitoring Signal conditioning Distributed multi loop Control Scalable solutions grow as you go Control solutions from Eurotherm Designed to meet the ever growing expectations of tomorrow s industry, the 2500 provides a powerful and flexible I/O system that enables the distribution of acquisition and intelligence to the working end of the process. This, and world-beating applications knowledge and support from Eurotherm, combine to save you both time and money. Specifications Supply Voltage: Control Modes: Output Types Inputs range Input Accuracy: Digital Comms: Operating Ambient: Mounting: V dc PID, ON/OFF, Cascade, Ratio, MVC, Override function blocks See over page T/C, RTD, Linear, Custom, CT 0.1% of reading sample rate: 110mS Modbus RTU, TCP/IP, Profibus, DeviceNet 0-55 C 5-95% RH non-condensing Din Rail or Bulkhead 2500 Brochure HA Specification Sheet HA026175

23 8 Loop Controller & Data Acquisition B Base Unit The base consists of an aluminium extrusion, the internal I/O bus interconnection PCB and mounting supports. The base is designed to be DIN Rail mounted, within an enclosure. If preferred, however, it can be directly fixed to a bulkhead or mounting plate. Both base and modules can be fixed horizontally or vertically. Bases are available in several standard sizes to suit the number of modules required in a particular system. Executes control loops 110m Sec User Soft Wiring and Toolkit blocks Control Up to 8 fully featured PID blocks Single loop, Cascade Ratio or Ratio Control I/O Network Modbus RTU Profibus-DP, DPV1 DeviceNet Modbus TCP/IP I/O Bases From 2 to 16 Modules Process Alarming Threshold, Deviation or rate of change Plug-in I/O Modules Hot Swap Cost effective Optional fuses Software configured 2. Ch universal analogue I/P 3. Ch high level analogue I/P 2. Ch analogue O/P 4. Ch universal analogue I/P 4. Ch digital I/P 6. Ch AC I/P 8. Ch digital I/P 4. Ch logic O/P 4. Ch relay O/P Configuration Tools Automatic network node identification Easy connectivity - drag and drop Clone file load, save and verify Application documentation itools, a Windows based PC configuration package, is used to configure and store the I/O and PID parameters as well as commission your process. A helpful multi-window browse-able format provides rapid access to Inputs, outputs, alarms PID and Toolkit mathematical functions. A custom sensor linearisation tool lets you download up to three special sensor characteristics for use within the acquisition, alarm or control strategy. Easy Commissioning OPC compliant Supports DDE - access to other Windows packages Real time trending and logging Variable scan rate Combined with the itools OPC server, OPC SCOPE a powerful trending and logging package, facilitates easy commissioning by providing clear visibility of process variables through multiple time base windows From Single Product installations to Large Scale System Elements

24 8 Loop Controller & Data Acquisition ANALOGUE INPUTS 2500M/AI2 - Two channel analogue input This analogue input module is used to monitor analogue signals from a wide range of plant sensors. The ma and TC inputs each require the appropriate Terminal Unit. The second channel of the AI2 has a special high impedance range for use with zirconia probe inputs. 2500M/AI3 - Three channel analogue input Provides 3 isolated current input channels specifically designed to meet the requirements of modern two wire transmitters. Each channel has its own isolated 24 Volts supply for 3-wire transmitter excitation. Each channel is protected against short circuit (with 24 Volts DC supply on) and utilises a sophisticated trip and try system where the module senses over current and cuts the power, after a period the circuit checks for continued circuit malfunction. The module can be optionally fitted with disconnects to enable isolation of an individual input to allow work on the loop to continue safely M/AI4 - Four channel analogue input This analogue input module is used to monitor analogue signals from a wide range of plant sensors. The ma and TC inputs each require the appropriate Terminal Unit. ANALOGUE OUTPUTS 2500M/A02 - Two channel analogue output This analogue output module provides two isolated analogue output channels. Each output may be independently configured for current or voltage mode. DIGITAL INPUTS 2500M/DI4 - Four channel digital input This digital input module accepts four logic inputs, and may be wired either for voltage input (either polarity) or for contact closure. 2500M/DI8 - Eight channel logic input This eight channel digital input module accepts eight logic inputs and is available in two factory option formats for voltage or contact-closure input. 2500M/DI6 - Six channel AC voltage input The six channel digital input module accepts AC voltage inputs and is available in two factory options optimized for 115 Volts AC or 230 Volts AC ranges. DIGITAL OUTPUTS 2500M/DO4 - Four channel logic output This digital output module provides four logic outputs and is available in two factory option formats for standard or high-current output. 2500M/RLY4 - Four channel relay output This digital output module provides four relay outputs. The relay contacts are all fitted with removable snubber circuits to reduce contact arcing and prolong contact life Brochure HA Specification Sheet HA026175

25 8 Loop Controller & Data Acquisition CONTROL The Input Output Controller (IOC) is the Central Processing Unit of the 2500 DIN Rail controller. Each 2500 base has an IOC module mounted in the extreme left-hand position. The control module communicates with the I/O modules via the internal IO bus. Module Interconnection is via the Base Unit PCB. This PCB also provides the internal power distribution required by the I/O modules. PID and User Alarms All Analogue inputs and outputs share a common, comprehensive alarm capability in addition to the I/O alarms. Loop 1 Loop 2 Loop 3 Loop 4 Loop 5 Loop 6 Loop 7 Loop 8 Loop 1 Override Override Ratio Ratio Cascade Single Loop SP SP Valve Position PV PV PID Time Time PID Analogue Analogue Output Output Zirconia Function Block This feature is used to measure carbon potential, furnace dew point or oxygen concentration. Temperature Control Carbon Potential Control Sooting Alarm Automatic Probe Cleaning Endothermic Gas Correction Supported probes: Probe mv, Bosch Carbon, AACC, Drayton, Accucarb, SSI, MacDhui, Oxygen, Log Oxygen, Bosch, Dewpoint. Gas Reference Probe mv Gas Ref C mv Zirconia Function Block % Carbon SP C Carbon Control Loop Enrichment Gas Dilution Air Probe Health Sooting Alarm Probe Clean Humidity Function Block A special Humidity function block calculates the relative humidity or dew point (Process Value) using the wet and dry bulb measurement technique. Pressure compensation can be measured via a transmitter and soft wired to the block from an input or can be set as a fixed parameter. Wet bulb Temperature Dry bulb Temperature Wet Bulb Offset Pressure Compensation Psychometric Constant Humidity Block % RH Dew Point Sensor Failure P 24V dc DIN Rail Power Supply The 2500P delivers a range of high performance, DIN Rail mounted switched-mode power supplies, suitable for use with the 2500 system. The highly stable 24 volt dc supplies come in three current ratings 2.5A, 5A and 10A. Supply voltage range: 85 to 132V ac/176 to 264V ac. Mechanical Details 2.5A 5A 50mm 64mm 10A 120mm 103mm 125mm

26 1-24 Graphical Touchscreen Panel VT505 IDEAL Universal FOR Benefits operator interface IDEAL FOR unit Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Available IDEAL pre-configured FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Rugged FOR construction Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Standard IDEAL interface FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Programmable FOR Benefits for customer IDEAL FOR requirements Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Recipe storage IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits VT LCD Touchscreen 128 User Pages 34 Variables per page 128 Recipes Password Protection Modbus RTU Master Bitmap images import capability The VT505 provides an ideal operator interface for monitoring and changing process parameters in any slave instrument. Compatible with any Modbus RTU product, such as the Mini8 Controller or the 2500, the VT505 can also be used as an operation window into other communicating products. Although compact, the VT505 is constructed in a rugged, pressed aluminium case, with a sealed matrix touch display. The IP65 panel seal rating makes it ideal for harsh industrial environments. Dynamic text, help messages, and easy to use function keys provide the operator with rapid access to data to either view or adjust. Functions can be programmed via the matrix touch screen for direct access to displays, alarms, recipe download or simply to toggle or alter a variable. The VT505 can be supplied pre-configured to suit Mini8 Controller applications. This enables plug and play operation, without the need for any user configuration. Alternatively users can create their own customised view of the process using the VTWIN programming software. Mechanical Details 158mm 216mm 54mm 5mm Specifications Supply Voltage: 18-32V dc Display: Graphic LCD, 4 Tones of blue STN Touch Screen: Matrix 20 x 16 Display Area: x 86.37mm Contrast Adjustment: Software set Character Set: Programmable fonts/ttf Windows User Memory: Project 640kb Recipe/Alarm Buffer 16kb Flash Interface: MSP Serial Port EIA232 EIA422/485 TTY 20mA Operating Ambient: 0-50 C, 0-85% RH (non condensing) Panel sealing: IP65 Mini8 Brochure HA VT505 Specification Sheet HA Mini8 Controller

27 Indicators & Alarm Units 1-25 Indicators and Alarm Units Indicator & Alarm Units 2100i Series 2132i i i Indicator & Alarm Units 3200i Series 3216i h8i i Available in four standard formats and complementing our range of world class PID controllers the Eurotherm range of indicators and alarm units provide accurate temperature or process measurement, clear indication with alphanumeric messaging and versatile alarming strategies. 2100i Series The 2100i range, available in 1/32, 1/16 and 1/8 DIN sizes, provides you with accurate indication and alarming of temperature and process measurements. Process interlocks, including over temperature furnace limits, are implemented using relay outputs. 2408i 2408i Indicator Accessories 767S Selector Switch , i Series Available in 1/16th, 1/8th and 1/4 DIN formats for precise temperature or process measurement - the 3200i Series include scrolling alarm and event messages that can be used to alert an operator of a change in plant conditions. 2408i Indicator The 2408i is an 1/8th DIN indicator and alarm unit that has a large 5 digit display - providing excellent visibiity to the operator. Indicator Contents

28 1-26 Compact Indicator & Alarm Unit 2100i Series IDEAL Temperature FOR Benefits & process IDEAL indication FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Process IDEAL protection FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Furnace FOR over Benefits temperature IDEAL protection FOR BeL FOR Benefits The 2100i range, available in 1/32, 1/16 and 1/8 DIN sizes, provides you with accurate indication and alarming of temperature and process measurements. Process interlocks, including over temperature furnace limits, are implemented using relay outputs. A universal input enables selection of nine internally stored thermocouple types and the PT100 resistance thermometer. Other input linearizations may be factory downloaded. Linear inputs can be scaled to the desired display range. Reliable performance and accuracy Simple operation Fully configurable using operator interface Alarm blocking on start-up Universal input Three alarm setpoints Two relay outputs One logic output or input CustomiSable operator interface Two relay outputs are configurable for alarms. Three internal alarm setpoints are provided - configurable as high, low or deviation alarms. Alarms can be blocked on start-up to prevent unnecessary operator alerts. Tactile buttons ensure positive operation. The operator interface can be customized to present only those parameters that an operator needs to see and adjust. Other parameters are locked away under password protection. 2132i/2116i/2108i Mechanical Details 2108i 48mm 96mm Latching ears (top and bottom) 103mm Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) 2116i 48mm 103mm 48mm Latching Panel retaining clips ears Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) 2132i 24mm 48mm Latching ears 103mm Panel retaining clips Panel cut-out 22.22mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) Specifications Supply Voltages: V ac, 20-29V ac or dc, 15.0 watts maximum Inputs: 9 standard T/Cs, PT100, Linear mv/ma Input Accuracy; 0.25% of reading Output Ratings: Relay: 2A, 264V ac resistive Operating Ambient: 0-55 C, 5-95%RH noncondensing Panel Sealing: IP65, plug-in from front panel Indicator Brochure HA i Specification Sheet HA i/2132i Specification Sheet HA027219

29 Compact Indicator & Alarm Unit 2100i Series 1-27 Three internal setpoints are provided. They operate up to two alarm outputs which can be configured as latching or non-latching. A special mode known as alarm blocking is available. In this mode, after power on, the process value must first enter a good state before the alarm becomes active. This is particularly useful for low alarms which can be blocked while the process is warming-up. Typical Wiring Diagram When switching inductive loads such as contactors or solenoid valves wire the 22nF/100Ω snubber supplied across relay terminals AA and AB.This will prolong contact life and reduce interference. Isolation Diagram Live Neutral Rectification Power supply circuits Y Double μp and system circuits Double Fixed Relay PSU mounted Logic I/O PSU mounted PV input Line Heater fuse Solid State Relay (e.g. TE10) Controller fuse 2A type T Relay output fuse 2A type T 1B 1A Model 2132 V V+ AB AA N L Heater + Thermocouple Snubber Neutral Cooling or alarm relay 2108i Rear Terminal Connections TC PT100 V- 3C V+ ma 2.49 Sensor inputs 3B Output 2 VI 3A AC Output 1 AB AA LC LB Link for Keylock Alarm ack/reset LA N L Earth Line Neutral Three internal setpoints are provided. They operate up to two alarm outputs which can be configured as latching or non-latching. A special mode known as alarm blocking is available. In this mode, after power on, the process value must first enter a good state before the alarm becomes active. This is particularly useful for low alarms which can be blocked while the process is warming-up. 2132i Rear Terminal Connections External Relay Module 2132i/2116i/2108i 1B 1A 2116i Rear Terminal Connections 24 Low voltage supply or Alarm ack/reset Vac/dc Logic I/O + 1B 1A L N Line Vac Neutral V V+ AB AA N L Alarm 1 External Relay Module 1A 1B or Alarm ack/reset + Logic Input/Output 1A 1B V V+ AB AA Alarm 2 Relay Output 2.49Ω Sensor inputs T/C PT100 ma Input T/C PT100 ma Input 2.49Ω Sensor inputs Alarm 2 Neutral Line Relay Output V ac Low voltage supply 20-29V ac/dc 24 24

30 1-28 Indicator & Alarm Units 3200i Series IDEAL Temperature FOR Benefits measurement IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Level/pressure/flow IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Process FOR protection Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Furnace IDEAL overtemp FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Extrusion FOR Benefits melt pressure IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR 3216i/32h8i/3204i Universal input Strain gauge input Changeover relay PV Retransmission FM/DIN 3440 Approval Scrolling text messages Parameter help text Recipes Modbus comms Mechanical Details 3216i 48mm 48mm 90mm Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 45mm ( ) Eurotherm s range of 3200i indicators offer accurate indication of temperature and process measurements. Process interlocks, including overtemperature furnace limits, are implemented using relay output channels. The emphasis is on ease of use. A simple Quick Start code is used to configure all the functions essential for indication and protecting your process. This includes input sensor type, measurement range and alarms making Out the Box operation truly achievable. In operation every parameter has a scrolling text message describing its function and is available in English, German, French, Spanish or Italian. More advanced features, including scrolling text messages, are configured using a PC based configuration wizard which is an easy to use and instructive guide to all the functions available. Recipes Recipes can be created using the PC tool. These recipes can be used to change the operating parameters of the 3200i simply by selecting the relevant recipe via the 3200i front panel push buttons. Analogue Retransmission The measured process value can be retransmitted as either a ma or voltage signal with a selection of outputs including 4-20mA and 0-10 Volts DC. In the 32h8i the retransmission signal is isolated from all other electronics within the unit. Digital Communication All units support both EIA232 and EIA485 communication using the Modbus protocol as a slave device. It is also possible to digitally retransmit one parameter using a Modbus broadcast to all other Modbus devices on the network. 3204i 96mm 90mm 96mm Panel cut-out 92mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) 32h8i 48mm 96mm 90mm Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) Indicator Brochure HA i Specification Sheet HA Specifications Supply Voltage V ac, or 24V ac or dc Inputs Thermocouple, PT100, Process, Strain gauge Output Ratings Relay: 2A, 264V ac resistive Logic: 44mA, 12V dc Retransmission: 0-20mA into 500Ω max. Digital Comms: EIA232, EIA485 (2w/4w) Modbus RTU Master/Slave Operating Ambient 0-55 C, 5-85%RH Panel Sealing IP65, NEMA4X Plug-in from front Current Transformer Input 50mA ac

31 Indicator & Alarm Units 3200i Series 1-29 Configuration Adaptor PC configuration on all 3200i indicators can be achieved by using a configuration adaptor. It provides itools with the ability to communicate with and configure devices without any power being connected. itools Wizard 3204i/32h8i Rear Terminals 100 to 240V ac or 24V ac/dc Neutral Line N L 24V dc DC Retran Tx PSU (OP3) + + 3D 3C 3B 3A LC Dig in B LB 2B 2A 1B 1A Used to simplify the set up of 3200i Series indicators, the wizard guides the user through the configuration process with interactive help and graphical demonstrations of features. V- V+ VI LA C CT HF HE HD AC AB AA Dig in A B ( ) A (+) COM AA Relay (OP4) 3204i/32h8i Isolation Diagram ma 264V ac Double 264V ac Double ma Signal - + Cal1 Txder Supply Cal2 3216i Rear Terminals *OP1 OP2 100 to 240V ac 50/60Hz or 24V ac/dc Line Neutral 1A 1B 2A 2B L N Ext- Ext+ CT Dig in A COM A(+) B(-) HF HE HD LA C CT V- V+ VI AC AB AA AA Relay RTD mv ma Power Rectification Relays & Triacs Analogue (OP3) output Power 264V ac Double 264V ac Double μp & system circuits 3216i Isolation Diagram 264V ac Double 64V ac Double 264V ac Double Serial comms All logic inputs and outputs & DC modules Micro mounted PV Input Transmitter PSU Indicator 3216i/32h8i/3204i Contents Serial comms Selector Switch The 767S is an 1/8 DIN panel mounted selector unit which will provide selection of up to 12 thermocouples or 6 resistance thermometers (3- or 4-wire). Power Rectification Power μp & system circuits All logic inputs and outputs & DC modules Micro mounted PV Input Dimensions 48mm H x 96mm W x 120mm D Panel cut-out 45mm H x 92mm W Selection is made via a front panel rotary switch which includes clear indication of the selected channel number. Relays & Triacs 264V ac Double 767 Specification Sheet HA026169

32 2408i 1-30 Universal Process Indicator & Alarm Unit 2408i IDEAL Temperature FOR Benefits indication IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Pressure, IDEAL flow and FOR level Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Differential FOR Benefits measurement IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Weighing IDEAL platforms FOR and Benefits strain gauges IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Process FOR protection/ Benefits monitoring IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Data acquisition IDEAL FOR and retransmission Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Melt FOR pressure Benefits indication IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Accurate, stable measurement of temperature, pressure, level, flow and other process variables are provided by the 2408i universal high stability indicator. An optional second process value input offers the opportunity to provide the display of derived parameters, such as average, difference, minimum or maximum of two values. Universal Input Strain gauge input Custom linearisation Differential Measurement Four alarm setpoints Multiple alarms on a single output Digital communications Analogue retransmission Transducer supply Transmitter supply Large, red or green LED displays provide good visibility in both high and low ambient lighting. Strain gauge and pressure sensor inputs can be energised from an internal 5 Volts or 10 Volts DC supply. An automatic calibration routine is provided to remove zero and span offsets. Level Measurement: Liquid volume in a tank can be accurately displayed using the custom linearisation function. The level vs volume measurement will normally be linear up the straight sides of the tank but nonlinear round the curved bottom. The 15-point fit can be applied to any part of the input signal to give an accurate measurement. Alarm Modes: In addition to the normal High/low, Deviation modes, Latching or non-latching operation can be selected and alarm delays can be applied. A special mode known as alarm blocking is available. In this mode, after power on the alarm must first enter a safe state before the alarms will become active. This is particularly useful for low alarms which can be blocked while the process is warming-up. Mechanical Details 96mm 150mm 48mm Panel cut-out 45mm ( ) x 92mm ( ) Specifications Display: Supply Voltages: Inputs: Input Accuracy: Outputs: Relay: 2A/264V Logic: 18V dc Triac: 1A/264V ac Retransmission: 0-20mA or 0-10V Digital Comms: Operating Ambient: Panel Sealing: Red or green 5 digit 15.9mm LED V ac 20-29V ac or dc Single or Dual; Nine standard T/C types PT100 Strain Gauge, Linear mv/ma, Custom linearisation, Custom factory downloadable Better than 0.2% of reading EIA232, EIA485 (2w/4w) Modbus RTU, Profibus DP, DeviceNet, EI Bisync 0-55 C, 5-95%RH non-condensing IP65 Plug-in from front Indicator Brochure HA i Specification Sheet HA026172

33 Universal Process Indicator & Alarm Unit 2408i 1-31 Isolation Diagram Live Neutral Functional Earth Rectification Power supply circuits Y Y Double µp and system circuits Double 2400 Isolated Modules 2400 Isolated Modules 2400 Isolated Modules PSU mounted PV input/logic I/O/ Non Isolated Modules Strain Gauge Input Wiring Options Wiring for Transducer with Internal Calibration Resistor Calibration resistor Alarm Relay Output Up to four alarms can be combined on to one output 3D 3C 3B 3A 2D 2C 2B 2A + 1D 1C 1B 1A Alarm 1 Alarm 2 Alarm 3 Alarm 4 OR Sense Energised in Alarm De-energised in Alarm Physical Output JF V JE V+ JD VI JC AC JB AB Tdcr PSU 1 JA HF HE AA LC LB HD LA HC HB N HA L Rear Terminals 3D 3C 3B 3A 2D 2C 2B 2A 1D 1C 1B 1A Wiring for Transducer with External Calibration Resistor I/O Module 3 I/O Module 2 PDS I/O Module I/O Module 1 Comms Module JF JE JD JC JB JA HF HE HD HC HB HA Power Supply V V+ VI AC AB AA LC LB LA N L TC PT100 ma V dc Relay Output 1 Dig in 2 Dig in 1 Earth Line Neutral 85 to 264V ac Earth 20 to 29V ac/dc 3D 3C 3B 3A Calibration resistor 2D + 2C 2B 2A 1D Tdcr PSU 1 1C 1B 1A JF V JE V+ JD VI JC AC JB AB JA AA HF LC HE LB HD LA HC HB N HA L 2408i Selector Switch Dimensions 48mm H x 96mm W x 120mm D Panel cut-out 45mmH x 92mm W The 767S is an 1/8 DIN panel mounted selector unit which will provide selection of up to 12 thermocouples or 6 resistance thermometers (3- or 4-wire). Selection is made via a front panel rotary switch which includes clear indication of the selected channel number. 767 Specification Sheet HA026169

34 1-32

35 Software Contents PID Controllers 1-33 Software Configuration tools itools

36 1-34 Configuraton Tools itools IDEAL A complete FOR Benefits engineering IDEAL studio FOR for Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Configuration IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Data FOR logging Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Communications IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Monitoring FOR Benefits software IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEALFOR Benefits Designed IDEAL to aid FOR configuration Benefits of IDEAL all Eurotherm FOR Benefits 2000 IDEAL and FOR 3000 Benefits controllers IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEALFOR itools Configuration wizards Steps the user through pages to aid configuration of a number of Eurotherm controllers Graphical wiring editor Simple Drag & Drop wiring Pre-configured function blocks Access to real time monitoring Cloning Existing instrument configurations can be cloned to other devices Terminal wiring visualisation Termination display that automatically updates to reflect the current instrument setup Data logging and trending OPC client to provide trend and view live data Scalable time axis 1 min to 1 month Setpoint program editor Simple setup of setpoint profiles Store, retrieve and download program files Unlimited program storage Online and offline editing Device and watch recipe editor Configure a recipe parameter list Monitor any parameter OPC Server View Builder/ Runner Remote connection itools Brochure HA itools is a versatile suite of software tools to allow configuration and monitoring of all Eurotherm 2000 and 3000 Series Controllers. It also provides runtime monitoring of the 5000 and 6000 Series graphical recording and data management units. It is capable of editing, storing and cloning complete controller configurations as well as setting up data logging, process monitoring and Ethernet and modem connections. The Graphical Wiring Editor uses a simple drag and drop graphical interface to simplify the configuration of 3500, Mini8 controller, 2604 and Terminal wiring dynamically maps the rear terminal panel setup to the current instrument configuration. View builder allows creation of customised screens to provide a simple visualisation of your process. OPC Server The OPC Server can connect to remote instrumentation via the internet and read and write values to supervisory packages such as Wonderware or LabVIEW. OPC Data Access 2 server Modbus TCP to Modbus serial gateway Remote PC access internet/intranet to itools OPC server Automatic network scanning and device detection Can integrate any Modbus RTU communicating device Includes advanced communication diagnostic and monitoring tools Following options via a software code. Open OPC Server for use by 3rd party software Trends enabled (OPC Scope) View builder Standalone setpoint programmer editor Foreign Language support Operating System Windows 2000, Windows 2003 Server, Windows XP, Windows Vista Supported communication Modbus TCP Modbus RTU over serial including modem Remote access OPC using Microsoft DCOM Modbus TCP (including through Firewalls) Modbus TCP to Modbus serial gateway Remote PC access internet/intranet to itools OPC server

37 Configuraton Tools itools 1-35 Setpoint Programming The Setpoint Program Editor within itools provides a simple method of configuring setpoint profiles and programmable event outputs. Terminal Wiring Terminal Wiring allows the user to view the rear terminal panel of the selected device, and to determine the hardware setup. Device Panel Clicking on this Views Toolbar item causes a front panel faceplate of the selected device to appear in the main itools frame. Parameter Explorer The parameter explorer window shows the parameters associated with the current itools browse list. Wizards Configuration wizards are provided to simplify the configuration of a number of Eurotherm controllers. Graphical Wiring Editor The Graphical Wiring Editor within itools allows the user to configure 3500, Mini8 controller, 2604 and 2704 controllers, using a simple drag and drop graphical interface. Compound To improve engineering development itools allows blocks and wiring to be grouped together as a compound. itools

38 1-36

39 PID Controllers 1-37 Single Loop Temperature Controller 2100 Series Temperature Controller 2200 Series 2216e e e Controller/Programmer 2400 Series Single Loop Contents Coding Controller with Text Messaging 3200 Series h Controller/Programmer 3500 Series DIN Rail Temperature Controller RFS Series RFS Accessories PD/CTX Intelligent Current Transmitter

40 1-38

41 Temperature Controller 2100 Series XXXXX XXXXXX Note 2 Note 2 CC NF TC TN VH VL XXX ENG FRA GER NED SPA SWE ITA Basic Product x 48mm unit x 96mm unit Function PID control On/off control PID control + Timer On/off controller + Timer Supply Voltage Vac 20-29V dc or ac Manual Language No manual English French German Dutch Spanish Swedish Italian Output 1 (Logic) XX Not fitted Logic output LH Heating LC Cooling M1 PDS heater break detect (note 1) FH High alarm 1 FL Low alarm 1 DB Dev. band alarm 1 DL Dev. low alarm 1 DH Dev, high alarm 1 NW New alarm Logic input AC Alarm ack/reset KL Keylock TM Timer Off/On 7 Output 2 Relay XX No function RH Heating RC Cooling FH High alarm 2 FL Low alarm 2 DB Dev. band alarm 2 DL Dev. low alarm 2 DH Dev. high alarm 2 AL High alarm 2 & low alarm 3 NW New alarm 8 Sensor Input Standard Sensor Thermocouple Inputs J J K K T T L L N N - Nicrosil/Nisil R R - Pt/Pt13%Rh S S - Pt /Pt10%Rh B B - Pt/Pt30%Rh -6%Rh P Platinel II Z RTD/PT100 DIN Factory Downloaded Linearisation C C - W5%Re/W26%Re (Hoskins) D D - W3%Re/W25%Re E E 1 Ni/Ni18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re (Engelhard) 4 W/W26%Re (Hoskins) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re (Engelhard) 6 W5%Re/W26%Re (Bucose) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Rh 8 Exergen K80 I.R. pyrometer Process I/P (Scaled to setpoint min & max) M to 80.00mV linear Y 0 to 20mA linear (Note 3) A 4 to 20mA linear (Note 3) V 0 to 10V dc linear (Note 4) 9 Setpoint Min 10 Min C Min C Min C Setpoint Max Max C Max C Max C C F K X 12 XX R7 13 XX V1 A1 Display Units Celsius Fahrenheit Kelvin Linear input Ext Relay Module Not fitted Fitted (Operated by the logic output) Input Adaptor Not fitted 0-10Vdc 0-20mA or 4-20mA 0.1% current sense resistor (2.49Ω ) 2132/2116 For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. PDS heater break detect will transmit the power demand to a TE10S Solid State Relay and read back a heater break alarm. 2. Setpoint min and max: Include the decimal position required in the displayed value. Up to one for temperature inputs, up to two for process inputs. 3. An external 1% current sense resistor is supplied as standard. If greater accuracy is required specify A1 in the Input Adaptor field. 4. Input Adapter V1 required. 2132/2116 Specification Sheet HA027217

42 1-40 Temperature Programmer 2200 Series 2216e/2208e/2204e 14 Omit for 2216 CC NF VC AL VH Basic Product 2216e 48 x 48mm unit 2208e 48 x 96mm unit 2204e 96 x 96mm unit Function PID control On/off control Motorised Valve control Alarm unit Supply Voltage Vac Output Omit for VH XX Not fitted Relay: 2-pin R1 Fitted unconfigured RH Heating output RU Valve raise output FH High alarm 1 FL Low alarm 1 DB Dev. band alarm 1 DL Dev. low alarm 1 DH Dev. high alarm 1 Logic L1 Fitted unconfigured LH Heating output M1 PDS Heater break detect (Note 1) M2 PDS Current monitoring (Note 2) Triac T1 Fitted unconfigured TH Heating output TU Valve raise output DC Control (Isolated) D3 Fitted unconfigured H6 0-20mA heating H7 4-20mA heating C6 0-20mA cooling C7 4-20mA cooling DC Retransmission (Isolated) D6 Fitted unconfigured First character V- PV retrans P- Setpoint retrans O- Output retrans Z- Error retrans Second character mA mA V V V Output 2 Output 3 XX Not fitted Relay RF Fitted unconfigured RH Heating output RC Cooling output FH High alarm 3 FL Low alarm 3 DB Dev. band alarm 3 DL Dev. low alarm 3 DH Dev. high alarm 3 AL High & low alarms 3 & 4 PDS Alarms LF Heater break detect HF Current mon. heater break SF Current monitoring SSR failure Output 4 For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page XX Not fitted Relay: 2-pin R1 Fitted unconfigured RC Cooling output RH Heating output RW Valve lower output FH High alarm 2 FL Low alarm 2 DB Dev. band alarm 2 DL Dev. low alarm 2 DH Dev. high alarm 2 AL High & low alarms 1 & 2 Logic Output L1 Fitted unconfigured LC Cooling output LH Heating output Logic Input AM Auto manual select S2 Setpoint 2 select AC Alarm ack/reset EH Integral hold SB Standby mode SR PDS Remote SP select Triac T1 Fitted unconfigured TC Cooling output TW Valve lower output TH Heating output XX Not fitted Relay RF Fitted unconfigured RH Heating output RC Cooling output FH High alarm 4 FL Low alarm 4 DB Dev. band alarm 4 DL Dev. low alarm 4 DH Dev. high alarm 4 AL High & low alarms 3 & 4 PDS Alarms LF Heater break detect HF Current mon. heater break SF Current monitoring SSR failure Omit for 2216 XX Note 3 Note 3 7 XX Amp Output Not fitted Comms 2XX Not fitted Modbus Protocol 2YM 2-wire EIA485 2FM 4-wire EIA422 2AM EIA232 DeviceNet 2DN DeviceNet EI-Bisynch Protocol 2YE 2-wire EIA485 2FE 4-wire EIA422 2AE EIA232 PDS Input 2M4 Fitted unconfigured 2RS Setpoint input Manual Language XXX No manual ENG English FRA French GER German NED Dutch SPA Spanish SWE Swedish ITA Italian CHN Chinese RUS Russian (Note 5) 10 Sensor Input Standard Sensor Thermocouple Inputs J J K K T T L L N N - Nicrosil/Nisil R R - Pt/Pt13%Rh S S - Pt /Pt10%Rh B B - Pt/Pt30%Rh -6%Rh P Platinel II Z RTD/PT100 DIN Factory Downloaded Linearisation C C - W5%Re/W26%Re (Hoskins) D D - W3%Re/W25%Re E E 1 Ni/Ni18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re (Englehard) 4 W/W26%Re (Hoskins) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re (Engelhard) 6 W5%Re/W26%Re (Bucose) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Rh 8 Exergen K80 I.R. pyrometer Process I/P (Scaled to setpoint min & max) M to 80.00mV linear Y 0 to 20mA linear (note 4) A 4 to 20mA linear (note 4) W 0 to 5Vdc linear G 1 to 5Vdc linear V 0 to 10Vdc linear Display Units Digital Input 1 & 2 Notes 1. PDS heater break detect will transmit the power demand to a TE10S Solid State Relay and read back a heater break alarm. 2. PDS current monitoring will transmit the power demand signal to a TE10S Solid State Relay and read back load current and open and short circuit alarms. 3. Setpoint limits: Include the decimal position required in the displayed value. Up to one for temperature inputs, up to two for process inputs. 4. An external 1% current sense resistor is supplied as standard. If greater accuracy is required, a 0.1% 2.49 can be ordered as part no. SUB2K/249R e only 13 C F K X XX AM SR S2 EH AC SB M5 16 XX DP 17 XX PD Celsius Fahrenheit Kelvin Linear input No function Manual select PDS Remote setpoint select Second setpoint Integral hold Alarm acknowledge Standby mode CTX mode 5 current input (input 1 only) Control Action Options 11 Setpoint Min 12 Setpoint Max Min C Min C Min C Reverse acting Direct acting Power Feedback Options Enabled on logic, relay & triac heating outputs Feedback disabled 18 Cooling Options XX CF CW Linear cooling Fan cooling Water cooling Max C Max C Max C e/2204e Specification Sheet HA e Specification Sheet HA Example ordering code 2208e - CC - VH - LH - TC - FL - FH - 2YM - ENG - K C - XX - XX - XX - XX - XX 2208e, Controller, 85 to 264Vac, Logic heating, Triac cooling, Low alarm relay, High alarm relay, RS485, Modbus comms, English manual, type K thermocouple, 0 to 1000 C, Digital input 1 no function, Digital input 2 no function, reverse acting, power feedback enabled, linear cooling

43 Controller/Programmer 2400 Series XXXXX XXXXXX Note 3 Note 3 Basic Product x 48mm unit 1 2 VH VL 3 14 Function Supply Voltage Vac 20-29V dc or ac Module 1 15 Standard PID Control CC Controller only CG 1 x 8 seg Prog CP 1 x 16 seg Prog P4 4 x 16 seg Prog On/Off Control NF Controller only NG 1 x 8 seg Prog NP 1 x 16 seg Prog N4 4 x 16 seg Prog Motorised Valve Control VC Controller only VG 1 x 8 seg Prog VP 1 x 16 seg Prog V4 4 x 16 seg Prog 16 XX Not fitted Relay: 2-pin R2 Fitted unconfigured RH Heating output RU Valve raise output FH High alarm 1 FL Low alarm 1 DB Dev. band alarm 1 DL Dev. low alarm 1 DH Dev. high alarm 1 Logic L2 Fitted unconfigured LH Heating output M1 PDS Heater break detect (Note 1) M2 PDS Current monitoring (Note 2) Triac T2 Fitted unconfigured TH Heating output TU Valve raise output DC Control (Non-isolated) D2 Fitted unconfigured H1 0-20mA PID heating H2 4-20mA PID heating H3 0-5V PID heating H4 1-5V PID heating H5 0-10V PID heating Module 3 For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Module 2 XX Not fitted Relay: 2-pin R2 Fitted unconfigured RC Cooling output RW Valve lower output FH High alarm 2 FL Low alarm 2 DB Dev. band alarm 2 DL Dev. low alarm 2 DH Dev. high alarm 2 PO Program event 1 (not with 8-seg prog) PE Program END output Logic L2 Fitted unconfigured LC Cooling output Triac T2 Fitted unconfigured TC Cooling output TW Valve lower output DC Control (Non-isolated) D2 Fitted unconfigured C1 0-20mA PID heating C2 4-20mA PID heating C3 0-5V PID heating C4 1-5V PID heating C5 0-10V PID heating XX Not fitted Relay: 2-pin R2 Fitted unconfigured FH High alarm 4 FL Low alarm 4 DB Dev. band alarm 4 DL Dev. low alarm 4 DH Dev. high alarm 4 RA Rate of change alarm PO Program event 2 (not with 8-seg prog.) PE Program END output PDS Alarms LF Heater break detect HF Current mon. heater break SF Current monitoring SSR failure Logic L2 Fitted unconfigured Triac T2 Fitted unconfigured DC Retransmission (Non-isolated) D2 Fitted unconfigured First character V- PV retrans S- Setpoint retrans O- Output retrans Z- Error retrans Second character mA mA V V V 6 Comms 13 XX Not fitted 2 Wire, EIA485 Y2 Fitted unconfigured YM Modbus protocol YE EI-Bisynch protocol EIA232 A2 Fitted unconfigured AM Modbus protocol AE EI-Bisynch protocol 4 Wire, EIA422 F2 Fitted unconfigured FM Modbus protocol FE EI-Bisynch protocol PDS Input M6 Fitted unconfigured RS Setpoint input PDS Output M7 Fitted unconfigured PT PV retrans TS Setpoint retrans OT Output retrans 7 XXX ENG FRA GER NED SPA SWE ITA 10 Manual Language No manual English French German Dutch Spanish Swedish Italian Sensor Input Standard Sensor Thermocouple Inputs J J K K T T L L N N - Nicrosil/Nisil R R - Pt/Pt13%Rh S S - Pt /Pt10%Rh B B - Pt/Pt30%Rh -6%Rh P Platinel II Z RTD/PT100 DIN Factory Downloaded Linearisation C C - W5%Re/W26%Re (Hoskins) D D - W3%Re/W25%Re E E 1 Ni/Ni18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re (Englehard) 4 W/W26%Re (Hoskins) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re (Engelhard) 6 W5%Re/W26%Re (Bucose) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Rh 8 Exergen K80 I.R. pyrometer Process I/P (Scaled to setpoint min & max) F -100 to +100mA/linear Y 0 to 20mA linear (Note 4) A 4 to 20mA linear (Note 4) W 0 to 5Vdc linear G 1 to 5Vdc linear V 0 to 10Vdc linear Display Units Notes 1. PDS heater break detect will transmit the power demand to a TE10S Solid State Relay and read back a heater break alarm. 2. PDS current monitoring will transmit the power demand signal to a TE10S Solid State Relay and read back load current and open and short circuit alarms. 3. Setpoint limits: Include the decimal position required in the displayed value. Up to one for temperature inputs, up to two for process inputs. 4. An external 1% current sense resistor is supplied as standard. If greater accuracy is required, a 0.1% 2.49 can be ordered as part no. SUB2K/249R.1. C F K X Celsius Fahrenheit Kelvin Linear input 14 Control Action Options XX Reverse acting DP Direct acting 15 Power Feed back Options XX Enabled on logic, relay & triac heating outputs PD Feedback disabled 16 Cooling Options XX Linear cooling CF Fan cooling CW Water cooling CL Oil cooling CO On/Off cooling 17 XX MD MR RD Cooling Options 11 Setpoint Min 12 Setpoint Max Min C Min C Min C Enabled Auto/manual disabled Auto/man & run/hold disabled Run/hold disabled 16 Programmer Timing Options XX HD HR HT Ramp and dwell in mins Dwell time in hours Ramp rate in units/hour Dwell + ramp in hours Max C Max C Max C Example ordering code CC - VH - LH - RC - FH - YM - ENG - K C - XX - XX - XX - MD - XX 2416, Controller, 85 to 264Vac, Logic heating, Relay cooling, High alarm relay, RS485, Modbus comms, English manual, type K thermocouple, 0 to 1000 C, Manual button disabled Specification Sheet HA025564

44 1-42 Controller/Programmer 2400 Series 2408/2404/2408f/2404f VH VL Note 4 Model Number x 96mm unit x 96mm unit Profibus units 2408f 48 x 96mm unit 2404f 96 x 96mm unit Function (2408) Supply Voltage PID control CC Controller only CG 1 x 8 seg Prog CP 1 x 16 seg Prog P4 4 x 16 seg Prog CM 20 x 16 seg Prog (Note 1) On/Off Control NF Controller only NG 1 x 8 seg Prog NP 1 x 16 seg Prog N4 4 x 16 seg Prog NM 20 x 16 seg Prog (Note 1) Motorised valve control VC Valve positioner VG 1 x 8 seg Prog VP 1 x 16 seg Prog V4 4 x 16 seg Prog NM 20 x 16 seg Prog (Note 1) 1 Function (2404) PID control CC Controller only CG 1 x 8 seg Prog CP 1 x 16 seg Prog P4 4 x 16 seg Prog CM 20 x 16 seg Prog (Note 1) On/Off Control NF Controller only NG 1 x 8 seg Prog NP 1 x 16 seg Prog N4 4 x 16 seg Prog NM 20 x 16 seg Prog (Note 1) Motorised valve control VC Valve positioner VG 1 x 8 seg Prog VP 1 x 16 seg Prog V4 4 x 16 seg Prog NM 20 x 16 seg Prog (Note 1) V ac 20-29V dc or ac Module 1 XX Not fitted Relay: 2-pin R2 Fitted unconfigured RH Heating output RU Valve raise output Relay: change over R4 Fitted unconfigured YH Heating output RP Valve raise output (Note 6) or alarm 1 from table Logic: (Non-isolated) L2 Fitted unconfigured LH Heating output M1 PDS Heater break detect (Note 2) M2 PDS Current monitoring (Note 3) Logic: (Isolated) LO Single logic OP Triac T2 Fitted unconfigured TH Heating output TU Valve raise output DC control (Non-isolated) D4 Fitted unconfigured H6 0-20mA heating H7 4-20mA heating H8 0-5V heating H9 1-5V heating HZ 0-10V heating Digital I/O (unconfigured) TK Triple contact input TL Triple logic input TP Triple logic output Dual relay RR Fitted unconfigured RD Heat + cool RM VP raise & lower OPs Dual triac TT Fitted unconfigured TD Heat + cool TM VP raise & lower OPs Logic + relay LR Fitted unconfigured LD Heat + cool QC Mode 2 + cool Logic + triac LT Fitted unconfigured GD Heat & cool QD Mode 2 + cool Transducer PS G3 5Vdc transducer PSU G5 10Vdc transducer PSU Omit for 2408 Note Module 2 XX Not fitted Relay: 2-pin R2 Fitted unconfigured RC Cooling output RU Valve raise output Relay: Change over R4 Fitted unconfigured YC Cooling output RL Valve lower output (Note 6) PO Program event 1 (Note 7) PE Program END output or alarm 2 from table A Dual relay RR Fitted unconfigured PP Program events 1 & 2 (Note 7) Logic: (Non-isolated) L2 Fitted unconfigured LC Cooling output Logic: (Isolated) LO Single logic OP Triac T2 Fitted unconfigured TC Cooling output TW Valve lower output DC control (Isolated) D4 Fitted unconfigured C6 0-20mA cooling C7 4-20mA cooling C8 0-5V cooling C9 1-5V cooling CZ 0-10V cooling Digital I/O (Unconfigured) TK Triple contact input TL Triple logic input TP Triple logic input Power supply MS 24Vdc transmitter DC retransmission (Isolated) Select from Table B Potentiometer input VU Fitted unconfigured VS Valve position feedback VR Setpoint input Transducer PS G3 5Vdc transducer PSU G5 10Vdc transducer PSU 5 Module 3 XX Not fitted Relay: 2-pin R2 Fitted unconfigured Relay: change over R4 Fitted unconfigured PO Program event 4 (Note 7) PE Program END output or alarm 3 from table A Logic: (Non-isolated) L2 Fitted unconfigured Logic: (Isolated) LO Single logic OP Triac T2 Fitted unconfigured Dual relay RR Fitted unconfigured PP Prog event 4 & 5 (Note 7) Digital I/O (unconfigured) TK Triple contact input TL Triple logic input TP Triple logic input Power supply MS 24Vdc transmitter DC remote input D5 Fitted unconfigured W2 4-20mA setpoint W5 0-10V setpoint WP Second PV input DC retransmission (Isolated) Select from Table B Potentiometer input VU Fitted unconfigured VS Valve position feedback VR Setpoint input 6 Alarm Relay XX Not fitted Alarm 4 relay RF Fitted unconfigured Table A alarm options plus: RA Rate of change alarm PDS Alarms LF Heater break detect HF Current monitoring heater break SF Current monitoring SSR failure PO Program event 7 (Note 7) PE Program END output 7 XX 10amp Output Not fitted For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Table A: Alarm codes FH High alarm FL Low alarm DB Deviation band alarm DL Deviation low alarm DH Deviation high alarm Table B: DC retransmission D6 Fitted unconfigured First character V- PV retrans S- Setpoint retran O- Output retran Z- Error retran Second character mA mA V V V 2404/2408 Specification Sheet HA026553

45 Controller/Programmer 2400 Series Comms 1 XX Not fitted 2 wire, EIA485 Y2 Fitted unconfigured YM Modbus protocol YE EI-Bisynch protocol (Note 1) EIA232 A2 Fitted unconfigured AM Modbus protocol AE EI-Bisynch protocol (Note 1) 4 wire, EIA422 F2 Fitted unconfigured FM Modbus protocol FE EI-Bisynch protocol (Note 1) PDS Input M6 Fitted unconfigured RS Setpoint input PDS Output M7 Fitted unconfigured PT PV retrans TS Setpoint retrans OT Output retrans Profibus Module PB Profibus (Note6) DeviceNet DN DeviceNet Comms 2 XX Not fitted PDS Input M6 Fitted unconfigured RS Setpoint input PDS Output M7 Fitted unconfigured PT PV retrans TS Setpoint retrans OT Output retrans 11 Sensor Input 12 Setpoint Min 13 Setpoint Max Digital Inputs 1 & 2 Standard Sensor Themocouple I/p J J K K T T L L N N - Nicrosil/Nisil R R - Pt/Pt13%Rh S S - Pt /Pt10%Rh B B - Pt/Pt30%Rh -6%Rh P Platinel II Z RTD/PT100 DIN Factory Downloaded Thermocouple I/P C C - W5%Re/W26%Re (Hoskins) D D - W3%Re/W25%Re E E 1 Ni/Ni18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re (Englehard) 4 W/W26%Re (Hoskins) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re (Engelhard) 6 W5%Re/W26%Re (Bucose) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Rh 8 Exergen K80 I.R. pyrometer Process I/P (Scaled to setpoint min & max) F -100 to +100mA/linear Y 0 to 20mA linear (note 4) A 4 to 20mA linear (note 4) W 0 to 5Vdc linear G 1 to 5Vdc linear V 0 to 10Vdc linear 14 C F K X Min C Min C Min C Display Units Celsius Fahrenheit Kelvin Linear input Max C Max C Max C XX AM SR S2 EH AC RP RN HO RE RH KL NT TN HB P2 ST AT FA RB LB SB PB B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 SY SC SG PV AG M5 Disabled Manual select Remote SP select Second setpoint Integral hold Alarm acknowledge SP rate limit enabled Run program Hold program Reset program Run/hold prog Keylock Run/Reset Reset/Run Program holdback Second PID One shot tune enable Adaptive tune enable Select full access level Simulates UP button Simulates DOWN button Simulates SCROLL button Simulates PAGE button Least sig. BCD digit 2nd BCD digit 3rd BCD digit 4th BCD digit 5th BCD digit Most significant digit Standby-all O/Ps OFF Prog synchronisation Skip segment (without changing SP) Select PV2 Advance to end of segment (& step to target SP) CTX (mode 5) Input 2 only 2408/2404/2408f/2404f 10 Manual XXX No manual ENG English FRA French GER German NED Dutch SPA Spanish SWE Swedish ITA Italian 17 XX DP 18 XX PD Control Action Options Reverse acting (std) Direct acting Power Feedback Options Enabled on logic, relay & triac heating outputs Feedback disabled 19 XX CF CW CL CO Cooling Options Linear cooling Fan cooling Water cooling Oil cooling On/Off cooling Notes 1. Not available with profibus controllers 2. PDS heater break detect will transmit the power demand to a TE10S Solid State Relay and read back a heater break alarm. 3. PDS current monitoring will transmit the power demand signal to a TE10S Solid State Relay and read back load current and open and short circuit alarms. 4. Setpoint limits: Include the decimal position required in the displayed value. Up to one for temperature inputs, up to two for process inputs. 5. An external 1% current sense resistor is supplied as standard. If greater accuracy is required, a 0.1% 2.49Ω can be ordered as part no. SUB2K/249R Only available with Profibus controller. 7. Not available with 8 segment programmer 20 Front Panel Buttons Options XX Enabled MD Auto/manual disabled MR Auto/man & run/hold disabled RD Run/hold disabled 21 Programming Options XX Ramp and dwell in mins HD Dwell time in hours HR Ramp rate in units/hour HT Dwell + ramp in hours Example ordering code CC - VH - LH - RC - FL - FH - YM - TS - K C - AM - S2 - XX - XX - XX - MD - XX 2408, PID Controller, 85 to 264Vac, Logic heating, Relay cooling, Low alarm relay, High alarm relay, RS485, Modbus comms, PDSIO setpoint retrans, Type K thermocouple, 0 to 1000 C, Auto/manual select, 2nd setpoint select, Manual button disabled.

46 1-44 Controllers with Text Messaging 3200 Series Hardware coding only 3216/3208/32h8/3204 CC CP VC VP VH VL Basic Product x 48mm unit x 96mm vertical unit 32h8 96 x 48mm horizontal unit x 96mm unit 1 2 Function PID controller Programmer Valve controller Valve programmer Supply Voltage Vac 24V ac or dc Outputs 3216 OP1 OP2 L X X X L R X X R R X X L L X X L D X X D D X X D R X X R C X X L C X X D C X X Not available with Low Voltage PSU L T X X T T X X 3208/h8/04 OP1 OP2 OP3 L R R X R R R X L L R X L R D X R R D X D D D X L L D X L D D X D R D X Not available with Low Voltage PSU L T R X T T R X L T D X T T D X 6 G S W 7 ENG FRA GER SPA ITA 8 ENG FRA GER SPA ITA Fascia Colour Green Silver Washdown (not 32h8/04) Product Language English French German Spanish Italian Manual Language English French German Spanish Italian Where L = Logic R = Relay D = 0-20mA C = Isolated 0-20mA T = Triac X = Not fitted 9 XXXXX WL XXXXX CERT1 CERT2 11 XXXXX 12 XXXXX RES250 RES500 Warranty None Extended Calibration Certificates None Certificate of conformity Factory input calibration per input Custom Label None Specials and Accessories None 250R resistor for 0-5Vdc OP 500R resistor for 0-10Vdc OP 4 X R AA Relay Disabled Relay 5 Options XXX Not fitted RCL Remote SP, CT & Dig in A XCL CT & Dig in A 2CL RS232, CT & Dig in A 4CL RS485, CT & Dig in A 3216 only 2XL RS232 Dig in A 4XL RS485 Dig in A 6XX 4-wire RS485 XXL Dig in A For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Specification Sheet HA Example ordering code CP - VH - LDXX - R - 4CL - S - ENG - ENG - WL005 - XXXXX - XXXXX - RES controller with setpoint programmer, OP1 as Logic, OP2 as 0-20mA, AA Relay, RS485 Comms, CT Input, Dig In A, English language, 5 year warranty, resistor for 0-5V output

47 Quick Start code (optional) Controllers with Text Messaging 3200 Series /h8/ 04 only 3208/h8/ 04 only 1 Input Type 2 Setpoint Limits OP1, OP2, AA Relay, OP3 6 Thermocouple B Type B J Type J K Type K L Type L N Type N R Type R S Type S T Type T C Custom/Type C RTD P Pt100 Linear M 0-80mV mA mA X Unconfigured Temperature H Heat (PID) C Cool (PID) Centigrade 0 0 to 100 deg C 1 0 to 200 deg C 2 0 to 400 deg C 3 0 to 600 deg C 4 0 to 800 deg C 5 0 to 1000 deg C 6 0 to 1200 deg C 7 0 to 1400 deg C 8 0 to 1600 deg C 9 0 to 1800 deg C Fahrenheit G 32 to 212 deg F H 32 to 392 deg F J 32 to 752 deg F K 32 to 1112 deg F L 32 to 1472 deg F M 32 to 1832 deg F N 32 to 2192 deg F P 32 to 2552 deg F R 32 to 2912 deg F T 32 to 3272 deg F X Unconfigured XX Not fitted Relay, Triac or Logic outputs Control H Heat (PID) C Cool (PID) J Heat (On/off) K Cool (On/off) Alarm output Energised in alarm 0 High alarm 1 Low alarm 2 Deviation high 3 Deviation low 4 Deviation band Alarm output De-energised in alarm 5 High alarm 6 Low alarm 7 Deviation high 8 Deviation low 9 Deviation band DC outputs Control H 4-20mA heating C 4-20mA cooling J 0-20mA heating K 0-20mA cooling Retransmission D 4-20mA setpoint E 4-20mA Process value F 4-20mA output N 0-20mA setpoint Y 0-20mA Process value Z 0-20mA output Logic input W Alarm acknowledge M Manual select R Timer/Prog Run L Keylock P Setpoint 2 select T Timer/prog reset U Remote SP select V Recipe 2/1 select A Remote up button B Remote down button G Time/prog run/reset I Timer/prog hold Q Standby select CT Input XX Not fitted 1 10 Amps 2 25 Amps 5 50 Amps Amps 7 8 X W M R L P T U V A B G I Q 10 Dig in A, Dig in B, OP1 Unconfigured Alarm acknowledge Manual select Timer/Prog Run Keylock Setpoint 2 select Timer/prog reset Remote SP select Recipe 2/1 select Remote up button Remote down button Time/prog run/reset Timer/prog hold Standby select Lower Display T Working setpoint S Target setpoint P Output demand R Time to run E Elapsed time 1 Alarm setpoint A Load amps D Dwell/ramp - time/target C WSP with output meter M WSP with ammeter N None Single 3216/3208/32h8/3204 Loop Contents Example ordering code (Quick Start) K H - E P - X - X - T This code will provide a controller configured as C, Type K, Heat Output, 4-20mA PV retrans, High Alarm, 50A CT measurement, SP select via Dig In A, Lower display showing working setpoint

48 1-46 DIN Rail Temperature Controller - RFS RFS ER Model Number 3 Output 1 5 Options RFS RFS DIN Rail temperature Controller 1 Input 5 TC, RTD 2 Control Action 3 PID + Smart 1 Relay 6 Logic 4 Output 2 0 None 1 Relay 6 Logic 0 None 4 OFD*_Logic in 5 Alm2 + OFD + Logic in * OFD = Output failure detecton 6 Power Supply 5 24V dc ARFSKITCON000 Connector kit 2 x 2 Pin Connector 2 x 3 Pin Connector 1 x 5 Pin Connector 1 x 8 Pin Connector ARFSFLAT13000 Interconnecting Bus Cable Current Transformers 7ERR Current transformer 10A 7ERR Current transformer 25A 7ERR Current transformer 50A 7ERR Current transformer 100A CPI N ARFSAL00000ER HA RFS Configuration clip RFS Alarm unit RFS User manual CD RFS Specification Sheet HA029721

49 Intelligent Current Transmitter - PD/CTX PD/CTX C5 Basic Product PD/CTX Intelligent Current Transmitter 1 PDSIO Mode M2 PDSIO mode 2 M5 PDSIO mode 5 2 Mounting 3 Manual Language VH No manual ENG English PD/CTX C5 Standard PD/CTX Specification Sheet HA026640

50 1-48

51 PID Controllers 1-49 Multi Loop 2 Loop Controller/Programmer 3500 Series Loop Controller/Programmer 2704 (2604) f /2604f CP/2704CP Atmosphere Furnace VC Vacuum Furnace /2704MP Melt Pressure Loop Control & Data Acquisition Mini8 Controller Mini8 Controller Loop Controller & Data Acquisition 2500 Series Multi Loop Coding Accessories VT505 Graphical Touch Screen Panel I/O Expander

52 1-50

53 2 Loop Controller/Programmer 3500 Series 1-51 Hardware/options coding Note 2 Note Note 2 Basic Product 9-14 IO Slots 1, 2, 3, 4 (Note 2), 5 (Note 2), 6 (Note 2) 16 J Comms Slot x 96mm unit x 96mm unit 1 CC F 2 VH VL 3 Function Standard Profibus Supply Voltage V ac 20-29V ac or dc Loops 1 One loop 2 Two loops 4 XX VP ZC 5 Application Standard Dual Valve Positioning (Note 3) Two loops Programs 1 1 Progs - 20 Segments Progs Segments Progs Segments Progs Segments XX No module fitted R4 Change over relay R2 2 Pin relay RR Dual relay T2 Triac TT Dual triac D4 Analogue control output AM Analogue input (not slot 2 or 5) D6 Analogue retransmission output TK Triple contact input TL Triple logic input TP Triple logic output VU Potentiometer input MS 24Vdc Transmitter PSU G3 Transducer PSU 5 or 10Vdc LO Isolated single logic OP DO 15 Dual 4-20mA OP/24Vdc TxPSU (not slot 3, 5 or 6) H Comms Slot XX Not fitted A2 EIA232 Modbus Y2 2-wire EIA485 Modbus F2 4-wire EIA485 Modbus AE EIA232 EI-Bisynch YE 2-wire EIA485 EI-Bisynch FE 4-wire EIA485 EI-Bisynch ET Ethernet Modbus TCP (incl RJ45 Assy) PB Profibus DP (Note 1) PD Profibus with D (Note 1) type connector fitted DN DeviceNet XX Not fitted A2 EIA232 Modbus Y2 2-wire EIA485 Modbus F2 4-wire EIA485 Modbus AE EIA232 EI-Bisynch YE 2-wire EIA485 EI-Bisynch FE 4-wire EIA485 EI-Bisynch EX IO Expander module 17 Configuration Tools XX None IT Standard itools (CD only) 18 Product Language ENG English FRA French GER German SPA Spanish ITA Italian 19 Manual Language ENG English FRA French GER German SPA Spanish ITA Italian Multi 3508/3504 Loop Contents 6 Recipes X No recipes 1 1 Recipe 4 4 Recipes 8 8 Recipes 29 Warranty XXXXX Standard WL005 Extended 21 Calibration Certificate 7 Toolkit Wires XXX 30 Wires Wires Wires Wires XXXXX None CERT1 Certificate of Conformity CERT2 Factory I/P cal per I/P 22 Special 8 G S Fascia Eurotherm green Silver XXXXX Standard EU0722 OEM Security Configuration coding - over the page For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. Only available with the Profibus Controller 2. I/O slots 4, 5 and 6 are only available on the Provides Valve Position option in Heat/Cool applications. Single channel VP included as standard 3508/3504 Specification Sheet HA029045

54 Loop Controller/Programmer 3500 Series Configuration coding Note 3 23 Note 3 24 Note 3 1 Configuration 3 Loop 1 Function 8 Loop 2 Units 3508/3504 STD Standard config. (Note 1) CFG Factory configured 2 Loop 1 Units C Centigrade F Fahrenheit % Percent H %RH P PSI B Bar M mbar X None PX Single Channel PID FX Single Channel VP with Feedback VX Single Channel VP without Feedback NX Single Channel On/Off PP Dual Channel PID PN Dual Channel PID/OnOff FF Dual Channel VP with Feedback VV Dual Channel VP without Feedback PF Dual Channel PID/VP with Feedback PV Dual Channel PID/VP without Feedback 4 Loop 1 PV X Unconfigured J J Thermocouple K K Thermocouple T T Thermocouple L L Thermocouple N N Thermocouple R R Thermocouple S S Thermocouple B B Thermocouple P Platinell II C C Thermocouple Z Pt 100 A 4-20mA Linear Y 0-20mA Linear W 0-5V dc Linear G 1-5V dc Linear V 0-10V dc Linear Q Custom Curve C Centigrade (Note 2) F Fahrenheit (Note 2) % Percent H %RH P PSI B Bar M mbar X None 9 Loop 2 PV X Unconfigured J J Thermocouple K K Thermocouple T T Thermocouple L L Thermocouple N N Thermocouple R R Thermocouple S S Thermocouple B B Thermocouple P Platinell II C C Thermocouple Z Pt 100 A 4-20mA Linear Y 0-20mA Linear W 0-5Vdc Linear G 1-5Vdc Linear V 0-10Vdc Linear Q Custom Curve 10 Loop 2 Range Low 5 Loop 1 Range Low XXXXX Enter value with decimal point XXXXX Enter value with decimal point 11 Loop 2 Range High 6 Loop 1 Range High XXXXX Enter value with decimal point XXXXX Enter value with decimal point 12 Alarm 1 7 Loop 2 Function XX Single Loop Only PX Single Channel PID FX Single Channel VP with Feedback VX Single Channel VP without Feedback NX Single Channel On/Off PP Dual Channel PID PN Dual Channel PID/OnOff FF Dual Channel VP with Feedback VV Dual Channel VP without Feedback PF Dual Channel PID/VP with Feedback PV Dual Channel PID/VP without Feedback XXX Unconfigured 1 Loop 1 2 Loop 2 _FH Full scale high _FL Full scale low _DH Deviation high _DL Deviation low _DB Deviation band For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page ,/3504 Specification Sheet HA029045

55 2 Loop Controller/Programmer 3500 Series Alarm 2 16 Logic LA Slot Functions 1-6 (Note 4) XXX Unconfigured 1 Loop 1 2 Loop 2 _FH Full scale high _FL Full scale low _DH Deviation high _DL Deviation low _DB Deviation band 14 Alarm 3 XXX Unconfigured 1 Loop 1 2 Loop 2 _FH Full scale high _FL Full scale low _DH Deviation high _DL Deviation low _DB Deviation band 15 Alarm 4 XXX Unconfigured 1 Loop 1 2 Loop 2 _FH Full scale high _FL Full scale low _DH Deviation high _DL Deviation low _DB Deviation band XX Unconfigured 1_ Loop 1 2 Loop 2 _B Sensor Break _M Manual Select _H Control Ch1 O/P _C Control Ch2 O/P _R Remote SP _S Setpoint 2 Enable A_ Alarm _A Acknowledge All Alarms _1 Alarm 1 O/P _2 Alarm 2 O/P P_ Programmer _R Run _H Hold _A Reset _1 Prog Ch1 Event 1 _2 Prog Ch1 Event 2 17 Logic LB XX Unconfigured 1_ Loop 1 2_ Loop 2 _B Sensor Break _M Manual Select _H Control Ch1 O/P _C Control Ch2 O/P _R Remote SP _S Setpoint 2 Enable A_ Alarm _A Acknowledge All Alarms _1 Alarm 1 O/P _2 Alarm 2 O/P P_ Programmer _R Run _H Hold _A Reset _1 Prog Ch1 Event 1 _2 Prog Ch1 Event 2 18 Relay AA XX Unconfigured 1_ Loop 1 2_ Loop 2 _H Control Ch1 O/P _C Control Ch2 O/P _B Sensor Break SB Setpoint Break (any loop) A_ Alarm _A Any Alarm Active _N New Alarm Active _1 Alarm 1 O/P _2 Alarm 2 O/P P_ Programmer _1 Prog Event 1 _2 Prog Event 2 XXX Unconfigured Loop Loop 2 Changeover Relay - HX Control Ch1 O/P - CX Control Ch2 O/P - BX Sensor Break 2-Pin Relay - HX Control Ch1 O/P - CX Control Ch2 O/P - BX Sensor Break Single Logic - HX Control Ch1 O/P - CX Control Ch2 O/P Single Triac - HX Control Ch1 O/P - CX Control Ch2 O/P Dual Relay - HC Ch1 O/P & Ch2 - VT VP Ch1 - VR VP Ch2 P12 Prog Event 1 & 2 P34 Prog Event 3 & 3 P56 Prog Event 5 & 6 P78 Prog Event 7 & 8 A12 Alarm 1 & 2 O/P A34 Alarm 3 & 4 O/P HHX Ch1 O/P for loops 1 & 2 CCX Ch2 O/P for loops 1 & 2 SBR Sensor Break both loops Dual 4-20mA/TxPSU XXX Unconfigured Dual Triac - HC Ch1 O/P & Ch2 - VT VP Ch1 - VR VP Ch2 P12 Prog Ch1 Event 1 & 2 P34 Prog Ch1 Event 3 & 3 P56 Prog Ch1 Event 5 & 6 P78 Prog Ch1 Event 7 & 8 A12 Alarm 1 & 2 O/P A34 Alarm 3 & 4 O/P HHX Ch1 O/P for loops 1 & 2 CCX Ch2 O/P for loops 1 & 2 DC Control For range select third digit from Table 1 - H - Ch1 O/P - C - Ch2 O/P DC Retransmission For range select third digit from Table 1 - T - PV Retransmission - S - SP Retransmission Analogue Input For range select third digit from Table 1 2PV Loop 2 PV - R - Remote SP Potentiometer Input -RS Remote SP -VF VP Feedback Ch1 -VG VP Feedback Ch2 Triple Logic Input _ Select function below for each channel X Unconfigured M Loop 1 Manual N Loop 2 Manual Q Loop 1 Remote SP V Loop 2 Remote SP S Loop 1 Setpoint 2 T Loop 2 Setpoint 2 E Acknowledge All Alarms P Program Run R Program Reset H Program Hold Triple Logic OP _ Select function below for each channel X Unconfigured F Loop 1 Ch1 O/P G Loop 1 Ch2 O/P K Loop 2 Ch1 O/P L Loop 2 Control Ch2 O/P A Alarm 1 O/P B Alarm 2 O/P C Alarm 3 O/P D Alarm 4 O/P 1 Program Event 1 2 Program Event 2 3 Program Event 3 4 Program Event 4 5 Program Event 5 6 Program Event 6 7 Program Event 7 8 Program Event 8 Table 1 A 4-20mA Linear Y 0-20mA Linear W 0-5V dc Linear G 1-5V dc Linear V 0-10V dc Linear 3508/3504 Notes 1. If standard config is selected an instrument without configuration will be supplied. 2. If C or F units are selected they must be the same for both loops. If C or F are not selected for Loop 1 they cannot be selected for Loop I/O slots 4, 5 and 6 are only available on the CH1 = Heat, CH2 = Cool

56 Loop Controller/Programmer 2704 (2604) Hardware coding Basic Product 4-8 IO Slots 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 10 J Comms Slot 2604/2604f/2704/2704f 2604 Standard 2604f Profibus 2704 Standard 2704f Profibus 1 VH VL 2 3 Supply Voltage V ac 20-29V ac or dc Loop/Programs First digit One loop Two loops Three loops Second digit - X X No programs Twenty programs Fifty programs - A - Asynchronous (Note 7) Third digit - X X No programs Profile Profile Profile Application XX Standard ZC Zirconia V1 1 Gauge V ac. (Note 7) V3 3 Gauge V ac. (Note 7) BC Boiler (Note 7) XX None fitted R4 Change over relay R2 2 Pin relay RR Dual relay T2 Triac TT Dual triac D4 DC Control D6 DC retransmission PV PV Input (Slots 3 & 6 only) TL Triple logic input TK Triple contact input TP Triple logic output MS 24Vdc transmitter PSU VU Pot. input G3 5Vdc transducer PSU G5 10Vdc transducer PSU AM Analogue input module (not in slot 5) DP Dual DC (probe) input (Note 4) (Slots 3 and 6 only) DO Dual 4-20mA OP/24Vdc PSU (Slots 1, 4 & 5 only) LO Isolated single logic OP HR Hi Resolution DC retrans and 24Vdc PSU (Slots 1, 4 and 5 only) TD TDS input (Note 7) PH 4W PRT input (100R) (Note 7) (Slots 3 and 6 only) PL 4W PRT input (25.5R) (Note 7) (Slots 3 and 6 only) 9 H Comms Slot XX Not fitted A2 EIA232 Modbus Y2 2-wire EIA485 Modbus F2 4-wire EIA485 Modbus AE EIA232 EI-Bisynch (Note 5) YE 2-wire EIA485 EI-Bisynch (Note 5) FE 4-wire EIA485 EI-Bisynch (Note 5) ET Ethernet Modbus TCP (incl RJ45 Assy) (Note 7) PB Profibus DP DN DeviceNet XX A2 Y2 F2 M1 M2 M3 11 ENG FRA GER SPA ITA NED SWE 12 Not fitted EIA232 Modbus 2-wire EIA485 Modbus 4-wire EIA485 Modbus 232 Master 2W 485 Master 4W 485 Master Manual Language English French German Spain Italian Dutch Swedish Toolkit Functions XX Standard U1 Toolkit level 1 (Note 2) U2 Toolkit level 2 (Note 3) 13 TS1 TS2 TS4 TS8 14 XX IT Technical Support 1 Hour 2 Hours 4 Hours 8 Hours Configuration Tools None itools For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. Basic Controller/Programmer includes 8 digital registers, 4 timers and 4 totalisers. 2. Toolkit 1 includes 16 analogue, 16 digital, pattern generator, digital programmer, analogue switch and 4 user values. 3. Toolkit 2 includes Toolkit 1 plus extra 8 analogue, 16 digital\operations and 8 user values. 4. Dual analogue input suitable for Carbon Probes. (Inputs not isolated from each other) 5. EI-Bisync includes only a subset of parameters. 6. The HR module has 1 high resolution DC output and 1 24Vdc power supply. 7. Only available on Specification Sheet HA Specification Sheet HA026916

57 Configuration coding (optional) 3 Loop Controller/Programmer 2704 (2604) Loop Function 4-6 Process Inputs (Input Type) 8-12 Slot Functions 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 XXXX None S _ Standard PID C _ Cascade R _ Ratio O _ Override(7) _PID PID control _ONF On/Off control _PIF PID/OnOff control _VP1 VP without feedback _VP2 VP with feedback X None J J Thermocouple K K Thermocouple T T Thermocouple L L Thermocouple N N Thermocouple R R Thermocouple S S Thermocouple B B Thermocouple P Platinell II C C Thermocouple Z RTD/Pt100 A 4-20mA linear Y 0-20mA linear W 0-5Vdc linear G 1-5Vdc linear V 0-10Vdc linear Custom downloads (replace C) Q Custom curve D D thermocouple E E thermocouple 1 Ni/Ni18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re (Engelhard) 4 W/W26%Re (Hoskins) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re (Engelhard) 6 W5%Re/W26%Re (Bucose) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Rh 8 Exergen K80 I.R pyrometer 7 Analogue Input XXX Unconfigured Single DC Outputs Loop 1 For range select third digit from Table Loop 2 -H- PID Heat Loop 3 -C- PID Cool Single Relay, Triac, Logic -T- PV retransmission -HX Heat -S- SP retransmission -CX Cool Precision PV Input Dual Relay or Triac -PV PV input module -HC PID Heat & Cool -PA Aux PV input (Note 8) -VH VP Heat -PL Ratio lead input -AA FSH & FSH Analogue Input -AB FSH & FSL For range select third digit from Table 1 -AC DH & DL -R- Setpoint -AD FSH & DH Auxiliary & Lead PV Inputs -AE FSL & DL For range select third digit from Table 1 -AF FSL & FSL -L- Ratio lead input -AG FSH & DB -B- Aux. PV input -AH FSL & DB Potentiometer Input -AJ DB & DB -VF VP Heat feedback HHX Heat output for loops 1 & 2 -RS Remote SP CCX Cool output for loops 1 & 2 Dual DC 4-20mA/24Vdc PSU Output P12 Prog events 1 & 2 HHX Heat output for loops 1 & 2 P34 Prog events 3 & 4 -HC Heat Cool P56 Prog events 5 & 6 -HT CH1 Heat, Ch 2 PSU P78 Prog events 7 & 8 TTX Both channels PSU Triple Logic Output High Resolution DC OP -HX CH1 Heat -TA 4-20mA PV Retrans -CX CH1 Cool -TV 0-10V PV Retrans -HC CH1 Heat, CH2 Cool -SA 4-20mA SP Retrans HHX Heat output for loops 1 & 2 -SV 0-10V SP Retrans HHH Heat output for loops 1, 2 & /2604f/2704/2704f XXX None P2- PV Loop 2 P3- PV Loop 3 S1- SP Loop 1 S2- SP Loop 2 S3- SP Loop 3 A1- Aux. PV Loop 1 A2- Aux. PV Loop 2 A3- Aux. PV Loop 3 L1- Ratio Lead PV Loop 1 L2- Ratio Lead PV Loop 2 L3- Ratio Lead PV Loop 3 For range select third digit from Table 1 Table 1 A 4-20mA Linear Y 0-20mA Linear W 0-5V dc Linear G 1-5V dc Linear V 0-10V dc Linear Notes 1. Loop 1 PV defaults to main PV input on microboard. Loop 2 and 3 PV inputs must be fitted in I/O slots 3 or 6 or be assigned to the analogue input. 2. Alarm configuration refers to loop alarms only. One selection is allowed per loop. Additional alarms are available for the user to configure. 3. Thermocouple and RTD inputs assume sensor min and max values with no decimal point. 4. Linear inputs are ranged 0-100%, no decimal point. 5. Temperature units will be C unless ordered by USA where F will be used. 6. Remote setpoints assume loop min & max ranges. 7. VP1, VP2, VP3 and VP4 are not available with override function. 8. For Cascade and Override inputs only. 9. HR module should be used in feedback mode, please refer to TIBC160.

58 1-56 Atmosphere Furnace Controller/Programmer 2604CP/2704CP CP/2704CP Basic Product 4 Temperature Control Output 67 Probe TC 2604CP Standard XX Not fitted X Unconfigured 2604CPF Profibus TP Time proportioning K Type K 2704CP Standard VP Valve Position N Type N 2704CPF Profibus OF On/Off R Type R 4mA mA S Type S 1 0mA mA B Type B Supply Voltage 0V V dc VH High voltage 0V5 0-5V dc VL Low voltage 1V5 1-5V dc 7 Gas Control Output TP Time Proportioning 2 Controller Function 5 Zirconia Probe Type OF On/Off CXX Carbon controller MV Probe Millivolts DXX Dewpoint controller DP Dewpoint 8 Zirconia Retransmission OXX Oxygen controller OX % Oxygen XX Not fitted DTX Dewpoint/Temp cont OP PPM Oxygen 4mA mA OTX Oxygen/Temp cont OL Log Oxygen 0mA mA CTX Carbon/Temp cont BC Barber Colman 0V Vdc CTP Carbon/Temp prog DR Drayton 0V5 0-5Vdc DTP Dewpoint/Temp Prog MC MMI Carbon 1V5 1-5Vdc OTP Oxygen/Temp prog MD MMI Dewpoint AC Accucarb SS SSI 9 CO Analyser Input 3 Furnace Control Sensor MD MacDhui XX Internal AA AACC 4mA mA X Unconfigured BH Bosch Carbon 0mA mA K Type K BO Bosch Oxygen 0V V dc N Type N 0V5 0-5V dc R Type R 1V5 1-5V dc S Type S B Type B 10 H Comms Slot XX A2 Y2 F2 AE YE FE PB DN ET 13 ENG FRA GER Not fitted 232 Modbus 2W 485 Modbus 4W 485 Modbus 232 Bisync 2W 485 Bisync 4W 485 Bisync Profibus DeviceNet Modbus TCP/Ethernet (2704CP only) 11 J Comms Slot XX A2 Y2 F2 M1 M2 M3 Not fitted 232 Modbus 2W 485 Modbus 4W 485 Modbus 232 Master 2W 485 Master 4W 485 Master 12 Toolkit Blocks XX Standard (Note 1) U1 Toolkit level 1 (Note 1) U2 Toolkit level 2 (Note 2) Manual Language English French German For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. Basic controller includes 8 digital registers, 4 timers and 4 totalisers. Toolkit 1 includes 16 analogue, 16 digital, pattern generator, digital programmer, analogue switch and 4 user values. Standard configuration uses some digital registers. 2. Toolkit 2 includes Toolkit 1 plus extra 8 analogue, 16 digital and 8 user values. 3. Temperature units will be C unless ordered by USA when units will be F. 4. Vacuum units will be mb unless ordered by USA when units will be Torr. Other vacuum units can be selected by reconfiguration. 5. Backing/Foreline vacuum can be reconfigured to control Backfill Pressure. 6. Vacuum inputs can be reconfigured as to be alternative input types such as thermocouple or pyrometer. 7. Other hardware options of the standard 2704 allow additional vacuum inputs. 8. Other vacuum curves can be created.

59 Vacuum Furnace Controller/Programmer 2704VC Basic Product 5 Temperature Control Output 9 H Comms Slot 11 Toolkit Blocks 2704VC Standard 2704VCF Profibus 1 VH VL 2 VXX VTX 3 Supply Voltage High voltage Low voltage Controller Function Vacuum only Vacuum/Temperature Furnace Control Sensor 4 Load Temperature Sensors K Type K N Type N R Type R S Type S B Type B C Type C Z RTD/Pt100 D D Thermocouple E E Thermocouple 1 Ni/Ni 18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re(Eng) 4 W/W26%(Hos) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re(Eng) 6 W5%Re/26%Re(Hos) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Re Q Custom curve 4mA mA 0mA mA 0V V dc 0V5 0-5V dc 1V5 1-5V dc 6 7 High V ac Input Low V ac Input 8 Backing/Foreline V ac Input V000 Edwards AIM-S V020 Edwards APG-M V030 Edwards APG-L V060 Edwards PRM10 V110 Pfeiffer TPR 265 V120 Pfeiffer IKR 251 V130 Pfeiffer PKR 251 V200 Leybold ITR 100D V210 Leybold TTR211/216 V220 Leybold PTR225/237 V230 Leybold TR090 V240 Leybold IR090 V300 Varian Mini BA-IMG V310 Varian CovecTorr Q000 Custom Curve (Note 8) XX A2 Y2 F2 AE YE FE PB DN ET Not fitted 232 Modbus 2W 485 Modbus 4W 485 Modbus 232 Bisync 2W 485 Bisync 4W 485 Bisync Profibus DeviceNet Modbus TCP/Ethernet 10 J Comms Slot XX A2 Y2 F2 M1 M2 M3 Not fitted 232 Modbus 2W 485 Modbus 4W 485 Modbus 232 Master 2W 485 Master 4W 485 Master XX Standard (Note 1) U1 Toolkit level 1 (Note 1) U2 Toolkit level 2 (Note 2) 12 ENG FRA GER Manual Language English French German 2704VC For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. Basic controller includes 8 digital registers, 4 timers and 4 totalisers. Toolkit 1 includes 16 analogue, 16 digital, pattern generator, digital programmer, analogue switch and 4 user values. Standard configuration uses some digital registers. 2. Toolkit 2 includes Toolkit 1 plus extra 8 analogue, 16 digital and 8 user values. 3. Temperature units will be C unless ordered by USA when units will be F. 4. Vacuum units will be mb unless ordered by USA when units will be Torr. Other vacuum units can be selected by reconfiguration. 5. Backing/Foreline vacuum can be reconfigured to control Backfill Pressure. 6. Vacuum inputs can be reconfigured as to be alternative input types such as thermocouple or pyrometer. 7. Other hardware options of the standard 2704 allow additional vacuum inputs. 8. Other vacuum curves can be created. 2704VC Specification Sheet HA027551ENG

60 1-58 Melt Pressure Controllers 2604/2704MP /2704MP VH VL Basic Product 2604MP Standard 2604MPf Profibus 2704MP Standard 2704MPf Profibus 1 2 Supply Voltage High voltage Low voltage Pressure Inputs 1 1 Input 2 2 Inputs 3 Input 1 mv Elec Low 8 Input 2 mv Elec Low 14 H Comms Slot Enter low mv value i.e Input 1 mv Elec High Enter low mv value i.e Input 1 Eng Low Enter low units value i.e Input 1 Eng High Enter low units value i.e PSI BAR Input 1 Units PSI Units BAR Units Enter low mv value i.e Input 2 mv Elec High Enter low mv value i.e Input 2 Eng Low Enter low units value i.e Input 2 Eng High Enter low units value i.e PSI BAR 13 Input 2 Units PSI Units BAR Units Control Output 4mA mA 0mA mA 0V Vdc 0V5 0-5Vdc 4mA mA 1V5 1-5Vdc XX A2 Y2 F2 AE YE FE PB DN ET 16 ENG FRA GER Not fitted 232 Modbus 2W 485 Modbus 4W 485 Modbus 232 Bisync 2W 485 Bisync 4W 485 Bisync Profibus DeviceNet Modbus TCP/Ethernet (2704MP only) 15 J Comms Slot XX A2 Y2 F2 M1 M2 M3 17 Not fitted 232 Modbus 2W 485 Modbus 4W 485 Modbus 232 Master 2W 485 Master 4W 485 Master Manual Language English French German Toolkit Blocks XX Standard U1 Toolkit level 1 U2 Toolkit level 2 For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. Basic controller includes 8 digital registers, 4 timers and 4 totalisers. Standard configuration uses some timers and logic registers. 2. Toolkit 1 includes 16 analogue,16 digital, pattern generator, digital programmer, analogue switch and 4 user values. 3. Toolkit 2 includes Toolkit plus extra 8 analogue, 16 digital and 8 user values. 4. Max. electrical input range 0 to 80mV. 5. Max. display range to Specify decimal points as for instance XXX.XX. 0 to 3 can be requested. 2704MP Specification Sheet HA027520

61 16 Loop Control & Data Acquisition Mini8 Controller MINI Basic Product 4 Communications 10 Application 13 Manual Language MINI8 Mini8 Controller 1 Control Loops ACQ IO Acquisition only 4LP 4 Control loops 8LP 8 Control loops 16LP 16 Control loops 2 Programs 0PRG No programs 1PRG 1 programmer XPRG Multi programmer (Note 1) 3 PSU VL 24V dc MODBUS ISOLMBUS DEVICENET PBUSRJ45 PBUS9PIN ENETMBUS CANOPEN 5 C F 6-9 Modbus RTU Isolated Modbus RTU DeviceNet Profibus RJ45 (Note 7) Profibus 9 Pin D type (Note 7) Ethernet Modbus/TCP CANopen Temperature Units Centigrade Fahrenheit IO Slots 1, 2, 3, 4 XXX No module fitted TC4 4 Ch TC input TC8 8 Ch TC input RT4 4 Ch RTD input DI8 8 Ch logic input AO4 4 Ch 4-20mA O/P (Note 2) AO8 8 Ch 4-20mA O/P (Note 2) DO8 8 Ch logic O/P RL8 8 Ch relay O/P (Note 3) CT3 3 Ch CT input (Note 4) STD EC8 FC8 11 No configuration 8 Loop plastics controller* (Note 5) 8 Loop controller with Analogue output Slot 1 = TC8 Slot 4 = AO8 requires 250 wires * Code EC8 requires 250 wires and Slot 1 = TC8, Slot 2 = CT3 or XXX, Slot 3 = DO8, Slot 4 = DO8 Wires User Wires User Wires User Wires User Wires 12 Recipes NONE No recipes RCP 8 Recipes ENG FRA GER SPA ITA 14 English French German Spain Italian Configuration Software NONE No CD ITOOLS itools CD & Mini8 Controller documentation 15 Warranty XXXXX Standard WL005 Extended 16 Calibration Certificates XXXXX None CERT1 Certificate of Conformity CERT2 Factory input calibration per input (Note 6) 17 Special XXXXX Standard EU0725 OEM Security Mini8 Controller Accessories SubMin8/Mechanics/Mtgplate SubMin8/Shunt/249R.1 SubMin8/Resistor/Term/Mbus/RJ45 SubMin8/Resistor/Term/PBus/RJ45 SubMin8/Cable/RJ45/3.0 SubMin8/Cable/RJ45/0.5 SubMin8/CD/std SubMin8/Cable/Config SubMin8/Manual/Inst SubMin8/Manual/Eng Bulkhead mounting plate 2.49Ω 0.1% Burden resistor Modbus load terminator Profibus load terminator Network 3.0m RS485 cable Network 0.5m RS485 cable Mini8 Config tools & manuals Mini8 Config cable Mini8 Installation booklet Mini8 Engineering manual Notes 1. If 4 Loops ordered 4 programmers are supplied; 8 or 16 loops ordered 8 programmers are supplied. 2. AO4/AO8 in slot 4 only. 3. RL8 in slots 2/3 only. 4. Only 1 CT3 per Mini8. 5. EC8 is a preconfigured version of Mini8 offering 8 control loops with Heat/Cool logic outputs. 6. CERT2 is 5 point calibration. 7. Profibus motherboard fitted. Mini8 Specification Sheet HA028480

62 Loop Controller & Data Acquisition Basic Product 7-22 Module and Terminations Eight Loop Controller & Data Acquisition Unit 1 Base Size S02 2 module positions S04 4 module positions S08 8 module positions S10 10 module positions S12 12 module positions S16 16 module positions 2 Earthing System NONE Two earth clamps fitted C02 Earthing clamp for a 2 I/O module base C04 Earthing clamp for a 4 I/O module base C08 Earthing clamp for a 8 I/O module base C10 Earthing clamp for 10 I/O module base C12 Earthing clamp for 12 I/O module base C16 Earthing clamp for a 16 I/O module base 3 Function AI2-TC 2 ch. isolated universal analog I/P with CJC AI2-DC 2 ch. isolated universal analog I/P for PT100, Hiz and volts AI2-MA 2 ch. isolated universal analogue I/P - 5 ohm shunt fitted for ma AI3 3 ch. isol 4-20mA analog I/P with 24V dc Tx PSU AI3-DT 3 ch. isol 4-20mA analog I/P with 24V dc Tx PSU - Disconnects AI4-TC 4 ch. non isolated T/C, with CJC A14-MV 4 ch. non isolated mv I/P AI4-MA 4 ch. non isolated ma I/P A02 2 ch. isolated analogue O/P ma, volts A02-DT 2 ch. isolated analogue O/P ma, volts with disconnects DI424 4 ch. 24V dc digital I/P DI424-DT 4 ch. 24V dc digital I/P with disconnects DI6-230V 6 ch. 230V ac. logic I/P D16-115V 6 ch. 115V ac, logic I/P D18L 8 ch. non isolated digital I/P (Logic I/P only) D18C 8 ch. non isolated digital I/P (Contact I/P only) DO4L 4 ch. digital O/P Logic O/P 10mA max DO4L-DT 4 ch. digital O/P Logic O/P 10mA max with disconnects DO424 4 ch. digital O/P 24V dc switched O/P DO424-DT 4 ch. digital O/P 24V dc switched O/P with disconnects RLY4 4 ch. relay O/P module RLY4-FUSE 4 ch. relay O/P module with disconnects BLANK Blank terminal unit NONE No terminal unit or blank fitted ACQIO Remote IO acquisition SYSIO Remote IO acquisition (55ms)* UW Toolkit block + acquisition functions 4LOOP Four PID blocks + acquisition 4LOOPUW Four PID blocks + acquisition 8LOOP Eight PID blocks + acquisition 8LOOPUW Eight PID blocks + toolkit & acquisition * SYSIO only available with field 5 Profibus or PBUS DPV 1 4 Communications Protocol MODBUS No extension memory fitted DEVICENET DeviceNet Comms PROFIBUS Profibus Comms PBUS DPV1 Profibus DPV1 Comms ENET MBUS Modbus TCP/Ethernet 5 Communications Connector Type RJ45 RJ45 connector for Modbus or Profibus 9DTYPE 9 pin D connector for Profibus DN Standard DeviceNet screw connector EN Ethernet communications 23 Configuration Tools NONE CD with manuals and latest version of itools - No itools product key itools CD with manuals, itools and STD itools product key and 2500 configuration lead NOCD Shipped without CD 24 Configuration Tools 25 Configuration Tools 26 Manual Language ENG English FRA French GER German 6 Application NONE YYYXXX Y = Alphanumeric Character X = Numeric Character No application loaded Pre-configured application loaded For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Specification Sheet HA026175

63 8 Loop Controller & Data Acquisition IOC E/S S 2 Functions 3 Communications ACQIO Remote IO acquisition SYSIO Remote IO acquisition (55msec scan)* UW Toolkit block + acquisition functions 4LOOP Four local PID blocks + acquisition 4LOOPUW Four local PICD blocks + Toolkit & acquisition 8LOOP Eight loop 8LOOPUW Eight local PID Blocks + Toolkit & acquisition * SYSIO only available with Profibus or PBUSDPV1 MODBUS Modbus communications DEVICENET DeviceNet communications PROFIBUS Profibus DP communications PBUS DPv1 Eurotherm E Suite communications (Profibus DPv1) ENET MBUS Modbus TCP/Ethernet 4 Start-up Key NONE No start up key supplied CONFIGKEY RJ11 start up key - forces IOC to start in configuration mode after a power cycle Base Units 2500B Base Size S02 IOC base, 2 module positions S04 IOC base, 4 module positions S08 IOC base, 8 module positions S10 IOC base, 10 module positions S12 IOC base, 12 module positions S16 IOC base, 16 module positions 2 Earthing System NONE Two earth clamps fitted C02 Earth clamp for a 2 mod s base C04 Earth clamp for a 4 mod s base C08 Earth clamp for a 8 mod s base C10 Earth clamp for a 10 mod s base C12 Earth clamp for a 12 mod s base C16 Earth clamp for a 16 mod s base 2500 Modules 2500M Manual Language ENG English manuals FRA French manuals GER German manuals XXX No manuals 1 Module Type AI2UNIV AI3UNIV AI4UNIV AO2UNIV DI8LOGIC/NONE DI8CONTACT/NONE DI6HVAC/230V DI6HVAC/115V DO4LOGIC/EXTPWR DO424V/EXTPWR RLY4 2 ch. isolated universal input 3 ch. isol 4-20mA analog I/P with 24V dc Tx PSU 4 ch. T/C, mv, ma input 2 ch. isolated ma, volts 8 ch. - non isolated Logic 8 ch. - non isolated Connect 6 ch. high voltage 230V ac logic 6 ch. high voltage 115V ac logic 4 ch. digital logic O/P 10mA max 4 ch. digital 24Vdc switched O/P 4 ch. isolated relay O/P 2 Voltage Rating DI6 only 230V 230V ac logic input 115V 115V ac logic input Power Supplies 2500P Rating 2 Manual Language 1A3 2A5 5A0 10A 30 watt, 1.3 amp supply 60 watt, 2.5 amp supply 120 watt, 5.0 amp supply 240 watt, 10.0 amp supply ENG FRA GER XXX English manuals French manuals German manuals No manual

64 Loop Controller & Data Acquisition 2500 (continued) IOC Terminal Units T IOC S 3 4 Communications Protocol/Connector Type MODBUS DEVICENET PROFIBUS ENET MBUS RJ45 DN RJ45 9Dtype Modbus Comms RJ45 connection for Modbus DeviceNet Comms Standard DeviceNet screw connector Profibus or PbusDPv1 Communications RJ45 connector for Profibus 9 pin D connector for Profibus Modbus TCP/Ethernet Terminal Units 2500T Termination Type/Fuse/Disconnect Type AI2 TC 2 ch isolated TC with CJC AI2 DC 2 ch isolated mv NONE For PT100, Hiz inputs SHUNT 5ohms shunt fitted for ma I/P AI3 UNIV 3 ch. isolated 4-20mA analogue I/P NONE Dummy cover fitted DCONNECT Disconnects AI4 TC 4 ch. isolated TC input with CJC AI4 mv 4 ch. isolated mv I/P AI4 ma 4 ch. isolated ma I/P AO2 UNIV 2 ch. analogue O/P NONE Dummy cover fitted DCONNECT Disconnects DI4 UNIV Terminal unit for 4 ch. digital I/P module NONE Dummy cover fitted DCONNECT Disconnects DI6 UNIV Terminal unit for 6 ch. mains isolated digital I/P DI8 UNIV Terminal unit for 8 ch. digital I/P NONE Dummy cover fitted DCONNECT Disconnects DO4 UNIV 4 ch. isolated analogue O/P module ma. volts NONE Dummy cover fitted DCONNECT Disconnects RLY4 4 ch. relay O/P NOFUSE No Fuse fitted FUSE2A 4 off 3.1Amp fuses Accessories A 1 CABLE CFGPSU TERM CFGKEY BLANK MANUAL 2 Type/Cable Option/ Manual Language Options Communications cable CONFIG Used for configuration of 2500 MODBUS Modbus screened cable (Base to multi-drop) PROFIBUS Profibus DP screened cable (Base to base multi-drop) 24V dc Power supply for use with config Lead NONE No mains lead supplied UKLEAD UK 5A mains lead USLEAD US 5A lead EULEAD EU 5A lead Terminator for end of RS485 multi-drop link MODBUS Terminator for Modbus link - RJ45 only PROFIBUS Terminator for Profibus DP link - RJ45 only RJ11 start up key - forces IOC to start in Config Blank terminal assembly Engineering reference manual ENG English GER German RJ45 RJ45 0M5 0.5m long RJ45 RJ45 3M0 3.0m long Options with Modbus/Profibus/Cable Length

65 VT505 Graphical Touchscreen Panel VT VT505 NONE Basic Product 2 Applications 4 Manual Language VT505 Monochrome touch screen, 320 x 240 pixels 1 Type STD Standard MINI8 Configuration for Mini8 Controller NONE EC8 EC16 EC24 EC32 FC8 FC16 FC24 FC32 Blank configuration 8 loop plastics controller 16 loop plastics controller 24 loop plastics controller 32 loop plastics controller 8 loop 4-20mA output 16 loop 4-20mA output 24 loop 4-20mA output 32 loop 4-20mA output ENG FRA GER 5 English French German Configuration Software NONE No configuration software VTWIN VTWIN configuration software (Note 2) 3 Network Cables NONE No cable supplied F485 Modbus EIA485 (Note 1) F232 Modbus EIA232 6 NONE Config. Software Language Multi-language Accessories SubV505/Cable/Config SubV505/Cable/232/3.0 SubV505/Cable/485/3.0 SubMin8/Manual/Panel/EC8 2500P/1A3/ENG 2500P/2A5/ENG 2500P/5A0/ENG 1500P/10A/ENG VT505 Config cable VT505 EIA232 cable VT505 EIA485 cable VT505 Operating booklet 1.3A, 30W Power supply 2.5A, 60W Power supply 5A, 120W Power supply 10A, 240W Power supply Notes 1. Modbus EIA485 cable required for use with Mini8. 2. Config cable supplied with VTWIN software. VT505 Specification Sheet HA029201

66 2000IO 1-64 Digital IO Expander 2000IO IO VL 10LR Basic Product 2000IO Digital IO Expander 2 IO Set 1 10LR 10 Logic in/10 Relay out 1 VL Supply Low voltage 3 IO Set 2 XXXX None fitted 10LR 10 Logic in/10 Relay out 2000IO Expander Specification Sheet HA026907

67 Indicator Coding Indicators & Alarm Units 1-65 Indicators & Alarm Units Indicator & Alarm Unit 2132i i i Indicator & Alarm Units 3200i Series 3216i h8i i i Universal Process Indicator & Alarm Unit 2408i Indicator Accessories 767S Selector Switch

68 1-66 Indicator & Alarm Unit i Series Hardware coding Note 1 Note 2 Note i 2116i 1 ND AL 2 VH VL 3 XXX ENG FRA GER NED SPA SWE ITA Basic Product 48 x 24mm unit 48 x 48mm unit Function Indicator only (Logic I/O and Alarm relay will not be fitted) Indicating alarm unit Logic I/O and Alarm output fitted) Supply Voltage V ac 20-29V dc or ac Manual Language No manual English French German Dutch Spanish Swedish Italian 6 Sensor Input Standard Sensor Thermocouple Inputs J J K K T T L L N N - Nicrosil/Nisil R R - Pt/Pt13%Rh S S - Pt /Pt10%Rh B B - Pt/Pt30%Rh -6%Rh P Platinel II Z RTD/PT100 DIN Factory Downloaded Linearisation C C - W5%Re/W26%Re (Hoskins) D D - W3%Re/W25%Re E E 1 Ni/Ni18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re (Engelhard) 4 W/W26%Re (Hoskins) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re (Engelhard) 6 W5%Re/W26%Re (Bucose) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Rh 8 Exergen K80 I.R. pyrometer Process I/P (Scaled to setpoint min & max) M to 80.00mV linear Y 0 to 20mA linear (Note 3) A 4 to 20mA linear (Note 3) V 0 to 10Vdc linear (Input Adaptor required) 7 Setpoint Min 8 Min C Min C Min C Setpoint Max Max C Max C Max C C F K X 10 XX R7 11 XX V1 A1 Units Celsius Fahrenheit Kelvin Linear input External Relay Module Not fitted Fitted (Operated by the logic output) Input Adaptor Not fitted 0-10Vdc 0-20mA current sense resistor (2.49Ω 0.1%) 4 Logic Input/Output 2116i/2132i XX Disabled (Note 1) Logic Input AC Alarm ack/reset KL Keylock Non-latched Alarm FH High alarm 1 FL Low alarm 1 Latched Alarm HA High alarm 1 LA Low alarm 1 NW New alarm 5 Alarm 2 Relay Output XX Disabled (Note 1) Non-latched Alarm FH High alarm 2 FL Low alarm 2 AL High alarm 2 & low alarm 3 Latched Alarm HA High alarm 2 LA Low alarm 2 AA High alarm 2 & low alarm 3 NW New alarm Notes 1. If ND (Indicator only) is specified in the function field then XX must be entered in the Logic Input output field and the Alarm 2 Relay field. 2. Setpoint min and max: Include the decimal position required in the display value; up to one for temperature inputs, up to two for process inputs. 3. An external 1% current sense resistor is supplied as standard. If greater accuracy is required specify A1 in the Input Adaptor field. 2132i/2116i Specification Sheet HA027219

69 Indicator & Alarm Unit i Series 1-67 Hardware coding i AL VH Note 1 Note 1 Basic Product 7 Sensor Input 8 Setpoint Min 9 Setpoint Max 10 Units 2108i 1 AL Function 2 Display Colour GN RD 4 96 x 48mm unit Alarm unit Green display Red display 3 Supply Voltage VH V ac Relay Output 1 RF Unconfigured Non-latched Alarm FH High alarm 1 FL Low alarm 1 RA Rate of change alarm 1 Latched Alarm HA High alarm 1 LA Low alarm 1 AA High alarm 1 & low alarm 3 RT Rate of change alarm 1 NW New alarm status Standard Sensor Thermocouple Inputs J J K K T T L L N N - Nicrosil/Nisil R R - Pt/Pt13%Rh S S - Pt /Pt10%Rh B B - Pt/Pt30%Rh -6%Rh P Platinel II Z RTD/PT100 DIN Factory Downloaded Thermocouple I/P C C - W5%Re/W26%Re (Hoskins) D D - W3%Re/W25%Re E E 1 Ni/Ni18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re (Engelhard) 4 W/W26%Re (Hoskins) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re (Engelhard) 6 W5%Re/W26%Re (Bucose) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Rh 8 Exergen K80 I.R. pyrometer Process I/P (Scaled to setpoint min & max) M to 80.00mV linear Y 0 to 20mA linear (Note 2) A 4 to 20mA linear (Note 2) V 0 to 10Vdc linear (Input Adaptor required) Min C Min C Min C Max C Max C Max C C F K X 11 XX V1 A1 Celsius Fahrenheit Kelvin Linear input Input Adaptor Not fitted 0-10Vdc 0-20mA current sense resistor (2.49Ω 0.1%) 5 Relay Output 2 RF Unconfigured Non-latched Alarm FH High alarm 2 FL Low alarm 2 RA Rate of change alarm 2 Latched Alarm HA High alarm 2 LA Low alarm 2 RT Rate of change alarm 1 NW New alarm status 2108i 6 Manual Language XXX ENG FRA GER NED SPA SWE ITA No manual English French German Dutch Spanish Swedish Italian For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. Setpoint min and max: Include the decimal position required in the display value; up to one for temperature inputs, up to two for process inputs. 3. A 1% current sense resistor is supplied as standard. If greater accuracy is required 0.1% resistor can be specified in the Input Adaptor field. 2108i Specification Sheet HA027220

70 3216i/32h8i/3204i 1-68 Indicator & Alarm Units i Series Hardware coding Basic Product 3 Outputs 6 Fascia Colour 3216i 48 x 48mm unit 3216i OP1 OP2 G Green 32h8i 96 x 48mm horizontal unit LRXX Logic Relay S Silver 3204i 96 x 96mm unit RRXX Relay Relay LDXX Logic Analogue (1) 7 Product Language 1 Function DRXX Analogue (1) Relay 32h8i OP1 OP3 ENG English AL Standard Unit RXXX Relay None FRA French FM FM Alarm Unit RXDX Relay Analogue (2) GER German DN DIN 3440 Alarm Unit SPA Spanish 32h8i only ITA Italian SG Strain Gauge Input 4 AA Relay SD Strain Gauge with DIN 3440 X Disabled 8 Manual Language R Changeover relay ENG English FRA French 2 Supply Voltage 5 Options GER German SPA Spanish VH V ac XXX Not fitted ITA Italian VL 20-29V ac or dc XXL Digital input A 2XL RS232 plus digital I/P A 4XL RS485 plus digital I/P A 9 Input Adaptor 32h8i /SG or /SD XXX Not fitted XX None 2XX EIA232 V1 0-10V dc * 4XX EIA485 A1 ma burden resistor (2.49R, 0.1%) * Not required for 32h8i 10 Warranty XXXXX None WL005 Extended 11 Calibration Certificates XXXXX None CERT1 Certificate of conformity CERT2 Factory I/P cal per I/P 12 Custom Label XXXXX None 13 Specials and Accesories XXXXX None RES R resistor for 0-5V dc OP RES R resistor for 0-10V dc OP For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. Non isolated analogue. 2. Isolated analogue 3200i Specification Sheet HA029043

71 Quick Start code (optional) Indicator & Alarm Units i Series Input Type 2 Display Limits 8 Thermocouple B Type B J Type J K Type K L Type L N Type N R Type R S Type S T Type T C Custom/Type C RTD P Pt100 Linear M 0-80mV mA mA Linear 32h8i only Vdc 1 1-5Vdc V 6 0-5V Strain Gauge 32h8i only G Requires SG or SD function X None C Deg C full range F Deg F full range K Kelvin P Percentage Pressure 32h8i only 0 Pa 1 mpa 2 Kpa 3 Bar 4 mbar 5 PSI 6 Kg/cm 2 7 mmwg 8 inwg 9 mmhg A Torr Flow rate 32h8i only B L-H D L-m General 32h8i only E %RH G %O2 H %CO2 J %CP L V M Amps R ma T MV U Ohm W ppm Y RPM º m-s OP1 X Unconfigured H High Alarm L Low Alarm R Rising Rate of Change N New Alarm O Sensor Break P Power Fail Combined with Sensor Break 7 High Alarm 8 Low Alarm 9 Rising Rate of Change Combined with Power Fail A High Alarm B Low Alarm C Rising Rate of Change Combined with Sensor Break and Power Fail E High Alarm F Low Alarm G Rising Rate of Change Analogue O/P PV Retransmission 32h8i only mA mA Digital Input Logic Input 32h8i only W Alarm Acknowledge K Keylock U Remote UP Button D Remote DOWN button J Alarm Inhibit M Peak Reset Y Freeze Displayed PV V Recipe 1/2 Select OP4 (AA Relay) X Unconfigured H High Alarm L Low Alarm R Rising Rate of Change N New Alarm O Sensor Break P Power Fail Combined with Sensor Break 7 High Alarm 8 Low Alarm 9 Rising Rate of Change Combined with Power Fail A High Alarm B Low Alarm C Rising Rate of Change Combined with Sensor Break and Power Fail E High Alarm F Low Alarm G Rising Rate of Change Digital Input Not 32h8i/SG X Unconfigured W Alarm Acknowledge K Keylock U Remote UP Button D Remote DOWN button J Alarm Inhibit M Peak Reset Y Freeze Displayed PV V Recipe 1/2 Select 3 Decimal Point 0 nnnnn 1 nnnn.n 2 nnn.nn 3 nn.nnn 4 n.nnnn (32h8i only) 4 PV Colour X Not applicable 32h8i only G Green R Red C Change on any alarm. Green to Red 5 Home Display N PV only A First Alarm SP only 1 PV + Alarm SP 2 PV + Alarm SP (read only) 6 Range Low Enter value 7 Range High Enter value 9 OP2 (3216i), OP3 (32h8i, 3204i) X Unconfigured Analogue Output PV Retransmission mA mA 32h8i/04i only 3 0-5Vdc 4 1-5Vdc Vdc Vdc Relay or Logic Output (Alarm 2) 3216i only H High Alarm L Low Alarm R Rising Rate of Change N New Alarm O Sensor Break P Power Fail Combined with Sensor Break 7 High Alarm 8 Low Alarm 9 Rising Rate of Change Combined with Power Fail A High Alarm B Low Alarm C Rising Rate of Change Combined with Sensor Break and Power Fail E High Alarm F Low Alarm G Rising Rate of Change 12 Digital Input B X Unconfigured W Alarm Acknowledge K Keylock U Remote UP Button D Remote DOWN button J Alarm Inhibit M Peak Reset Y Freeze Displayed PV V Recipe 1/2 Select Strain Gauge 32h8i only T Tare correction Z Auto shunt (melt pressure) Calibration 3216i/32h8i/3204i Accessories HA HA SUB35/ACCESS/249R.1 itools/none/3000ck SUB21/IV10 User guide Engineering manual 2.49R Precision resistor Configuration clip 0-10V input adaptor

72 1-70 Universal Process Indicator & Alarm Unit i Hardware coding Basic Product 4-6 Module 1, 2 & 3 7 Relay Output i 96 x 48mm unit XX None XX Not fitted Relay (change over) RF Fitted unconfigured 1 Function R4 Fitted unconfigured Or select alarm configuration from Or select alarm configuration from Table A AL Indicator/Alarm unit Table A AP Profibus Indicator/Alarm unit DC Retransmission D6 Fitted unconfigured 8 Comms Module First character XX Module not fitted 2 Display Colour V- PV retrans RS232 S- Setpoint retrans A2 Fitted unconfigured GN Green display RD Red display Z- Error retrans AM Modbus protocol Second character AE EI-Bisynch protocol* 3 Supply Voltage mA RS485 (2-wire) mA Y2 Fitted unconfigured V YM Modbus protocol VH V ac VL 20-29V ac or dc V YE EI-Bisynch protocol* V RS422 (4-wire) Dual relay (Note 2) F2 Fitted unconfigured RR Fitted unconfigured FM Modbus protocol Triple contact Input (Note 3) FE EI-Bisynch protocol* TK Fitted unconfigured Profibus Module Triple Logic Input (Note 3) PB Profibus TL Fitted unconfigured DeviceNet Triple Logic O/P (Note 4) DN DeviceNet TP Fitted unconfigured Transmitter supply * Not available with Profibus units MS 24V dc, 20mA supply Strain Gauge supply (modules 1 & 2 only) (Note 5) G3 5V supply G5 10V supply 2nd analogue input (module 3 only) D5 Module fitted For configuration see PV Function field opposite 9 PDS Module XX Module not fitted M6 Fitted unconfigured RS Setpoint input 10 Manual Language XXX No manual ENG English FRA French GER German NED Dutch SPA Spanish SWE Swedish ITA Italian 2408i Table A Alarm relay configuration (Note 1) Non-latched alarm FH High alarm FL Low alarm DB Dev. band alarm DL Dev. low alarm DH Dev. high alarm RA Rate-of-change alarm Latched alarm HA High alarm LA Low alarm BD Dev. band alarm WD Dev. low alarm AD Dev. high alarm RT Rate-of-change alarm NW New alarm For itools Configuration Software see Software Section page Notes 1. By default, alarm 1 will be assigned to relay output 1 and alarms 2, 3 and 4 to modules 1, 2 and 3 respectively. 2. The allocation of alarms to the dual relay outputs is performed in onfiguration by the customer. 3. Triple contact or logic inputs can be configured, by the user, for any of the functions listed under Digital Inputs 1 and The triple logic outputs can be configured as alarm outputs or as telemetry outputs via digital communications. 5. By default, the transducer supply for input 1 will be installed in module position 2 and the transducer supply for input 2 in module position Setpoint min and max: Include the decimal points required in the displayed value; up to one for temperature inputs, up to two for process inputs. 7. Select the code required from the Sensor Input table. 8. These two fields are used to scale the 2nd DC Input if it is a linear process input, otherwise it should be left blank. 9. For ma inputs, a 1% 2.49ohm current sense resistor is supplied as standard. If greater accuracy is required a 0.1% resistor can be ordered as part number: SUB2K/249R i Specification Sheet HA026172

73 2408i Universal Process Indicator & Alarm Unit i Configuration coding (optional) Sensor Input & 2nd DC Input 2 Setpoint Min 3 Setpoint Max 4 Display Units Standard Sensor Thermocouple I/P J J K K T T L L N N - Nicrosil/Nisil R R - Pt/Pt13%Rh S S - Pt /Pt10%Rh B B - Pt/Pt30%Rh -6%Rh P Platinel II Z RTD/PT100 DIN Factory Downloaded Thermocouple I/P C C - W5%Re/W26%Re (Hoskins) D D - W3%Re/W25%Re E E 1 Ni/Ni18%Mo 2 Pt20%Rh/Pt40%Rh 3 W/W26%Re (Engelhard) 4 W/W26%Re (Hoskins) 5 W5%Re/W26%Re (Engelhard) 6 W5%Re/W26%Re (Bucose) 7 Pt10%Rh/Pt40%Rh 8 Exergen K80 I.R. pyrometer Process I/P (Scaled to setpoint min & max) F -100 to +100mA/linear Y 0 to 20mA linear (note 4) A 4 to 20mA linear (note 4) W 0 to 5Vdc linear G 1 to 5Vdc linear V 0 to 10Vdc linear Min C Min C Min C Max C Max C Max C C F K X 5 6 Celsius Fahrenheit Kelvin Blank Digital Inputs 1 & 2 XX Disabled (telemetry only) AC Alarm acknowledge KL Keylock SR Remote setpoint select PV Select process value I/P 2 J1 Initiate tare correction on strain gauge input 1 J2 Initiate tare correction on strain gauge input 2 J3 Automatic zero and span calibration for strain gauge, input 1 J4 Automatic zero and span calibration for strain gauge, input PV Function XX No function. PV = main Input LO PV = the lowest of input 1 and input 2 HI PV = the highest on input 1 and input 2 FN PV derived from input 1 and 2 RS Remote setpoint 11 J6 MQ S6 Option Tank level control Melt pressure control Strain gauge control

74 Switch Selector - 767S Basic Product 767S-12EUR For up to 12 thermocouples or 2 wire signals 767S-6EUR For up to 6 resistance thermometers 3 or 4 wire 767S-12EUR For up to 12 thermocouples or 2 wire signals 1 Blanking Plates x 92mm to 92 x 45mm x 92mm to 45 x 45mm x 45mm to 45 x 45mm 2 DIN Rail Symetric 767 Specification Sheet HA026169

75 Multi Software Loop Contents Coding PID Controllers 1-73 Software Configuration tools itools

76 1-74 Configuration Tools - itools ITOOLS Basic Product ITOOLS itools 1 itools CD Supplied on CD XXXXXX None standard 2 Configuration Kit NONE None (CD only) 3000CK 3000 Series Configuration Kit (with clip and cable) 3000CC 3000 Series Configurationclip with cable (no PSU) 3500IR 3500 infra red port Configuration kit (UK power connector) 2000UK 2000 Series Configuration kit (UK power connector) 2000EU 2000 Series Configuration kit (European power connector) 2000US 2000 Series Configuration kit (USA power connector) 2500NC 2500 Series Configuration kit (no power connector) 2500UK 2500 Series Configuration kit (UK power connector) 4 OPC Server STD Standard OPC Open OPC Server for use with 3rd party software (e.g. Wonderware) 5 Trending and Logging (OPC Scope) STD Standard TREND Trend displays enabled (OPC Scope) 6 View Builder XXX None VIEW View Builder enabled 7 Standalone Setpoint Programming Editor XXX None SPE Standalone setpoint programming editor 3 Configuration Software STD Configuration software enabled (includes integrated Setpoint Programmer Editor) NOCONF Configuration software disabled itools: Windows Configuration Software upgrade ITUPG itools ITUPG 1 itools XXXXXX Existing product 2 Configuration Kit NOC No change STD Conformity software enabled (includes integrated Setpoint Programmer Editor) NOCONF Conformity software disabled 3 NOC STD OPC Basic Product Software upgrade OPC Server No change Standard Open OPC Server for use with 3rd party software (e.g. Wonderware) 4 Trending and Logging (OPC Scope) NOC No change XXX None VIEW View builder enabled 5 View Builder NOC No change XXX None VIEW View Builder enabled 6 Standalone Setpoint Programming Editor NOC No change XXX None SPE Standalone setpoint programming editor

77 Recorders & Data Acquisition Paperless/Graphic Paperless Graphic Recorders 5000 Series 2-1 Features 6100A 6180A 6100XIO 6180XIO 6180AeroDAQ 6100E 5000B Inputs Graphic Display 5.5" 12.1" 5.5" 12.1" 12.1" 5.5" Protection IP66 IP66 IP65 IP65 IP66 IP66 IP20 Relay Outputs Annotation Retransmission/Analogue Outputs Contact Inputs Modbus Mathematics Counters Timers Totalisers PC Configuration Ethernet/FTP Auditor Features Batch Custom Screens Remote Viewing Recording Speed Trend Speed Network Addressing USB Reports Groups Review of History (on screen) AMS2750D Product Info page Coding page Master/Slave 8Hz 8Hz DHCP, Boot P Fixed IP Master/Slave 8Hz 8Hz DHCP, Boot P Fixed IP Master/Slave 8Hz 8Hz DHCP, Boot P Fixed IP Master/Slave 8Hz 8Hz DHCP, Boot P Fixed IP Master/Slave 8Hz 8Hz DHCP, Boot P Fixed IP Hz 1Hz DHCP, Boot P Fixed IP Slave 1 Master/Slave 8Hz Boot P Fixed IP 10 6 Graphic Paper Software

78 Recorders & Data Acquisition 2-2 Paper Strip Chart Circular Paper Graphic Features Inputs Chart Width Protection Relay Outputs Annotation Retransmission/Analogue Outputs Contact Inputs Modbus (Serial) Removable/Data Storage Mathematics Counters Timers Totalisers Controllers PC Configuration Product Info page Coding page 4101C 4101M 4102C 4102M 4103C 4103M mm 100mm 100mm 10 circular 10 circular IP54 IP54 IP54 Nema 4X Nema 4X Slave Slave Software Visualisation Packages Data Reporting & Manipulation Applications Software Product Info page Coding page Bridge Eyris Software Review Review QuickChart Dream Report Report Security Manager

79 Recorders & Data Management 2-3 Paperless/Graphic Recorders Eurotherm Chessell offer four models of paperless graphic recorders, each of which will provide secure data recording, adaptability to your application, and ease of set up and operation Series Paperless Graphic Recorders 6100A A XIO XIO AeroDAQ E Series Recorders 5000B Data Acquisition Unit Graphic Contents 6100A/6180A Adaptable functionality incorporated into the 6000A instruments will meet the most demanding of solution requirements. With their ease of use and configuration, you can be sure to maximise your return on investment. Distribution frees the recorder from its physical limitations XIO/6180XIO The 6000XIO instruments allow the physical separation of the recorder from its associated I/O which, for the first time, allows the recorder to be installed in the optimum location for viewing its display and protecting its stored data. At the same time, it allows the I/O to be positioned exactly where it should be, that is as close as possible to the process.

80 2-4 Paperless Graphic Recorders 6000 Series 6100A/XIO/6180A/XIO 6100A 144mm Front view 144mm 24.75mm Side elevation 246.5mm 211.5mm Access Flap Panel thickness 25mm max Panel cut-out 138mm (+1 0) x 138mm (+1 0) 6180A Front view 292mm Universal Inputs USB Plug and Play Local Printing Adaptive Recording Data Logging and Archiving Maths/Totalisers/Counters/Timers Groups Time Synchronisation (SNTP) Batch Functions Auditor Features Security Manager FTP Client/Server Ethernet Communications Modbus Master/Slave Event Inputs Alarm/Event notification via /sms 6100A, 6180A Mechanical Details 292 mm Access Flap 28.34mm Side elvation mm 211mm Panel cut-out 281mm (+1 0) x 281mm (+1 0) 102mm 106.9mm 137mm 35mm 216mm 279mm Panel thickness 25mm max IDEAL Life FOR Science Benefits Designed IDEAL for 21 FOR CFR Benefits Part 11 IDEAL FOR Benefits Heat Treatment IDEAL FOR Designed Benefits for AMS2750 IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Power Generation Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Water FOR / Waste Benefits waterideal FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Sterilisers, IDEAL Autoclaves FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits The 6000 Series offer unrivalled input accuracy with a 125ms total sample rate for up to 48 input channels (6100A, 6180A) and up to 176 comms channels (6100XIO, 6180XIO). Input channels are freely configurable to suit your process requirements. Each instrument has an intuitive, touch screen display to enable operators to clearly view process data in varying formats. All have onboard Flash data storage capability, Ethernet communication and choice of Compact Flash or SD Card (6100A and 6180A only). Data is stored in a tamper-resistant binary format that can be used for secure, long term records of your process. The 6000 Series fits a wide spectrum of applications by offering fully featured software options and flexible I/O (6100A and 6180A only), which can be added to at any time. A unique trial mode feature removes the constraints of the purchased options, allowing you to simply try before you buy. Touch Screen Display The 6000 Series HMI is easy and intuitive to use ensuring faster productivity and minimal learning requirements. It also incorporates a Pop Up full QWERTY keyboard to facilitate easy data or message entry. There are no complicated button presses, you can create your own operator buttons, anywhere on the display. Use of intuitive dropdown menus aid consistent navigation. Extensive Communications Communications flexibility is the cornerstone of solutions in today s challenging Global market, The 6000 Series can be accessed via a Local Area Network, dial-up connection, Intranet or Internet. Built-in Data Protection and Traceability Your most valuable asset is the data collected for process and legislation purposes. Protection includes Audit Trail for 21 CFR Part 11 and Nadcap, with recorded login, use of unique usernames and passwords. Other Options for 6100A and 6180A include Portable Versions Custom Screens Modbus Master Communications 6100A, 6180A Specifications Display: 6100A 5.5 VGA Touch Screen 6180A 12.1 VGA Touch Screen Inputs (Universal): 6100A Up to A Up to 48 Input Types: 18 T/Cs, RTDs, mv, V, ma User Linearisation Memory: Up to 96Mb internal Removable: USB Memory Stick/Secure Digital/Compact Flash Recording Speed: Up to 8Hz all Channels Trend Speed: Up to 8Hz Power Supply: V ac, 20-42V rms, 20-54V dc Outputs: Relay 2A/264V, TX PS 25V/20mA, DC 0-10V, 0-20mA Ethernet: 10/100base Auto-sensing Serial Communications: Up to 2 ports EIA232, EIA422/485 USB: Up to 3 ports Operating Ambient 0-50 C, 5-95%RH Panel Sealing: IP66, NEMA4 Plug-in from front 6000 Series Brochure HA A, 6180A Specification Sheet HA XIO, 6180XIO Specification Sheet HA CFR Part Series LA GAMP LA027786

81 Paperless Graphic Recorders 6000 Series User Access Controls Access to the 6000 instruments is controlled using an unlimited amount of unique user names and passwords. Each user can be set up with specific access rights - this not only ensures users only get access to the areas they need, it also simplifies operation as dynamic menus show only items the user can access. Security Manager Security Manager offers significant operation cost savings and ease of use by providing maintenance of user accounts and passwords from one or multiple locations. If a user needs to change their password they can do so on a local instrument or PC and this will be automatically distributed across all systems to which they have access. Electronic Signatures The 6000 Series support Electronic Signatures in accordance with 21 CFR Part 11. All user actions can be configured to require signing or signing and authorisation. The ability to sign or authorise is configured on a user by user basis and incorporates signature element controls. Unique users are ensured by retiring and not deleting accounts. Electronic signing and authorisation User specific access according to authority level Signature element controls - password expiry, minimum password length, automatic log-off, automatic disabling and notification on failed login attempts Unlimited, unique user accounts and passwords Comms Inputs USB Plug and Play Adaptive Recording Data Logging and Archiving Maths/Totalisers/Counters/Timers Groups Time Synchronisation (SNTP) Batch Functions Auditor Features Security Manager FTP Client/Server Ethernet Communications Modbus Master/Slave Event Inputs Alarm/Event notification via /sms 6100XIO, 6180XIO Mechanical Details 6000 Series A/XIO/6180A/XIO Panel Mounting Details Installed panel angle: Vertical panels only Minimum inter-spacing: 50mm vertical or horizontal Note. Where multiple units are mounted in close proximity with one another, steps must be taken to ensure that the resulting ambient temperature does not exceed the specified maximum operating temperature of 50 C. 6100XIO, 6180XIO Specifications Display: 6100XIO 5.5 VGA Touch Screen 6180XIO 12.1 VGA Touch Screen Memory: Up to 32Mb internal Removable: USB Memory Stick/Compact Flash Recording Speed: Up to 8Hz all Channels Trend Speed: Up to 8Hz Power Supply: V dc (24V dc nominal) Ethernet: 10/100base Auto-sensing Serial Communications: 2 ports EIA422/485 USB: 1 port Operating Ambient 0-50 C, 5-95%RH Panel Sealing: IP65, NEMA4 Plug-in from front 6100XIO Front view 144mm 6180XIO Front view 288mm 144mm 288mm 6.7mm Sealing gasket 9.6mm Side elevation 280.3mm Panel cut-out 282mm (+1.3-0) x 282mm (+1.3-0) CL Sealing gasket Fixing Clip (one each side) Protectiveconductor terminal (M4) Panel cut-out 138mm (+1-0) x 138mm (+1-0) CL 137mm 87.7mm 70.4mm Side elvation Fixing Clip (one each side) Protectiveconductor terminal (M4) Report LA Review LA Eyris Software LA029431

82 Paperless Graphic Recorders 6000 Series A//XIO6180A/XIO System Integration A powerful system tool designed for integration. MODBUS TCP AND RTU MASTER MODBUS SLAVES User Defined Screens Whatever the application, the operator interface can be simplified using the Screen Builder to easily produce customised displays showing the specific process. The operator can start/stop batches, download parameters included with process record. Screens can contain standard elements (e.g. a trend or bar graph) along with imported image files, basic shapes and buttons to drive events. Remote Monitoring Bridge software gives the user complete access to the 6000 instrument from a PC anywhere in the world with access to the local network. Security is maintained using unique user names and passwords. Recorders can be situated in remote locations and accessed when required to monitor status, access recorded data or change configuration - potentially saving a costly site visit. Combined with Master Communications the 6000 could also provide information to other local devices that would previously be unaccessible over the network. SUPERVISOR S OFFICE BEIJING PLANT MEXICO CITY PLANT PLANT FLOOR Extended Input Capability Each 6000 can communicate with up to 32 slave devices, providing up to 176 inputs. These process values can be divided between up to 12 different groups to provide sensible viewing and reporting of data. Slave devices could be used for: Additional data acquisition To provide operators remote access to legacy product data Combined recording and control functionality SLAVE 2 3 SLAVE 1 SLAVE

83 Paperless Graphic Recorders 6000 Series 2-7 IDEAL Configuration, FOR Benefits Control and IDEAL Data FOR View Benefits Tools IDEAL FOR Benefits Eyris Software IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Bridge Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Review FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Report IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Eyris Software for Data Management Eyris Software for Data Management provides the ability to view multiple recorders as well as enable quick and easy access to individual instruments and the capability to zoom in to look at trouble spots in a dynamic manner using the runtime adaptable Dynamic page. The software is designed to be easy to install and is simple to configure by scanning the network for compatible devices and automatically creating overview and display pages. Eyris Builder Module Building an Eyris project couldn t be simpler and does not incur costly engineering. Simply run Eyris Builder software, start a network scan and select the instruments you need to add to the project. Built in wizards guide you to a completed project with default pages within minutes. The default pages include an overview of all recorders, individual multi instrument view pages and a dynamic page. A simple click of the Run Browser button starts Eyris Browser facility and straight away the system is ready for use. If preferred, with very little effort, the user pages can be adapted in the Eyris Builder utility to suit or mimic the process configuration. Pages can be renamed; the layouts can be modified to be tiled, vertical or horizontal. Even the individual instruments or indeed individual groups and views on the instruments can be laid out as required. Bridge Software Bridge software gives complete remote access to the recorders. The software can be installed on any number of PCs and can connect to multiple recorders via a local network, dial-up connection or the Internet. Ease of operator use is maintained as the displays and operation at the PC are the same as on the 6000 instruments. Data security is maintained with the use of specific user names and passwords. Review and Review QuickChart Review software acts as an efficient and secure library for data from which charts can be reviewed, printed and exported to other PC packages if required. Archive files from a 6000 are stored in a secure format and Review uses this format to enable chart view on a PC ensuring integrity of both historical and new data. Review can access data from the recorder via a local network, dial-up connection, the Internet or directly from the 6000 s removable media. Its Archive Management helps you to maintain data files effectively. Review QuickChart provides a very quick and simple way of viewing historical data. It recreates the chart on the PC - the user can then add comments and resave the chart, securing the comments. QuickChart files can be viewed independently of the recorded process data and can be simply ed for viewing by other users. Report Software Report is a powerful Microsoft Excel spreadsheet software Add-in for use with Eurotherm secure, UHH files. The user can create as many templates, styles and formats as required providing different users with the format of the process data to best meet their needs. A number of standard templates are included with this software. 6100A/XIO/6180A/XIO Eyris browser Module The Eyris Browser module can be quickly run direct from the Eyris Builder software or from an icon that can be created on your desktop. The Browser provides an immediate view of all Eurotherm graphic recorders in the project with the overall status of each instrument is displayed on the Overview page. A single button click gives access to pages displaying either multiple instruments or group views, perhaps from a logical plant or equipment point of view. Of special interest is the runtime adaptable Dynamic page where views for relevant instruments or groups can be brought together on a scratch basis as needed. Any alarm on any connected instrument is clearly asserted by flashing the title banner for each page. The status display also makes messages, instrument system alarms and connection data clear to see. Operating System Windows XP, Windows Series LA Report LA Review LA Eyris Software LA Eyris Software Brochure HA Review Brochure HA Report Brochure HA028087

84 2-8 Secure Graphic Recorder for AMS2750D 6180AeroDAQ Colour touchscreen display USB plug & play 6 universal Inputs 32MB non-volatile flash memory 125ms parallel sampling Compact Flash Modbus RTU Ethernet TCP/IP Web server IDEAL Heat FOR Treatment Benefits AMS2750D IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Nadcap IDEAL accredited FOR Heat Benefits Treatment IDEAL suppliers FOR Benefits IDEAL Aerospace FOR Benefits Industry IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The 6180 AeroDAQ is designed to meet the specifications of the aerospace industry. Automated scheduling of TUS (Temperature Uniformity Survey), SAT (System Accuracy Test), and instrument calibration is handled by the AeroDAQ based on furnace class and instrument type as per the relevant tables of AMS2750D. A Service Page clearly displays the number of days until the next activity is due with messages to alert that the due date is approaching. Additionally, the AeroDAQ also monitors control thermocouple life for number of days used, and load thermocouples for both number of days used and number of uses. A pre-batch thermocouple life check will indicate the availability of the thermocouples for the next batch returning either OK or Will Fail with the reason (either days or uses will expire). Data is stored in a tamper resistant binary format that can be used for secure, long term records of your process. The high accuracy, low drift input boards enable the AeroDAQ to meet the requirements of AMS2750D for Class 1 Furnace. Thermocouple Life Monitoring The 6180 AeroDAQ provides thermocouple life monitoring functionality based on AMS2750D, Sections and Both thermocouple Uses and Days remaining are accounted for to help assure that thermocouples are not used beyond their maximum life as per AMS2750D. Automated Scheduling Using a furnace when it has exceeded the allowable period for calibration, TUS (Thermal Uniformity Survey), or SAT (System Accuracy Test) can result in audit non-compliance, and monetary loss. The 6180 AeroDAQ provides notification of due dates for Calibration TUS SAT Mechanical Details 292mm Front view 292 mm 28.34mm Side elvation mm 211mm 216mm 279mm Access Flap Panel thickness 25mm max Panel cut-out 281mm (+1 0) x 281mm (+1 0) 6180AeroDAQ Brochure HA AeroDAQ Specification HA Specifications Display: 12.1 VGA Touch Screen Inputs: 6 Input Types: 18 T/Cs, RTDs, mv, V, ma User Linearisation Memory: 32Mb internal Removable: USB Memory Stick/Secure Digital/Compact Flash Recording Speed: Up to 8Hz all Channels Trend Speed: Up to 8Hz Power Supply: V ac, 20-42V rms, 20-54V dc Outputs: Relay 2A/264V, TX PS 25V/20mA, DC 0-10V, 0-20mA Ethernet: 10/100base Auto-sensing Serial Communications: Up to 2 ports EIA232, EIA422/485 USB: 1 Operating Ambient 0-50 C, 5-95%RH Panel Sealing: IP66, NEMA4 Plug-in from front

85 Secure Graphic Recorder for AMS2750D 2-9 Secure Data Archiving Secure data archiving is a fundamental requirement in the aerospace industry. Secure data logging, data archiving and user access are all designed to give you peace of mind while still providing ease of use. Process data and Metadata values are continually logged to the large, internal, non-volatile FLASH memory. Records are stored in a secure, binary, check summed format to protect data integrity. Integral audit trail Specific user access permissions, configurable for each user User Access Controls Access to the 6180 AeroDAQ are controlled using an unlimited amount of unique user names and passwords. Each user can be set up with specific access rights - this not only ensures users only get access to the areas they need, it also simplifies operation as dynamic menus show only items the user can access. TUSs and SATs Successive conforming TUSs and SATs can lead to reduced frequency of these actions, generating increased productivity and reduced cost of compliance. The 6180 AeroDAQ contains routines to automatically calculate extended TUS and SAT periods according to the Furnace Classes as stated in AMS2750D Tables 6 to 9. Reporting Your success depends not only on your skill in managing heat treatment processes, but also in proving that your process conforms to your customers specifications and the standards of your auditing bodies. The optional reporting package that accompanies the 6180 AeroDAQ provides a standard batch reporting functionality including Customer information Batch information Trending Alarm summary The 6180 AeroDAQ reporting package can be easily customised to meet your specific requirements, transforming securely archived data into batch information critical to you and your customers. 6180AeroDAQ Complete Traceability 6180 AeroDAQ has an Audit Trail and Recorded Login facility. Every time a user logs on, completes an operation or makes a change to the configuration this is recorded. The Audit Trail is time-stamped and incorporates the operator details along with the changes made. It is stored with the process data and cannot be modified or removed. Meets the requirements of AMS2750D Section (Load Sensors) Section (Instrument Calibration) Section (SAT Frequency) Section (TUS Frequency) Table 2 (Thermocouple Types) Section and Table 3 (Field Test Instruments) Section and Table 3 (Control, Monitoring or Recording Instruments)

86 2-10 Paperless Graphic Recorder 6100E 6100E 5.5 Colour TFT touch screen display USB Plug and Play 8MB non-volatile removeable flash memory 125ms parallel sampling/1s update Compact flash Ethernet TCP/IP Web server IDEAL Strip FOR chart Benefits recorder replacement IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Entry level IDEAL paperless FOR recorder Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL OEM FOR applications Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The 6100E brings you Eurotherm excellence in a basic package to ensure you can meet your simple data recording requirements. The unit is ideal for basic visualisation and recording requirements and makes an excellent replacement for small strip chart recorders - bringing you all of the cost benefits, security and flexibility of secure electronic data files. The 6100E has a full colour display and utilises touch screen technology for clear and intuitive configuration and operation. It further supports a USB port as standard to enable the use of a mouse, keyboard or bar code scanner so that you can choose the interface method that is easiest for you. Security to give you peace of mind With the 6100E your data is stored in check summed, binary compressed files to keep it secure. A graphic recorder ensures that pens and paper will never run out and data can be moved manually or automatically archived to multiple locations: removable media, network servers or the Eurotherm Review database on a PC. An internal, non-volatile 8Mb memory gives significant storage and data review capability at the instrument itself. This enables you to set up the best strategy for your application to keep your data safe - if you prefer, without the need for operator intervention. A low cost recorder with adaptable features The 6100E not only brings you everything you need for your basic recording needs, it has features that adapt it to best fit your application requirements. The USB port can be used to support a removable memory stick for additional data storage local to the recorder or for additional operator interfaces to suit your data entry needs - bar code, keyboard or mouse. 6100E provides an Ethernet port and supports Modbus TCP (slave) and FTP protocols. The recorder can easily, therefore, be integrated into a larger system and data files can be transferred across the network so that your data is available where you want it, when you want it. Support for relay outputs and configurable channels of Maths,Totalisers and Counters give you further flexibility to adapt the recorder to meet very specific application needs. Maths functions include add, subtract, multiply, divide, constant, group max, group average, channel min, channel max, channel average, rolling average and slaves comms Specifications Mechanical Details 6100A 144mm Front view 144mm 24.75mm Side elevation 246.5mm 211.5mm Access Flap Panel thickness 25mm max Panel cut-out 138mm (+1 0) x 138mm (+1 0) 102mm 106.9mm 35mm 137mm Display: 5.5 VGA Touch Screen Inputs (Universal): Up to 6 Input Types: 6 T/Cs, RTDs, mv, V, ma User Linearisation Memory: Up to 8Mb internal Removable: USB Memory Stick/Compact Flash Recording Speed: Up to 1Hz all Channels Trend Speed: Up to 1Hz Power Supply: V ac, 20-42V rms, 20-54V dc Outputs: Relay 2A/264V, TX PS 25V/20mA, DC 0-10V, 0-20mA Ethernet: 10/100base Auto-sensing USB: 1 port Operating Ambient 0-50 C, 5-95%RH Panel Sealing: IP66, NEMA4 Plug-in from front 6100E Specification Sheet HA029593

87 IDEAL Life FOR Science Benefits - 21CFR IDEAL Part 11FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Heat Treatment IDEAL FOR - AMS2750 Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Power FOR Generation Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Water / IDEAL Waste water FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Sterilisers, FOR Benefits Autoclaves IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The 5000B is a versatile solution for many data acquisition requirements. From simple monitoring requirements to batch and validated processes, its security, communications and powerful visualisation tools make the 5000B more than just a recording device. The compact unit can be wall or panel mounted and provide data in varying formats to suit different department needs. Data Acquisition Unit 5000B B Secure Data Control As data is sampled and logged in the 5000B, historical files are created in the 16Mbyte of internal Flash memory. The instrument can be configured to automatically pass these files over the network to a server for longer term archiving. In case of problems with the main server a secondary, back-up server can also be specified. The files are in a secure format to protect them from tampering. Review software is supplied with the 5000B for reading of these files at a later date, and can be configured to automatically pull files from the 5000B and store them in its database. Remote View and Control The Bridge (remote instrument visualisation) package can be installed on as many remote stations as required - from PCs to PDAs. Up to 4 users can view a single instrument at any one time. With the correct security permission users can view live data, access historical information, perform operations (such as starting a batch or adding a comment to the record) and change the configuration of the instrument. With the Master Comms option the user can also view, operate and configure other remote instruments throughout the plant. Universal Inputs Groups Batch Functions User Defined Screens Maths, Totalisers, Counters, Timers Users Messages Adaptive Recording Log Scale and Scientific Format Alarm Summary Auditor features FTP Client/Server Event Inputs capability Security Manager Time Synchronisation (SNTP) Data Logging and Archiving Modbus Slave/Master Ethernet support Mechanical Details Notes 1. When wall mounted, unit front face is 79mm from the wall surface. 2. When DIN Rail mounted, the unit front face is 73.5mm from the front face of the rail or when side mounted is 215mm from the front face of the rail (Side mounting). 3 To ensure specified thermal performance, connectors must be horizontal for thermocouple inputs. Specifications Memory: Recording Speed: Trend Speed: Inputs: Input Types: Power Supply: Outputs: Ethernet Serial Comms: Operating Ambient Mounting: For History up to 16.25Mb Up to 8Hz all Channels Up to 1Hz Up to 12 Universal (Isolated) T/Cs, RTDs, mv, V, ma, User Linearisations 18-30V dc 10 Watts Relay 2A/264V 10BaseT EIA232,485, Modbus Slave/Master 0-50 C, 5-95%RH DIN Rail or Bulkhead Mechanical Details 165mm 176.5mm 68.2mm 208.9mm 168mm 105.3mm Rear mounting 36mm Power Status Network configuration port 10Base T Ethernet (RJ45) Mounting Bracket (wall mounting position) 13mm 68.2mm 6mm 25 mm CL 25 mm DIN rail 74.3mm 5000B outline Side mounting (DIN rail only) 5000B Specification Sheet HA CL Eyris Software LA Review LA Report LA GAMP LA Series LA CFR Part 11

88 2-12

89 Recorders & Data Management 2-13 Paper Recorders 4000 Series Strip Chart Paper Recorders 4101C/4101M C/4102M C/4103M Circular Recorders 392 Chart Chart with Annotation Strip Chart Recorders Models ranging from a pre-configured one channel unit with an analog display, to recorders with over 90 inputs. Features include math capabilities and serial communications. The recorders are offered in three chart widths: 100mm, 180mm and 250mm. Continuous pen and multi point printer versions are offered. Circular Chart Recorders Circular Recorders providing you with the most advanced options available. Eurotherm offer two models of circular chart recorders both of which allow adaptability to your application, and ease of set-up and use, Consumables Paper Recorders Pens and Charts Paper Contents Reliable, trouble free operation Fully user configurable with 1, 2, 3 or 4 continuous trace pens. The design and solid construction of the model 392 makes maintenance, field upgrade of hardware and software features, fast, easy and affordable. A step forward in circular chart recording A clear leader in circular trending technology, combining four Colour printing with annotation to produce a clear and easy to read chart. The 394 can monitor up to 6 simultaneous inputs.

90 mm Strip Chart Paper Recorders 4000 Series IDEAL Entry FOR level Benefits Paper chart IDEAL recorders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits General IDEAL purpose FOR chart Benefits recorders IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Pre-configured FOR Benefits or User IDEAL configurable FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits OEM products IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Water FOR and Benefits Waste water IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR 4101C/M/4102C/M Isolated Universal Inputs Standard Thermocouple Linearisation Continuous Pen Recording Multi-point Recording Clear Analogue Scale (4101) Large 7 Segment numeric Display (4102) Chart Annotation time/date and messages User Configuration Transmitter PSU Event inputs Mechanical Details The 4101/2 are low cost, 100mm strip chart recorders, providing recording for up to 4 (continuous pen) or 6 (multi-point) process variables. Designed to fit a standard DIN panel cut out (138 x 138 mm), these recorders feature an exceptionally small back panel dimension of 236mm with the cover fitted, that makes them ideal for installations where space is at a premium. Display An analogue scale, specified at the time of order is supplied with all 4101 recorders. The 4102 is supplied with a high visibility seven segment display, providing clear numeric indication of the process variables, and alarm status. The display will cycle through each PV, but can be paused on a particular channel if required. Configuration The 4101 is supplied pre-configured and ready for use. The addition of a keypad to the 4102 allows for configuration to be carried out on site. In order to prevent unauthorised access to the 4102, the configuration is password protected. Entry of the password provides access to the instrument configuration pages. It is possible to provide the operator access to certain parameters that are relevant to a particular process or installation: for example you may require the operator to be able to change the chart speed. Modular Design The modular design of the 4100 Series allows for changes and upgrades to be performed while the instruments are in situ, and therefore minimising any downtime. 4101C/4101M Front view 144mm 27mm View on right hand side 390mm (LTC open) 275mm (LTC closed) 236mm 220mm 200mm 144mm Case clamp 137mm Panel cut-out 138mm ( ) x 138mm ( ) 4102C/4102M 144mm Front view 144mm 30mm Terminal cover Maximum panel thickness 25mm View on right hand side 390mm (LTC open) 275mm (LTC closed) 236mm 220mm 200mm Case clamp Terminal cover Maximum panel thickness 25mm Panel cut-out 138mm ( ) x 138mm ( ) 1.75mm 1.75mm 137mm Specifications Display: Paper z-fold, Roll, 4102C/M VFD Inputs: 4101C/2C Up to 4, 4101M/2M Up to 6 Input Types: T/Cs, RTD, DC Volts Recording Speed: 4101/2C 250mS 4101/2M 500mS Power Supply: V, 20-35V ac, 20-54V dc, Outputs: Relay 2A/250V, TX PS 25V dc Event Inputs: 0 to 30V Operating Ambient: 0-50 C, 5-80%RH Panel Sealing IP54, Plug-in from front 4101C/M, 4102C/M Specification Sheet HA027850

91 100mm Strip Chart Paper Recorders 4000 Series 2-15 Steriliser Option 4101/2 This option offers four inputs to control chart on/off and annotation of events. Contact 1: When closed the chart runs normally. When open the pens are parked at Zero and the chart winds on 80mm. Contact 2: Applies to annotating recorders only. When closed the current time and date is printed, and as long as the contact remains closed the chart will run at its selected speed, with annotation inhibited. Once the contact goes open the pens are zeroed; the time date, scales and chart speed are printed and the chart is advanced by 80mm and stopped. Contact 3: Applies to annotating recorders only. On closure the message EVENT START HH:MM:SS is printed, where HH:MM:SS show the time of closure in hours, minutes and seconds. On the contact opening, the message DURATION HH:MM:SS is printed, where HH:MM:SS shows how long the contact was closed, therefore providing Sterilisation time. Contact 4: If either contact 1 or 2 is closed then pen 4 (continuous) or pen 6 (multipoint ) is used to show the status of Contact 4. Whilst contact 4 is open the trace is at 100%, whilst closed the trace is at 96%. 4101C/4102C Supply Voltage and Input Board Termination Earth Line Neutral (dc+) (dc ) DC polarity not important, but + terminal fused Option board(s) Line input: 90 to 264V (45 to 65 Hz) OR, if low voltage option fitted: 20 to 54V dc or 20 to 53V ac (45 to 400 Hz) Safety cover not shown for clarity Option board(s) Input board V+ V- I Int cj V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I Ch 1 Ch 2 Ch 3 Ch M/4102M Supply Voltage and Input Board Termination Earth Line (dc+) Neutral (dc ) Line input: 90 to 264V (45 to 65 Hz) OR, if low voltage option fitted: 20 to 54V dc or 20 to 53V ac (45 to 400 Hz) Safety cover not shown for clarity DC polarity not important, but + terminal fused Option board(s) C/M/4102C/M Option board(s) Input board V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I Int cj V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I Ch 1 Ch 2 Ch 3 Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 If ch1 = RTD, both legs of the internal CJ sensor are wired to terminal 11 Configuration Editor (4102) An offline configuration package that allows a recorder configuration to be set up on a PC and transferred by the 3.5mm jack plug. Input Board Signal Wiring V+ V- I + DC V ( 2V to +10V) DC mv Thermocouples V+ V- I Shunt assembly + DC ma V+ V- I Attenuator + assembly DC V ( 20 to + 100V) V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I I 3-wire resistance thermometer 2-wire resistance thermometer Potentiometer

92 mm Strip Chart Recorders 100mm 4000 Series IDEAL Informative FOR Benefits display IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Electronic IDEAL data FOR archiving Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Digital FOR communications Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Derived IDEAL parameter FOR calculation Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Flexibility FOR Benefits through configuration IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR 4103C/M Isolated Universal Inputs Custom Linearisation Continuous Pen Recording Multi-point Recording Adaptive recording Pen Offset Compensation Numeric and bargraph indication Chart Annotation time/date/ Custom messages Store data via PCMCIA card Remote Data Review Powerful Maths Pack Derived PV Relative Humidity/Fo value User Configuration Modbus Communications Analogue Parameter Retransmission Transmitter PSU Event Inputs The 4103 is a high specification, 100mm strip chart recorder, providing continuous recording for up to 6 Process Variables. Information such as Channel descriptor, alarm set point and scale information can be viewed on a high resolution VFD display. Process variables including messages can be archived to an optional removable media. These units can be programmed on site via the user interface or a configuration file can be transferred using a PCMCIA card. Display As well as displaying the process variables as a numeric value the 4103 also provides a bargraph indication. The display will cycle through PV s configured to appear in the Display group. Additional information including the channel descriptor, scale information and alarm set points can be viewed using the operator key. Maths Pack The addition of the advanced maths pack option provides the 4103 with 16 derived channels and the ability to carry out complex calculations such as relative humidity and mass flow. Derived channels can be added to the log and display groups for trending and archiving as required. Data Archiving Two log groups are available for sending tabular data to the chart or PCMCIA card. Either log groups can be initiated to print on the chart. Log group 2 can also be archived to a PC Card automatically at predetermined intervals. Data can be archived as either ASCII for use in spreadsheet, or Packed for viewing using Eurotherm Review software. Configuration: User configuration is password protected. In addition to instrument configuration selected fields can be defined for operator access. These fields will be enabled in the operator access menu. Mechanical Details 144mm Front view 144mm 27mm View on right hand side 390mm (LTC open) 275mm (LTC closed) 236mm 220mm 200mm Case clamp Terminal cover Maximum panel thickness 25mm Panel cut-out 138mm ( ) x 138mm ( ) 4103 Specification Sheet HA mm 137mm Specifications Display: Paper z-fold, Roll, VFD Memory: Integral PMCIA card Inputs: 4103C Up to M Up to 6 Input Types T/Cs (+custom), RTD, : DC Volts, mv, ma Recording Speed: 4103C 125mS 4103M 500Ms Power Supply: V, 20-35V ac, 20-54V dc Outputs: Relay Output: 2A/250V TX PS 25V dc, Analogue 0 to10v, 0-20mA Event Inputs Up to V Digital Communications: EIA232 or EIA485 Modbus Operating Ambient 0-50 C, 5-80%RH Panel Sealing IP54, Plug-in from front Review LA027948

93 100mm Strip Chart Recorders 100mm 4000 Series 2-17 Adaptive Recording Multi-point version At slow chart speeds it is possible that the input circuit, between chart increments will pick up a spike or other brief disturbance in the measured signal, but that this disturbance will not appear on the chart, even though they may trigger an alarm. With adaptive recording enabled, if a sudden change in the input signal is detected, the recorder will place an additional dot on the chart without the chart being moved. This means that even at the lowest chart speed, unexpected signal changes can still be traced. 4103C Supply Voltage and Input Board Termination Earth Line (dc+) Neutral (dc ) DC polarity not important, but + terminal fused Line input: 90 to 264V (45 to 65Hz) OR, if low voltage option fitted: 20 to 53V dc peak ac (45 to 400Hz) Safety cover not shown for clarity Option board(s) C h a n n e l T a g U n i t s V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I Option board(s) Input board V+ V- I Ch 1 Ch 2 Ch 3 Ch 4 Review Package Offline printing and viewing is made possible by the use of the Review Software package. This package uses the packed data files from the recorders local storage media and imports them into a PC database. Data from one or more archive files can easily be viewed. This data can then be printed or exported as a CSV file. Review can also be configured to automatically Backup and Transfer the archived files via a modem. 4103M Supply Voltage and Input Board Termination Earth Line (dc+) Neutral (dc ) DC polarity not important, but + terminal fused Option board(s) Line input: 90 to 264V (45 to 65Hz) OR, if low voltage option fitted: 20 to 53V dc peak ac (45 to 400Hz) Safety cover not shown for clarity V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I Ch 7 Ch 8 Ch 9 Ch 10 Input board Option board 2 (optional) V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I Ch 11 Ch C/M V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I V+ V- I Ch 1 Ch 2 Ch 3 Ch 4 Ch 5 V+ V- I Ch 6 Pen offset compensation Continuous Pen version For continuous trace recorders the traces are separated in the time axis of the chart by 2mm, this results in simultaneous events being separated on the chart by 2mm. When enabled on the 4103C, Pen offset compensation applies a delay to the pens, the time delay being determined by the selected chart speed, such that simultaneous events appear on the same time axis. Compensation Off Compensation On

94 2-18 Circular Chart Recorder 392 IDEAL Single FOR chart Benefits view of IDEAL selected FOR recording Benefits period IDEAL FOR Benefits Controller IDEAL and Programmer FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Environmental FOR Benefits applications IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Water and IDEAL Waste FOR water Benefits applications IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Boilers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Food and IDEAL Beverage FOR applications Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits 392 Universal Input Channels Standard Linearisation as standard Custom Curve 40 Character VFD display User Configurable Maths Functions Totalisers with 9-digit readout Single and Dual Output Controllers Configurable Alarms Relay Alarm Outputs Parameter Retransmission The 392 from Eurotherm is a user configurable 1, 2, 3 or 4 pens continual trace, 100mm calibrated width circular chart instrument. Current status information is presented on a front panel mounted high visibility vacuum fluorescent display. The compact design and modular construction ensure that is convenient to locate, while being easy to maintain, and upgrade. For greater flexibility the 392 can also be provided with two integral PID controllers. User Configuration Use of the integral keypad, and the structured parameter list allows for fast basic set-up and selection of those functions needed for a particular application. Configuration parameters are protected by a user definable password. Display The measured value for each channel is displayed along with, the channel number, engineering units, channel Descriptor and alarm information. Integral Controllers The model 392 offers two PID controllers with features such as cascade, ratio/bias, feedforward and internal setpoint generation. Dedicated auto/manual and remote/local setpoint keypads allow the user to switch between one control function to the other. Mechanical Details 22.5mm Top view 345mm 12.5mm Maximum panel thickness 25.4mm 360mm Door opens100 Front view 380mm 35mm Lift latch to operate Panel cut-out 345.5mm ( 0 +2) x 3405mm ( 0 +2) 392 Specification Sheet HA Right side 148mm 2mm 340mm Specifications Display: Vacuum Fluorescent/Circular Chart Inputs: Up to 4 Input Types: T/Cs, RTD, DC V, mv and ma Custom Curve: 11 pairs of points Basic Accuracy: Input 0.1%, Display: 0.1%, Pen Pos: 1% Recording Speed: Update rate 500mS Power Supply: V ac, or V ac, or 24V dc Output: Relay 2A/240V, Up to 18 TX PSU 25V dc Analogue 0-10v, 0-20mA Operating Ambient: 0-50 C RH 10-90% non cond Panel Sealing: IP54 (Optional IP65)

95 Circular Chart Recorder Features Maths: Addition of the maths function allows for calculations ranging from simple add, subtract through to the more complex, Mass flow and Relative humidity. Signal Wiring Custom Curve: Allows for a user defined input, such as a Pirani Vacuum Gauge to be entered, as a series of point pairs, and selected for tracing on the recorder. + DC V ( 1V to 5V) DC mv Thermocouples Shunt Attenuator + assembly + assembly DC ma DC V 10 to 100V DC Totalisers: The 392 can be provided with up to 4 integrating/totalising channels, with nine-digit resolution, for flow and power applications. Each totaliser channel is capable of driving a relay output, for example to drive an electromechanical counter I Alarms: Up to four alarms can be configured per channel. Each alarm can be configured as absolute low/high, deviation, or rate of change. 3-wire resistance thermometer 2-wire resistance thermometer Potentiometer Relays Outputs: Up to 8 relay outputs can be fitted, driven by any internal recorder event such as channel alarm, totaliser overflow, totaliser output. Supply Voltage and I/O Board Termination Pins for Shunt Card Cables Line Voltage Selector switch 115/230V Paper 392 Contents Trans P.S Main Board Supply Voltage Line (L) + Card 2 Channels 3 & 4 1 & 2 Relays, Retrans & Contact Input Cards Neutral (L2/N) Connected to Earth ground Contact Inputs 8 7 C 6 5 C 4 3 C 2 1 C Retrans Outputs + + A B Earth Ground Shunt/ Divider Input Card Channel 1 Direct Input Terminals NC C NO Relay #1 Terminals

96 2-20 Circular Chart Recorder with Annotation 394 IDEAL Single FOR chart Benefits view of IDEAL selected FOR recording Benefits period IDEAL FOR Benefits Controller IDEAL and Programmer FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Chart FOR annotation Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Electronic IDEAL data FOR archiving Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Boilers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Food and IDEAL Beverage FOR applications Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Digital FOR communication Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR 394 Universal input Channels Custom Linearisation Chart Annotation 20 Character VFD display Independent case-mounted PID controllers User Configuration PC Card configuration/data storage Maths functions Totalisers, Counters and Timers Configurable Alarms Modbus Communications Relay outputs Parameter Retransmission Transmitter PSU Mechanical Details 22.5mm Top view 345mm 12.5mm The Model 394 is a clear leader in circular trending technology. combining four colour printing together with annotation to produce a clear and easy to read chart. The 394 can monitor up to 6 simultaneous inputs. The recorder is fully configurable from the front panel or via the optional PC card reader. Up to two independent controllers can be added enabling the 394 to control, as well as record the process. Communications makes the 394 a very flexible component in a systems or network environment. Display The 394 status display consists of a 20-character vacuum fluorescent display and alarm indicators. Control Two independent controllers (Eurotherm Type 2216) can be case mounted to provide PID control of related process variables. User Configuration The recorder is fully configurable from the front panel using pushbutton keys to follow a series of text prompts at the display. Access to most functions can be password protected. The recorder can also be configured from a PC based package, allowing the user to set up the configuration off-site for later downloading to the recorder. Communications The communications option uses the Modbus RTU protocol to ensure compatibility with standard SCADA software and other types of industrial equipment. The RS485 specification allows multiple instruments on a single communications link. 360mm Door opens100 Front view 380mm Maximum panel thickness 25.4mm 35mm Lift latch to operate Panel cut-out 345.5mm ( 0 +2) x 3405mm ( 0 +2) 394 Specification Sheet HA Right side 148mm 2mm 340mm Specifications Display: Vacuum Fluorescent/Circular Chart Memory: SRAM PC card Inputs: Up to 6 Input Types: T/Cs, RTD, DC V, mv and ma, Digital Custom Curve: 32 pairs of points Basic Accuracy: Input 0.1%, Display: 0.1%, Pen Pos: 1% Recording Speed: Update rate 500mS Power Supply: V ac, or 20-3V ac/dc Outputs: Relay 2A/240V, Up to 18, TX PSU 25 V dc, Analogue 0-10V, 0 to 20mA Digital Comms: EIA485, MODBUS RTU Operating Temperature: 0-50 C RH 10-90% Panel Sealing: IP54 (Optional IP65)

97 Circular Chart Recorder with Annotation PC-Card storage Using the computer industry standard type 1 SRAM PC-card, the recorder s configuration can be stored for transfer to another recorder or to a PC for manipulation using the PC configuration tool. Input Board Signal Wiring I V+ V I V+ V I V+ V Process data can also be stored on the PC-card in a format readable by standard spreadsheet packages, or, alternatively in a compressed format that can be used with the Eurotherm Review Software package. For viewing and printing charts. + DC V ( 10V to +10V) DC mv Thermocouples Shunt assembly + DC ma Attenuator assembly + DC V ( 100V to + 100V) Maths, Timers, Counters and Totalisers These options provide the recorder with integrating and counting facilities, and the ability to carry out calculations ranging from simple arithmetic functions (e.g. subtracting one channel s value from another) to complex application specific functions such as Mass Flow calculations. I V+ V I V+ V I V+ V I I V+ V I 3-wire resistance thermometer 2-wire resistance thermometer Potentiometer Closure must last 500ms Contact closure (not channel 1) Relay Outputs Up to 18 relay outputs can be fitted, driven by any internal recorder event such as channel alarm, totaliser overflow, totaliser output etc. Analogue outputs Up to four of the input or maths channels can be output as a linearised current or voltage signal. 394 Transmitter Power Supply Up to six current loops can be powered by a built-in 25 Volt dc power supply unit which is suitable for most loops. The 394 is a step forward in circular chart recording, tracing up to six signals by using printhead technology common to other successful Eurotherm Recorders Products. Input technology Use of the very latest in Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and Surface Mount technologies, gives the 394 input circuitry high accuracy and stability. Inputs are fully universal accepting signals from thermocouples, resistance thermometers, potentiometers and digital sources, as well as linear dc voltage and current sources. Annotation The use of a multi-point print head provides the 394 with the ability to print text on the chart including channel values, time, date, scales and totaliser values.

98 2-22 Paper Recorder Consumables The Eurotherm range of the Paper Chart Recorders all require a supply of consumables, the pens and charts. Eurotherm provide the complete set of consumables for their entire range of Chart Recorders. Consumables A guide to be quantities of consumables that would be required for a year of use of various paper chart recorders. Recommended Consumables 4101/2/3 Based on 1 instrument running continuously at a chart speed of 30mm/hr Roll chart (32metre) Z-fold charts(16 metre) Channel pens Annotator pens Cartridge 392/394 Using 7-day charts Pens Cartridges 9 per year 17 per year 4 per year 4 per year 2 per year 3packs per year 2 per year Pens 4101/2/3C 100mm recorders Annotator pen, Black Continuous pen 1, Blue Continuous pen 2, Red Continuous pen 3, Green Continuous pen 4, Violet 4101/2/3M 100mm recorders Cartridge, 6 colour 392 Circular recorders Continuous pen 1, Blue Continuous pen 2, Red Continuous pen 3, Green Continuous pen 4, Black 394 Circular recorders Cartridge, 4 colour Pens (instruments not in catalogue) 300/301 Continuous pen 1, Blue Continuous pen 2, Red Continuous pen 3, Green Event pen 306/346 Cartridge, 6 colour 342/4/5/6 Continuous pen 1, Blue Continuous pen 2, Red Continuous pen 3, Green Continuous pen 4, Black Annotator pen, also used on 4250C 342D Continuous pen 4, Black 320/321 Continuous pen 1, Green Continuous pen 2, Red Continuous pen 3, Blue Continuous pen 4, Black Continuous pen 5, Violet Continuous pen 6, Brown Event pen, Violet 4181M 180mm recorders Cartridge, 6 colour 4250C Continuous pen 1, Green Continuous pen 2, Red Continuous pen 3, Blue Continuous pen 4, Black Annotator pen, also used on 344/5 4250M 250mm recorders Ribbon cartridge 4250G Ribbon cartridge Charts 100mm for use with 4101/2/3C & 4101/2/3/M recorders Fanfold, 16 metres long Roll, 32 metres long Circular for use with 392 and 394 recorders Packs of , 60, 80, 100 or 150 divisions 12 Hour 24 Hour 7 Day Over Printed Charts Minimum order quantity 5 packs per 100 Charts (instruments not in catalogue) 300/301/306 and 342/4/5/6 40, 45, 50, 60, 70 or 75 divisions Fanfold Roll 320/321 80, 100, 120, 140, or 150 divisions Fanfold Roll , 100, 120, 140, or 150 divisions Roll 4180/ , 80, 100 or 120 divisions Fanfold 4250 Fanfold Roll

99 Software Contents Recorders & Data Management 2-23 Software Visualisation Packages Bridge Eyris Software Eurotherm Chessell supporting software... The tools that work with our recorders allow you to configure online and off, remotely view real time data, create historical charts and application specific reports. Historic Data Viewing & Reporting Review Review QuickChart Dream Report Software Report Applications Security Manager

100 2-24 Visualisation Package Bridge IDEAL Real FOR time Benefits data securely IDEAL viewed FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Remote IDEAL operation FOR and Benefits configuration IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Visualisation FOR Benefits of data IDEAL management FOR Benefits on your PC IDEAL FOR Bridge is a powerful, yet easy-to-use, software package providing access to networked 5000 and 6000 Series instrument from any PC anywhere in the world. With the correct security access, the user can view any number of networked 5000 and 6000s using the Local Area Network, dial-up connection, intranet or Internet. Two versions of Bridge are available Bridge Lite and Bridge Full. Bridge Lite provides the user with remote, live viewing functionality. All standard 5000 and 6000 displays and instrument history can be viewed as an independent operator interface. Remote Access Operates over Internet Operates via Intranet Enables Remote customised secure access Remote Batch Control Bridge Full gives total access to a 5000 or 6000 instrument - including viewing of data, operation and configuration. Operators only have to learn one interface as the look and feel of the product via Bridge is exactly the same as via the instrument display. Each user can have a specific User Name and Password with customised security access - allowing anything from just viewing data to controlling batches or full configuration permissions. The user can also view, create and edit custom graphic screens to give the best possible view of the process. Requires User screen option to be enabled on the product. Minimum PC Requirements P90 running Windows NT/2000/XP operating system 32MB RAM 50MB Free hard disk space Graphics drive capable of displaying > 256 colours (recommended) Sound card required for audible alarm feature Bridge Options Bridge Lite is included with the product as standard. Bridge Full is available separately Series LB028910

101 Visualisation Package Eyris Software 2-25 IDEAL Real FOR time Benefits data securely IDEAL viewed FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Remote IDEAL operation FOR and Benefits configuration IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Visualisation FOR Benefits of data IDEAL management FOR Benefits on your PC IDEAL FOR Benefits Internet IDEAL or intranet FOR compatible Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Eyris Builder Module Building an Eyris project couldn t be simpler and does not incur costly engineering. Simply run Eyris Builder software, start a network scan and select the instruments you need to add to the project. Built in wizards guide you to a completed project with default pages within minutes. The default pages include an overview of all recorders, individual multi instrument view pages and a dynamic page. A simple click of the Run Browser button starts Eyris Browser facility and straight away the system is ready for use. If preferred, with very little effort, the user pages can be adapted in the Eyris Builder utility to suit or mimic the process configuration. Pages can be renamed; the layouts can be modified to be tiled, vertical or horizontal. Even the individual instruments or indeed individual groups and views on the instruments can be laid out as required. Eyris browser Module The Eyris Browser module can be quickly run direct from the Eyris Builder software or from an icon that can be created on your desktop. The Browser provides an immediate view of all Eurotherm graphic recorders in the project with the overall status of each instrument is displayed on the Overview page. A single button click gives access to pages displaying either multiple instruments or group views, perhaps from a logical plant or equipment point of view. Of special interest is the runtime adaptable Dynamic page where views for relevant instruments or groups can be brought together on a scratch basis as needed. Any alarm on any connected instrument is clearly asserted by flashing the title banner for each page. The status display also makes messages, instrument system alarms and connection data clear to see. Operating System Windows XP, Windows 2000 Eyris Software LB Multiple Bridge sessions in one window Automatic configuration by scanning network Simple to install Pre-built screens Eyris Software for Data Management provides the ability to view multiple recorders as well as enable quick and easy access to individual instruments and the capability to zoom in to look at trouble spots in a dynamic manner using the runtime adaptable Dynamic page. The software is designed to be easy to install and is simple to configure by scanning the network for compatible devices and automatically creating overview and display pages. Supports 5000 and 6000 Series Data Management devices. Features Configuration: Providing ease-of-use wizards to autoconfigure from directly scanning the attached networks for Eurotherm devices Documentation: Provides context sensitive help Visualisation: Multiple Bridge sessions Eyris Builder: Creates a simple environment to allow instruments and display pages to be configured Eyris Browser: Real-time window providing an Overview summary and Bridge session pages Eyris Software Brochure HA Eyris

102 2-26 Historic Data Viewing & Reporting Review Review View Historical Data Files are Binary Packed, and Tamperproof On-line Help menus Export to Excel spreadsheet software Automatic File Transfer and Backup Review Full features Automatic Print at end of Batch Auto Print to specified Printer Auto Print to PDF printer Spreadsheet View Copy Chart to Clipboard Time-zone indication on Chart 2GB Database Capacity IDEAL Review FOR and Benefits analyse secure IDEAL data FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Search and IDEAL review FOR batch Benefits data IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Automatic FOR Benefits transfer of IDEAL files over FOR Ethernet Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Export to IDEAL Excel FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Eurotherm Review is a PC based software package that allows the display and printing of archived data files from the Eurotherm range of Data Acquisition units. These include Series 4000, 5000, 6000 recorders and Eycon Visual Supervisor. Archived Data files can be transferred to the Review database in one or more ways, either by using a network connection or reading directly from the unit s removable media. Once transferred the data can be used to recreate charts, and spreadsheets for viewing and if necessary printing. Auto Backup and Transfer, and/or Scheduled Transfer from folders can be set up as a Windows service. All event messages can be viewed. Process data can be presented as a spreadsheet containing both messages and PV data. Database Control File Menu selections are available to provide control of the Review database. These are as follows: Select Database - This allows a user to select an existing review database. New Database - This allows a user to request that a new empty database be opened. Set Default Database - This allows the user to set the current database as the default database,which is used when Review is initially opened. Database Properties - This allows the user to view details of the currently opened database. Maintain Database - Allow the archiving of data to an archive database. Auto Archive Provides the ability to automatically delete data older than a specified age. Review is available in two versions: Review Lite is supplied as standard with all 5000 and 6000 Series products. Review Full is available separately. Review Brochure HA Series LB Review LB027948

103 Review QuickChart Historic Data Viewing & Reporting Review QuickChart 2-27 IDEAL Simplified FOR Benefits Chart generation IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Direct data IDEAL access FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Security FOR control Benefits via Security IDEAL FOR Manager Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Single file IDEAL to FOR to Benefits share information IDEAL FOR Benefits Review QuickChart provides a quick, simplified method for viewing history files generated by Data Acquisition/Recording products (PKD or UHH files); these include the Eurotherm 4000, 5000 and 6000 Series, the Eycon Visual Supervisor and Security Manager Audit files. There is no need to transfer files into a database - the user can open these directly into the Review QuickChart application. A user can also create a chart, annotate it and resave the chart - the new chart will be created in an encrypted (urq) format so that the additional annotation is secured along with the original data. This single file can then be simply ed without the need to send multiple files (original data files and chart definition) for another user to view the chart. Review QuickChart can be used Standalone or with Review. It is supplied with Review as standard. Quick and simple viewing of data Direct opening of recorder history files from removable media Search for and open a batch or time range Add comments to the chart and secure Secure signing of a chart or report Lock chart so that view cannot be altered

104 2-28 Historic Data Viewing & Reporting Dream Report Software Dream Report Automatic and manual report generation Web portal for sharing information Continuous and batch reporting Generates secured PDF and export to Excel User management module for security of your data Multi-lingual support Dream Report Objects Text Representation Enables the extraction and display of analysis from historian databases such as a Review database. Tables Dream Report software offers multiple options to extract data and Alarms in different tables. Users can select pre-formatted tables or create their own with the SQL table. Bars and Pies Bargraphs and pie charts display various statistical values and alarm with advanced visualisation views (%, legend, values..) Charts Users can define time based or XY charts. They can combine charts from different time frames to visualise and compare results quickly. Moreover, the chart object supports different types of data (value, average value, linear regression). Users can display and adjust multiple scales automatically or manually. IDEAL Dream Report FOR Benefits software from IDEAL Eurotherm FOR Benefits is an integrated IDEAL FOR Benefits reporting solution IDEAL for FOR Industrial Benefits automation. IDEAL FOR It is designed Benefits IDEAL to be the FOR simplest Benefits solution IDEAL to extract FOR Benefits data from IDEAL almost FOR any Benefits data source IDEAL and automatically FOR Benefits provide IDEAL reports FOR to anybody, Benefits IDEAL anywhere. FOR Built Benefits on modern IDEAL technologies, FOR Benefits Dream IDEAL Report FOR software fits perfectly for both continuous and batch process applications. Data Collection Dream Report software incorporates a Eurotherm Review driver and report template enabling historical data to be obtained from Eurotherm Review databases. A Review database contains secure data collected from devices such as the 6000 Series Graphical recorder. Data can be collected either automatically over an Ethernet Network or manually with removable media. Additionally, a robust communications kernel is installed enabling collection of data and alarms from multiple real time and historical sources - utilising OPC, OLE and ODBC standards to ensure a common interface between sources from different suppliers. Report Generation In automatic mode, report generation and distribution can be triggered by event or by advanced scheduling. Alternatively in manual mode, an additional external application called Dynamic Report Generator (DRG) provides for adjustment of the report schedules or the generation of a demand report at any time. Data Logging Dream Report software, with its powerful historian, logs by groups, data and alarms from: OPC Servers such as Eurotherm LINOPC or EuroMbus Other connected real time sources ODBC, OLE etc Analytical information as defined in reports With unlimited groups set up with specific logging conditions for each group, clean and accurate data is obtained and logged by default on MSDE from SQL Server. However, other open databases such as oracle, MySql, Access or Eurotherm Information Manager can be utilised Dream Report Brochure HA Dream Report LB029515

105 Report Historic Data Viewing & Reporting Report 2-29 IDEAL Excel FOR spreadsheet Benefits software IDEAL FOR Add-in Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Custom IDEAL reports FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Automatically FOR Benefits generated IDEAL reports FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Standard IDEAL report FOR templates Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Report is a simple but extremely powerful Excel spreadsheet software Add-in. Secure data files created by Eurotherm recorders and data acquisition units can be directly accessed from a Review database using this package, without compromising the security of the primary files. The Excel spreadsheet software Add-in is designed for the widely used Excel spreadsheet software and used in such a way that a spreadsheet simply needs to be opened and a report is produced automatically. Any Eurotherm recorder data in a Review database can be accessed by Report. Once the data has been transferred to the Review database, data can be accessed by Report independently of the Review software. Report Excel spreadsheet software Add-in is supplied on CD and works with Excel 97, 2000 or XP spreadsheet software. The Add-in help file is also directly accessible from the Excel spreadsheet software help system. Includes standard report templates Fully customised reports can be generated Operates directly into Review Database Report Brochure HA028087

106 2-30 Application Security Manager IDEAL Security FOR Manager Benefits can configure IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits 5000 Series IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL 6000 FOR Series Benefits RecordersIDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Eycon IDEAL Visual Supervisor FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR EurothermSuite Operations Viewer Eurotherm Review & Review QuickChart Tamper resistant Audit Trail Unique password Electronic Signatures Resolve data acquisition and storage issues Designed to meet 21 CFR Part 11 Data collected and transmitted over a LAN connection Remote system access Increasingly more and more industries are making the transition to IT technology to resolve Data Acquisition and storage issues. The advantages of this technology are numerous with data being collected and available electronically it can be transmitted to any PC anywhere in the world over a LAN connection. It can also provide users with remote access to the system. One drawback of this technology is that the system and therefore the data could be left vulnerable to attack by unauthorised users. Security Manager greatly reduces the cost and resource required to implement changes to secure systems by allowing the operation to be carried out from a central or multiple designated PC. Security Manager is a centralised security system where User Names, Passwords and Access Permissions can be controlled. Designed to assist with Federal Regulation 21 CFR Part 11 for the Pharmaceutical Industry. Security Manager can also be used to aid users in meeting the guidance as detailed in GAMP4 Appendix 03 - Guidelines for Automated System Security. Audit Trail Security Manager provides a tamper resistant audit trail for the following events. Security Manager User Login/Logout Failed Login Attempts Saving configuration changes to the Security Manager Database Deployment of Security Manager Database The Security Manager Audit Trail can be examined using Eurotherm Review Software. Unique Password In order to ensure that user passwords remain unique throughout the life cycle of the product, retired user IDs are retained. Electronic Signatures The use of electronic signatures within Security Manager is configurable, if enabled, users are required to enter signing and/or authorisation signatures for updating the Security Manager Database. If signatures are required only those users with appropriate access permissions are able to sign and/or authorise. Operating System Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server Security Manager Brochure HA028356

107 Recorders & Data Management 2-31 Paperless/Graphic Recorders 6000 Series Paperless Graphic Recorders 6100A A XIO XIO AeroDAQ E Series Recorders 5000B Data Acquisition Unit Graphic Coding

108 2-32 Paperless Graphic Recorders 6000 Series A Graphic 6100A Contents U00 U06 U12 U18 XXX Number of Channels 0 Input channels 6 Input channels 12 Input channels 18 Input channels Case Options PANEL Panel mounting PORTGEN General Portable PORTTTC Type T Thermocouple Portable PORTKTC Type K Thermocouple Portable PORTJTC Type J Thermocouple Portable PORTVTC Voltage Input only Portable HTM2010 HTM2010/2030 Portable Test kit Lock NOLCK LOCK SLV GRN BLK VH VL NONE 115TPS 230TPS Media lock not fitted Electronic lock fitted 24V Isolated Transmitter Power Supply Non Standard XXXXXX 032M 096M CF SD A NOMC 128M 256M 512M 001G Basic Product Paperless Graphic Recorder Bezel Colour Silver including portable options Eurotherm Green Black Power Supply V ac ( V dc) 45-65Hz 20-42V ac (20-54V dc) Not fitted V 3 channel TPS V 3 channel TPS Non standard option Internal Memory 32MB for history - approx. 4 million samples 96MB for history - approx. 12 million samples Removable Media Compact Flash and Front USB port Secure Digital and Front USB port Memory Card Not fitted 128MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 256MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 512MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 1GB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 12 USB Memory Stick Size NOMS Not fitted 064MMS 64M byte 256MMS 256M byte 512MMS 512M byte 001GMS 1G byte 13 Rear USB 0RUSB 2RUSB 14 No rear USB ports 2 USB ports at rear Serial Communications Ports 0SRL Not fitted 2SRL 2EIA 232/422/ XXXX Not used 16 Calibration Certificates NOCAL CAL Not required Calibration certificate 17 Changeover Relays 00 Not fitted 03 3 (1 option brd) 06 6 (2 option brds) 09 9 (3 option brds) (4 option brds) 18 Nomally Closed Relays 00 Not fitted 04 4 (1 option brd) 08 8 (2 option brds) (3 option brds) (4 option brds) 19 Normally Open Relays 00 Not fitted 04 4 (1 option brd) 08 8 (2 option brds) (3 option brds) (4 option brds) 20 Event Inputs 00 Not fitted (1 brd) (2 brds) (3 brds) (4 brds) 21 Analogue Outputs 00 None 02 2 (1 option brd) 04 4 (2 option brds) 06 6 (3 option brds) 08 8 (4 option brds) 22 Quantity of Shunts 23 Shunt Value NOS Not required ohm shunts ohm shunts 24 Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 25 XXXXX WL BLITE BFULL Warranty Bridge Enter qty required Standard warranty Extended warranty Lite (supplied as standard) Full 27 Review and Quickchart RLITE RFULL 28 Auditor NOADT ALITE AFULL 29 Enter qty required Lite (supplied as standard) Full Not required Audit Trail Auditor Full Security Manager NOSM Not required SECMAN Security Manager 30 Groups 06GROUP 6 (supplied as standard) 12GROUP Maths, Totalisers and Counters MTC00 Not required MTC36 36 Virtual Channels MTC96 96 Virtual Channels MTC Virtual Channels 32 Batch NOBTCH Not required BATCH Batch 33 Screen Builder NOSB ADSB Not required Advanced Screen Builder 34 Master Communications NOMSTR Not required MSTR16 16 Slaves MSTR32 32 Slaves 6100A Specification Sheet HA029073

109 Paperless Graphic Recorders 6000 Series A A 1 U00 U06 U12 U18 U24 U30 U36 U42 U48 2 XXX 3 PANEL CH PMHD PMTN 4 Number of Channels 0 Input channels 6 Input channels 12 Input channels 18 Input channels 24 Input channels 30 Input channels 36 Input channels 42 Input channels 48 Input channels Case Options Lock NOLCK LOCK 5 SLV GRN BLK 6 VH VL 7 NONE 8 Panel mounting Carry handle (Bexel Colour Silver) Panel mounting with Heavy Duty Case Clamps Panel mounting with Thin panel mounting kit Media lock not fitted Electronic lock fitted 24V Isolated Transmitter Power Supply Non Standard XXXXXX 9 032M 096M Not fitted Non standard option 10 Removable Media CF SD 11 NOMC 128M 256M 512M 001G Basic Product Paperless Graphic Recorder Bezel Colour Silver including portable options Eurotherm Green Black Power Supply V ac ( V dc) 47-63Hz 20-42V ac (20-54V dc) Internal Memory 32MB for history - approx. 4 million samples 96MB for history - approx. 12 million samples Compact Flash and Front USB port Secure Digital and Front USB port Memory Card Not fitted 128MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 256MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 512MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 1GB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 12 USB Memory Stick Size NOMS Not fitted 064MMS 64M byte 256MMS 256M byte 512MMS 512M byte 001GMS 1G byte 13 Rear USB 0RUSB 2RUSB 14 No rear USB ports 2 USB ports at rear Serial Communications Ports 0SRL Not fitted 2SRL 2EIA 232/422/ XXXX Not used 16 Calibration Certificates NOCAL CAL Not required Calibration certificate 17 Changeover Relays 00 Not fitted 03 3 (1 option brd) 06 6 (2 option brds) 09 9 (3 option brds) (4 option brds) (5 option brds) (6 option brds) (7 option brds) (8 option brds) (9 option brds) 18 Nomally Closed Relays 00 Not fitted 04 4 (1 option brd) 08 8 (2 option brds) (3 option brds) (4 option brds) (5 option brds) (6 option brds) (7 option brds) (8 option brds) (9 option brds) 19 Normally Open Relays 00 Not fitted 04 4 ((1 option brd) 08 8 (2 option brds) (3 option brds) (4 option brds) (5 option brds) (6 option brds) (7 option brds) (8 option brds) (9 option brds) 20 Event Inputs 00 Not fitted (1 brd) (2 brds) (3 brds) (4 brds) 21 Analogue Outputs 00 None 02 2 (1 option brd) 04 4 (2 option brds) 06 6 (3 option brds) 08 8 (4 option brds) 22 Quantity of Shunts 23 Shunt Value NOS Not required ohm shunts ohm shunts 24 Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 25 XXXXX WL BLITE BFULL Warranty Bridge Enter qty required Standard warranty Extended warranty Lite (supplied as standard) Full 27 Review and Quickchart RLITE RFULL 28 Auditor NOADT ALITE AFULL 29 Enter qty required Lite (supplied as standard) Full Not required Audit Trail Auditor Full Security Manager NOSM Not required SECMAN Security Manager 30 Groups 06GROUP 6 (supplied as standard) 12GROUP Maths, Totalisers and Counters MTC00 Not required MTC36 36 Virtual Chs MTC96 96 Virtual Chs MTC Virtual Chs 32 Batch NOBTCH Not required BATCH Batch 33 Screen Builder NOSB ADSB Not required Advanced 34 Master Communications NOMSTR Not required MSTR16 16 Slaves MSTR32 32 Slaves Graphic 6180A Contents 6180A Specification Sheet HA029073

110 2-34 Paperless Graphic Recorders 6000 Series XIO/6180XIO 6100XIO 6180XIO 1 032M 2 14 XXXXXX 3 NOMC 128M 256M 512M 001G Basic Product 6100XIO 100mm TFT 1/4VGA Display 6180XIO 180mm TFT XGA Display Internal Memory 032M byte for history Non-Standard Option Default Memory Card Size None 128 MByte CF 256 Mbyte CF 512 Mbyte CF 1Gbyte CF 4 USB Memory Stick Size 8 Auditor NOMS None NOADT None 064MMS 064 Mbyte USB ALITE Audit Trail 256MMS 256 Mbyte USB AFULL Auditor 512MMS 512 Mbyte USB 001GGMS 1Gbyte USB 9 Security Manager 5 Warranty NOSM None SECMAN Security Manager XXXXX Standard WL005 5 Year 10 Groups 6 Bridge 06GROUP 6 (standard) 12GROUP 12 BLITE Lite (standard) BFULL Full 11 Maths, Totalisers & Counters 7 Review and QuickChart MTC00 None MTC36 36 virtual chs RLITE Lite (standard) MTC96 96 virtual chs RFULL Full MTC virtual chs 12 Batch NOBATCH None BATCH Batch 13 Screen Builder NOSB None ADSB Advanced 14 Modbus Master Comms MSTR16 16 Slaves (standard) MSTR32 32 Slaves 6000XIO Specification Sheet HA029323

111 Secure Graphic Recorder for AMS2750D A A 1 U00 U06 U12 U18 U24 U30 U36 U42 U48 2 Number of Channels Industrial Variant AERODAQ 3 PANEL CH 4 0 Input channels 6 Input channels 12 Input channels 18 Input channels 24 Input channels 30 Input channels 36 Input channels 42 Input channels 48 Input channels Industrial variant Case Options Lock NOLCK LOCK 5 SLV GRN BLK 6 VH VL 7 XXXXX 8 Panel mounting Carry handle (Bexel Colour Silver) Media lock not fitted Electronic lock fitted Non Standard XXXXXX 9 032M 096M Not fitted Non standard option 10 Removable Media CF SD 11 NOMC 128M 256M 512M 001G Basic Product 180mm TFT XGA Display Bezel Colour Silver including portable options Eurotherm Green Black Power Supply V ac ( V dc) 47-63Hz 20-42V ac (20-54V dc) Internal Memory 32MB for history - approx. 4 million samples 96MB for history - approx. 12 million samples Compact Flash and Front USB port Secure Digital and Front USB port Memory Card Not fitted 128MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 256MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 512MB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 1GB Card (CF or SD, dependant on removable media type) 12 USB Memory Stick Size NOMS Not fitted 064MMS 64M byte 256MMS 256M byte 512MMS 512M byte 001GMS 1G byte 13 Rear USB 0RUSB 2RUSB 14 No rear USB ports 2 USB ports at rear Serial Communications Ports 0SRL Not fitted 2SRL 2EIA 232/422/ XXXX Not used 16 Calibration Certificates NOCAL CAL Not required Calibration certificate 17 Changeover Relays 00 Not fitted 03 3 (1 option brd) 06 6 (2 option brds) 09 9 (3 option brds) (4 option brds) (5 option brds) (6 option brds) (7 option brds) (8 option brds) (9 option brds) 18 Nomally Closed Relays 00 Not fitted 04 4 (1 option brd) 08 8 (2 option brds) (3 option brds) (4 option brds) (5 option brds) (6 option brds) (7 option brds) (8 option brds) (9 option brds) 19 Normally Open Relays 00 Not fitted 04 4 ((1 option brd) 08 8 (2 option brds) (3 option brds) (4 option brds) (5 option brds) (6 option brds) (7 option brds) (8 option brds) (9 option brds) 20 Event Inputs 00 Not fitted (1 brd) (2 brds) (3 brds) (4 brds) 21 Analogue Outputs 00 None 02 2 (1 option brd) 04 4 (2 option brds) 06 6 (3 option brds) 08 8 (4 option brds) 22 Quantity of Shunts 23 Shunt Value NOS Not required ohm shunts ohm shunts 24 Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 25 XXXXX WL BLITE BFULL Warranty Bridge Enter qty required Standard warranty Extended warranty Lite (supplied as standard) Full 27 Review and Quickchart RLITE RFULL 28 Auditor NOADT ALITE AFULL 29 Enter qty required Lite (supplied as standard) Full Not required Audit Trail Auditor Full Security Manager NOSM Not required SECMAN Security Manager 30 Groups 06GROUP 6 (supplied as standard) 12GROUP Maths, Totalisers and Counters MTC00 Not required MTC36 36 Virtual Channels MTC96 96 Virtual Channels MTC Virtual Channels 32 Batch NOBTCH Not required BATCH Batch 33 Screen Builder NOSB ADSB Not required Advanced Screen Builder 34 Master Communications NOMSTR Not required MSTR16 16 Slaves MSTR32 32 Slaves Graphic 61800AeroDAQ Contents 6180AeroDAQ Specification Sheet HA029538

112 2-36 Paperless Graphic Recorder 6100E E Basic Product 7 Changeover Relays Standard Accessories 6100E 6100E Data Acquisition Unit 1 Number of Channels U03 3 Input channels U06 6 Input Channels 00 None 03 3 (1 Option brd) 8 Quantity of Shunts 00 Qty of shunts Installation and safety data sheet Panel mounting clamps Panel seal User manual via internet download from 2 Power Supply VH V ac V dc 45-65Hz VL 20-42V ac RMS, 20-54V dc 3 24V Isolated Transmitter Power Supply NOITPS None 115TPS V 3 channel TPS 230TPS V 3 channel TPS 8 Quantity of 100:1 Attenuators 00 Qty of attenuators 8 Warranty XXXXX Standard 1WL005 5 year Optional Accessories Via internet download from Tools including Review Lite (history viewing software and C-Edit (off line configuration software). Review Full all the functionallity of Review Lite plus ability to run as a service spreadsheet mode and auto archive the database. 4 Memory Card Size NOMC None 128M 128 Mbyte card (CF) 256M 256 Mbyte card (CF) 521M 512 Mbyte card (CF) 001G 1 Gbyte card (CF) 8 Maths, Totalisers & Counters MTC00 None MTC12 12 virtual channels 5 USB Memory Stick Size NOMS 128MMS 256MMS 512MMS 001GMS None 128 Mbyte USB memory stick 256 Mbyte USB memory stick 512 Mbyte USB memory stick 1 Gbyte USB memory stick 6 Calibration Certificates NOCAL STCAL CMCAL None Standard calibration certificate (all chs at 0-1V dc) Custom calibration of each ch as specified on purchase order 6100E Specification Sheet HA029593

113 Data Acquisition Unit 5000B B B Basic Product 8 Label Set 16 Batch 24 Review 5000B Data Acquisition Unit UK1 Eurotherm UK NONE BATCH None Batch RLITE RFULL Review lite Review full 1 2 NONE 3RLY 6EVT 4 Number of Channels 06 6 channels channels* * 12 channel units can not have option boards Qty of Shunts 00 Qty of shunts (0-12) 5 Option Card 1 3 Option Card 2 NONE 3RLY RS232 RS485 6EVT Shunt Value None 3 CO Relay outputs 6 Event inputs None 3 CO Relay outputs RS232 Serial Comms RS485 Serial Comms 6 Event inputs NOS No shunts ohm shunts ohm shunts 9 Non Standard XXXXXX Non standard option 10 Calibration Certificate NOCAL 06CAL 12CAL 12 Maths None 6 Channel 12 Channel 11 Maths, Totalisers & Counters MTC00 None MTC12 12 Chs (Note 1) MTC36 36 Chs (Note 1) MTC84 84 Chs (Note 1) 00 Number of Maths Ch (0-84) (Note 1) 13 Totalisers 00 Number of Totalisers Ch (0-36) (Note 1) 14 Counters 17 Screen Builder NONE None 06SB Screen builder 6 user screens ADSB Advance user screens 18 Timers NOTIMER None 12TIMER Timers (12) 19 Auditor NONE None AUDIT Auditor Features 20 Circular Trend NONE None CIRC Circular trend display 21 Log Scales NONE None LOGS Log scales 22 Master Comms 25 Security Manager NONE None SECMAN Security manager 26 NONE None 27 Technical Support TS1 1 Hour TS2 2 Hours TS4 4 Hours TS8 8 Hours 28 CSV Output NONE None CSV CSV Output 29 ASCII Printer Output NONE None ASCII Printer OP (RS232) ASCRJ Printer OP (RJ11) 6 Qty of 100:1 Attenuators Number of Counters Ch (0-36) (Note 1) NONE MODBUS None Modbus 7 External Power Supply NONE EXTVH None Mains PSU 15 Groups 1GROUP 6GROUP 1 Group 6 Groups 23 Warranty NONE Standard WL005 5 Year Note: 1 Total number of Maths, Totalisers and Counters must equal number of selected channels (Field 11) 5000B Specification Sheet HA027565

114 2-38

115 Recorders & Data Management Paper Recorders 4000 Series Strip Chart Paper Recorders 4101C M C M C M Circular Recorders 392 Chart Chart with Annotation Consumables Paper Recorders Pens, Charts and Software Paper Coding

116 mm Strip Chart Recorders 4000 Series Range 1 Input Low (5Char) 4101C 0 31 Range 1 Input High (5Char) 4101C C Channel 2 2 Channels 3 3 Channels 4 4 Channels 2 No. of Channels Power Supply V ac, 45-65Hz V dc, ac Hz 4 R Z 5 Cassette Type Roll cassette (32m) Z-fold cassette (16m) Chart Speed Range 1 Off, 5,20,60,120mm/hr 2 Off, 10,20,60,120mm/hr 3 Off, 10,30,60,120mm/hr 4 Off, 20,30,60,120 mm/hr 5 Off, 30,60,120,300mm/hr 6 Off, 20,120,600,1200mm/hr 7 Off, 20,300,1200,3600mm/hr 8 Off, 20,3600,18000,36000mm/hr 6 Chart Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions 7 Basic Product Analogue Recorder Qty of Shunts 0 No shunts 1 One shunt resistor 2 Two shunt resistors 3 Three shunt resistors 4 Four shunt resistors Range 1 Range Range 3 Range Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 0 None 1 One 100:1 Attenuator 2 Two 100:1 Attenuators 3 Three 100:1 Attenuators 4 Four 100:1 Attenuators Annotation 0 None (default) A Annotation fitted Scale Type A Custom scale special C Custom scale linear D Default (0-100) 14 E F G 16 Manual Language English French German Alarm Outputs 0 No alarm outputs G 3 CO in alm relays (1 pcb)* H 6 CO in alm relays (2 pcbs)* K 9 CO in alm relays (3 pcbs)* * Occupies one half slot of the two full slots available for alarm outputs and options Two relays per channel starting at channel one 18 Shunt Value 0 No shunts ohm shunts ohm shunts 24V Transmitter Power Supply 0 Not fitted 1 120V 3 channel TPS 2 240V 3 channel TPS 3 110V 3 channel TPS 4 220V 3 channel TPS 6 120V 6 channel TPS 7 240V 6 channel TPS 8 110V 6 channel TPS 9 220V 6 channel TPS Case and Door Colour 0 Eurotherm green 1 Grey 2 Black 23 Customer Label Set 01 Eurotherm Door Material P Polycarbonate 6 IP65 Calibration Certificates 0 None A Calibration cert 1 chs B Calibration cert 2 chs C Calibration cert 3 chs D Calibration cert 4 chs Options 000 No options 004 Remote cht cont event I/P* 013 Long terminal cover no TRS 24 Range used on Channel 1 N No input 1 Range 1 2 Range 2 3 Range 3 4 Range 4 25 Range used on Channel Range used on Channel 3 Range used on Channel 4 32 A1 ma dc linear A2 ma dc sqr root OF Input set to OFF V1 mv dc linear V2 V dc linear R1 PT100 RTD R2 PT100A RTD R3 JPT100 RTD R4 PT1000RTD R5 N100 RTD R6 N120 RTD R7 N1000 RTD R8 Ohms T1 Englehead type (W3Re/VW25RE) TB Type B thermocouple TC Type C thermocouple TD Type D thermocouple TE Type E thermocouple TG Type G2 thermocouple TJ Type J thermocouple TK Type K thermocouple TL Type L thermocouple TM Type MoRe thermocouple TN Type N thermocouple TP Pantinel II thermocouple TR Type R thermocouple TS Type S thermocouple TT Type T thermocouple TU Type U thermocouple TY NiNIMo thermocouple Linearisaton Type Scale Left Hand Value Scale Right Hand value Scale Units (5 Char) Code Units B14 mv a.c. B21 mv d.c. C64 NO 2 A68 O 2 F15 V a.c. B20 V d.c. A33 %CO 2 A35 %O 2 A09 C A28 F B06 μs F02 A a.c. A05 CO Channel 2 Alarms Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 Channel 1 Alarms 0 None 1 Alarm set low/high 2 Alarm set low/low 3 Alarm set high/high Channel 3 Alarms Channel 4 Alarms Code Units A67 cm 3 /hr C98 ft3/hr C99 ft3/min A18 kg/cm 2 E00 kg/m 2 E26 kg/m 3 A45 kg/min G48 l/tonne D69 m 2 G07 m 3 /sec F03 ma a.c. B09 ma d.c. H91 mbar (A) 4101C Specification Sheet HA027850

117 Strip Chart Recorders 4000 Series Range 1 Input Low (5Char) 4101M 0 31 Range 1 Input High (5Char) A Range 1 Range Range 3 Range Range 5 Range Linearisaton Type A1 ma dc linear A2 ma dc sqr root OF Input set to OFF V1 mv dc linear V2 V dc linear R1 PT100 RTD R2 PT100A RTD R3 JPT100 RTD R4 PT1000RTD R5 N100 RTD R6 N120 RTD R7 N1000 RTD R8 Ohms T1 Englehead type (W3Re/VW25RE) TB Type B thermocouple TC Type C thermocouple TD Type D thermocouple TE Type E thermocouple TG Type G2 thermocouple TJ Type J thermocouple TK Type K thermocouple TL Type L thermocouple TM Type MoRe thermocouple TN Type N thermocouple TP Pantinel II thermocouple TR Type R thermocouple TS Type S thermocouple TT Type T thermocouple TU Type U thermocouple TY NiNIMo thermocouple 4101M 1 No. of Channels 6 6 Channels 2 Power Supply V ac, 45-65Hz V dc, ac Hz 3 R Z 5 6 Cassette Type Roll cassette (32m) Z-fold cassette (16m) Chart Speed Range 1 Off, 5,20,60,120mm/hr 2 Off, 10,20,60,120mm/hr 3 Off, 10,30,60,120mm/hr 4 Off, 20,30,60,120 mm/hr Chart Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions 7 Basic Product 4101M Analogue Recorder Qty of Shunts 0 No shunts 1 One shunt resistor 2 Two shunt resistors 3 Three shunt resistors 4 Four shunt resistors 5 Five shunt resistors 6 Six shunt resistors 9 Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 0 None 1 One 100:1 Attenuator 2 Two 100:1 Attenuators 3 Three 100:1 Attenuators 4 Four 100:1 Attenuators 5 Five 100:1 Attenuators 6 Six 100:1 Attenuators 14 E F G 16 Manual Language English French German Alarm Outputs 0 No alarm outputs G 3 CO in alm relays (1 pcb)* H 6 CO in alm relays (2 pcbs)* K 9 CO in alm relays (3 pcbs)* L 12 CO in alarm relays (4 pcbs)* * Occupies one half slot of the two full slots available for alarm outputs and options Two relays per channel starting at channel one V Transmitter Power Supply 0 Not fitted 1 120V 3 channel TPS 2 240V 3 channel TPS 3 110V 3 channel TPS 4 220V 3 channel TPS 6 120V 6 channel TPS 7 240V 6 channel TPS 8 110V 6 channel TPS 9 220V 6 channel TPS Customer Label Set 01 Eurotherm Door Material P Polycarbonate 6 IP65 Calibration Certificates 0 None A Calibration cert 1 chs B Calibration cert 2 chs C Calibration cert 3 chs D Calibration cert 4 chs E Calibration cert 6 chs Options 000 No options 004 Remote cht cont event I/P* 013 Long terminal cover no TRS 24 Range used on Channel 1 N No input 1 Range 1 2 Range 2 3 Range 3 4 Range 4 5 Range 5 6 Range 6 25 Range used on Channel Range used on Channel 3 Range used on Channel 4 28 Range used on Channel 5 29 Range used on Channel Scale Left Hand Value Scale Right Hand value Scale Units (5 Char) Code Units B14 mv a.c. B21 mv d.c. C64 NO 2 A68 O 2 F15 V a.c. B20 V d.c. A33 %CO 2 A35 %O 2 A09 C A28 F B06 μs F02 A a.c. A05 CO Channel 2 Alarms 68 Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 Range 5 Range 6 Channel 1 Alarms 0 None 1 Alarm set low/high 2 Alarm set low/low 3 Alarm set high/high Channel 3 Alarms Code Units A67 cm 3 /hr C98 ft3/hr C99 ft3/min A18 kg/cm 2 E00 kg/m 2 E26 kg/m 3 A45 kg/min G48 l/tonne D69 m 2 G07 m 3 /sec F03 ma a.c. B09 ma d.c. H91 mbar (A) 8 Shunt Value 20 Case and Door Colour 69 Channel 4 Alarms 0 No shunts ohm shunts ohm shunts 0 Eurotherm green 1 Grey 2 Black Channel 5 Alarms Channel 6 Alarms 4101M Specification Sheet HA027850

118 mm Strip Chart Recorders 4000 Series Range 1 Input Low (5Char) 4102C 31 Range 1 Input High (5Char) 4102C C Channel 2 2 Channels 3 3 Channels 4 4 Channels 2 C N 3 4 R Z 5 O A B C D E F G H I J K L 6 Basic Product Digital Recorder No. of Channels Factory Configuration Factory configuration Unconfigured (0-10Vdc default) Power Supply V ac, 45-65Hz V dc, ac Hz Cassette Type Roll cassette (32m) Z-fold cassette (16m) Chart Speed Range Off 5mm/hr 10mm/hr 20mm/hr 30mm/hr 60mm/hr 120mm/hr 300mm/hr 600mm/hr 1200mm/hr 3600mm/hr 18 metres/hr 36 metres/hr Chart Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Range 1 Range Range 3 Range 4 9 Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 0 None 1 One 100:1 Attenuator 2 Two 100:1 Attenuators 3 Three 100:1 Attenuators 4 Four 100:1 Attenuators Annotation 0 None (default) A Annotation fitted E 7 0 No shunts 1 One shunt resistor 2 Two shunt resistors 3 Three shunt resistors 4 Four shunt resistors 8 14 Manual Language English Chart Illumination 0 Chart illumination not fitted 1 Chart illumination fitted 17 Alarm Outputs 0 No alarm outputs G 3 CO in alm relays (1 pcb)* H 6 CO in alm relays (2 pcbs)* K 9 CO in alm relays (3 pcbs)* 18 Qty of Shunts Shunt Value 0 No shunts ohm shunts ohm shunts 24V Transmitter Power Supply 0 Not fitted 1 120V 3 channel TPS 2 240V 3 channel TPS 3 110V 3 channel TPS 4 220V 3 channel TPS 6 120V 6 channel TPS 7 240V 6 channel TPS 8 110V 6 channel TPS 9 220V 6 channel TPS Case and Door Colour 0 Eurotherm green 1 Grey 2 Black 23 Customer Label Set 01 Eurotherm Door Material P Polycarbonate 6 IP65 Calibration Certificates 0 None A Calibration cert 1 chs B Calibration cert 2 chs C Calibration cert 3 chs D Calibration cert 4 chs Options 000 No options 001 Portability Opt Std Portable instruments are supplied in black only (field 20) 004 Remote cht cont event I/P* 005 RCC Event I/P + Portable* 013 Long terminal cover no TRS * Occupies one half slot of the two full slots available for alarm outputs and options Two relays per channel starting at channel one 24 Range used on Channel 1 N No input 1 Range 1 2 Range 2 3 Range 3 4 Range 4 25 Range used on Channel Range used on Channel 3 Range used on Channel 4 32 A1 ma dc linear A2 ma dc sqr root OF Input set to OFF V1 mv dc linear V2 V dc linear R1 PT100 RTD R2 PT100A RTD R3 JPT100 RTD R4 PT1000RTD R5 N100 RTD R6 N120 RTD R7 N1000 RTD R8 Ohms T1 Englehead type (W3Re/VW25RE) TB Type B thermocouple TC Type C thermocouple TD Type D thermocouple TE Type E thermocouple TG Type G2 thermocouple TJ Type J thermocouple TK Type K thermocouple TL Type L thermocouple TM Type MoRe thermocouple TN Type N thermocouple TP Pantinel II thermocouple TR Type R thermocouple TS Type S thermocouple TT Type T thermocouple TU Type U thermocouple TY NiNIMo thermocouple Linearisaton Type Scale Left Hand Value Scale Right Hand value Scale Units (5 Char) Code Units B14 mv a.c. B21 mv d.c. C64 NO 2 A68 O 2 F15 V a.c. B20 V d.c. A33 %CO 2 A35 %O 2 A09 C A28 F B06 μs F02 A a.c. A05 CO Channel 2 Alarms Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 Channel 1 Alarms 0 None 1 Alarm set low/high 2 Alarm set low/low 3 Alarm set high/high Channel 3 Alarms Channel 4 Alarms Code Units A67 cm 3 /hr C98 ft3/hr C99 ft3/min A18 kg/cm 2 E00 kg/m 2 E26 kg/m 3 A45 kg/min G48 l/tonne D69 m 2 G07 m 3 /sec F03 ma a.c. B09 ma d.c. H91 mbar (A) 4102C Specification Sheet HA027850

119 100mm Strip Chart Recorders 4000 Series Range 1 Input Low (5Char) 4102M 31 Range 1 Input High (5Char) A Range 1 Range Range 3 Range Range 5 Range Customer Label Set 01 Eurotherm 32 Linearisaton Type A1 ma dc linear A2 ma dc sqr root OF Input set to OFF V1 mv dc linear V2 V dc linear R1 PT100 RTD R2 PT100A RTD R3 JPT100 RTD R4 PT1000RTD R5 N100 RTD R6 N120 RTD R7 N1000 RTD R8 Ohms T1 Englehead type (W3Re/VW25RE) TB Type B thermocouple TC Type C thermocouple TD Type D thermocouple TE Type E thermocouple TG Type G2 thermocouple TJ Type J thermocouple TK Type K thermocouple TL Type L thermocouple TM Type MoRe thermocouple TN Type N thermocouple TP Pantinel II thermocouple TR Type R thermocouple TS Type S thermocouple TT Type T thermocouple TU Type U thermocouple TY NiNIMo thermocouple 4102M 4102M Digital Recorder 1 No. of Channels 6 6 Channels 2 C N 3 Power Supply V ac, 45-65Hz V dc, ac Hz 4 R Z 5 O A B C D E F 6 Cassette Type Roll cassette (32m) Z-fold cassette (16m) Chart Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions 7 Basic Product Factory Configuration Factory configuration Unconfigured (0-10Vdc default) Chart Speed Range Off 5mm/hr 10mm/hr 20mm/hr 30mm/hr 60mm/hr 120mm/hr Qty of Shunts 0 No shunts 1 One shunt resistor 2 Two shunt resistors 3 Three shunt resistors 4 Four shunt resistors 5 Five shunt resistors 6 Six shunt resistors 8 Shunt Value 0 No shunts ohm shunts ohm shunts 9 Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 0 None 1 One 100:1 Attenuator 2 Two 100:1 Attenuators 3 Three 100:1 Attenuators 4 Four 100:1 Attenuators 5 Five 100:1 Attenuators 6 Six 100:1 Attenuators 11 A 14 E Annotation Annotation fitted Manual Language English Alarm Outputs 0 No alarm outputs G 3 CO in alm relays (1 pcb)* H 6 CO in alm relays (2 pcbs)* K 9 CO in alm relays (3 pcbs)* L 12 CO in alarm relays (4 pcbs)* 18 Chart Illumination 0 Chart illumination not fitted 1 Chart illumination fitted 24V Transmitter Power Supply 0 Not fitted 1 120V 3 channel TPS 2 240V 3 channel TPS 3 110V 3 channel TPS 4 220V 3 channel TPS 6 120V 6 channel TPS 7 240V 6 channel TPS 8 110V 6 channel TPS 9 220V 6 channel TPS 20 Case and Door Colour 0 Eurotherm green 1 Grey 2 Black Door Material P Polycarbonate 6 IP65 Calibration Certificates 0 None E Calibration cert 6 chs 23 * Occupies one half slot of the two full slots available for alarm outputs and options Two relays per channel starting at channel one 24 Range used on Channel 1 N No input 1 Range 1 2 Range 2 3 Range 3 4 Range 4 5 Range 5 6 Range 6 25 Range used on Channel Range used on Channel 3 Range used on Channel 4 28 Range used on Channel 5 29 Options 000 No options 001 Portability Opt Std Portable instruments are supplied in black only (field 20) 004 Remote cht cont event I/P* 005 RCC Event I/P + Portable* 013 Long terminal cover no TRS Range used on Channel Scale Left Hand Value Scale Right Hand value Scale Units (5 Char) Code Units B14 mv a.c. B21 mv d.c. C64 NO 2 A68 O 2 F15 V a.c. B20 V d.c. A33 %CO 2 A35 %O 2 A09 C A28 F B06 μs F02 A a.c. A05 CO Channel 2 Alarms Channel 1 Alarms 0 None 1 Alarm set low/high 2 Alarm set low/low 3 Alarm set high/high Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 Range 5 Range 6 Channel 3 Alarms Channel 4 Alarms Channel 5 Alarms Channel 6 Alarms Code Units A67 cm 3 /hr C98 ft3/hr C99 ft3/min A18 kg/cm 2 E00 kg/m 2 E26 kg/m 3 A45 kg/min G48 l/tonne D69 m 2 G07 m 3 /sec F03 ma a.c. B09 ma d.c. H91 mbar (A) 4102M Specification Sheet HA027850

120 4103C mm Strip Chart Recorder 4000 Series C 0 0 A X M C 4103C 1 No. of Channels 1 1 Channel 2 2 Channels 3 3 Channels 4 4 Channels 3 Power Supply V ac, 45-65Hz V dc, ac Hz V ac long uphold 4 R Z Basic Product Digital Recorder Cassette Type Roll cassette (32m) Z-fold cassette (16m) 6 Chart Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions 14 E F G 15 Manual Language English French German Chart Illumination 0 Chart illumination not fitted 1 Chart illumination fitted 18 24V Transmitter Power Supply 0 Not fitted 1 120V 3 Channel TPS 2 240V 3 Channel TPS 3 110V 3 Channel TPS 4 220V 3 Channel TPS 6 120V 6 Channel TPS 7 240V 6 Channel TPS 8 110V 6 Channel TPS 9 220V 6 Channel TPS 19 Customer Label Set 00 Eurotherm USA 01 Eurotherm English 02 Eurotherm France 10 Eurotherm Germany 27 Relays Change Over in Alarm 0 No CO relay o/ps 1 3 CO Relay o/ps (1 pcb)* 2 6 CO Relay o/ps (2 pcbs)* 3 9 CO Relay o/ps (3 pcbs)* 4 12 CO Relay o/ps (4 pcbs)* 28 Retransmission 0 No retransmission chs 2 2 ch retran (1 pcb)* 4 4 ch retran (2 pcbs)* * Occupies one half slot of total three slots of I/O 29 Event Inputs 0 Event inputs not fitted E 6 events inputs (1 pcb)* 30 Memory Card Driver 0 Not fitted A ASCII logging C Configuration save/restore P Packed logging (inc. PC s/w) ASCII (A) or Packed (P) required to archive process data 39 Custom Curve 0 Custom curve not fitted 1 Custom curve fitted 41 Environmental Probes 0 2/3 Connectors, no probes 2 2 temp/humid probes 42 AC Measurement Inputs 0 None 2 3 current I/P 3 1 voltage I/P 4 1 voltage & 1 current I/Ps 5 1 voltage & 3 current I/Ps 6 3 voltage I/Ps Includes portable case, current /voltage transducers and leads 43 Voltage Input Range 0 None V ac, 45-65Hz V ac, 45-65Hz 7 Qty of Shunts 0 No shunts 1 One shunt resistor 2 Two shunt resistors 3 Three shunt resistors 4 Four shunt resistors 8 Shunt Value 0 No shunts ohm shunts ohm shunts 9 Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 0 None 1 One 100:1 Attenuator 2 Two 100:1 Attenuators 3 Three 100:1 Attenuators 4 Four 100:1 Attenuators 10 Additional Approvals 0 None 1 Siesmic (IEEE344:1987-inc lock) 11 A Annotation Annotation fitted 13 Operating Language E English F French G German 20 Case and Door Colour 0 Eurotherm green 1 Grey 2 Black 21 Door Material P Polycarbonate 6 IP65 22 Calibration Certificates 0 None A Calibration cert 1 ch B Calibration cert 2 chas C Calibration cert 3 chs D Calibration cert 4 chs Options 000 No options 001 Portability Opt Std Relays Closed in Alarm 26 Relays Open in Alarm 0 No relay o/ps 1 4 Relay o/ps (1 pcb)* 2 8 Relay o/ps (2 pcbs)* 3 12 Relay o/ps (3 pcbs)* 4 16 Relay o/ps (4 pcbs)* 31 Memory Card Size 0 No memory card supplied 3 2 Mb memory card 6 6 Mb memory card Requires memory card driver (field 30) option A, C, or P 32 Communications 0 Not required 1 RS485 + Modbus RTU* 3 RS232 + Modbus RTU* 4 RS232 + file transfer* 5 Profibus (includes GSD editor)* 6 RS485 + file transfer* 34 Software Options Fitted 1 Software option fitted 37 Maths Pack 1 Basic maths pack fitted 6 Adv. maths pack & exp disp Basic maths fitted as standard. Advanced maths pack includes exponential display and 6 totalisers, timers and counters Current Input Range 0 None A ac, 45-65Hz A ac, 45-65Hz A ac, (switchable ranges 250, 500 & 1000A ac, 45-65Hz) Notes: 1 Includes portable case, -1 to 3 Bar transducer, T/C insertion tubes and instructions. Requires 3 channel transmitter PSU (field 18) 2 For recording temperature and RH. 3 Includes portable case and selected socket/plug(s). Thermocouple and transducers not included Portable HTM2010 Sockets Thermocouple 2 Thermocouple 3 Thermocouple 4 Thermocouple 5 Thermocouple 6 0 None 1 mv input mA (24V supply) J Type J thermocouple K Type K thermocouple N Type N thermocouple T Type T thermocouple 4103C Specification Sheet HA027851

121 100mm Strip Chart Recorder 4000 Series M 0 0 A X M No. of Channels 0 1 Channel For use as a comms printer using Modbus RTU Profibus-DP comms Option (field 3) 6 6 Channels 3 Power Supply V ac, 45-65Hz V dc, ac Hz V ac long uphold 4 R Z 6 Cassette Type Roll cassette (32m) Z-fold cassette (16m) Chart Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions Divisions 7 0 No shunts 1 One shunt resistor 2 Two shunt resistors 3 Three shunt resistors 4 Four shunt resistors 5 Five shunt resistors 6 Six shunt resistors 8 Shunt Value 0 No shunts ohm shunts ohm shunts 9 10 Qty of Shunts Qty of 100:1 Attenuators 0 None 1 One 100:1 Attenuator 2 Two 100:1 Attenuators 3 Three 100:1 Attenuators 4 Four 100:1 Attenuators 5 Five 100:1 Attenuators 6 Six 100:1 Attenuators Additional Approvals 0 None 1 Siesmic (IEEE344:1987-inc lock) 11 A Basic Product 4103M Digital Recorder Annotation Annotation fitted 13 E F G 14 E F G Operating Language English French German Manual Language English French German Chart Illumination 0 Chart illumination not fitted 1 Chart illumination fitted 24V Transmitter Power Supply 0 Not fitted 1 120V 3 Channel TPS 2 240V 3 Channel TPS 3 110V 3 Channel TPS 4 220V 3 Channel TPS 6 120V 6 Channel TPS 7 240V 6 Channel TPS 8 110V 6 Channel TPS 9 220V 6 Channel TPS 19 Customer Label Set 00 Eurotherm USA 01 Eurotherm English 02 Eurotherm France 10 Eurotherm Germany 20 Case and Door Colour 0 Eurotherm green 1 Grey 2 Black 21 Door Material P Polycarbonate 6 IP65 22 Calibration Certificates 0 None E Calibration cert 6 channels Options 000 No options 001 Portability Opt Std Relays Closed in Alarm Relays Open in Alarm 0 No relay o/ps 1 4 Relay o/ps (1 pcb)* 2 8 Relay o/ps (2 pcbs)* 3 12 Relay o/ps (3 pcbs)* 4 16 Relay o/ps (4 pcbs)* 27 Relays Change Over in Alarm 0 No CO relay o/ps 1 3 CO Relay o/ps (1 pcb)* 2 6 CO Relay o/ps (2 pcbs)* 3 9 CO Relay o/ps (3 pcbs)* 4 12 CO Relay o/ps (4 pcbs)* 28 Retransmission 0 No retransmission chs 2 2 ch retran (1 pcb)* 4 4 ch retran (2 pcbs)* * Occupies one half slot of total three slots of I/O 29 Event Inputs 0 Event inputs not fitted E 6 events inputs (1 pcb)* 30 Memory Card Driver 0 Memory card driver not fitted A ASCII logging C Configuration save/restore P Packed logging (inc. PC s/w) ASCII (A) or Packed (P) required to archive process data 31 Memory Card Size 0 No memory card supplied 3 2 Mb memory card 6 6 Mb memory card Requires memory card driver (field 31) option A, C, or P 32 Communications 0 Not required 1 RS485 + Modbus RTU* 3 RS232 + Modbus RTU* 4 RS232 + file transfer* 5 Profibus (includes GSD editor)* 6 RS485 + file transfer* 34 Software Options Fitted 1 Software option fitted 37 Maths Pack 1 Basic maths pack fitted 6 Adv. maths pack & exp disp Basic maths fitted as standard. Advanced maths pack includes exponential display and 6 totalisers, timers and counters 39 Custom Curve 0 Custom curve not fitted 1 Custom curve fitted Environmental Probes Notes: 1 Includes portable case, -1 to 3 Bar transducer, T/C insertion tubes and instructions. Requires 3 channel transmitter PSU (field 19) 2 For recording temperature and RH. 3 Includes portable case and selected socket/plug(s). Thermocouple and transducers not included /3 Connectors, no probes 2 2 temp/humid probes 42 AC Measurement Inputs 0 None 2 3 current input 3 1 voltage input 4 1 voltage & 1 current input 5 1 voltage & 3 current inputs 6 3 voltage inputs 8 3 voltage & 3 current inputs 43 Voltage Input Range 0 None V ac, 45-65Hz V ac, 45-65Hz 44 Current Input Range 0 None A ac, 45-65Hz A ac, 45-65Hz A ac, (switchable ranges 250, 500 & 1000A ac, 45-65Hz) Portable HTM2010 Sockets Thermocouple 2 Thermocouple 3 Thermocouple 4 Thermocouple 5 Thermocouple 6 0 None 1 mv input mA (24V supply) J Type J thermocouple K Type K thermocouple N Type N thermocouple T Type T thermocouple 4103M 4103M Specification Sheet HA027851

122 2-46 Circular Chart Recorder Basic Product 10 Control Loop 2 17 Customer Curve 26 Certification Circular Recorder 1 No. of Channels 1 1 Channel 2 2 Channels* 3 3 Channels* 4 4 Channels* 2 OP Volts 1 110/120V ac (50/60Hz) 3 220/240V ac (50/60Hz) 5 24V dc 3 Input Signal 0 None 1 Universal (V, mv, TC, RTD) V dc (1MΩ, att) mA dc (250Ω shunt) Input Signal Input Signal Input Signal Input Isolation 0 None* Single pen only 1 One pen isolated 2 Two pen isolated 3 Three pen isolated 4 Four pen isolated * 2, 3 and 4 channel units require channel isolation 8 Output Relays 0 None 2 2 relays (one card) 4 4 relays (one card) 6 6 relays (two cards 4+2) 8 8 relays (2 cards of 4 max) 9 Control Loop 1 0 None 1 Current adjust 4-20mA dc (CAT) 2 Duration adjust relay (DAT) 3 Duplex (CAT) 4 Duplex (DAT) 0 None 1 Current adjust 4-20mA dc (CAT) 2 Duration adjust relay (DAT) 3 Duplex (CAT) 4 Duplex (DAT) 11 Setpoint Generator 0 None 1 Setpoint generator 12 Case Style 0 IP54 Panel or wall mounting 1 IP54 Pipe mounting 2 IP65 Panel or wall mounting 3 IP65 Pipe mounting 4 IP65 Panel or wall mount + stainless steel 5 IP65 Pipe mount + stainless steel 13 Door Lock 0 None 1 Door lock Transducer Power Supply 0 None 1 Up to 4 chs: up to 25mA/ch Totalisers (Integrators) 0 None 1 One totaliser 2 Two totalisers 3 Three totalisers 4 Four totalisers 16 Totaliser Counter Outputs 0 None 1 1 Totaliser O/P (2 relays) 2 2 Totaliser O/P (2 relays) 3 3 Totaliser O/P (4 relays) 4 4 Totaliser O/P (4 relays) 0 None 4 11 point custom curve 18 Derived Variable 0 None 1 One (9 derived variables) 2 Two (9 derived variables) 19 Analogue Retransmission 0 None 1 1 Retransmitted Ch (1 brd) 2 2 Retransmitted Chs (1 brd) 3 3 Retransmitted Chs (2 brds) 4 4 Retransmitted Chs (2 brds) 20 Event (Contact) Inputs 0 None 1 Eight event inputs (1 brd) 2 Sixteen event inputs (2 brds) 23 Window Material 0 Glass 1 Acrylic 24 Factory Configuration 0 None 1 Basic Configuration 3 W/Derived channels (Note 1) 25 Event Pen Option 0 None 1 Event pen (Note 2) 0 None 3 CE certification Customer Label Set 01 Eurotherm English Additional Information 0 None 1 Additional info on data sheet 3 Customer inspection 4 Calibration Cert 1 Ch 5 Calibration Cert 2 Chs 6 Calibration Cert 3 Chs 7 Calibration Cert 4 Chs Options Second Options Field 31 Chart Supplied with Instrument No Chart No chart UK12HR/ Hr 50 Div UK12HR/ Hr 100 Div UK24HR/ Hr 50 Div UK24HR/ Hr 100 Div UK7DAY/050 7 Day 50 Div UK7DAY/100 7 Day 100 Div Notes: 1 Request for advanced configuration should be submitted to either our Applications Engineer or Field Service Department, and will be charged at Daily Rates. 2 Reduces number of pens available by one. 3 This option can not be used if controllers are specified in fields 9 and Specification Sheet HA027724

123 Circular Chart Recorder with Annotation X X X X X X X X X X X 1 X X X 42 E Basic Product 394 Circular Recorder No. of Channels 1 1 Channel 2 2 Channels 3 3 Channels 4 4 Channels 6 6 Channels Operating Voltage V ac (50-60Hz) V ac/dc Hz Input Channel 1 (note 1) 0 None (I/P card not fitted) 1 Universal V, mv, TC, RTD 2 5V to 100V dc (inc 100:1 att) 3 4 to 20mA (inc 250 ohm shunt) 9 10 Input Channel 2 (note 1) Input Channel 3 (note 1) Input Channel 4 (note 1) Input Channel 5 (note 1) Input Channel 6 (note 1) Fixed Digit O/P Changeover Relays (note 2) 0 None 2 Two (one card) 4 Four (one card) 6 Six (one card) 8 Eight (two cards) A Ten (two cards) B Twelve (two cards) C Fourteen (three cards) D Sixteen (three cards) E Eighteen (three cards) 11 Controller One (note 3) 12 0 None relay (R1/XX) triac (T1/XX) ma (D3/XX) relay/relay (R1/R1) relay/triac (R1/T1) triac/triac (T1/R1) triac/triac (T1/T1) ma/relay (D3/R1) ma/triac (D3/T1) 14 Controller Two (note 3) Case Style 0 IP54 Panel mounting 1 IP54 Pipe mounting 2 IP65 Panel mounting 3 IP65 Pipe mounting 4 IP65 Panel mount + stainless steel 5 IP65 Pipe mount + stainless steel Door Lock 0 None 1 Door lock 17 Totalisers, Timers & Counters (note 4) 0 None 2 Two totalisers 4 Four totalisers 6 Six totalisers C Six timers & six counters T Six totalisers, timers & counters 20 Transducer Power Supply 0 None 1 3 chs, 120V ac supply 2 3 chs, 240V ac supply 6 6 chs, 120V ac supply 7 6 chs, 240V ac supply 19 Customer Curve 0 None 1 32 point pairs Derived (Maths) Channels 0 Maths pack not fitted 1 Basic maths pack fitted 2 Advanced maths pack fitted 3 Adv maths pack & exp disp 21 Analogue Retransmission (note 2) 0 None 2 2 channel O/P (1 card) 4 4 channel O/P (1 card) 23 Digital Communications (note 2) 0 None 1 Modbus RTU 25 Window Material 0 Glass 1 Acrylic Fixed Digit Certifications 3 CE-European standards Fixed Digit Fixed Digit Fixed Digit Fixed Digit Fixed Digit PC Card Driver 0 None A ASCII logging C Config save & restore P Packed data logging 34 Memory Card 0 None 3 2 Mb PC card 5 6 Mb PC card 35 Custom Message 1 20 messages (20 Character) Fixed Digit Notes: 1 Inputs MUST be selected in order (e.g. you cannot specify inputs 1 and 3 and enter 0 for input 2). Any universal input can be configured for TC, RTD, mv dc and V dc directly. Inputs are specified as 4-20mA are universal inputs with a 250ohm shunt resistor provided. Inputs specified as 5V to 100 V dc are universal inputs fitted with a 1M ohm voltage divider. Channel 1 cannot be configured to respond to a contact closure. 2 There are THREE option card positions. A relay card takes one position, communications card takes one position, controllers use one position. 3 PID control with V ac power supply and 1 or 2 outputs as selected requires 1 option slot Customer Logo (Door Label) 01 Eurotherm English 38 0 None 3 Customer inspection 4 Calibration Cert 1 Ch 5 Calibration Cert 2 Chsl 6 Calibration Cert 3 Chs 7 Calibration Cert 4 Chs 8 Calibration Cert 6 Chs Fixed Digit Chart Supplied with Instrument (Note 5) SV0394U050 7 Day, 50 Div SV0394U060 7 Day, 60 Div SV0394U070 7 Day, 70 Div SV0394U080 7 Day, 80 Div SV0394U090 7 Day, 90 Div SV0394U100 7 Day, 100 Div TW0394U Hour, 50 Div TW0394U Hour, 60 Div TW0394U Hour, 70 Div TW0394U Hour, 80 Div TW0394U Hour, 90 Div TW0394U Hour, 100 Div 42 E Additional Information Installation Operation Manual English Specification Sheet HA029697

124 2-48 Recorder Accessories Pens, Charts and Software Archive Media Pens Charts Consumables SUB4100/MEMORY/2M SUB4100/MEMORY/6M SUB51/MEMORY/64M SUB51/MEMORY/256M SUB51/MEMORY/512M SUB51/MEMORY/ PLUS/128SD 6000PLUS/256SD 6000PLUS/512SD 6000PLUS/01GSD 6000PLUS/128CF 6000PLUS/256CF 6000PLUS/512CF 6000PLUS/01GCF SUB51/5000B/5000P SUB51/5000B/CONFIG 6000PLUS/CARRYCASE/6100PC 6000PLUS/CARRYCASE/6180PC SUB4100/4103/CONFIGS/W 6000PlUS/6000CD 6000PlUS//REFULL 6000PlUS/REPORT 6000PLUS/GAMP 6000PLUS/TUS 2Mb PCMCIA 6Mb PCMCIA 64Mb ATA Flash 256Mb ATA Flash 512Mb ATA Flash 1Gb ATA Flash 128 Mbyte SD card 256 Mbyte SD card 512 Mbyte SD card 1 Gbyte SD card 128 Mbyte CF card 256 Mbyte CF card 512 Mbyte CF card 1 Gbyte CF card Configuration Accessories 24V 1.3A Mains PSU Configuration cable Carry Cases (Padded) 6100A carry case 6180A carry case Software PC configuration editor CD Manuals + Standard PC software Review Full Report software GAMP Template CD TUS Auto Report generator Recommended Consumables 4101/2/3 Based on 1 instrument running continuously at a chart speed of 30mm/hr Roll chart (32 metre) 9 per year Z-fold charts (16 metre) 17 per year Channel pens 4 per year Annotator pens 4 per year Cartridge 2 per year 4181M/G Based on 1 instrument running 6 channels continuously with a chart speed of 60mm/hr Fanfold charts 24 per year Roll charts 16 per year Pens/Ribbon/Printhead 4 per year 4250C/M Based on 1 instrument running 6 channels continuously with a chart speed of 60mm/hr Fanfold charts 24 per year Roll charts 16 per year Pens/Ribbon/Cartridge 4 per year 392/394 Using 7-day charts Pens 3 packs per year Cartridges 2 per year 4101/2/3C 100mm recorders Annotator pen LA Black Continuous pen LA , Blue LA , Red LA , Green LA , Violet 4101/2/3M 100mm recorders Cartridge LA colour 392 Circular recorder Continuous pen LA , Blue LA , Red LA , Green LA , Black 394 Circular recorder Cartridge LA colour Pens (Instruments not in Catalogue) 300/301 Continuous pen LA , Blue LA , Red LA , Green LA Event pen 306/346 LA Cartridge, 6 colour 342/4/5/6 Continuous pen LA , Blue LA , Red LA , Green LA Annotator pen, also used on 4250C 342D Continuous pen LA , Black 320/321 Continuous pen LA , Green LA , Red LA , Blue LA , Black LA , Violet LA , Brown 4180 LA Cartridge, 6 colour 4181G/M 180mm recorders LA Cartridge, 6 colour 4250C 250mm recorder Continuous pen LA , Green LA , Red LA , Blue LA , Black LA Annotator pen, also used on 344/5 4250G/M 250mm recorder LA Ribbon cartridge XXX No of divisions 100mm for use with 4101/2/3C and 4101/2/3/M Also with 306, and 342/4/5/6/ recorders 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, or 75 divisions GD128971UXXX Roll, 32 metres long GD128970UXXX Fanfold, 16 metres long 180mm for use with 4180 and 4181 recorders 75, 80, 100, or 120 divisions GD248010UXXX Fanfold, 16 metres long 250mm for use with 4250 recorders 100, 120, 140, or 150 divisions GD244109UXXX Roll, 32 metres long GD244101UXXX Fanfold, 22 metres long Circular for use with 392 and 394 recorders Packs of , 60, 80, 100 or 150 divisions GD239347UXXX 12 Hour GD239348UXXX 24 Hour GD239349UXXX 7 Day Minimum order quantity 5 packs per 100 Charts (Instruments not in Catalogue) 300/ (1), 45 (2), 50 (3), 60 (4), or 70 (5) divisions 20001Z/2Z/3Z/4Z/5Z Fanfold 20001/2/3/4/5 Roll 75 divisions 20327Z Fanfold Roll 320/321 80, 100, 120, 140, or 150 divisions /XXX Fanfold /XXX Rolls , 100, 120, 140, or 150 divisions GD236721UXXX Roll

125 Software Coding Recorders & Data Management 2-49 Software Visualisation Packages Eyris Software Historic Data Viewing & Reporting Dream Report Software

126 Eyris 2-50 Visualisation Package Eyris Software 1 EYRIS Basic Product EYRIS Product browser 1 Product Supported DM Data management

127 Dream Report Historic Data Viewing & Reporting - Dream Report Software DR DR Basic Product Dream Report 1 Number of Tags tags tags tags tags tags tags

128 2-52

129 Solid State Relays/Contactors Solid State Relays (SSRs) Solid State Relays DIN Rail Solid State Relays I/O Series 3-1 Features Heater Type Burst Firing Built-in Fuse Overtemperature Alarm CE Compliant UL/CSA Product Info page Coding page Constant Resistance Inductive/Coil AC Output Dc Output Maximum Current (Amps) Maximum Voltage (Volts) Integrated Heatsink Controlled Phases Input Firing Mode Analogue Logic dc Logic ac Zero Crossing Solid State Contactors (SSCs) SVDA SVAA 75A 600V SVDD 40A 100V Single Phase RVD3 RVA3 RVM RVDA RVAA RVMA 25A 600V 40A 600V 100A 600V RSDA RSAA Input Module Output Module Multi Phase 100mA 28V A 60V dc/250v ac 1 SSRs SSCs Power Features 7100L TE10S 7100S 7200S 7300S TE200S Heater Type Constant Resistance SWIR (Short wave infrared) True Power Control Variable Resistance Inductive/Transformer Coupled Maximum Current (Amps) 100A 50A 250A 200A 160A 63A Controlled Phases Input Analogue Logic Firing Mode Phase Angle Burst Firing PLF and/or PLU Current Limit Plug in Construction Diagnostics Alarms Product Info page Coding page

130 Power Controllers 3-2 Power Control EPower Controller Single Phase Multi Phase SSCs SSRs Features Heater Type True Power Control Product Info page Coding page Constant Resistance SWIR (Short wave infrared) Variable Resistance Maximum Current (Amps) Controlled Phases Input Firing Mode PLF and/or PLU Current Limit Diagnostics Alarms Digital Communications Inductive/Transformer Coupled Analogue Logic Phase Angle Burst Firing EPower Controller 400A 1-4 x 1, 1-2 x 2 or TE10A 50A A 250A A 200A A 160A 3 TE200A 63A 2 TE300 63A Power

131 Solid State Relays/Contactors & Power Controllers 3-3 Solid State Relays, Power Controllers and True Power Controllers Solid State Relays (SSRs) Solid State Relays SVDA & SVAA SVDD RV & RS Series RVD3, RVA3 & RVM SSRs Contents Long Life Reliability When properly used, a Solid State Relay (SSR) provides a high degree of reliability, long life and reduced electromagnetic interference (EMI), together with fast response and high vibration resistance, as compared to an electromechanica relay. An SSR offers all the inherent advantages of solid state circuitry, including consistency of operation and a typically longer usable lifetime. This is possible because the SSR has no moving parts to wear out or arcing contacts to deteriorate, which are primary causes of failure of an electromechanical relay. When properly applied, an SSR will have a normal life expectancy of many millions of operations, times more than most electromechanical relays. SSRs also have environmental advantages compared to mercury contactors. DIN Rail Mounted Mini Input/Output IO Series Modules Fast Switching Solid state relays can switch up to 120 times per second, much faster than any electromechanical relay. When used in heating applications, fast cycling can dramatically improve the life of the heater by reducing thermal stress. Low Input Power Required SSRs allow the switching of large loads via ultra-sensitive input power. A low level logic signal (TTL) can activate a switch for as much as 100 Amps. Quiet Operation Completely quiet switching, beneficial in medical applications, environmental controls or other areas where quiet operation is desirable. Zero-crossing control also means low electrical noise when used near computers, PLC s, SCADA systems, or other factory automation control systems.

132 3-4 Solid State Relays, Power & True Power Controller Power Control Power Controllers are used in many applications and industries. Any application using electrical power requires control among the most common are: Glass production and forming Material Testing Heat Treatment Plastic Extrusion Paint Curing Ceramic Automotive Aerospace Semiconductor Fabrication Trace Heating and many more Thyristor based power controllers broadly divide into three main groups: Solid State Relays, Power Controllers and True Power Controllers. Solid State Relays: Basic ON/OFF power controllers providing a effective replacements for the more traditional relays and contactors, offering a number of additional features and benefits. Power Controllers: Provide a greater resolution of progressive control of power (than SSR s), maximising the benefits of the high speed switching capabilities of the thyristor devices. Normally used in conjunction with a controller to achieve a particular target parameter setpoint by altering the relative level of power being delivered into the load. True Power Controller: Control the absolute level of power being delivered to the load. An associated controller will provide a specific power demand requirement to the True Power Controller. Selecting a Power Controller for your application At first impression it may appear that a number of power controller products would be suitable for a particular application, but the actual choice of a particular power controller depends upon a number of different parameters and requirements, such as: Size of load kw/a Type of load simple or complex Load configuration Supply volts available Number of phases required/available Level of control required Type of control signal available Type of feedback signals available Digital communications required Parameter retransmission Depending upon the proposed load/controller configuration (see adjacent page) other areas to consider will include: Power controller rating (line to line, phase). Will or can the power controller be live in normal operation? Is additional cooling required because of unit rating or installation location. The fuses supplied/available with power controller units provide protection for the Power controller instruments themselves, additional fuse and isolation protection for the load must be provided separately. The most suitable product selection for a particular application will be a specific combination of the above, as such the following pages seek to present the products and their capabilities and features rather than any focus on specific applications. Because of this variety it is possible that more than one unit could be selected for a particular application. The final choice may come down to plant consistency, personal preference or cost. If you require more help to select the most suitable product for your application please reference to the Eurotherm Thyristor Brochure (Part Number HA026173) available from or contact the local Eurotherm Technical Support group. See back of catalogue contents page for contact details. Thyristor Brochure HA026173

133 Solid State Relays, Power & True Power Controllers 3-5 Single Phase Load Three Phase Control Two Single Phase Products Basic Power Control System L1 L2 L3 N Line Protection and Circuit Breaker Thyristor Protection Fuse Load Line L1 L2 L3 Isolation and Line Protection Thyristor Protection Fuse Load Line Load Line SP Controller + PV PID utput ogic Volts ma Power Controller Single/Multi Phase Power Control Load Three Wire Star Sensor Thermocouple RTD Transducer Load Elements L1 L2 L3 N Single Phase Loads Two Phase Product Line Protection and Circuit Breaker Three Phase Operation Two Single Phase Products L1 L2 L3 Isolation and Line Protection Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Line Load Load Load Loads Closed Delta Three Phase Operation Two Phase Product Three Phase Control Three Single Phase Products Three Phase Operation Three Phase Products Three Phase Operation Three Phase Products L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 N Line Protection and Circuit Breaker Isolation and Line Protection Isolation and Line Protection Isolation and Line Protection Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Line Line Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Load Load Load Load Load Load Three Wire Star Four Wire Star Three Wire Star Four Wire Star Three Phase Operation Two Phase Product Three Phase Control Three Single Phase Products Three Phase Operation Three Phase Products Three Phase Operation Three Phase Products L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 Line Protection and Circuit Breaker Isolation and Line Protection Isolation and Line Protection Isolation and Line Protection Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Line Line Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Thyristor Protection Fuse Line Load Load Load Load Load Load Closed Delta Six Wire Open Delta Three Wire Closed Delta Six Wire Open Delta

134 3-6 Single Phase Solid State Relays SVDA & SVAA SVDA/SVAA IDEAL Industrial FOR Benefits and commercial IDEAL ovens FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Injection IDEAL molding FOR machines Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Induction FOR Benefits Furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Solenoid/Valve IDEAL Drivers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Semiconductor FOR Benefits manufacturing IDEAL FOR equipment Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Food processing IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Motor FOR Controls Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits ATM Machines IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Battery FOR Chargers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Mercury IDEAL Relay Replacements FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits amps 300V ac maximum amps 600V ac maximum Single phase zero crossing LED input indicator Clear safety cover included Panel mount DC and AC logic input versions Superior Surge Survival CE compliant UL recognised CSA certified Ratings The current ratings of the SV range are 10, 25, 50 and 75 amps for 300 volt rating. 50 and 75amps for 600 volt rating. Incorporates Superior Surge Survival providing increased immunity to voltage transients. Inputs The SV Series accepts DC Logic inputs (SVDA) or AC Logic inputs (SVAA). Firing mode All units are Logic fired with zero voltage switching. Fusing External high speed fuses and fuseholders can be used. Cooling These units are designed to be mounted on panel walls (metallic) or other heatsink in order to keep the base temperature below 40 C. Mechanical Details 4.8m (.19in) 44.5mm (1.75in) 27.9mm (1.10in) 47.6mm (1.875in) 43.2mm (1.70in) 57.1mm (2.25in) 22.9mm (.90in) 13.5mm (.53in) 25.4mm (1in) Specifications Load Type: Resistive AC51 Inductive AC53 with a MOV DC Input: SVDA: ON >4V <6mA, 32V dc/10ma dc max, OFF <1V dc AC Input: SVAA: ON >100V ac, 280V ac max, OFF <20V ac Firing Mode-Logic: zero crossing switching Operating Temperature: C (up to 80 C with derating) SVDA, SVAA Specification Sheet HA028202

135 Single Phase Solid State DC Relays SVDD 3-7 IDEAL Industrial FOR Benefits and commercial IDEAL ovens FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Injection IDEAL molding FOR machines Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Induction FOR Benefits Furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Solenoid/Valve IDEAL Drivers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Semiconductor FOR Benefits manufacturing IDEAL FOR equipment Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Food processing IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Motor FOR Controls Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits ATM Machines IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Battery FOR Chargers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Mercury IDEAL Relay Replacements FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits SVDD Ratings The current ratings of the SVDD range are 10, 20 and 40 amps for 100 DC volt rating. Inputs The SVDD Series accepts DC Logic inputs. Fusing External high speed fuses and fuseholders can be used. Cooling These units are designed to be mounted on panel walls (metallic) or other heatsink in order to keep the base temperature below 40 C amps, 100V dc Output DC Control Input LED input indicator Clear safety cover included Panel mount Optically Isolated MOSFET technology Mechanical Details 4.8m (.19in) 44.5mm (1.75in) 27.9mm (1.10in) 47.6mm (1.875in) 43.2mm (1.70in) 57.1mm (2.25in) Specifications Load Type: DC Input: Output (Amps): Voltage range of output: Turn on/off time: Operating Temperature: Resistive Input (Control): 4-32V dc, 6-10mA max. >1V dc off 12A, 20A, 40A 0-100V dc 25μsec at >8V dc C (up to 80 C with derating) 22.9mm (.90in) 13.5mm (.53in) 25.4mm (1in)

136 3-8 DIN Rail Single Phase Solid State Relays RV & RS Series RV/RS Series IDEAL Industrial FOR Benefits and commercial IDEAL ovens FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Injection IDEAL molding FOR machines Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Induction FOR Benefits Furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Solenoid IDEAL / Valve FOR Drivers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Semiconductor FOR Benefits manufacturing IDEAL FOR equipment Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Food processing IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Motor FOR Controls Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits ATM Machines IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Battery FOR Chargers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Mercury IDEAL Relay Replacements FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits 25 and 40 amp rating for RV units 50, 75 and 100 amp rating for RS units Single phase zero voltage firing DC logic AC logic and 4-20mA inputs available Internal semiconductor fuse on RS range Superior Surge Survival CE compliant UL recognised CSA certified Mechanical Details 25 Amp 30mm (1.18in) 40 Amp 60mm (2.36in) These fixed build, DIN Rail mounted SCR units provide and inexpensive way to delivering power to resistive loads. The integral heatsink simplifies mounting and ensures adequate heat removal when mounted in a suitable enclosure. Ratings The current ratings of the RV series are 25 amps and 40 amps. The RSDA and RSAA have current ratings of 50, 75 and 100 amps. All products are available rated at 600V and a 500V model with internal MOV for additional protection is also available on RV series. The RV series incorporates Superior Surge Survival providing increased immunity to voltage transients. Inputs The RS and RV units can accept DC Logic inputs (RSDA and RVDA) or AC Logic inputs (RSAA and RVAA). Firing mode All units are Logic fired with zero voltage switching. RVMA unit is burst firing with zero voltage switching. Fusing Fusing is internal on the RS series. The RV range uses external high speed fuses and fuseholders. 116mm (4.56in) 87mm (3.43in) 18mm (.71in) 50 Amp 60mm (2.36in) 8mm (.315in) 44mm (1.73in) 6mm (.26in) 75 Amp 90mm (3.54in) 23mm (.90in) 44mm (1.73in) 44mm (1.73in) 80mm (3.15in) 23mm (.90in) 100 Amp 120mm (4.73in) 38mm (1.50in) 44mm (1.73in) Cooling All units have built in heatsinks and are cooled by natural convection. Overall Dimensions Rating 25A 40A 50A 75A 100A Height 87mm 87mm 126mm 126mm 126mm Width 30mm 60mm 60mm 90mm 120mm Depth 100mm 100mm 131mm 131mm 131mm Specifications Load Type: Resistive AC51 (model 6V) Resistive AC51 and inductive (model 5V) DC Input: RSDA: ON >4V/6mA, 28V dc/9ma dc max, OFF <1V dc RVDA: ON >4V/6mA, 32V dc/8ma max, OFF <1V dc AC Input: RSAA: ON >100V ac, 280V ac, 5-15mA max, OFF <20V ac RVAA: ON >100V ac, 280V ac max, 9-25mA, OFF <20V ac Firing Mode: Logic input: Zero crossing switching 4-20mA input: Fast burst firing Frequency: 47-63Hz I2t: 1350 A 2 sec Operating Temperature: C (up to 80 C with derating) RVDA, RVAA, RSDA, RSAA Specifcation Sheet HA028203

137 DIN Rail Three Phase Solid State Relays RVD3 RVA3 & RVM3 3-9 IDEAL Industrial FOR Benefits and commercial IDEAL ovens FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Injection IDEAL molding FOR machines Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Induction FOR Benefits Furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Solenoid IDEAL / Valve FOR Drivers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Semiconductor FOR Benefits manufacturing IDEAL FOR equipment Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Food processing IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Motor FOR Controls Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits ATM Machines IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Battery FOR Chargers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Mercury IDEAL Relay Replacements FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits RVD3/RVA3/RVM3 Ratings The current rating of the RVx3 Series is 75 amps total current. This means that for three phase application, the limit is 25 amps per phase. Voltage rating is up to 600 volts AC.Superior Surge Survival is a technique used to provide greater immunity to voltage transients. Internal MOVs provide additional protection. Inputs The RVD3 accepts a DC Logic signal, the RVA3 an AC Logic signal and the RVM3 an proportional 4-20mA signal. Firing mode RVD3 and RVA3 units are Logic firing with zero voltage switching. RVM3 unit is Burst firing with zero voltage switching Fusing External high speed fuses are available, mounted in a triple fuseholder. Cooling The built in heatsink is cooled by natural convection. 75 amp total rating allows 25 amps per phase for three phase load 600V or 500V (internal MOV) max Superior Surge Survival DC logic, AC logic and 4-20mA proportional inputs available Control input LED Fuses are external using triple fuseholder and fuses CE compliant UL recognised CSA certified Specifications Load Type: Resistive AC51 (model 6V) Resistive AC51 and Inductive AC53 (model 5V) DC Input: (L):ON >4Vdc/10mA, 32Vdc/15mA max, current limted, OFF <1V dc DC Input: (H):ON >10V dc/6ma, 60Vdc/6mA max, current limted, OFF <1V dc AC Input: (H):ON >100Vdc/9mA, 280Vdc/30mA max, OFF <20Vac 4-20mA Input: 4mA=0%, 12mA=50% (250ms on/off), 16mA=75% (375ms on/125ms off), 20mA=100% (on continuous) Current: 25A (3 pole) 30A (2 pole) Voltage Range: 24V to 500V max (int.mov - model 5V) 24V to 600V max (model 6V) Firing Mode: Logic ON/OFF & Fast burst firing Frequency: 47-63Hz I2t Rating: 1350 A 2 sec Peak Blocking Voltage: 1400V Operating Temperature: 0-40 C (up to 80 C with derating) Mechanical Details 87mm 80mm (3.43in) (3.15in) 90mm (3.54in) 74mm (2.91in) 123mm (4.84in) 8m (.31in) 75mm (2.95in) RVD3, RVA3 Specification Sheet HA028204

138 3-10 DIN Rail Mounted Mini Input/Output Modules IO Series Single IO Loop Series Contents IDEAL Industrial FOR Benefits and commercial IDEAL ovens FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Injection IDEAL molding FOR machines Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Induction FOR Benefits Furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Solenoid IDEAL / Valve FOR Drivers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Semiconductor FOR Benefits manufacturing IDEAL FOR equipment Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Food processing IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Motor FOR Controls Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits ATM Machines IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Battery FOR Chargers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Mercury IDEAL Relay Replacements FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits The IO Series of Mini Input/Output modules provide a high density, DIN Rail mountable device for low power heating loads or conversion of ac or dc control logic levels to a low level dc signal. 3 amps V ac High density design AC and DC inputs AC and DC outputs Positive and negative logic Single phase zero crossing LED logic indicator Output modules internally fused Optically isolated 4000 VRMS isolation on all model numbers CE compliant UL recognised CSA certified Specifications Input Modules YELLOW CASE IO-IAC/-RO/280 IO-IAC/+RO/280 Output Voltage Range: 4-28V dc 4-28V dc Max Load Current: 100mA 100mA Turn On Time: 20ms max 20ms max Turn Off Time: 20ms max 20ms max Input Voltage: V ac V ac Logic Type: Negative Positive WHITE CASE IO-IDC/-RO/028 IO-IDC/+RO/028 Output Voltage Range: 4-28V dc 4-28V dc Max Load Current: 100mA 100mA Turn On Time: 30μs max 30μs max Turn Off Time: 60μs max 60μs max Input Voltage: 4-28V dc 4-28V dc Logic Type: Negative Positive Mechanical Details 7.5mm (.30in) 60mm (2.36in) 80mm (3.15in) Output Modules BLACK CASE IO-OAC/RO/028 IO-OAC/RA/280 Input Voltage Range: 4-28V dc V ac Logic Input Impedence: 1,500ohms 40,000ohms Output Voltage Range: V ac V ac Output Current 40 C 40 C (1) Leakage Current: field voltage field voltage RED CASE IO-ODC/RO/060 (2) IO-ODC/RL/060 (3) Input Voltage Range: 4-28V dc 4-28V dc Logic Input Impedence: 1,500ohms 1,500ohms Output Voltage Range: 5-60V dc 5-60V dc Output Current Range: 40 C (1) 40 C (1) Leakage Current: max field voltage max field voltage Notes (1) The 3 amp output is obtained when there is <40 C ambient air surrounding all sides of the module. Derate the output if the ambient temperature is higher or if the modules are tightly stacked together. (2) Turn On Time 40μs, Turn Off Time 40μs (3) Turn On Time 50μs, Turn Off Time 100μs

139 Solid State Relays/Contactors & Power Controllers 3-11 Solid State Contactors (SSCs) Single Phase 7100L Solid State Contactor TE10S S Our Range of Solid State Contactors extends up to 250A, for example, in the 7100S. In single phase, two leg control of 3 wire 3 phase systems, or true three phase models, they provide an ideal alternative for electromechanical contactors or mercury switches. With no moving parts to wear they offer high reliability, and long life. With zero crossing burst firing, there is reduced electromagnetic interference (EMI) and no harmonic disturbance to the supply. Fast cycle switching is considerably faster than any electromechanical device and can dramatically extend the life expectancy of resistive heaters by reducing thermal stresses. Multi Phase 7200S Two Phase S Three Phase TE200S SSCs Contents

140 3-12 Single Phase Solid State Contactor 7100L 7100L Current up to 100A Voltage up to 500V Simple installation and maintenance Small size Protected against transients Fast cycle times High reliability Zero volts switching IDEAL Trace FOR heating Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Refrigeration IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Environmental chambers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Plastics extrusion IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Resistive IDEAL loads FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits The 7100L is a simple, fixed build economic solid state contactor for use with low temperature coefficient resistive loads. The 7100L range provides an effective replacement for electromechanical contactors. Silent and user friendly operation. With fast switching that reduces the thermal cycling of the elements resulting in improved control and extended element life. There are no mechanical contacts to wear out and so maintenance costs and downtime are reduced. Inputs These units, with integral heatsinks, are driven by a logic input signal which can be either DC or AC. Firing is ON/OFF in response to the logic input, with zero voltage switching. A green heat LED indicator on the front face indicates the status of the input signal. Fusing High speed fuses are external to the unit and can be ordered complete with fuseholder as part of the 7100L order code. Spare fuses or complete fuse and fuseholder assemblies can also be ordered separately. Overall Dimensions Rating 16A 25A 40A 63A A Height 164mm 164mm 164mm 164mm 226mm Width 35mm 35mm 52.5mm 70mm 140mm Depth 110mm 140mm 140mm 160mm 164mm Mechanical Details 16 & 25A 40A 63A 164mm 35mm 52.5mm A 226mm 96mm 70mm Specifications Current A (rated at 45 C) Voltage V Input: DC Logic 5-32V dc AC Logic V ac Firing Mode Logic (zero voltage switching) Load Types: Constant resistance Display: Control signal indication by green LED Operating Ambient: 0-45 C 5-95% RH Mounting: DIN Rail or Bulkhead Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 Thyristor Brochure HA L Specification Sheet HA027288

141 Single Phase Solid State Contactor TE10S 3-13 IDEAL Medium FOR size Benefits ovens IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Refrigeration IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Plastic extrusion Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Paint FOR drying Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Resistive IDEAL and SWIR FOR loads Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits These robust, generously rated thyristor units are ideally suited for applications where voltage and current surges can be expected. These units can be used to control SWIR loads (current de-rating required). Easy replacement for mechanical contactors Mechanical contactors in heating applications may operate three million times per year. The lifetime of such contactors is typically less than 3 years, so they need replacing several times during the life of an industrial machine. Alternatively the TE10S from Eurotherm has no moving parts and will not wear out. Its wiring is similar to contactors and it has simple DIN Rail mounting. Extend the life of your heaters Tests that heaters can last up to 7 times longer when used with a solid state relay. Faster on/off cycle times cause less thermal expansion and contraction of the heaters and therefore reduce breakage due to fatigue and thermo-mechanical stress. Your savings include the cost of the heaters, installation costs, scrap reduction and lost production. Tough enough for infrared applications The TE10S uses two thyristors in reverse parallel that can withstand fast voltage and current changes and momentary over-current. The TE10S is tough enough to handle the current surges that arise when you burst fire short-wave infrared elements. Current up to 50A Voltages up to 500V Input Polarity insensitive, DC and AC Logic Input Partial Load Failure Detection Simple installation and maintenance Overall Dimensions Rating 16A 25A 40A 50A Height 115mm 115mm 115mm 115mm Width 35mm 53mm 88mm 105mm with PLF/IPF 53mm 70mm 105mm 123mm Depth 93mm 93mm 93mm 93mm TE10S Mechanical Details 115mm 105mm Specifications Current 16-50A (rated at 45 C) Voltage Up to 240V and up to 500V Input DC Logic 5-32V dc, 5-10mA AC Logic 30V-48V, 100V-240V Load Types: Resistive, Short wave infrared Firing Modes: Logic firing with zero voltage switching Alarm: PLF relay output Indicators Control signal indication by green LED Operating Ambient: 0-45 C, RH 5-95% non condensing Mounting: DIN Rail Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 93mm 50A version shown in diagram Thyristor Brochure HA TE10S Specification Sheet HA023806

142 3-14 Single Phase Solid State Contactor 7100S IDEAL Trace FOR heating Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Thermo-forming IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Multi-zone FOR Benefits heating IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Autoclaves IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Ovens FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Paint drying IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Resistive FOR and Benefits SWIR Loads IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR 7100S Current range; up to 250 amps Voltage up 500V Inputs: Logic (AC or DC) Analogue 4-20mA for Time Prop I/P Intelligent half cycle firing available Overtemperature alarm Thyristor short circuit alarm, Diagnostic Load Fault detection Digital communications A range of single phase solid state contactors for use with short wave infrared (SWIR) and Low Temperature Coeffient resistive loads. These units, with integral heat sinks, can be driven by either DC or AC Logic signals. An analogue 4-20mA input is available which gives a linear time proportional output. The DC Logic input, when supplied by a Eurotherm REMIO interface unit, can give intelligent half cycle firing to reduce flicker. In all cases the output is zero voltage switching. Alarms An optional thyristor short circuit and total load failure alarm. An overtemperature alarm will shut down a fan cooled unit if it overheats (units over 100 Amps). Diagnostic Load Failure detection is an option which alarms on the loss of one or more parallel heating elements (resistive or SWIR). The sensitivity is one out of six. It is auto-setting by command from a push button. Communications The Modbus communications option allows remote control of the unit and interrogation of alarm and firing status. Overall Dimensions Rating 16A 25A 40A 63A A A 250A Height 164mm 164mm 164mm 164mm 226mm 424mm 424mm Width Basic 35mm 35mm 52.5mm 70mm 96mm 144mm 144mm Options 52.5mm 52.5mm 52.5mm 70mm 96mm 144mm 144mm Depth Basic 110mm 110mm 140mm 160mm 164mm 285mm 285mm Options 135mm 165mm 165mm 185mm 189mm 285mm 285mm Mechanical Details 16 & 25A 40A 63A A & mm 35mm 52.5mm A 226mm 96mm 70mm 498mm 144mm Specifications Current Up to 250A (rated at 45 C) Voltage Up to 500V ac Inputs: DC Logic V dc or ma AC Logic V ac DC analogue 4-20mA Firing Modes: Logic (zero voltage switching), Fast Cycle Load Types: Low Temperature Coefficient resistive or short wave infrared (SWIR), Indication: Supply ON. and Heat ON LED s Alarm: Serious alarms (GRF), Diagnostic alarms (DLF) Digital Comms Modbus Operating Ambient: 0-45 C, RH 5-95% non condensing Mounting: DIN Rail or Panel Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 Thyristor Brochure HA S Specification Sheet HA027294

143 Two Phase Solid State Contactor 7200S 3-15 IDEAL Injection FOR moulding Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Thermo-forming IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Multi-zone FOR Benefits heating IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Autoclaves IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Resistive FOR loads Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR A range of multi phase solid state contactors for use with Low Temperature Coeffient resistive loads. 3 wire load configuration in star without neutral or closed delta. In the current range from 16 to 200 Amps. The voltage rating can go up to 500 Volts. Inputs: These units, with integral heat sinks, are driven by either DC or AC Logic signals depending on the order code, An analogue 4-20mA input can be specified which gives a linear time proportional output. Fusing In all cases the output is zero voltage switching and high speed fuses should be mounted externally for units up to 100 Amps. For units above 10 Amps the fuse are included internally. Spare fuses or complete fuse and fuseholder assemblies can also be ordered separately. Limits and alarms The 7200S has an the optional thyristor short circuit and total load failure alarm. An overtemperature shut down is provided for fan cooled units (over 100 Amps). An optional overtemperature alarm is also available. Diagnostic Load Failure option is available which alarms on the loss of one or more parallel heating elements (resistive). The sensitivity is one out of four. It is auto-setting via a push button. No Auxiliary supply is required as the 7200S derives its own internal, synchronised supply. Logic Inputs (AC or DC) Time Proportional O/P capability Thyristor short circuit alarm Overtemperature alarm Diagnostic Load Fault detection Overall Dimensions Rating 16-63A A A Height 220mm 305mm 498mm Width 96mm 144mm 144mm Depth Basic 164mm 295mm 295mm GRF 189mm 295mm 295mm DLF 214mm 372mm 372mm 7200S Mechanical Details 16-63A A 220mm Specifications Current 16 to 200A (rated at 45 C) Voltage Up to 500V ac Inputs: DC Logic V dc or ma AC Logic V ac DC Analogue 4-20mA Firing Modes: Logic (zero voltage switching), Fast Cycle Analogue inputs-fast cycle firing Load Types: Low Temperature Coefficient resistive Alarm: Diagnostic alarms (DLF) Unit overtemperature, Load S/C, PLF (1 in 4) Indication: Supply ON. Heat ON and DLF LED s Operating Ambient: 0-45 C, RH 5-95% non condensing Mounting: DIN Rail or Bulkhead Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 305mm 96mm A 144mm 498mm 144mm Thyristor Brochure HA S Specification Sheet HA029163

144 3-16 Three Phase Solid State Contactor 7300S IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Injection moulding Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Thermo-forming IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Multi-zone heating Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Autoclaves IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Resistive and SWIR loads Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits A range of three phase, three leg solid state contactors for use with short wave infrared (SWIR) and Low Temperature Coefficient resistive loads. Inputs These units, with integral heat sinks, are driven by either DC or AC Logic signals depending on the order code. Also an analogue 4-20mA input can be specified which gives a linear time proportional output. 7300S Inputs: Logic (AC or DC) Analogue 4-20mA for Time Prop O/P Overtemperature alarm and shutdown Thyristor short circuit alarm Diagnostic Load Fault detection Overall Dimensions Rating 16-40A A A Height 220mm 305mm 498mm Width 96mm 144mm 144mm Depth Basic 164mm 295mm 295mm GRF 189mm 295mm 295mm DLF 214mm 372mm 372mm Fusing In all cases the output is zero voltage switching. High speed fuses are mounted external to the unit for 100 Amps and below, internal above 100 Amps. Spare fuses or complete fuse and fuseholder assemblies can also be ordered separately. Limits and alarms The 7300S has an optional thyristor short circuit and total load failure alarm. An overtemperature shut down is provided for fan cooled units (over 100 Amps). An optional overtemperature alarm is also available. Diagnostic Load Failure detection is an option which alarms on the loss of one or more parallel heating elements (resistive or SWIR). The sensitivity is maximum one out of four. It is auto-setting by command from a push button. Mechanical Details 16-40A A 220mm 305mm 96mm A 144mm 498mm 144mm Specifications Current Up to 160A (rated at 45 C) Voltage Up to 500V ac Inputs: DC Logic V dc or ma AC Logic V ac DC Analogue 4-20mA Firing Modes: Logic (zero voltage switching), Fast cycle Analogue inputs-fast cycle firing Load Types: Low Temperature Coefficient resistive or short wave infrared (SWIR), Indication: Supply ON. Heat ON and DLF LED s Alarm: Diagnostic alarms (DLF) Unit overtemperature, load S/C, PLF (1 in 4) Operating Ambient: 0-45 C, RH 5-95% non condensing Mounting: DIN Rail or Bulkhead Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 Thyristor Brochure HA S Specification Sheet HA029162

145 Two Phase Solid State Contactor TE200S 3-17 IDEAL Heat FOR treatment Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Metallurgy IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Plastics FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Foods processing IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Environmental FOR Benefits temperature IDEAL control FOR Benefits IDEALFOR The TE200S is a Solid State Contactor designed for general purpose three phase applications using three wire resistive loads. Two of the three phases are switched by the TE200S, the third being directly connected. It is an ideal replacement for a mechanical or mercury contactor, accepting DC or AC logic input signals. The TE200S is robust, compact, convenient and reliable. It is easily integrated into a control system because of its compact size, simplicity of wiring and convenient DIN rail or bulkhead mounting. Ergonomic design DC or AC logic input signal Firing mode: Logic ON/OFF, zero crossing firing with LED indication Nominal current per phase A at 45 C Supply voltage 200V ac to 500V ac TE200S Mechanical Details 116mm 131mm Specifications Load Type: Inputs: Firing Mode: Operating Temperature: Mounting: Resistive DC Logic 32V max (>5V ON: <2V OFF) also 10mA self limiting (>5mA ON <0.5mA OFF), impedance 1K AC Logic (LAC) 53V max (>20V ON: <5V OFF), input impedance 2.2K AC Logic (HAC) 253V max (>85V ON: <10V OFF), input impedance 9.6K Logic 0-45 C Symmetrical DIN Rail or Bulkhead 189mm 152mm 82mm 18.5mm Position of power cables 58mm TE200S Specification Sheet HA026486

146 3-18

147 Solid State Relays/Contactors & Power Controllers 3-19 Power Controllers EPower Controllers EPower Our range of power controllers can drive complex and transformer coupled loads. These products can take inputs from discrete controllers and plcs and have a wide range of full wave, half wave and phase angle firing modes to suit all load types. Single Phase TE10A A Multi Phase 7200A Two Phase A Three Phase TE200A TE Accessories REMIO Communication Interface Power Contents

148 3-20 EPower Controller IDEAL Glass FOR furnaces Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Melt heat IDEAL treatment FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Food FOR processing Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Multi-channel IDEAL heaters FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL High FOR temperature Benefits furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEALFOR Benefits Induction IDEAL heating FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Vacuum FOR furnace Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Large extruders IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits EPower controllers use the newest technologies and innovations to manage your process and reduce your energy costs. On every level they bring you the flexibility you need to best meet your requirements now and in the future. Let us look after your power control for you and give you the peace of mind that you have the best for your process - even as it changes. Modular Design Software Configurable QuickStart Easy Setup Advanced Configuration using Graphical Wiring Editor Predictive Load Management Flexible Communications Flexibility - advanced technologies in harmony with modularity and ease of use to deliver your power control needs Efficiency - world class power control with innovative features to minimise your energy costs with exceptional process performance Peace of mind - a power controller that will bring you return on investment and can be adapted in the future if your requirements change - one product for all solutions Revolutionary modularity and configurability to meet your needs... Easy ordering, configuration and maintenance through modular design If your requirements change EPower controller can be easily adapted to meet your needs EPower Software Configuration Options Control Type Single phase 2 x single phase 3 x single phase 4 x single phase Two phase 2 x two phase True three phase Load Type Standard Resistive Complex Resistive Inductive e.g. Transformer Short Wave Infrared Load Configuration Single phase Star Delta Star with neutral Open Delta Firing Modes Phase angle Half cycle Burst firing Fix modulation period Logic mode Feedback V 2 I 2 True power RMS load voltage RMS load current Open loop Minimum spares holding - many options configurable through a common driver module e.g. firing mode, load, phases, control etc. Up to four power control modules provide single and multi-phase control with seven configuration options A single driver module can support up to four power modules - and hence four independent control loops. Power modules are available in current ratings covering a range from 100A to 400A. The driver module itself supports options boards to give you additional flexibility in your solution: Communications - RS485 Modbus RTU, Profibus, DeviceNet and Modbus TCP network protocols Predictive Load Management (PLM) (patent pending) - A powerful feature to effectively manage your power requirements across multiple machines to save on your energy costs. Flexible I/O - The driver module supports standard I/O and up to three additional I/O boards with analogue inputs, analogue outputs, digital I/O and relay outputs EPower Brochure HA EPower Specification Sheet HA PLM Predictive Load Management

149 EPower Controller 3-21 Mechanical Details All dimensions in mm 100/160/250/400 Amps Bracket Upper Lower 2-Phase Use A & B Use E & F 3-Phase Use A, B & C Use E, F & G 4-Phase Use A, B, C & D Use E, F, G & H 100 Amps Overall Dimensions No of Phases Door 149.5mm 234.5mm 319.5mm 404.5mm Closed Door 211.0mm 296.0mm 381.0mm 466.0mm Open Front View Cable entry A B C D Cable exit/entry E F G H View on Underside Specifications Power (at 40 C) DRIVER MODULE Voltage range: 85 to 265V ac Frequency range: 47 to 63Hz Power requirement: 60W + Power Module fans (15W each for 400A power mods; 10W each for 160A/250A mods) POWER MODULE Number of modules: Up to four identical units per driver unit Voltage range: 100 to 600V ac (+10% - 15%) or 100 to 690V ac (+10% - 15%) as specified at time of order Frequency range: 47 to 63Hz Nominal current: 16 to 400A depending on power module Power dissipation: 1.3W per Amp per phase COOLING Up to and including 100A: Natural convection Above 100A: Fan cooling. Fans are connected in parallel to driver module connector Fan supply voltage: 115 or 230V ac, as specified at time of order Fan power requirement: 10VA for 160A/250A modules; 15VA for 400A modules Protection Thyristor drive: RC circuits and high-speed fuses (Type 1) Pollution degree: Pollution degree 2 (EN ) Rated short circuit conditional current: 92kA Utilisation categories AC51: non inductive of slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces AC56a: switching of transformers Duty cycle: Uninterrupted duty/continuous operation Form designation: Form 4 Short circuit protection co-ordination type: Type1 Load types: Single or multiphase control of resistive loads (low/high temperature coefficient and non-aging/aging types) and transformer primaries. Load voltage/current feedback either internal (standard) or external (option for use with transformer secondaries for example) 160 Amps Overall Dimensions No of Phases Door 149.5mm 234.5mm 319.5mm 404.5mm Closed Door 211.0mm 296.0mm 381.0mm 466.0mm Open 250 Amps Overall Dimensions No of Phases Door 149.5mm 234.5mm 319.5mm 404.5mm Closed Door 211.0mm 296.0mm 381.0mm 466.0mm Open EPower Front View Cable entry A B C D CL E F G H Cable exit/entry Amps Overall Dimensions No of Phases Door 149.5mm 234.5mm 319.5mm 404.5mm Closed Door 211.0mm 296.0mm 381.0mm 466.0mm Open Front View Cable entry A B C D Front View Line entry A B C D E F G H Load entry Cable exit/entry Cable exit/entry NLE NL View on Underside View on Underside View on Underside EPower LA029490

150 3-22 Single Phase Power Controller TE10A IDEAL Paint FOR drying Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Air conditioning IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Heat FOR treatment Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Plastics IDEAL extrusion FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Resistive, FOR Benefits Inductive and IDEAL SWIR FOR loads Benefits IDEAL FOR These robust thyristor units are ideally suited for applications where voltage and current surges can be expected. Short wave infrared lamps for example can be controlled with TE10A using phase angle or advanced single cycle firing which reduces flicker. Compact : reduction in cabinet size Phase Angle Firing Advanced Single Cycle Operation Operating mode for short-wave infrared Internal EMC filter Compensation for supply fluctuations Flexibility The TE10A is controlled by an analogue signal which is selectable for DC current or voltage. A 5 Volts user voltage allows local control by a potentiometer. A plug-in connector avoids any risk of wiring error if the unit has to be replaced. The TE10A can be used with non-standard mains (option). Standard 45mm DIN window format allows mounting in a housing with a panel cut-out or DIN Rail mounting in a cabinet. Toughness/Reliability TE10A thyristors can withstand momentary overcurrents up to 15 times the nominal rating. This is important when controlling short-wave infrared elements. The thyristor breakdown voltage is three times greater than the nominal operating voltage. Current derating curves as a function of ambient temperature enable TE10A units to be used up to +60 C. TE10A Overall Dimensions Rating 16A 25A 40A 50A Height 115mm 115mm 115mm 115mm Width 52.5mm 70mm 105mm 122.5mm Depth 92.5mm 92.5mm 92.5mm 92.5mm Mechanical Details 115mm W 16A version shown in diagram 92.5mm Specifications Current 16-50A (rated at 45 C) Voltage V Inputs: Analogue 0-5V, 0-10V or 4-20mA Firing Modes Phase angle, Burst, Advanced single cycle Load Types: Resistive, Inductive, Short wave infrared Indicators (Zero Crossing Firing) Operating Ambient: 0-45 C, RH 5-95% non condensing Mounting: DIN Rail Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 Thyristor Brochure HA TE10A Specification Sheet HA026155

151 Single Phase Power Controller 7100A 3-23 IDEAL Glass FOR lehrs Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Metal furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Semi-conductor FOR Benefits manufacture IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Induction IDEAL heating FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Complete FOR Benefits loads IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The single channel of the 7100A cover the current range from 16 Amps up to 250 Amps, with units above 100 Amps being fan cooled. The voltage rating can go up to a maximum of 500 Volts. Firing modes The 7100A is available with a selection of firing modes to suit most applications. It is suitable for controlling resistive loads with high or low temperature coefficient, short wave infrared (SWIR), transformer primaries or inductive loads. Control mode: 7100A units use one of the following control parameters: RMS load voltage squared (V2) RMS load current squared (I2) Load power (P) Open loop (OL) Current range 16 to 250A Voltage range 100 to 500V Firing modes to suit all loads Current limit Alarm options Power control Limits and alarms Optional current limit which can work in all firing modes prevents excessive currents from flowing in the load circuit. Optional alarms can warn of thyristor short circuit or load open circuit (GRF alarm). Additionally partial load failure with automatic set up can detect the loss of one out of six parallel loads (DLF alarm). Overtemperature shutdown is provided with 250 Amps fan cooled units with optional alarm. Overall Dimensions Rating 16-40A 63A A Height 164mm 164mm 226mm 423mm Width Lite 52.5mm 70mm 96mm 144mm Full 70mm 70mm 96mm N/A Depth Lite base 193mm 212mm 215mm 372mm Lite option 218mm 237mm 243mm 372mm Full 237mm 237mm 243mm N/A Full Product with code: VICL, ICO or V2CL/I2 + GRF/DLF Lite Base Basic product, without alarm option or control (except V2 and Cl Lite Option Product with code: I2/V2CL or GRF/DLF Mechanical Details 7100A 16-40A 63A A 164mm Specifications 52.5mm 70mm Current A (rated at 45 C) Voltage V ac Inputs: 0-5V dc or 0-10V dc, 0-20mA or 4-20mA Firing Modes Burst mode, Single cycle, Advanced single-cycle, Phase angle Load Types: Resistive load with low or high temp coeff, Inductive, Short wave infrared, Transformer primary Control: V2, I2, VxI Alarms Total load failure, Thyristor S/C, Partial load failure, Overtemperature, Overcurrent, ICO Operating Ambient: 0-45 C, RH 5-95% non condensing Mounting: DIN Rail or Bulkhead Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 226mm A 96mm 498mm 144mm Thyristor Brochure HA A Specification Sheet HA027295

152 3-24 Two Phase Power Controller 7200A IDEAL Glass FOR lehrs Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Metal furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Ceramic FOR furnaces Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Induction IDEAL heating FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Complex FOR loads Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The current ratings of the 7200A cover the range from 16amps up to 200 Amps, with units rated at 125 Amps and above being fan cooled. The voltage rating extends to a maximum of 500 Volts. These units consist of two thyristor controlled channels each rated at the specified current and voltage. Two Independent Channels Inputs 0-20mA or 4-20mA, 0-5V or 0-10V Firing modes: Burst, Single cycle Current limit option Thyristor short circuit Load open circuit Partial load failure detection Thyristor Over temperature alarm Overall Dimensions Rating A A A Height 220mm 305mm 498mm Width 96mm 144mm 144mm Depth Basic 214mm 2372mm 2372mm DLF 214mm 372mm 372mm Firing Modes The 7200A is available with a selection of firing modes to suit most applications. For example: control of resistive loads with high or low temperature coefficient, short wave infrared (SWIR). Alarms Optional alarms can warn of thyristor short circuit or load open circuit (GRF alarm). Additionally partial load failure with automatic set up can detect the loss of one out of up to six parallel loads (DLF alarm). Over temperature shutdown is provided with fan cooled units (above 125 Amps) with optional alarm. Fusing High speed fuses are recommended for most applications except SWIR. The fuses are external for units up to and including 100 Amps and internal above 100 Amps. Fuses are available either with or without microswitch indication. 7200A Mechanical Details 16-63A A 220mm 305mm 96mm A 144mm 498mm 144mm Specifications Current A (rated at 45 C) Voltage V ac Inputs: 0-5V dc or 0-10V dc, 0-20mA or 4-20mA Firing Modes Burst mode, Single cycle, Advanced single-cycle, Phase angle Load Types: Resistive load with low or high temp coeff, Inductive, Short wave infrared, Transformer primary Control: V2 Alarms Total load failure, Thyristor S/C, Partial load failure, Thyristor overtemperature. Operating Ambient: 0-45 C, RH 5-95% non condensing Mounting: DIN Rail or Bulkhead Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 Thyristor Brochure HA A Specification Sheet HA029161

153 Three Phase Power Controller 7300A 3-25 IDEAL Glass FOR lehrs Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Metal furnaces IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Ceramic FOR furnaces Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Semi-conductor IDEAL FOR manufacture Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Induction FOR Benefits heating IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Transformer IDEAL coupled FOR loads Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Complex FOR loads Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR These units consist of three thyristor controlled channels each rated at the specified current and voltage. Firing Modes The 7300A is available with a selection of firing modes to suit most applications. It is suitable for controlling resistive loads with high or low temperature coefficient, short wave infrared (SWIR) or inductive loads, including transformer burst firing. Control modes 7300A units use one of the following: RMS load voltage squared (V 2 ) RMS load current squared (I 2 ) Load power (P) Open loop (OL) Limits and alarms Optional current limit, which can work in all firing modes, prevents excessive currents from flowing in the load circuit Optional alarms can warn of thyristor short circuit or load open circuit (GRF alarm). Additionally partial load failure with automatic set up can detect the loss of one out of up to four parallel loads (DLF alarm). Current range from A at 45 C Voltage up to 500V Input current: 0-20mA or 4-20mA Input voltage: 0-5V or 0-10V Multiple firing modes Suitable for virtually all load types Current limit option Digital communications Overall Dimensions Rating 16A40A A A Height 220mm 96mm 498mm Width 96mm 144mm 144mm Depth Basic 214mm 372mm 372mm DLF or GRF or Comms 239mm 372mm 372mm GRF/DLF +Comms 264mm 372mm 372mm Over temperature shutdown is provided with fan cooled units (above 125 Amps) with optional alarm. Digital Communications The Modbus communications option provides digital control of the unit, interrogation of the alarms, firing status and online configuration. Mechanical Details 220mm 16-40A A 7300A Specifications Current A (rated at 45 C) Voltage V ac Inputs: 0-5V dc or 0-10V dc, 0-20mA or 4-20mA Firing Modes Burst mode, Single cycle, Advanced single-cycle, Phase angle Load Types: Resistive load with low or high temp coeff Short wave infrared, Transformer primary Control: V2, I2, VxI, OL Alarms Total load failure, Thyristor S/C Diagnostic alarm, Partial load failure, Overtemperature, Overcurrent Digital Comms: Modbus Operating Ambient: 0-45 C, RH 5-95% non condensing Mounting: DIN Rail or Bulkhead Conforms to EN60947 Part 3 305mm 96mm A 144mm 498mm 144mm Thyristor Brochure HA A Specification Sheet HA027989

154 TE200A 3-26 Two Leg Three Phase Burst Firing Power Controller TE200A IDEAL Heat FOR treatment Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Metallurgy IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Food FOR processing Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Plastics IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Environmental FOR Benefits temperature IDEAL control FOR Benefits IDEALFOR The TE200 range is designed for general purpose three phase applications which use three wire resistive or short wave infrared (SWIR) loads. Two of the three phases are switched by the TE200, the third phase being directly connected. Control performance The total power controlled in the three phase load (V 2 ) is proportional to the setpoint. Linearity is better than +/- 2% full scale. Stability for +/- 10% supply voltage variation is better than +/- 2% of full scale. Ergonomic design Analog input configured as voltage, current or potentiometer Burst firing or single cycle firing modes Input current 4-20mA Input voltage 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc Nominal current per phase 16-63A at 45 C Firing Mode Single or burst firing with modulation period of 30 cycles at 50% power and 6 seconds at very high and low powers. Zero crossing firing with LED indication of status. Mechanical Details 116mm 131mm 189mm 152mm 18.5mm 82mm Position of power cables 58mm Specifications Load Type: Inputs: Firing Mode: Operating Temperature: Mounting: Resistive DC Voltage 0-5V, 0-10V input impedance 100K DC Current 4-20mA, input impendance 250 ohms Burst firing or Single phase 0-45 C Symmetrical DIN Rail or Bulkhead TE200A Specification Sheet HA026486

155 Three Phase, Burst Firing Power Controller TE IDEAL Paint FOR drying Benefits (car industry) IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Metallurgy IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Plastics FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Food sector IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Environmental FOR Benefits temperature IDEAL control FOR Benefits IDEALFOR The TE300 is designed for general purpose three phase applications where a resistive load or infrared heaters are involved. The TE300 is controlled by an analog signal which is selectable for DC current or voltage. A 5V user voltage enables local control by a potentiometer. The unit can be used to control non standard three phase voltages by using an optional auxiliary supply input. Firing Modes In addition to burst firing and single cycle firing modes, the unit has an Advanced Single Cycle mode. This mode enables a complete number of half cycles switching for the non firing period and a complete number of full cycles switching for the firing period. This mode reduces the annoying visual flickering when controlling short wave infrared (SWIR) elements. With advanced single cycle firing, the cycle time is reduced compared with normal single cycle operation. This is advantageous when phase angle firing is not acceptable and zero crossing is required. Ergonomic design Burst firing, single cycle and advanced single cycle firing modes Nominal current per phase 16 to 63A at 45 C Voltage up to 500V TE300 Mechanical Details 40mm 57mm Specifications Load Type: Inputs: Firing Mode: Operating Temperature: Mounting: Resistive or Short wave infrared DC Voltage 0-5V, 0-10V input impedance 100K DC Current 4-20mA, input impendance 250ohms Logic, Fast cycle, Single cycle, Advanced single cycle (4 or 6 wire load configuration) 0-45 C without derating Symmetrical DIN Rail or Bulkhead 233mm 12mm 92mm 141mm 92mm 186mm 22mm 22mm TE300 Specification Sheet HA026154

156 REMIO 3-28 Communicating Interface REMIO IDEAL For use FOR with Solid Benefits State IDEAL Relays: FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Fast cycling IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Advanced FOR Benefits single cycle IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Includes IDEAL SWIR applications FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Enables use of digital communications to control the Eurotherm range of Solid State Relays. REMIO is designed to monitor up to 24 alarm inputs (with optional modules). When using Profibus-DP, the alarm inputs may be designated as high priority for minimizing reaction time. Reduced wiring costs Profibus-DP, Modbus and DeviceNetTM communications Time proportioning control of up to 32 SSRs Fast cycling or advanced single cycle conduction mode Remote monitoring Overall Dimensions Height 122mm Width Base Module 25.5mm with 1 expansion 87.5mm with 2 expansions 105mm Depth 92.5mm Mechanical Details W D H Specifications Digital Inputs/outputs: Contact Closure: Time Prop Output: Communications: Power supply: Mounting: 20V dc, 6.5mA max 20V dc (Common), 10mA max 20V dc, 10mA max 2 wire: RS485, Profibus-DP, Modbus or DeviceNet 24V ac or dc (20VA max.) DIN Rail or Bulkhead REMIO Specification Sheet HA026549

157 Solid State Relays/Contactors & Power Controllers 3-29 Solid Sate Relays (SSRs) Solid State Relays SVDA & SVAA SVDD RV & RS Series RVD3, RVA3 & RVM SSRs Coding DIN Rail Mounted Mini Input/Output IO Series Modules

158 3-30 Single Phase Solid State Relays SVDA & SVAA 1 2 A02 SVDA/SVAA Basic Product SVDA 4-32V dc input, ac output SVAA V ac input, ac output 1 Rating 3V10 3V25 3V50 3V75 6V50 6V75 10 Amp 330V 25 Amp 330V 50 Amp 330V 75 Amp 330V 50 Amp 660V 75 Amp 660V SVDA, SVAA Specification Sheet HA028202

159 Single Phase Solid State DC Relays SVDD A02 SVDD Basic Product 4-32V dc input, dc output 1 Rating 1V12 1V20 1V40 12 Amp 100V dc 20 Amp 100V dc 40 Amp 100V dc SVDD

160 3-32 DIN Rail Three Phase Solid State Relays RV & RS Series RV Series 1 2 A02 RV/RS Series Basic Product RVDA 4-32V dc input, ac output RVAA V ac input, ac output RVMA 4-20mA input, ac output 1 Rating 5V25 6V25 5V40 6V40 25 Amp 575V 25 Amp 660V 40 Amp 575V 40 Amp 660V RS Series 1 2 1E Basic Product 1 Rating RSDA RSAA 4-32V dc input, ac output V ac input, ac output Amp 660V Amp 660V Amp 660V RVD3, RVA3 Specification Sheet HA028204

161 Single Phase Solid State Relays RVD3, RVA3 & RVM RVD3/RVA Basic Product RVD3 DC Logic RVA3 AC Logic A02 1 Rating 5V75T 575V ac internal MOV 6V75T 660V ac 2 RVD3 L H RVA3 H Input 4-32V dc 10-60V dc V ac RVD3/RVA3/RVM3 RVM3 1 2 A02 Basic Product 1 Rating RVM3 4-20mA input, ac output 5V75T 6V75T 575V ac internal MOV 660V ac RVDA, RVAA, Specifcation Sheet HA028203

162 3-34 DIN Rail Mounted Mini Input/Output Modules IO Series Input Modules Part Number Case Colour Output Voltage Max Load Current Input Voltage Logic Type IO-IAC/-RO/280 Yellow 4-28V dc 100mA V ac Negative IO-IAC/+RO/280 Yellow 4-28V dc 100mA V ac Positive IO-IDC/-RO/028 White 4-28V dc 100mA 4-28V ac Negative IO-IDC/+RO/028 White 4-28V dc 100mA 4-28V ac Positive IO Series Output Modules Part Number Case Colour Input Voltage Output Voltage Output Current Range Range Range IO-OAC/RO/280 Black 4-28V dc V 40 C IO-OAC/RA/280 Black V ac V 40 C IO-ODC/RO/060 Red 4-28V dc 5-60V dc 40 C IO-ODC/RL/060 Red 4-28V dc 5-60V dc 40 C

163 SSCs Coding Solid State Relays/Contactors & Power Controllers 3-35 Solid State Contacors (SSCs) Single Phase 7100L Solid State Contactor TE10S S Multi Phase 7200S Two Phase S Three Phase TE200S

164 7100L 3-36 Single Phase Solid State Contactor L L NONE 00 Basic Product 2 Voltage 3 Fuse 4 Input 7100L Single Phase SSC 1 Current 16A 16 amps 25A 25 amps 40A 40 amps 63A 63 amps 80A 80 amps 100A 100 amps 230V 500V 230 volts 500 volts FUSE MSFU NONE External fuse Fuse with microswitch No fuse LDC 0-5V dc HAC 0-10V dc 5 Manual Language ENG English FRA French GER German SPA Spanish ITA Italian USA American Please note that replacement fuses are marked with a higher current rating than the thyristors. This allows correct operation at elevated temperatures and does not imply that higher current is permissible. SPARE FUSE AND HOLDER Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch with Microswitch FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A FU2258/63A/00 MSFU2258/63A FU2258/80A/00 MSFU2258/80A FU2760/100A/00 MSFU2760/100A SPARE FUSE Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Fuse Trip with amps amps Number Indicator CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U080 CS176461U CS173087U100 CS176461U CS173246U160 CS173246U L Specification Sheet HA027288

165 TE10S Single Phase Solid State Contactor - TE10S TE10S Basic Product 2 Voltage 3 Input 4 Manual Language TE10S Single Phase SSC 1 Current 16A 16 amps 25A 25 amps 40A 40 amps 50A 50 amps 120V 240V 480V 500V 120 volts 240 volts 480 volts 500 volts LGC Universal DC LAC 48 VAC input HAC V ac PDS1 PDS Break Detect (Note 1) PDS2 PDS Current Monitoring (Note 1) ENG FRA GER 5 English French German Option Partial load failure None PLF Relay open in alarm IPF Relay closed in alarm 6 Fuse FUSE Fuse without microswitch MSFU Fuse with microswitch NONE No fuse * * High speed fuses are not recommended for SWIR loads Please note that replacement fuses are marked with a higher current rating than the thyristors. This allows correct operation at elevated temperatures and does not imply that higher current is permissible. SPARE FUSE AND HOLDER Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 50 FU2258/50A/00 MSFU2258/50A SPARE FUSE Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U063 CS176461U063 Note 1. PDS (not available with PLF/IPF) uses the same two wires to control the switching of the TE10S and to feedback load status. PDS Heater Break Detect will transmit the power demand signal to a TE10S typically from a 2200 Series controller and read back a heater break alarm. Similarly, PDS Current Monitoring will transmit the power demand signal to a TE10S and read back load current, open and short circuit alarms. TE10S Specification Sheet HA023806

166 3-38 Single Phase Solid State Contactor S S XXX NONE Basic Product 5 Fuse Options (If Options YES ) 7100S 7100S Single Phase SSC 1 Current 16A 16 amps 25A 25 amps 40A 40 amps 63A 63 amps 80A 80 amps 100A 100 amps 125A 125 amps 160A 160 amps 200A 200 amps 250A 250 amps 2 Voltage 127V 127 volts 230V 230 volts 277V 277 volts 500V 500 volts 33 XXXX FUSE Fuse without microswitch MSFU Fuse with microswitch NONE No fuse * * High speed fuses are not recommended for SWIR loads 6 7 ENG FRA GER 8 Input On/off firing DC logic signal LDC 4.5V dc to 32V dc AC logic signal HAC 85V ac to 253V ac Burst firing Analogue DC signal ATP 4mA to 20mA NONE (Note 1) Manual Language English French German Options 9 Alarm Option GRF Thyristor short circuit or load open circuit DLF Partial load failure + GRF NONE No alarms 10 Load Type With DLF option: SWIR Short wave infrared elements LTCL Low temperature coefficient load XXXX Without DLF option 11 Alarm Relay Contact GRF or DLF option: NC Contact closed on alarm NO Contact open on alarm XX Without alarm option 12 Comms Option NONE No comms MOP Modbus comms 4 Fan Power Supply 16A-200A XXXX No fan 250A 115V 115 volt supply 230V 230 volt supply NONE YES No options and End of code (specify further code) 13 Baud Rate XXXX No comms 9K6 96Kbaud 19K2 192Kbaud 14 Compliance Certificate NONE No certificate of Conformity CFMC Certificate Conformity 15 NONE Please note that replacement fuses are marked with a higher current rating than the thyristors. This allows correct operation at elevated temperatures and does not imply that higher current is permissible. FUSE AND HOLDER Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 63 FU2258/63A/00 MSFU2258/63A 80 FU2258/80A/00 MSFU2258/80A 100 FU2760/100A/00 MSFU2760/100A SPARE FUSE Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U080 CS176461U CS173087U100 CS176461U CS173246U160 CS173246U160 Internal fuse CS176762U CS176762U CS176762U CS176762U315 Note 1. Only available if MOP (Field 12) is selected. 7100S Specification Sheet HA027294

167 Two Phase Solid State Contactor S S NONE Basic Product 7200S Two Leg, Three Phase SSC 1 Current 4 3S 3D 5 Load Configuration Fuse Star without neutral Closed delta Options (If Options YES ) 9 Alarm Option DLF Partial load failure + Serious alarms NONE No alarms 16A 16 amps 25A 25 amps 40A 40 amps 63A 63 amps 80A 80 amps 100A 100 amps 125A 125 amps 160A 160 amps 200A 200 amps 2 Voltage 200V 200 volts 230V 230 volts 277V 277 volts 400V 400 volts 460V 460 volts 480V 480 volts 500V 500 volts FUSE Fuse without microswitch MSFU Fuse with microswitch NONE No fuse * * High speed fuses are not recommended for SWIR loads 6 Input On/off firing DC logic signal LDC 4.5V dc to 32V dc AC logic signal HAC 85V ac to 253V ac Burst firing Analogue DC signal ATP 4mA to 20mA NONE Note 1 10 Load Type With DLF option: LTCL Low temperature coefficient load XXXX Without DLF option 11 Alarm Relay Contact DLF option: NC Contact closed on alarm NO Contact open on alarm XX Without alarm option 12 NONE MOP 13 Comms Option Modbus comms Baud Rate 7200S 3 Fan Power Supply XXXX None A 115V 115 volt supply 230V 230 volt supply 7 Manual Language ENG English FRA French GER German 8 Options NONE No option and End of code YES (specify further code) XXXX 9K6 96 Kbaud 19K2 192 Kbaud 14 Compliance Certificate NONE No certificate of Conformity CFMC Certificate Conformity 15 NONE FUSE AND HOLDER (2 per unit) Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 63 FU2258/63A/00 MSFU2258/63A 80 FU2258/80A/00 MSFU2258/80A 100 FU2760/100A/00 MSFU2760/100A SPARE FUSE (2 per unit) Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U080 CS176461U CS173087U100 CS176461U CS173246U160 CS173246U160 Internal fuse CS176762U CS176762U CS176762U315 Note 1. Only available if MOP is selected 7200S Specification Sheet HA029163

168 3-40 Three Phase Solid State Contactor S S NONE Basic Product 7300S Three Phase SSC 1 Current 4 3S 4S 3D 6D Load Configuration Star without neutral Star with neutral Closed delta Open delta Options (If Options YES ) 9 Alarm Option DLF Partial load failure + Serious alarms NONE No alarms 16A 25A 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A 16 amps 25 amps 40 amps 63 amps 80 amps 100 amps 125 amps 160 amps 5 Fuse FUSE Fuse without microswitch MSFU Fuse with microswitch NONE No fuse * * High speed fuses are not recommended for SWIR loads 10 Load Type With DLF option: SWIR Short wave infrared elements LTCL Low temperature coefficient load XXXX Without DLF option 7300S 2 Voltage 200V 200 volts 230V 230 volts 277V 277 volts 400V 400 volts 460V 460 volts 480V 480 volts 500V 500 volts 6 Input On/off firing DC logic signal LDC 4.5V dc to 32V dc AC logic signal HAC 85V ac to 253V ac Burst firing Analogue DC signal ATP 4mA to 20mA NONE Note 1 11 Alarm Relay Contact DLF option: NC Contact closed on alarm NO Contact open on alarm XX Without alarm option 12 NONE MOP Comms Option Modbus comms 3 Fan Power Supply XXXX 100A : no fan 125A : fan 115V 115 volt supply 230V 230 volt supply 7 ENG FRA Manual Language English French 13 Baud Rate XXXX 9K6 96 Kbaud 19K2 192 Kbaud 8 Options NONE YES No option and End of code (specify further code) 14 Compliance Certificate NONE CFMC No certificate of Conformity Certificate Conformity 15 NONE Please note that replacement fuses are marked with a higher current rating than the thyristors. This allows correct operation at elevated temperatures and does not imply that higher current is permissible. FUSE AND HOLDER (Triple unit) Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 63 FU2258/63A/00 MSFU2258/63A 80 FU2258/80A/00 MSFU2258/80A 100 FU2760/100A/00 MSFU2760/100A SPARE FUSE (3 per unit) Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U080 CS176461U CS173087U100 CS176461U CS173246U160 CS173246U160 Internal fuse CS176762U CS176762U315 Note 1. Only available if MOP is selected 7300S Specification Sheet HA029162

169 TE200S Two Phase Solid State Contactor - TE200S TE200S NONE 1 Basic Product TE200S Two Leg, Three Phase SSC Current 16A 16 amps 25A 25 amps 40A 40 amps 50A 50 amps Fan cooled (13VA) 63A 63 amps 2 Voltage 4 Input Logic 6 Manual Language 240V 240 volts LGC Universal DC ENG English 480V 480 volts LAC 24-48V ac input FRA French 500V 500 volts HAC VAC GER German 3 Fan Power Supply 5 Mounting 7 Fuse 000 None (below 63A) BKD Bulkhead FUSE 2 + holders 115V 115 volt supply DIN DIN rail MSFUSE 2 Microswitch + holder 230V 230 volt supply NOFUSE No fuses or holders Please note that replacement fuses are marked with a higher current rating than the thyristors. This allows correct operation at elevated temperatures and does not imply that higher current is permissible. SPARE FUSE AND HOLDER (2 per unit) Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 15/16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 50 FU2258/50A/00 MSFU2258/50A 63 FU2760/63A/00 MSFU2760/63A SPARE FUSE Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator 15/16 20 CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CH CS176513U CS173087U063 CS176461U CS173246U080 75/80 CS173087U100 TE200S Specification Sheet HA026486

170 3-42

171 Solid State Relays/Contactors & Power Controllers 3-43 Power Controllers EPower Controllers EPower Single Phase TE10A A Multi Phase 7200A Two Phase A Three Phase TE200A TE Accessories REMIO Communication Interface Power Coding

172 3-44 EPower Controller EPOWER The code is divided in three sections: 1 Hardware, which defines the type, number and size of the unit and/or the modules. 2 Optional hardware and software functions. 3 QuickStart which is intend to configure the unit for maximum 60 to 80% of the application (single unit in 1, 2 or 3 legs configuration) The code can then be either Short and include only the main hardware fields or medium and combine the hardware + the optional fields, or finally Long with the additional quick start code at the end. Basic Product 8 Communications Protocol 18 Quick Start 22 Control Type (Note 3) EPower EPOWER 1 Phase/Amps Power Controller 1PH-100A 1 Phase unit 100A 1PH-160A 1 Phase unit 160A 1PH-250A 1 Phase unit 250A 1PH-400A 1 Phase unit 400A 2PH-100A 2 Phase unit 100A 2PH-160A 2 Phase unit 160A 2PH-250A 2 Phase unit 250A 2PH-400A 2 Phase unit 400A 3PH-100A 3 Phase unit 100A 3PH-160A 3 Phase unit 160A 3PH-250A 3 Phase unit 250A 3PH-400A 3 Phase unit 400A 4PH-100A 4 Phase unit 100A 4PH-160A 4 Phase unit 160A 4PH-250A 4 Phase unit 250A 4PH-400A 4 Phase unit 400A PWR-100A 100A Power mod PWR-160A 160A Power mod PWR-250A 250A Power mod PWR-400A 400A Power mod DRV-XXX Driver mod only 2 600V 690V XXX 3 230V 115V XXX 4 XXX WL005 USWL3 5 XXX 6 Voltage Fan Supply Warranty 100V to 600V 100V to 690V For Driver mod only 230V ac 160A 115V ac 160A No fan 100A Standard 5 Year US Extended Internal Use None Internal Use XX Y2 PB ET DN 9 XX IO 10 XX IO 11 XX IO No optional fieldbus communication 2-wire 485 Modbus (RJ45 connector) Profibus-DPV1 (with D type connector) Modbus-TCP DeviceNet Module 1 None IO optional board Module 2 None IO optional board Module 3 None IO optional board 12 Predictive Load Management XXX None PLM Predictive Load Management 13 External Feedback XX None - Standard unit XF External feedback* * Factory option 14 XX 32ENG 32FRA 32GER 32ITA 32SPA 15 XXX 16 Remote Panel None 32h8e English 32h8e French 32h8e German 32h8e Italian 32h8e Spanish Software Option 1 None Software Option 2 XX QS 19 ENG FRA GER ITA SPA 20 None - End of code Quick Start config Language English French German Italian Spanish Load Current (nominal) 16A 16 Amps 25A 25 Amps 40A 40 Amps 50A 50 Amps 63A 63 Amps 80A 80 Amps 100A 100 Amps 125A 125 Amps (Note 1) 160A 160 Amps (Note 1) 200A 200 Amps (Note 1) 250A 250 Amps (Note 1) 315A 315 Amps (Note 1) 400A 400 Amps (Note 1) 21 Load Voltage (nominal) 100V 100 Volts 110V 110 Volts 115V 115 Volts 120V 120 Volts 127V 127 Volts 200V 200 Volts 208V 208 Volts 220V 220 Volts 230V 230 Volts 240V 240 Volts 277V 277 Volts 380V 380 Volts 400V 400 Volts 415V 415 Volts 440V 440 Volts 460V 460 Volts 480V 480 Volts 500V 500 Volts 575V 575 Volts 600V 600 Volts 660V 660 Volts (Note 2) 690V 690 Volts (Note 2) 1P 2P 3P 23 1P 3S 3D 4S 6D 24 XX TR 25 PA HC BF FX LG 26 V2 I2 TP VR IR OL Single phase Two phase control Three phase control Load Configuration (Note 4) Single phase Star Delta Star with neutral Open delta Load Type Resistive Transformer primary Firing Mode (Note 5) Phase angle Half cycle Burst firing (default 16 cycles) Fix modulation period (default 2 seconds) Logic mode Feedback RMS load voltage squared RMS load current squared True power RMS load voltage RMS load current Open loop 27 Current Transfer Mode (Linear Current Limit) (Note 6) XXX Off I2 RMS load current squared transfer IR RMS load current transfer XXX None XXX None 7 Option XX None - End of Code 00 Unit with options and/ or quick start definition 17 XX Not Used Default EPower Specification Sheet HA029669

173 EPower Controller Analogue Input 1 Function (Note 6) XX None SP Setpoint HR Setpoint limit IL Current limit VL Voltage limit PL Power limit TS Current transfer span 29 Analogue Input 1 Type 34 Digital Input 2 Function XX None AK Alarm acknowledgement RS Remote setpoint selection 35 Alarm Relay Configuration XX None AA Any alarm PA Process alarms FB Fuse blown XX 1V 2V 5V 0A 4A 30 XX SP HR IL VL PL TS 31 XX 0V 1V 2V 5V 0A 4A None 1-5 Volt 2-10 Volt 0-5 Volt 0-20 ma 4-20 ma Analogue Input 2 Function (Note 6) None Setpoint Setpoint limit Current limit Voltage limit Power limit Current transfer span Analogue Input 2 Type None 0-10 Volt 1-5 Volt 2-10 Volt 0-5 Volt 0-20 ma 4-20 ma 36 Load Management Configuration XX None -- Load Management disabled SH Sharing I1 Incremental Type 1 I2 Incremental Type 2 RI Rotating Incremental DC Distributed Control DI Distributed Control and Incremental Control RD Rotating Distributed Control and Incremental Control 37 XX Predictive Load Management Address Predictive Load Management address (00 to 63) Default address 00 SPARE FUSE FOR POWER MODULES Current rating amps 100A 160A 250A 400A Fuse number CS179139U315 CS179139U315 CS179139U350 CS179439U550 EPower 32 Analogue Output Function XX None X None V Voltage I Current P Power R Impedance 33 Analogue Output Type XX None 0V 0-10 Volt 1V 1-5 Volt 2V 2-10 Volt 5V 0-5 Volt 0A 0-20 ma 4A 4-20 ma Notes 1. The maximum nominal current selectable is the current rating selected in Field Only available if 690V selected in Field Selection dependent on number of Phases selected in Field 1. 1PH = IP only 2PH = IP or 2P only 3PH = IP or 3P only 4PH = IP or 2P only 4. Selection dependent on number of Phases selected in Field 1. 1PH = 1P only 2PH = 1P, 3S or 3D only 3PH = Any 4PH = 1P, 3S or 3D only If IP selected in Field 22 only option is IP. 5. PA not selectable if 2P selected in Field 22. HC not selectable if TR selected in Field Except XX the selection in Fields 28 and 30 cannot be the same.

174 TE10A 3-46 Single Phase Power Controller - TE10A TE10A 00 TE10A 1 16A 25A 40A 50A Basic Product Single Phase Power Controller Current 16 amps 25 amps 40 amps 50 amps 2 Voltage (Note 1) 100V 100 volts 115V 115 volts 200V 200 volts 230V 230 volts 240V 240 volts 277V 277 volts 380V 380 volts 400V 400 volts 415V 415 volts 440V 440 volts 480V 480 volts 500V 500 volts 3 Input 0V5 0-5 volts 0V volts 4mA ma 4 Firing Mode PA Phase angle FC Fast cycle FC1 Single cycle SCA Advanced single cycle 5 Manual Language ENG English FRA French GER German 6 8 Option 115 Auxiliary 115V (Note 2) 230 Auxiliary 230V (Note 2) Standard 7 Current Limit - No current limit CL Current limit (PA only) Fuse FUSE Without microswitch MSFUSE With microswitch NOFUSE No fuse * * High speed fuses are not recommended for SWIR loads Please note that replacement fuses are marked with a higher current rating than the thyristors. This allows correct operation at elevated temperatures and does not imply that higher current is permissible. SPARE FUSE AND HOLDER Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 50 FU2258/50A/00 MSFU2258/50A SPARE FUSE (2 per unit) Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U063 CS176461U063 Note 1. For non standard voltages specify the next from voltage table and choose auxiliary supply option. 2. Auxiliary supply option only required for voltages not shown in voltage selection box. TE10A Specification Sheet HA026155

175 Single Phase Power Controller A A XXXX XXXX XXXX Options (If Options YES ) 7100A 1 16A 25A 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A Basic Product Single Phase Power Controller Current 16 amps 25 amps 40 amps 63 amps 80 amps 100 amps 125 amps 160 amps 200 amps 250 amps 5 6 PA FC1 ASC C16 C64 Fuse FUSE Fuse without microswitch MSFU Fuse with microswitch NONE No fuse * * High speed fuses are not recommended for SWIR loads Firing Mode Phase angle Single cycle Advanced Single cycle Burst 16 cycles Burst 64 cycles 11 Control Options Any firing: V2 Voltage control(v 2 ) C16 or PA Firing only V2CL Voltage control(v 2 ) and Current limit VICL Power control (VxI) and Current limit ( 100A) PA Firing only: I2 Current control (I 2 ) OL Open Loop 12 Delay on First Firing XFMR Transformer primary XXXX Other configurations 13 Load Monitoring GRF Serious alarms: thyristor short-circuit, total load failure DLF Partial load failure + GRF NONE No alarms 2 Voltage 7 14 Load Type (for DFL) 100V 115V 120V 127V 200V 208V 220V 230V 240V 277V 400V 460V 480V 500V 100 volts 115 volts 120 volts 127 volts 200 volts 208 volts 220 volts 230 volts 240 volts 277 volts 400 volts 460 volts 480 volts 500 volts XXXX 8 Input 0V5 0-5VDC 0V VDC 0mA mA 4mA mA 9 Manual Language ENG English FRA French GER German With DLF option: SWIR Short wave infrared elements LTCL Low temperature coefficient load XXXX Without DLF option or High temperature coefficient load 15 Overload Alarm ICO Overload alarm ( 100A) XXXX No overload alarm 16 Alarm Relay Contact With Alarm option: NC Contact closed on alarm NO Contact open on alarm XX Without alarm option 3 SELF 115V 230V Auxiliary Voltage (Note 1) None (standard) 115 volt supply 230 volt supply 4 Fan Power Supply 16A-200A XXXX No fan 250A 115V 115V fan and 115V or self Auxiliary supply 230V 230V fan and 115V or self Auxiliary supply 10 Options NONE No options, standard V 2 control and End of code YES (specify further code) 19 Compliance Certificate NONE No certificate of Conformity CFMC Certificate Conformity XXXX 18 XXXX 7100A NONE FUSE AND HOLDER (Note 2) Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 63 FU2258/63A/00 MSFU2258/63A 80 FU2258/80A/00 MSFU2258/80A 100 FU2760/100A/00 MSFU2760/100A SPARE FUSE Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U080 CS176461U CS173087U100 CS176461U CS173246U160 CS173246U160 Internal fuse CS176762U CS176762U CS176762U CS176762U315 Notes 1. Auxiliary supply only required for voltages not shown in field Fuse and/or Fuse Holders 7100A 1 per unit. 7100A Specification Sheet HA027295

176 3-48 Two Phase Power Controller A A 14 NONE NONE 7200A 1 16A 25A 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A 200A 2 200V 230V 277V 400V 460V 480V 500V Basic Product Two Leg, Three Phase Power Controller Current 16 amps 25 amps 40 amps 63 amps 80 amps 100 amps 125 amps 160 amps 200 amps Nominal Line to Line Voltage 200 volts 230 volts 277 volts 400 volts 460 volts 480 volts 500 volts 5 3S 3D 6 7 C16 C64 FC1 Fuse FUSE Without microswitch MSFU Wwith microswitch NONE No fuse * * High speed fuses are not recommended for SWIR loads 8 Load Configuration Star without neutral Closed delta Firing Mode Burst 16 cycles Burst 64 cycles Single-cycle Input 0mA20 0mA to 20mA 4mA20 4mA to 20mA 0V5 0V to 5V 0V10 0V to 10V Options (If Options YES ) 11 Alarm Option DLF Partial load failure + Serious alarms NONE No alarms 12 Load Type With DLF option: SWIR Short wave infrared elements (with FC1 only) LTCL Low temperature coefficient load XXXX Without DLF option 13 Alarm Relay Contact DLF option: NC Contact closed on alarm NO Contact open on alarm XX Without alarm option 14 NONE 7200A 3 SELF 115V 230V Auxiliary Voltage None (standard) 115 volt supply 230 volt supply 4 Fan Power Supply 16A-100A XXXX No fan (only for current <125A) 125A-200A 115V 115V fan with 115V or self electronics 125A 230V 230V fan with 230V or self electronics 125A 9 Manual Language ENG English FRA French GER German 10 Options NONE No options, standard V 2 control and End of code YES (specify further code) 15 Compliance Certificate NONE No certificate of Conformity CFMC Certificate Conformity 16 NONE FUSE AND HOLDER (Note 1) Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 63 FU2258/63A/00 MSFU2258/63A 80 FU2258/80A/00 MSFU2258/80A 100 FU2760/100A/00 MSFU2760/100A SPARE FUSE Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U080 CS176461U CS173087U100 CS176461U CS173246U160 CS173246U160 Internal fuse CS176762U CS176762U CS176762U315 Note 1. Fuse and/or Fuse Holders 7200A 1 per unit. 7200A Specification Sheet HA029161

177 Three Phase Controller A A NONE Options (If Options YES ) 7300A 1 16A 25A 40A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A Current 16 amps 25 amps 40 amps 63 amps 80 amps 100 amps 125 amps 160 amps 2 Voltage 200V 200 volts 230V 230 volts 277V 277 volts 400V 400 volts 460V 460 volts 480V 480 volts 500V 500 volts 3 SELF 115V 230V Basic Product Three Phase Power Controller Auxiliary Voltage None (standard) 115 volt supply 230 volt supply 4 Fan Power Supply 16A-100A XXXX No fan (only for current <125A) 125A-160A 115V 115V fan with 115V or self electronics 125A 230V 230V fan with 230V or self electronics 125A 5 3S 4S 3D 6D 6 7 PA C16 C64 FC1 ASC Fuse FUSE Standard fuses MSFU Fuses with fuse blown microswitch NONE No fuses (short wave infrared elements) * * High speed fuses are not recommended for SWIR loads 8 Firing Mode Phase angle base time 16 cycles base time 64 cycles Single-cycle: 1 base cycle Advanced single-cycle: 1 base cycle non-firing by half cycles in 4S or 6D coupling only Input 0mA20 0mA to 20mA 4mA20 4mA to 20mA 0V5 0V to 5V 0V10 0V to 10V 9 Manual Language ENG English FRA French GER German 10 Load Coupling Star without neutral Star with neutral Closed delta Open delta Options NONE No options, standard V 2 control and End of code YES (specify further code) 11 Control Options Any firing: V2 Voltage control(v 2 ) C16 or PA Firing only V2CL Voltage control(v 2 ) and Current limit VICL Power control (VxI) and Current limit ( 100A) PA Firing only: I2 Current control (I 2 ) OL Open Loop 12 Delay on First Firing XFMR Transformer primary XXXX Other configurations 13 Load Monitoring GRF Serious alarms: thyristor short-circuit, total load failure DLF Partial load failure + GRF NONE No alarms 14 Load Type (for DFL) With DLF option: SWIR Short wave infrared elements LTCL Low temperature coefficient load XXXX Without DLF option or High temperature coefficient load 15 Overload Alarm ICO (for DLF option) except codes: SWIR, XFMR, VICL and V2CL XXXX No overload alarm 16 Alarm Relay Contact With Alarm option: NC Contact closed on alarm NO Contact open on alarm XX Without alarm option 17 Comms Option MOP Digital communications Modbus protocol NONE No comms 18 Comms Option XXXX No comms option 9K Baud 19K Baud 19 Compliance Certificate 7300A NONE CFMC No certificate of Conformity Certificate Conformity 20 NONE FUSE AND HOLDER (Triple unit) SPARE FUSE (3 off per unit) Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 16 FU3038/16A/00 MSFU3451/16A 25 FU3038/25A/00 MSFU3451/25A 40 FU3451/40A/00 MSFU3451/40A 63 FU3258/63A/00 MSFU3258/63A 80 FU3258/80A/00 MSFU3258/80A 100 FU3760/100A/00 MSFU3760/100A Current rating Fuse Trip amps Fuse number with Indicator 16 CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CS173087U080 CS176461U CS173087U100 CS176461U CS173246U160 CS173246U160 Internal fuse 125 CS176762U CS176762U A Specification Sheet HA027989

178 TE200A 3-50 Two Phase Burst Firing Power Controller TE200A TE200A NONE TE200A 1 Basic Product Two Leg, Three Phase Solid State Relay Current 16A 16 amps 25A 25 amps 40A 40 amps 50A 50 amps Fan cooled (13VA) 63A 63 amps 2 Voltage 200V 200 volts 230V 230 volts 240V 240 volts 277V 277 volts 380V 380 volts 400V 400 volts 415V 415 volts 440V 440 volts 480V 480 volts 500V 500 volts For non standard voltages specify the next highest from voltage table and choose auxiliary supply option. 3 Fan Power Supply 000 None (below 63A) 115V 115 volt supply 230V 230 volt supply 4 Input 7 Manual Language 4mA20 4mA to 20mA ENG English 0V5 0V to 5V FRA French 0V10 0V to 10V GER German 5 Firing Mode 8 Option FC FC1 6 BKD DIN Burst firing Single-cycle Mounting Bulkhead DIN rail 115V Auxiliary 115V* 230V Auxiliary 230V* Without external supply * Auxiliary supply option only required for voltages not shown in voltage selection box. 9 Fuse FUSE 2 + holders MSFUSE 2 Microswitch + holder NOFUSE No fuses or holders Please note that replacement fuses are marked with a higher current rating than the thyristors. This allows correct operation at elevated temperatures and does not imply that higher current is permissible. SPARE FUSE AND HOLDER (2 per unit) Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 15/16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU1451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU1451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU1451/40A 50 FU2258/50A/00 MSFU2258/50A 63 FU2760/63A/00 MSFU2760/63A SPARE FUSE Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator 15/16 20 CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CH CS176513U CS173087U063 CS176461U CS173246U080 75/80 CS173087U100 TE200A Specification sheet HA026486

179 Three Phase, Burst Firing Power Controller TE TE300 TE300 1 Basic Product Three Phase Power Controller Current 16A 16 amps 25A 25 amps 40A 40 amps 50A 50 amps Fan cooled (13VA) 63A 63 amps 2 230V 240V 277V 380V 400V 415V 440V 480V 500V Lint to Line Voltage 230 volts 240 volts 277 volts 380 volts 400 volts 415 volts 440 volts 480 volts 500 volts For non standard voltages specify the next highest from voltage table and choose auxiliary supply option. 3 Fan Supply 000 None (below 63A) 115V 115 volts 230V 230 volts 4 Input 4mA20 4mA to 20mA 0V5 0V to 5V 0V10 0V to 10V 5 Firing Mode LGC Logic FC1 Single cycle FC8 Burst 8 cycle C16 Burst 16 cycle 128 Burst 128 cycle SCA Advanced single Cycle (4 or 6 wire) 6 3D 6D 3S 4S Load Configuration Delta (3 wire) Open delta (6 wire) Star (3 wire) Star (4 wire) 7 BKD DIN 6 ENG FRA GER 7 9 Mounting Manual Language Fuse Bulkhead DIN rail Option English French German 115V Auxiliary 115V* 230V Auxiliary 230V* Without external supply * Auxiliary supply option only required for voltages not shown in voltage selection box. FUSE MSFUSE NOFUSE 3 + holders 3 Microswitch + holder No fuses or holders TE300 Please note that replacement fuses are marked with a higher current rating than the thyristors. This allows correct operation at elevated temperatures and does not imply that higher current is permissible. SPARE FUSE AND HOLDER (2 per unit) Current rating Fuse and Holder Fuse and Holder amps assembly with Microswitch 15/16 FU1038/16A/00 MSFU3451/16A 25 FU1038/25A/00 MSFU3451/25A 40 FU1451/40A/00 MSFU3451/40A 50 FU2258/50A/00 MSFU3258/50A 63 FU2760/63A/00 MSFU3258/63A SPARE FUSE Current rating Fuse rating Fuse Trip amps amps Fuse number with Indicator 15/16 20 CH CS176513U CH CS176513U CH CH CS176513U CS173087U063 CS176461U CS173246U080 75/80 CS173087U100 TE300 Specification Sheet HA026154

180 REMIO 3-52 Communications Interface - REMIO REMIO 3 Basic Product REMIO Communications Interface 1 2 Port Configuration Base Module Port Configuration Expansion 1 Port Configuration Expansion 2 Base Module Expansion1 Expansion2 TP - - Outputs TP TP - Outputs TP TP TP Outputs TP TP D Outputs + Logic D - - Outputs/Inputs D D - Outputs/Inputs D D D Outputs/Inputs 4 Comms Protocol 6 Manual Language PFP MOP DNP 5 Profibus-DP Modbus DeviceNet Transmission Rate Baud Baud Baud Baud Baud Auto Automatic ENG FRA English French TP = Time proportioning output (20V), 16 Channels D = Digital input/output (24V), 16 Channels REMIO Specification Sheet HA026549

181 Drives AC Drives Variable Speed Drive 4-1 Features Power Rating Supply Voltage Display Phases Control Mode Communication Configuration Software Product Info page Coding page Soft Starters Features Power Rating Supply Voltage Display Phases Communication Sizing/Configuration Software Product Info page Coding page DC Drives Features Power Rating Supply Voltage Display Phases Communication Armature Current Configuration Software Product Info page Coding page ERCFW kW/ HP V 1-Phase and 3-Phase V 3-Phase Integral/Remote 1-Phase or 3-Phase V/Hz/Sensorless/Vector Modbus RTU/CanOpen/DeviceNet ER SuperDrive Software 4-4 ERSSW03/04 ER-340/-680/-1200 ERCFW09 ERSSW05 Variable Speed Drive ER-3200i/3600XRi ERCFW kW/ HP V Integral 3-Phase Modbus RTU/Profibus DP/DeviceNet ER SuperDrive Software & SDW Sizing Software ERSSW06 Modbus RTU/Profibus DP/DeviceNet kW (at 180V armature voltage) 110/240V, 30/60V 1-Phase A ER-PL Pilot Software kW/ HP V Integral/Detachable 3-Phase V/Hz/Sensorless Profibus DP/DeviceNet/Ethernet IP/Modbus RTU ER SuperDrive Software kW/ HP V Remote 3-Phase RS232 ER-PL Pilot Software kW/ HP V Integral 1-Phase V/Hz ER SuperDrive Software & SDW Sizing Software ER-PL/ER-PLX 110/240V, 30/60V Integral 3-Phase Modbus TCP/Profibus DP ER-PL Pilot Software Software SuperDrive Soft Starter Sizing Configuration & Diagnostic kW (at 320V armature voltage) 240/2415V, 240/110V 1-Phase 4-48A kW/30-75HP V Integral/Remote 3-Phase kW/15-225kW (at 460V armature voltage) A/12-530A AC Drives Soft Starter DC Drives Software Product Info page Coding page ER SDW ER-PL PILOT

182 Software DC Drives Soft Starter AC Drives 4-2

183 Drives 4-3 AC Drives ERCFW08 Series Variable Speed ERCFW ERCFW09 Series Variable Speed ERCFW AC Drives Contents A wide range of variable speed drives for both AC and DC motors with Output Power Ratings from 0.18kW/0.25HP up to 1300kW/1500HP. A complete range of different models to be used from simple applications up to complex system solutions where high accuracy and dynamic performance are required. Control modes like V/Hz, Sensorless Vector and Close Loop Vector are all available. ERCFW10 Series Variable Speed ERCFW A large number of Fieldbus interfaces and internal PLC programming functionality are offered for system integration. For regenerative applications an Active Front End (AFE) is available, and all models are standard equipped with an internal PID control loop for automatic Flow, Pressure & Level control applications. Multi purpose High performance Local keypad Easy installation and operation Compact units Flexible programming High starting torque The ERCFW Series are ideal for simple applications and complex system solutions where high accuracy and dynamic performance are required. The models ERCFW08 and ERCFW09 are most suitable for system integration. On all models we offer a large number of Fieldbus interfaces and internal PLC programming functionality. For regenerative applications we offer an Active Front End (AFE). All models are equipped as standard with an internal PID control loop for automatic Flow, Pressure & Level control applications.

184 4-4 ERCFW08 AC Drives Variable Speed Drive ERCFW08 IDEAL Centrifugal FOR Benefits pumps IDEAL FOR Rollout Benefits tablesideal FOR Benefits Process IDEAL pumps FOR Benefits Granulators/Peletizers IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Fans/Exhausts FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Dryers/rotating Benefits IDEAL ovens FOR Benefits Stirrers/Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Rotating IDEAL filters FOR Benefits IDEAL Extruding FOR Benefits machines IDEAL FOR Winders/Unwinders Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Conveyors IDEAL FOR Benefits Cutting IDEAL machines FOR Benefits These Variable Speed Drives (VSDs) incorporate the most advanced technology and full features in a compact product, with a host of special functions available. Power Rating 0.18kW-15kW/0.25HP-20HP DSP (Digital Signal Processor) control enables improvement of the inverter performance State of the Art Technology Hardware with SMD components V/Hz or Sensor Vector Control Sinusoidal SVM - Space Vector Modulation IGBT modules of latest generation Silent motor running Interface with touching membrane keypad Flexible programming Compact dimensions Easy installation and Operation High starting torque Kit for conduit installation Easy to operate, high performance ERCFW08 VSDs are easy to install and operate. They are equipped with optimised software that can easily be configured through a keypad, enabling the drives to process and control most industrial machines. In addition, the ERCFW08 Plus series is equipped with dead time compensation technique, thus avoiding motor instability and providing increase of torque at low speeds. Inverter Output Power Rating from 0.18kW/0.25HP Supply Voltage Control Mode to 15kW/20HP 200V ac 1-Phase 480V ac 3-Phase V/Hz Sensorless Vector Overall Dimensions Size Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) 1 151mm 75mm 131mm 2 200mm 115mm 150mm 3 203mm 143mm 165mm 4 290mm 182mm 196mm Mechanical Details H W D Specifications Power Supply Voltage Single-Phase: 200/220/230/240V (+10%, 15%) Three-Phase: V: 200/220/230/240V (+10%, 15%) V: 380/400/415/440/460/480V (+10%, 15%) Frequency: 50/60Hz ±2Hz (48-62Hz) Cosϕ (Displacement Factor): >0.98 Enclosure Standard: IP20 Optional: NEMA 1 with additional kit for metallic conduit connection ERCFW08 Specification Sheet HA151188

185 AC Drives Variable Speed Drive ERCFW09 IDEAL Fans/Exhaust FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Cut Benefits and welding IDEAL machines FOR Benefits Centrifugal IDEAL pumpsfor Benefits Granulators IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Metering FOR and Benefits Process IDEAL FOR Vibratory Benefits feeders IDEAL FOR Benefits pumps IDEAL FOR Benefits Dynamic IDEAL separators FOR Benefits IDEAL Centrifuges FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Conveyors Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Washers/Driers IDEAL FOR Benefits Compressors Conditioning units IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Extruders Rollout tables Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Injection machines Enamellers IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Calenders/Pullers Commercial elevators Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Winders/Unwinders Chippers 4-5 ERCFW09 The ERCFW09 Series of Variable Speed Drives incorporates the world s most advanced technology in drives for three-phase AC induction motors. Vectrue Technology Control The Vectrue Technology control represents a significant advancement, enabling this new generation of Eurotherm inverters to combine V/F, Sensorless Vector and Closed Loop Vector (with encoder) control techniques, all in one product. Vectrue Technology control was developed for variable speed applications with three phase AC induction motors providing the following advantages: V/ F or Vector Control modes via parameter selection True Flux Vector Control in either open or closed loop vector modes True Open Loop Vector Control with high torque and fast dynamic response, even at very low speeds Self-tuning for automatic drive set-up to match the drive to motor and load in vector modes Optimal Breaking Technology An innovation was also introduced to simplify applications that require braking torque. This new feature - Optimal Braking technology - eliminates the need for the dynamic braking resistor in some applications enabling a simpler more compact and economic solution. This is ideal for applications that require reduced braking times or to stop high inertia loads. Inverter Output Power Rating from 0.1kW/1.5HP Supply Voltage Control Mode to 1100kW/1500HP 230V ac 3-Phase 690V ac 3-Phase V/Hz Sensorless Vector Closed Loop Vector Specifications Power Supply Voltage V: 220/230 (+10%, 15%) V: 380/400/415/440/460/480V (+10%, 15%) Three phase: V: 500/525/575/600V (+10%, -15%) V: 500/525/575/600/690V (+10%, 15%) Frequency: 50/60Hz ±2Hz (48-62Hz) Phase Unbalance: Up to 3% Cosϕ (Displacement Factor): >0.98 Enclosure: Sizes 1-8: NEMA 1/IP 20 Sizes 9-10: IP20 Power Rating 1.1kW-1100kW/1.5HP 1500HP Flexible control options with Vectrue Technology control More compact, economic solution utilising Optimal Braking technology Optional PLC functionality built-in Detachable SMART keypad with dual display (LCD and LED) Variable and constant torque ratings On/offline PC programming utilising SuperDrive Software Fieldbus communications Overall Dimensions Size Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) 1 210mm 143mm 196mm 2 290mm 182mm 196mm 3 390mm 223mm 274mm 4 475mm 250mm 274mm 5 550mm 335mm 274mm 6 675mm 335mm 300mm 7 835mm 335mm 300mm 8 975mm 410mm 370mm 8E 1145mm 410mm 370mm mm 688mm 492mm mm 700mm 492mm 10E 1185mm 700mm 582mm Mechanical Details H W D ERCFW09 Specification Sheet HA151189

186 4-6 ERCFW10 AC Drives Variable Speed Drive ERCFW10 IDEAL Centrifugal FOR Benefits pumps IDEAL FOR Rollout Benefits tables IDEAL FOR Benefits Process pumps IDEAL FOR Benefits Dryers IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Fans/Exhausts FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Rotating Benefits filtersideal FOR Benefits Stirrers/Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Cutting IDEAL machines FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Extruding machines Designed for the control and speed variation of three phase induction motors, ERCFW10 drives unite modern design and technology - providing compactness and simplicity with a flexible programming facility. Simple installation and operation compliment the many functions available through the local keypad. The units are ideal for use in process controls and industrial machines. Power Rating 0.18kW-2.2kW/1.5HP-3.0HP High speed DSP (Digital Signal Processor) enabling high performance operation and fast response Electronics with SV components Sinusoidal PWM modulation- Space Vector Modulation Latest generation IGBT modules Considerable motor noise reduction Interface with membrane keypad (local) Flexible programming Compact dimensions Easy installation and operation High starting torque Inverter Output Power Rating from 0.18kW/0.25HP to 2.2kW/3.0HP Supply Voltage 110V ac 1-Phase 240V ac 3-Phase Control Mode V/Hz Overall Dimensions Size Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) 1 132mm 95mm 121mm 2 161mm 115mm 122mm 3 191mm 115mm 122mm Mechanical Details W D H Specifications Power Supply Voltage Single-Phase: V: 110/127V (+10%, 15%) V: 200/220/230/240V (+10%, 15%) Frequency: 50/60Hz ±2Hz (48-62Hz) Cosϕ (Displacement Factor): >0.98 Enclosure Standard: IP20 ERCFW10 Specification Sheet HA15190

187 Drives 4-7 Soft Staters ERSSW03/04 Series Soft Starters ERSSW03/ ERSSW05 Series Series Soft Starters ERCSSW A complete range of micro- processor based Soft Starters with Output Power Ratings from 1.1kW/1.5HP up to 1500k /2000HP. Available with internal or external bypass relay, Fieldbus communication, intelligent pump control, optimised motor starting torque, electronic motor protection, etc. Voltage control for smooth starting and stopping Easy parameter setting for trouble free start-up Pump control feature that prevents pumps running at no load and eliminates pipeline water hammer ERSSW06 Series Series Soft Starters ERCSSW Soft Starter Contents ERSSW series soft starters are static starters designed for the acceleration, deceleration and protection of three phase induction motors. This series is based on microprocessors with state-ofthe-art design for the best starting performance and a low cost complete solution. The control of voltage applied to the motor, by means of thyristor firing angle variation, enables smooth starting and stopping. With proper adjustments it is possible to optimise the motor starting torque so that the starting current remains as low as possible. 3-wire (Star or Delta) and 6-wire (inside Delta) connections to the motor are possible. Remote HMI with parameter copy function for mounting in cabinet door or at the front of the soft starter are available.

188 4-8 Soft Starter ERSSW03/04 Series IDEAL Centrifugal FOR Benefits Pumps IDEAL FOR Rotating Benefits Kilns IDEAL FOR Benefits (Wastewater/Irrigation/Oil) IDEAL FOR Benefits Saws IDEAL and Planers FOR Benefits IDEAL Fans/Exhausts/Blowers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Ball Benefits Mills/Hammer IDEAL Mills FOR Benefits Air Compressors/HVAC IDEAL FOR Benefits Load IDEAL Transportation: FOR Benefits IDEAL (Screw/Piston) FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Conveyors/Belts/Chains IDEAL FOR Benefits Mixers/Aerators IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Roller FOR Tables Benefits IDEAL Centrifuges FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Monorails IDEAL FOR Benefits Crushers/Grinders IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Escalators FOR Benefits IDEAL Wood FOR Chippers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Baggage Conveyors IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Paper Refiners Bottling Lines ERSSW03/04 Power Rating 3.7kW-1950kW/5HP-2600HP Electronic integral motor protection Built-in electronic overload relay Built-in operator interface (keypad) Inrush current limitation Line voltage drop limitation Mechanical shock elimination Increased motor and mechanical parts life Electrical wiring simplification Serial communication Overall Dimensions ERSSW03 Size Height Width (W) Depth (D) (H) IP 00 (H2) IP mm 605mm 224mm 244mm 1 480mm 720mm 224mm 257mm 2 530mm 886mm 521mm 315mm 3 605mm 961mm 521mm 325mm 4 655mm 1011mm 521mm 352mm 5 705mm 1011mm 521mm 325mm 6 855mm 1288mm 521mm 345mm mm 679mm 431mm ERSSW mm 140mm 199mm 2 275mm 140mm 283mm Microprocessor based control enables in a complete, low cost solution with the ERSSW03-04 Series of Soft Starters. An integral operator interface enables easy parameter setting for fast and trouble-free start-up. Features: Kick start function for high break-away torque loads Pump control feature for intelligent control of pumping systems Pump water hammer avoiding Stress reduction on couplings and other transmission devices Automatic energy consumption optimisation for reduced load applications Multi-motor starting Fieldbus communication - Profibus DP, DeviceNet communications or Modbus RTU Programming and monitoring via SuperDrive PC software ERSSW03 ERSSW04 Inverter Output Power Rating from 37kW/50HP 3.7kW/5HP Supply Voltage to 1950kW/2600HP 55kW/75HP V ac 3-Phase Mechanical Details H2 W D H2 Specifications Power Supply Voltage Model : 220/230/240/380/400/415/440V (+10%, 15 %) Model : 460/480/575V (+10%, - 15%) Frequency: Control fans 50/60Hz ± 5Hz (45-65Hz) Version 1: 110/120V ac and Version 2: 220/230V ac Enclosure Metallic cabinet ERSSW04: IP 20 ERSSW03 Plus: IP 00 (standard) or IP 20 (optional with Kit) ERSSW03/04 Specification Sheet HA029411

189 Soft Starter ERSSW05 Series 4-9 IDEAL Centrifugal FOR Benefits Pumps IDEAL FOR Rotating Benefits Kilns IDEAL FOR Benefits (Wastewater/Irrigation/Oil) IDEAL FOR Benefits Saws IDEAL and Planers FOR Benefits IDEAL Fans/Exhausts/Blowers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Ball Benefits Mills/Hammer IDEAL Mills FOR Benefits Air Compressors/HVAC IDEAL FOR Benefits Load IDEAL Transportation: FOR Benefits IDEAL (Screw/Piston) FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Conveyors/Belts/Chains IDEAL FOR Benefits Mixers/Aerators IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL RollerFOR Tables Benefits IDEAL Centrifuges FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Monorails IDEAL FOR Benefits Crushers/Grinders IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Escalators FOR Benefits IDEAL Wood FOR Chippers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Baggage Conveyors IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Paper Refiners Bottling Lines The ERSSW05 Plus Micro Soft-Starters, with Digital Signal Processor (DSP) control have been designed to supply an excellent performance during starting and stopping of electric motors with excellent cost/benefit ratio. The ERSSW05 Plus Micro Soft-Starters are compact, optimising the space in electrical panels ensuring quick and easy operations. The series incorporates all protections for the driven motor. Inverter Output Power Rating from 37kW/50HP Supply Voltage to 1950kW/2600HP V ac 3-Phase Power Rating 0.55kW-55kW/1.5HP-75HP All motor protections built-in Compact, low cost Digital DSP Easy operation through operator interface High efficiency Reduction of stress on couplings and other transmission devices during starting (gear boxes, sheaves) Extended life of motor and mechanical components due to reduced mechanical shocks Simple electrical wiring ERSSW05 Overall Dimensions Size Height(H) Width (W) Depth (D) Mounting (A) (B) 1 130mm 59mm 145mm 51mm 122mm 2 185mm 79mm 172mm 71mm 177mm Mechanical Details Specifications Power Supply Voltage V (+10%, 15 %) V (+10%, - 15%) Frequency: 50/60Hz Electronic: Switched source (90-250V ac) Enclosure Cabinet plastic: IP 00 D W A B H ERSSW05 Specification Sheet HA029412

190 4-10 Soft Starter ERSSW06 Series IDEAL Centrifugal FOR Benefits Pumps IDEAL FOR Rotating Benefits Kilns IDEAL FOR Benefits (Wastewater/Irrigation/Oil) IDEAL FOR Benefits Saws IDEAL and Planers FOR Benefits IDEAL Fans/Exhausts/Blowers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Ball Benefits Mills/Hammer IDEAL Mills FOR Benefits Air Compressors/HVAC IDEAL FOR Benefits Load IDEAL Transportation: FOR Benefits IDEAL (Screw/Piston) FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Conveyors/Belts/Chains IDEAL FOR Benefits Mixers/Aerators IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL RollerFOR Tables Benefits IDEAL Centrifuges FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Monorails IDEAL FOR Benefits Crushers/Grinders IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Escalators FOR Benefits IDEAL Wood FOR Chippers Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Baggage Conveyors IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Paper Refiners Bottling Lines ERSSW06 Power Rating 22kW-475kW/30HP-650HP Built-in by-pass Electronic motor protection Limits current inrush Limits line voltage drop Pump Control feature avoids pipeline water hammer Simplified electrical wiring Integral and remote operator interface enables easy parameter adjustment - easy start-up and operation Multi-motor starting Kick-start function for heavy duty and functional loads with high starting torque Complete, low cost solution The ERSSW06 series are static starters designed for the acceleration, deceleration and protection of three phase induction motors. The voltage control applied to the motor, by means of thyristor firing angle variation, enables smooth starting and stopping. With proper variable adjustment it is possible to optimise the motor starting torque so that the starting current is as low as possible. ERSSW06 models are microprocessor based with state-of the-art technology to ensure the highest performance in the starting and stopping of induction motors. A wide variety of standard features ensures easy integration into almost any application: Fault diagnostics provide programmable protection against input line undervoltage and overvoltage, and line phase imbalance. The motor is protected against motor undercurrent and overcurrent and current imbalance of the motor phases. Thermal overload may be programmed up to Class 45 - suitable for large motors, while thoroughly protecting them from thermal overload. Inverter Output Power Rating from 22kW/30HP Supply Voltage to 475kW/637HP V ac 3-Phase Overall Dimensions Size Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) 2 370mm 132mm 244mm 3 440mm 223mm 278mm 4 555mm 370mm 311mm 5 650mm 369.5mm 347mm 6 795mm 540mm 357mm mm 568mm 345mm mm 685mm 433mm Mechanical Details H W D Specifications Power Supply Voltage Frequency: 50/60Hz (±10%) Electronic: Enclosure Metallic cabinet: IP /230/240/380/400/415/460/480/525/575V (+10%, 15 %) V (+10%, - 15%) Switched mode power supply with RFI filter (90-250V ac)/fan 110 or 220V only for frame 4 size ERSSW06 Specification Sheet HA029413

191 Drives 4-11 DC Drives ER-340/-680/-1200 Series Variable Speed ER-340/ER-680/ER ER-340i/ER680i/ER-1200i ER-340XRi/ER-680XRi/ER-1200XRi ER-3200i/-3600XRi Series Variable Speed ER-3200i/ER-3600XRi The DC Drive product range can be used to control DC shunt and DC permanent magnet motors and offers a wider choice of variable speed DC drives than any other manufacturer. ER-PL/ER-PLX Series Variable Speed ER-PL/ER-PLX The range has over 50 models with armature current ratings up to 850 Amps. For higher armature currents (up to 3000 Amps) we can offer a Digital, DCstack driver unit with external thyristor stack. Both the Analog and Digital, 1 and 4 quadrant, variable speed drives (VSD) have an internal field controller and universal speed feedback inputs (pulse encoder, tacho and armature voltage). Analog DC Drives DIN-rail mounted This din-rail mounted analog Series (ER- 340/680/1220) is available for armature currents from 3.4A up to 12.2A in both 1 and 4 quadrant, non-isolated and isolated versions. Panel mounted This panel mounted analog Series (ER- 3200i and ER3600XRi) is available for armature currents from 4A up to 48A in both 1 and 4 quadrant isolated versions. Digital DC Drives This range is probably the most powerful drive on the market today including 2 quadrant (most ER-PL models) and 4 quadrant versions (all ER- PLX models), internal field controller and fully programmable function blocks and soft wiring. (ER-PL / ER-PLX ). A number of predefined application function blocks are available as standard for winders, section control, diameter calculation, etc. Armature Current outputs are available up to 850 Amps. The optional Fieldbus communication can be used for complete system integration. DC Drives Contents

192 4-12 Variable Speed DC Drives ER-340/680/1200 Series IDEAL Extruders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Conveyors Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Pumps & IDEAL Fans FOR Benefits Rolling IDEAL Mills FOR Benefits IDEAL Printing FOR press Benefits IDEAL FOR Test Benefits Rigs IDEAL FOR Benefits Paper machines IDEAL FOR Benefits Wire IDEAL & Cable FOR Benefits IDEAL Machine FOR Tools Benefits IDEAL FOR Rubber Benefits Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Textile IDEAL Machinery FOR Benefits IDEAL Calenders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Cranes Benefits & hoists IDEAL FOR Benefits Winders IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL and FOR much Benefits more... IDEAL Unwinders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The ER-340, ER-680 and ER-1220 series are series of speed controllers for shunt wound or permanent magnet motors, utilising speed feedback from the armature voltage, or from a shaft mounted tachogenerator. ER-340/680/1200 H Range of 1 and 4 quadrant DC Drives Power rating 180V dc Compact design Can be used in speed or current control modes Compact design CE, UL, and cul approved Overall Dimensions Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) ER mm 120mm 35mm ER-340i 105mm 120mm 60mm ER-340XRi 105mm 120mm 60mm ER mm 120mm 45mm ER-680i 105mm 120mm 70mm ER-680XRi 105mm 120mm 70mm ER mm 120mm 45mm ER-1220i 105mm 120mm 70mm ER-1220XRi 105mm 120mm 70mm W DC Drives Specification Sheet HA D ER-340/ER-680/ER-1220 Non-isolated component units Incorporates an accurate current control loop to protect the drive and motor ER-340i/ER-680i/ER-1220i Isolated 1 quadrant speed controllers for shunt wound or permanent magnet motors Incorporate a fully controlled thyristor bridge with a current loop to protect the drive and motor Used in speed or current control modes The drives can motor forward and will regenerate for reverse rotation by an external force ER-340XRi/ER-680XRi/ER-1220XRi Isolated 4 quadrant speed controllers for shunt wound or permanent magnet motors Incorporate an accurate current control loop to protect the drive and motor Used in speed or current control modes Operate in forward or reverse, motoring or regenerative braking Specifications 1 quadrant Power range: Non-isolated: Fully isolated: 4 quadrant Power range: Fully isolated: Power requirements AC supply input: V dc Models ER-340, ER-680, ER-1220 Models ER-340i, ER-680i, ER-1220i. 180V dc Models ER-340XRi, ER-680XRi, ER-1220XRi 110/240V ac and 30/60V ac (factory option) ±10%; 50-60Hz Maximum output Armature voltage: V dc = 0.77 x ac supply voltage (nominal) Field voltage: V dc = 0.9 or 0.45 x ac supply voltage (maximum 1A)

193 Variable Speed DC Drives ER-3200i/3600XRi Series 4-13 IDEAL Extruders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Conveyors Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Pumps & IDEAL Fans FOR Benefits Rolling IDEAL Mills FOR Benefits IDEAL Printing FOR press Benefits IDEAL FOR Test Benefits Rigs IDEAL FOR Benefits Paper machines IDEAL FOR Benefits Wire IDEAL & Cable FOR Benefits IDEAL Machine FOR Tools Benefits IDEAL FOR Rubber Benefits Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Textile IDEAL Machinery FOR Benefits IDEAL Calenders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Cranes Benefits & hoists IDEAL FOR Benefits Winders IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL and FOR much Benefits more... IDEAL Unwinders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The units employ closed loop control of both armature and feedback voltage to give precise control of the motor torque and speed. 3200i/3600XRi Thermally protected The motor and drive are thermally protected by a stall timer which automatically removes power after 30 seconds if the required speed cannot be achieved. High short term torques up to 30 secs The drives will provide up to 150% of the preset current for up to 30 seconds enabling high short term torques during acceleration etc. Over speed /over current protection Independent control of either the current or speed loops by external inputs enables torque or speed control applications with overspeed or over current protection. 1 quadrant power ratings dc 4 quadrant power ratings dc Can be used in speed or current control modes CE, CSA, UL and cul approved The demand signal may derive from a potentiometer, 0-10V or 4-20mA. The speed feedback signal may be selected to be the Armature voltage or a shaft mounted Tachometer. Overall Dimensions Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) ER-3200i 8 to mm 150mm 200mm ER-3600XRi 4 to 32 70mm 1275mm 200mm ER-3600XRi 36 90mm 175mm 200mm ER-2300I/3600XRI Mechanical Details Specifications 1 quadrant Power range: 4 quadrant Power range: 320V dc ER-3200i/8, -/16, -/32, -/48 320V dc ER-3600XRi/4, -/8, - /16, - /32, - /36 Power Requirements AC Supply Input: 240/415V ac or 240/110V ac, 50-60Hz Maximum Output Armature Voltage: (V dc) = 0.77 x ac supply voltage (nominal) Field voltage: (V dc) = 0.9 or 0.45 x ac supply voltage (maximum 1A) H D W DC Drives Specification Sheet HA151197

194 4-14 Variable Speed DC Drives ER-PL/PLX Series IDEAL Extruders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Conveyors Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Pumps & IDEAL Fans FOR Benefits Rolling IDEAL Mills FOR Benefits IDEAL Printing FOR press Benefits IDEAL FOR Test Benefits Rigs IDEAL FOR Benefits Paper machines IDEAL FOR Benefits Wire IDEAL & Cable FOR Benefits IDEAL Machine FOR Tools Benefits IDEAL FOR Rubber Benefits Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Mixers IDEAL FOR Benefits Textile IDEAL Machinery FOR Benefits IDEAL Calenders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Cranes Benefits & hoists IDEAL FOR Benefits Winders IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL and FOR much Benefits more... IDEAL Unwinders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR ER-PL/PLX DC motor controllers for armature currents from 36A to 630A Integral display 2 and 4 quadrant versions Compact chassis options UL, cul and CE approved Full suite of centre winding blocks Motorised potentiometer with memory 2 x PID loops, freely programmable 2 x totalisers, freely programmable Delay timer Current profiling Jog/crawl/slack functions Batch counter Autotune for current loop 3 x drive recipe pages The digital DC drives ER-PL and ER-PLX are probably the most powerful on the market today. With an extensive range of standard software blocks, they can take control of the most demanding motion tasks. All models include a 40 character, alpha-numeric, back-lit display; full set of centre winding blocks, and a field weakener for extended speed range. Available in both 2 quadrant and 4 quadrant versions, the range comprises of 3 very compact chassis sizes. ER-PL Series Power Rating dc Armature Current Amp 2 quadrant (most models) ER-PLX Series Power Rating dc Armature Current Amp 4 quadrant Overall Dimensions Model Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) ER-PL mm 174mm 216mm ER-PLX mm 174mm 216mm ER-PL mm 218mm 216mm ER-PLX mm 218mm 216mm ER-PL mm 294mm 216mm ER-PLX mm 294mm 216mm Mechanical Details W D Specifications 1 quadrant Power range: 4 quadrant Power range: V dc ER- PL /15, -/20, -/30, -/40, -/50, -/65, -/85, - /115, -/145, -/185, -/225, -/ V dc ER- PLX /15, -/20, -/30, -/40, -/50, -/65, -/85, - /115, -/145, -/185, -/225 H Power Requirements AC Supply Input: Armature: 3 phase, V ac, ±10%; 50-60Hz Field: 3 phase, V ac, ±10%; 50-60Hz Control Supply Control supply: 1 phase, V ac, ±10%; 50-60Hz DC Drives Specification Sheet HA151197

195 Drives 4-15 Software ER Superdrive ER Superdrive SDW Soft Starter Sizing ERCFW A range of software designed for the configuration or specification of the Eurotherm range of AC Drives, Soft Starters and DC Drives. ER-PL PILOT Configuration & Diagnostic ER-PL PILOT Software Contents

196 4-16 Superdrive Software ER Software for Windows environment, enabling parameter setting, command and monitoring of drives (AC Drives and Soft Starters). Main features Parameter transfer from PC to the drive Parameter transfer from drive to the PC enabling backup of configuration Offline editing of the parameter that have been saved in the PC Drive parameters monitoring Monitoring of the drive status and control operations (motor stop/run, jog, inverter direction of rotation, local/remote, etc) Remote monitoring via modem Parameters acquisition for charting Serial communication in RS-232 point-to-point Serial communication in RS-485 for up to 30 drives Online help Soft Starter Sizing Software SDW This software is designed to help you with the sizing and specification of the Eurotherm Soft Starters: Main features Selection of various Soft Starter applications with their specific characteristics. Soft Starters will be sized based on specified start conditions and motor specifications, required options, etc. In addition to the model number, the SDW software will give you a complete a list of basic parameters to assist during start-up. Graphs will be presented of Output Voltage, Start-Up Current and Torque against speed/time. Software ER/SDW

197 Configuration & Diagnostic Software ER_PL Pilot 4-17 Cost effective and easy to use This software makes interconnecting the drive s application blocks a simple task and enables the user to tailor the drive s control strategy to exactly meet the demands of the process or application. It is these abilities which further strengthens the Eurotherm commitment to providing the user with cost effective and easy to use DC drive products. No programming knowledge required This is a highly intuitive Windows based software package which requires no previous knowledge of any programming language. The package can be used in 2 operating modes: Off-line without a drive connected: The user can create recipes of drive parameters and block connections. On-line with a drive connected: The ER-PL PILOT can also be used to monitor and adjust the drive parameters. The PC running the ER-PL PILOT software is connected to the drive via the PC s standard serial port. The package is designed for ease of use and provides a clear, defined and understandable method for accessing all levels of the drives extensive built in functionality. This makes complete system configurations very straightforward and quick to implement. Recipe creation and functionality There are 3 levels of recipe creation and functionality available in ER-PL PILOT to suit all requirements: A PC based graphical configuration and diagnostic tool for use with the range of ER-PL and ER-PLX digital DC drives. This software greatly simplifies drive programming, installation and commissioning. The ER-PL PILOT is included free of charge on CDROM with every Digital drive. Total recipe (top level) - used to manipulate the entire range of parameters. Bar sub-menus (2nd level) - used to manipulate each main sub-set of parameters. Block pages (lowest level) - used to manipulate parameters of individual blocks within the drive. The recipes and sections of recipes may be cut and pasted or printed out. The Bar sub-menus (2nd level) show the 4 main menu bars on the ER-PL PILOT entry page: Change parameters Diagnostics and ancillary functions Application blocks Control terminals Block pages - no need for hardcopy manual on-site Each bar has buttons that enable access to a drive block page The Block pages (lowest level): Each block has its own page which details its default values (shown in blue text) and any altered values (shown in black text) with its own block diagram. In most cases this alleviates the need for a hard copy of the technical manual - an excellent plus point when commissioning on site! Diagnostics - Monitoring Diagnostic and monitoring in engineering units (volts, amps, Kilowatts, rpm, Hz) and percentages for all terminals and block diagram outputs can be shown in bar graph or panel meter format. ER-PL Pilot DC Drives Specification Sheet HA151197

198 4-18

199 Drives 4-19 AC Drives ERCFW08 Series Variable Speed ERCFW ERCFW09 Series Variable Speed ERCFW AC Drives Coding ERCFW10 Series Variable Speed ERCFW

200 4-20 AC Drives - Variable Speed Drive ERCFW08 ERCFW ERCFW08 1 Basic Product ERCFW08 Variable Speed Drive Rated Output Current V A A A A A A A A A A V A A A A A A A A A A A A 2 S T B 3 4 E G S P 5 S O 6 Number of Phases Single phase Three phase Single or three phases Supply Voltage V V Manual Language English German Spanish Portuguese Product Version Standard With options Protection 00 Standard N1 NEMA Control Board 00 Standard (1 Analog input) A1 Plus version (0-10V dc) A2 Plus version (with Modbus-RTU Interface) A3 Plus version (with CanOpen Interface) A4 Plus version (with DeviceNet Interface) 12 Human Machine Interface (HMI) 00 Standard (HMI with LED + LCD) SI Without HMI 9 EMC Filter 00 Without filter FA Filter class A 10 Special Hardware 00 Standard HX Special hardware version X 11 Special Software 00 Standard SX Special hardware version X End of Code Z Digit indicating code end ERCFW08 Specification Sheet HA151188

201 AC Drives - Variable Speed Drive ERCFW ERCFW Basic Product ERCFW09 Variable Speed Drive Rated Output Current V A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A V A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A V A A A A A A A A A A A A A V A A A A A A A A V A A A A A A A A T E G S P 5 S O 6 Number of Phases Three phase Supply Voltage V V V V V Manual Language English German Spanish Portuguese Product Version Standard With options Protection 00 Standard 7 8 Dynamic Braking 00 Standard DB With Built in Dynamic Braking Transistor RB Regenative rectifying unit (models from 105A at 220V, and from 86A at V) 13 Z Human Machine Interface (HMI) 00 Standard (HMI with LED + LCD) SI Without HMI 9 Expansion board 00 Not provided A1 ER EBA.01-CFW09 optional A2 ER EBA.02-CFW09 optional A3 ER EBA 03-CFW09 optional B1 ER EBB.01-CFW09 optional B2 ER EBB.02-CFW09 optional B3 ER EBB.03-CFW09 optional B4 ER EBB.04-CFW09 optional B5 ER EBB.05-CFW09 optional C1 ER EBC.01-CFW09 optional C2 ER EBC.02-CFW09 optional C3 ER EBC.03-CFW09 optional P2 Optional with PLC2-Card 10 Fieldbus Comms Cards 00 Standard (not provided) PD ER KFB-PD optional (Profibus DP) DN ER KFB-DN optional (DeviceNet) EN ER KFB-EN (Ethernet IP) 11 Special Hardware 00 Standard H1..Hn Special Hardware version-optional HD Models from 105A/220V and from 86A/ V are power supplied via DC link HC/HV DC Line inductor fitted HC For constant torque operation HV For variable torque operation 12 Special Hardware 00 Standard S1..SN Optional with version of a special software SF Protocol Metasys N2 SC Hoist Function SN Winder 1 with power calculation SL Modbus RTU End of Code Digit indicating code end ERCFW09 ERCFW09 Specification Sheet HA151189

202 4-22 AC Drives - Variable Speed Drive ERCFW10 ERCFW ERCFW10 1 Basic Product ERCFW10 AC Drive ERCFW10 Plus ERCFW10 Economic Rated Output Current V A A A V A A A A A S E G S P 5 S O Number of Phases Single phase Supply Voltage V V Manual Language English German Spanish Portuguese Product Version Standard With options 6 EMC Filter 00 Without filter FA Filter class A 7 Special Hardware 00 Standard HX Special H/W Version X CL Economic Version PL Plus Version 8 Special Software 00 Standard SX Special S/W Version X ERCFW10 Specification Sheet HA151190

203 Drives 4-23 Soft Staters ERSSW03/04 Series Soft Starters ERSSW03/ ERSSW05 Series Series Soft Starters ERCSSW ERSSW06 Series Series Soft Starters ERCSSW Soft Starters Coding

204 ERSSW03/ Soft Starter - ERSSW03/04 Series Basic Product ERSSW04 Soft-Starter ERSSW03 Plus Soft-Starter Rated Output Current 16-85A ERSSW A ERSSW03 Plus 2 Supply Voltage V ac V ac 3 4 Control and Fan Power Supply V Except for ERSSW03 Plus 1110 and 1400A V -PL Product Version ERSSW03 Plus only ERSSW03/04 Specification Sheet HA029411

205 ERSSW05 Soft Starters - ERSSW05 Series 4-25 ERSSW Basic Product ERSSW05 Soft-Starter 3 Supply Voltage V ac V ac 6 Special Hardware 00 Standard (not available) HX Optional version X (H1-Hn) 1 Rated Output Current A A A A A A A A 4 E S P 5 P Manual Language English Spanish Portuguese Product Version Plus 7 Special Software 00 Standard (not available) SX Optional version X (S1-Sn) 8 Z End of Code Digit indicating code end T 2 Number of Phases Three phase ERSSW05 Specification Sheet HA029412

206 4-26 Soft Starter - ERSSW06 Series ERSSW Basic Product 2 Number of Phases 6 Human Machine Interface (HMI) ERSSW06 Soft-Starter T Three phase BLANK Standard (HMI with LED + LCD) SI Without HMI ERSSW06 1 Rated Output Current A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 3 Supply Voltage V ac 4 Manual Language E English F French G German S Spanish P Portuguese 5 Product Version S Standard O With options 7 Fieldbus Communications BLANK Standard PD Optional KFB - PD card (Profibus DP) DVN Optional KFB - DN card (DeviceNet) 8 Special Software BLANK Standard S1 Without software 9 Z End of Code Digit indicating code end ERSSW06 Specification Sheet HA029413

207 Drives 4-27 DC Drives ER-340/-680/-1200 Series Variable Speed ER-340/ER-680/ER ER-340i/ER680i/ER-1200i ER-340XRi/ER-680XRi/ER-1200XRi ER-3200i/-3600XRi Series Variable Speed ER-3200i/ER-3600XRi ER-PL/ER-PLX Series Variable Speed ER-PL/ER-PLX DC Drives Coding

208 ER-340/680/ Variable Speed DC Drives - ER-340/680/1200 Series Supply Armature Model Regen Terminals Vac (V) Power (kw)* Current (A) ER-340 No Non-isolated ER-340i No Fully isolated ER-680 No Non-isolated 110/ ER-680i No Fully isolated OR ER-1220 No Non-isolated 30/ ER-1220i No Fully isolated ER-340 XRi Yes Fully isolated ER-680 XRi Yes Fully isolated ER-1220 XRi Yes Fully isolated * at 180V dc Armature voltage DC Drives Specification Sheet HA151197

209 ER-3200i/3600XRi Variable Speed DC Drives - ER-3200i/3600XRi Series 4-29 Supply Armature Model Regen Terminals Vac (V) Power (kw)* Current (A) ER-3200i No ER-3200i/16 No ER-3200i/32 No 110/ ER-3200i/48 No Fully isolated OR ER-3600XRi/4 Yes 415/ ER-3600XRi/8i Yes ER-3600XRi/16 Yes ER-3600XRi/32 Yes ER-3600XRi/36 Yes * at 320V dc Armature voltage DC Drives Specification Sheet HA151197

210 ER-PL/PLX 4-30 Variable Speed DC Drives - ER-PL/PLX Series ER-PL Series Model Power (kw)* Field (A) Armature Current (A) ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PL/ ER-PLX Series Model Power (kw)* Field (A) Armature Current (A) ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ ER-PLX/ * at 460V dc Armature voltage Please contact Eurotherm for Power ratings above 265kW. DC Drives Specification Sheet HA151197

211 DCS Solutions Software Configuration Tools Network Support & I/O Drivers Visualisation Packages 5-1 Product Info page Coding page Product Info page Coding page Automation Systems Hardware Features Display Type IP Rating Input Type Analogue IP/OP Digital IP/OP SP Programmer Batch Recipe Auditor Features Control Data Logging Ethernet (ELIN) Modbus (Serial & TCP) Network Addressing Product Info page Coding page Project Studio/Developer Dream Report Software Eycon Visual Supervisor Information Manager OPC Server Data Reporting & Manipulation Wonderware ActiveFactory T Series Process Viewer Operations Server Operations Viewer Security Manager OPtima Touch Applications Control Modules Remote Remote In: 64 Out: 32 Remote In: 4 Out: 3 Remote Remote In: 128 Out: 128 Remote In: 4 Out: 4 8 Progs, 40 Segments each Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 10/100Mbps 10/100Mbps 10/100Mbps 10/100Mbps Master/Slave Master/Slave Master/Slave Yes RTU Slave DHCP, Boot P, DHCP, Boot P, Yes Link Local, Fixed Link Local, Fixed Application Modules T Series Eycon 10 Eycon 20 T2550 T820 OPtima Intouch PC T640 T940X 5.5 QVGA 12.1 XGA Remote 128 x 64 Monochrome 10.4 SVGA 12.1 XVGA 15 XVGA 7 Segment Remote IP65 IP65 IP20 IP66 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP20 Remote Remote mv, V, ma, T/C, Remote Remote mv, V, ma, Remote RTD, Potentiometer T/C, RTD Remote Remote Yes Yes Yes Yes Software Hardware MACO Products

212 MACO Products 5-2 MACO Control Systems ASB/RS/SRS Systems Compact Systems Alpha Systems Hardware Software Features Description Display Type Pixel Size Chassis Approvals Host Comms IQ BUS Options Prod Info page Coding page DS1x MACO ASB CE, culus Modbus Plus, Modbus TCP/IP Application specific block (ASB) DS8x DS4x EM-3 MACO RS culus MACO SRS Modbus Plus Modbus TCP/IP, RS EM-3 Lite Extrusion Control CE, culus Modbus Plus, Modbus TCP/IP, RS232/485 Modbus RTU, Profibus, Interbus S, DeviceNet Modbus Plus, Modbus TCP/IP ASB, Lite operator station Extrusion Control Display ctuvus ABS culus ASB EM-3c Extrusion Control Modbus TCP/IP MCD2 Operator Station MC4C Control System CE, ctuvus Modbus TCP/IP Modbus TCP/IP DSJ Breeze II Parison Control Modbus Plus Modbus TCP/IP, RS485 Modbus Plus, Modbus TCP/IP, RS232/485 Modbus RTU, Profibus, Interbus S, DeviceNet x0 Custom 4, 5 & 6 culus x0 6Cxx 6xxx Custom 40 & 50 CE, culus RS485, SPI, Modbus RS485 RTU RS485 MACOnet MACO 4000, 5000 & 6000 (DSE5) (DSD5) 12.1 (DSD5) 15 TFT 12.1 TFT 12.1 TFT color LCD color LCD color LCD touchscreescreescreen touch- touch- XVGA XVGA XVGA 1024 x x x x slot enclosed 8-slot open 4-slot open or Custom 5 4-slot enclosed 4-slot enclosed 4-slot enclosed 4-slot enclosed 7-slot open 9-slot open 12-slot open enclosed Microsoft CE MACO 4500, 5500 & slot enclosed MACO Products Operator Stations Features Description Display Type Pixel Size Approvals OPtima/Lite Operator Stations 41AC Dedicated operator station 10.4 TFT color VGA 640 x VC Lite operator stations 6.4 TFT color VGA vertical CE, culus 41HC 6.4 TFT color VGA horizontal 640 x x 480 DSC TFT color LCD touchscreen SVGA CE, ctuvus, IP54 CE, ctuvus in process OPtima Touch PCs PC based operator stations 800 x x x x x x 768 CE, ctuvus, IP54 CE, ctuvus in process Host Comms RS485 MACOnet Modbus Plus, Modbus TCP/IP Options With Wonderware InTouch Prod Info page Coding page DSD TFT color LCD touchscreen XVGA DSE5 15 TFT color LCD touchscreen XVGA PCC TFT color LCD touchscreen SVGA PCD TFT color LCD touchscreen XVGA PCE5 15 TFT color LCD touchscreen XVGA CE, ctuvus, IP54

213 DCS Solutions 5-3 Software Eurotherm DCS brings you better integration and long term support options in a fully integrated solution. Its architecture reduces your wiring and engineering costs while providing you with initial build accuracy and simplified maintenance of a single database. Engineering Tools Project Studio/Developer Network Support and I/O Drivers OPC Servers I/O Drivers Visualisation Packages Process Viewer Operations Server/Viewer Software Contents Versatile suite of software tools to match your requirements Reduced engineering effort with autobuild and single project environment Powerful graphic tools Instant access to data from your plant with online monitoring from any node OPC standards inbuilt to I/O drivers Built in Security Managers Keeping systems secure without making operation and procedures cumbersome Built in technologies to meet requirements such as FDA 21 CFR Part 11 and AMS2750D without additional engineering Data Reporting and Manipulation Dream Report Software Information Manager Wonderware ActiveFactory Applications Security Manager Control and Application Modules Your system complexity and cost can further be reduced by utilising the Security Management and Alarm Management packages. Open protocols, peer to peer communications, simple visualisation and advanced math function blocks bring you proven solutions at a practical price and engineering level. Longer term, the provision of a DCS system makes system upgrades, expansion, support, continued ERP integration and total lifecycle costs more easily manageable and will bring you peace of mind for continued optimisation of your process.

214 5-4 Engineering Tools Project Studio/Project Developer Project Studio/Developer Project Studio contains Common engineering toolset Powerful online commissioning Automatic documentation Graphical configuration Extensive library of control modules User Screen Editor Visual Supervisor Setpoint Program Editor Network explorer On-line reconfiguration support On-line help with on-line books Modbus tools System check tool OPC Server IDEAL Versatile FOR scalable Benefits suite IDEAL of software FOR Benefits tools to match IDEAL user FOR Benefits requirements. IDEAL Designed FOR Benefits to simplify IDEAL the configuration FOR Benefits IDEAL and FOR visualisation Benefits of flexible IDEAL systems FOR Benefits solutionsideal FOR Benefits Saves engineering IDEAL FOR effort Benefits Structure IDEAL to plan, FOR understand, Benefits IDEAL specify, FOR write Benefits and test IDEAL defined FOR project Benefits environment IDEAL FOR Benefits Auto build IDEAL features FOR save Benefits configuration IDEAL time FOR Benefits IDEAL IEC FOR Benefits and S88 methodology IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Intuitive IDEAL operation FOR provides Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Centralised FOR Benefits database IDEAL with single FOR tag Benefits entry IDEAL FOR This suite of tools provides you with a configuration, test, documentation and commissioning tool for all automation system instruments. It includes graphical configuration for continuous and sequencing control using IEC languages such as function block configuration, sequential function charts (SFCs) and ladder logic for creation of actions and steps. The addition of on-line configuration to an on-line monitoring facility, enables users to view and interact with control and sequence strategies running within the instruments. Additional features have been added to simplify all elements of a configuration for one controller into a simple tree view. Implementation and test of your LIN control scheme becomes easier and faster than ever before! For solutions using multiple devices, the project developer provides additional tools to manage all elements of a project solution in one environment. The physical plant model, tags, I/O assignment, alarm groups, display and data security are entered via appropriate displays and stored in a central relational database. A system check tool is available which is used to ensure that the PC configuration matches the software requirements. Integrated communications LINOPC provides support for OPC V2.05 that enables OPC clients to communicate with any LIN device over ARCnet, Ethernet and serial communications. Eurotherm Network Explorer will provide a detailed view of all devices connected to a PC. OPCScope is an OPC client which provides real-time data and trend information. Options summary Eurotherm Project Studio OPC blocks 20, 100, 200, 300, 600, 1000, 1500 Unit Solutions containing Project Developer Intellution LIN I/O Driver Wonderware SuiteLink protocol I/O driver View blocks 75, 150, 300, 1000, 2000, 4000 Operating System Windows 2000, Windows XP Supported communication Modbus TCP Modbus RTU over serial connections including modem LIN protocol via: Ethernet ARCnet Serial ELIN to ALIN gateway Remote PC access T555 Brochure HA T555/T560 Specification Sheet HA261320U001 Product Studio LB028193U001 Unit Solutions LB028193U003

215 Engineering Tools Project Studio/Project Developer 5-5 Project Developer contains Project oriented development environment Integrated development environment (IDE) Designed to configure any system size from a single node to multinode, multi-network systems Ability to create and maintain multiple projects on a single platform Wizards for simplified system configuration Auto generation of configuration files Substantial reduction in engineering effort Object oriented configuration tools Import/export of tag lists Centralised configuration in relational database Mass edit of tag data Tag browsing capability Tag profiles to setup user access Project Studio/Developer A representation of a system construction

216 Network Support OPC Servers and I/O Drivers 5-6 Open communication with Eurotherm Products. Single OPC Loop Server Contents Specialised I/O drivers for world leading software packages: SuiteLink protocol Intellution FIX32 and ifix Eurotherm provides a OPC Server that can be used to interface a LIN network to any 3rd party OPC client OPC Data Access 2 server. Supports LIN protocol over ARCnet (ALIN) LIN protocol over Ethernet TCP/IP (ELIN) Modbus RTU (over serial communication)s Modbus TCP Provides LIN bridge functionality between different network connections. OPC Server for: Modbus LIN devices I/O drivers Intellution FIX32 and ifix Wonderware SuiteLink protocol Can communicate to any Modbus RTU communicating device Includes advanced communication diagnostic and monitoring tools.

217 IDEAL Low-cost FOR HMI Benefits based on IDEAL Wonderware FOR Benefits InTouch IDEAL HMI FOR Benefits softwareideal FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Use FOR of itools Benefits Active-X IDEAL controls FOR to visualise Benefits Eurotherm IDEAL FOR Benefits Controllers IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Contains FOR itools Benefits and EuroMBUS IDEAL FOR OPC Benefits server IDEAL FOR Benefits LINtools IDEAL and LINFOR OPC Server Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Serial FOR and Benefits Ethernet communications IDEAL FOR Benefits support for IDEAL all FOR Benefits Eurotherm IDEAL products FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits With the Process Viewer, Eurotherm offers unique levels of system integration within a low-cost HMI solution that can display all Eurotherm products. We meet this requirement by linking the Wonderware world leading InTouch HMI with Eurotherm itools/eurombus technology and LINtools/LINOPC to provide a solution that is very cost-effective. Visualisation Package Process Viewer 5-7 Process Viewer This package provides Wonderware InTouch visualisation software as a true graphical front end to the Eurotherm itools Modbus OPC server providing standard and easy to configure displays for all Eurotherm products supporting Modbus communications. The Process Viewer provides quick and simple connectivity to Eurotherm 2000 and 3000 controllers, 4000, 5000 and 6000 recorders, and automation system products. The InTouch visualisation software is a powerful graphical humanmachine interface (HMI) for industrial automation, process control and supervisory monitoring. The InTouch HMI enables users to visualise and control industrial processes while providing engineers with an easy-touse development environment and extensive functionality to rapidly create, test and deploy powerful automation applications that connect and deliver real-time information. InTouch software is an open and extensible HMI that enables flexibility in custom application design with connectivity to the broadest set of automation devices in the industry. Process Viewer Block Diagram Easy to configure Alarms Historical and real time trends Recipes Scripting Security Symbol library Extensive connectivity Options The T555 - Process Viewer is available in a range of sizes and capability to best suitable a particular application. The following systems are available in Runtime, both with and without I/O, and full Developments systems in the following Entry level (20 LIN blocks/64 tags) Base (20 LIN Blocks/500 tags) Small (100 LIN Blocks/1000 tags) Large (300 LIN Blocks/3000tags) XLarge (600 LIN Blocks/60000 tags) Selection of ActiveX Controls Faceplates Operating System Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server Includes Wonderware InTouch T555 Brochure HA Process Viewer LB028193U002

218 5-8 Visualisation Package Operations Server & Viewer Operations Server Operations Server Full system wide availability of information Client server architecture with master/backup servers Integrated development environment Open connectivity at both I/O and system level Includes OPC Server functionality Alarm integration with devices Multiple Alarm printers Alarm sets Tag browser Operations Viewer Auto configured operator interface Tag names are instantly available within both the configuration and online environment Operator faceplates are available for all objects providing read/write capability Point pages give access to all tag engineering data Easy display navigation Real-time trends available for any parameter Long term historian Mimics Online tag browsing including access to all tag data IDEAL Contains FOR latest Benefits Wonderware IDEAL FOR InTouch Benefits HMI software IDEAL FOR Benefits Comprehensive IDEAL user FOR authorisation Benefits IDEAL and security FOR available Benefits IDEAL via Security FOR Benefits Manager IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Supports IDEAL ARCnet, FOR Ethernet Benefits and serial IDEAL connections FOR Benefits IDEAL Auditor FOR features Benefits to meet IDEAL 21 FOR CFR Part Benefits 11 IDEAL FOR Operations Server and Viewer structure is a client/server architecture with specialised interfaces to provide fast and efficient alarm and realtime data transfer from control nodes to HMI screens. Operations Server provides direct connection to the control network supporting Ethernet TCP/IP stack, ARCnet and serial connections. Control network protocol support includes Eurotherm LIN and Modbus. Operations Server Operations Server is a fully engineered and working Wonderware InTouch HMI visualisation application. It provides server connectivity to Eurotherm control network. Using Wonderware software technology, applications it can be distributed across geographical and organisational boundaries. High Performance I/O server Access to all control data is available via Wonderware SuiteLink protocol I/O server. Optionally data is also available via OPC and DDE. All tag block data is accessible with software license limiting the maximum number of blocks. Alarm Provider An Alarm Provider controls the distribution of all block alarms to provide alarm banner and summary displays, alarm printing and alarm history. Support for master/backup server functionality is available. Diagnostic displays are in-built. Configuration All configuration and system data is defined within the project database removing the need for any duplication of configuration at the HMI nodes. Protocol LIN via ARCnet and Ethernet, OPC server, Modbus com, modbus TCP. Operations Viewer Operations Viewer is a working InTouch HMI software application that provides data to different areas such as operations, engineering, plant management and corporate business. Features with the configuration tools can automatically build the application from the central project database. Operations Viewer software is designed to provide real-time data to different functional people such as operators, engineers, supervisors and managers, in a fast and meaningful way. The simple to use display structure provides a fast and intuitive HMI, that consists of a preengineered InTouch HMI software client application. Operating System Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server Includes Wonderware InTouch OpsS-1 Specification Sheet HA261328U CFR Part 11 Viewer/Server LB028193U006

219 Data Reporting & Manipulation Dream Report Software IDEAL Dream Report FOR Benefits software from IDEAL Eurotherm FOR Benefits is an integrated IDEAL FOR Benefits reporting solution IDEAL for FOR Industrial Benefits automation. IDEAL FOR It is designed Benefits IDEAL to be the FOR simplest Benefits solution IDEAL to extract FOR data Benefits from IDEAL almost any FOR Benefits data source IDEAL and automatically FOR Benefits provide IDEAL reports FOR to anybody, Benefits IDEAL anywhere. FOR Built Benefits on modern IDEAL technologies, FOR Benefits Dream IDEAL Report FOR Benefits software fits IDEAL perfectly FOR for Benefits both continuous IDEAL and FOR batch Benefits process applications. Data Collection Dream Report software incorporates a Eurotherm Review driver and report template enabling historical data to be obtained from Eurotherm Review databases. A Review database contains secure data collected from devices such as the 6000 Series Graphical recorder. Data can be collected either automatically over an Ethernet Network or manually with removable media. 5-9 Dream Report Additionally, a robust communications kernel is installed enabling collection of data and alarms from multiple real time and historical sources - utilising OPC, OLE and ODBC standards to ensure a common interface between sources from different suppliers. Report Generation In automatic mode, report generation and distribution can be triggered by event or by advanced scheduling. Alternatively in manual mode, an additional external application called Dynamic Report Generator (DRG) provides for adjustment of the report schedules or the generation of a demand report at any time. Data Logging Dream Report software, with its powerful historian, logs by groups, data and alarms from: OPC Servers such as Eurotherm LINOPC or EuroMbus Other connected real time sources ODBC, OLE etc Analytical information as defined in reports With unlimited groups set up with specific logging conditions for each group, clean and accurate data is obtained and logged by default on MSDE from SQL Server. However, other open databases such as oracle, MySql, Access or Eurotherm Information Manager can be utilised Studio develop and configure projects Runtime execute project Report Generator new reports on demand Optional Web Portal access reports from Web Browser Dream Report Objects Text Representation Enables the extraction and display of analysis from historian databases such as a Review database. Tables Dream Report software offers multiple options to extract data and Alarms in different tables. Users can select pre-formatted tables or create their own with the SQL table. Bars and Pies Bargraphs and pie charts display various statistical values and alarm with advanced visualisation views (%, legend, values..) Charts Users can define time based or XY charts. They can combine charts from different time frames to visualise and compare results quickly. Moreover, the chart object supports different types of data (value, average value, linear regression). Users can display and adjust multiple scales automatically or manually. Dream Report Brochure HA Dream Report LB029515

220 5-10 Data Reporting & Manipulation Information Manager Information Single Loop Contents Manager Real-time and historical plant information accessible to entire organisation Minimises storage space and controls volume of data retrieved Embedded Microsoft SQL Server provides standard access via SQL queries OPC and SuiteLink LIN protocol I/O driver with in-built Server Security Totally integrated with Project Developer Database Integration with relational alarm database Contains Wonderware IndustrialSQL server All plant data is acquired and stored at full resolution e.g. Real-Time data (current plant values) Historic data (long-term historian) Event data (operator changes) Alarm data (plant and system alarms) Summary data (e.g. hourly averages, maximum) InfMgS-1 Specification Sheet HA261343U001 IDEAL Information FOR Manager Benefits provides IDEAL system FOR Benefits connectivity IDEAL between FOR Benefits Eurotherm IDEAL control FOR network Benefits and the IDEAL enterprise. FOR By Benefits directly IDEAL accessing FOR data, Benefits this real IDEAL time historian FOR Benefits package IDEAL FOR Benefits Captures IDEAL and stores FOR all Benefits of the data IDEAL all of FOR the time Benefits IDEAL Makes FOR data Benefits accessible IDEAL to entire FOR organisation Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Uses embedded IDEAL FOR industry Benefits standard IDEAL relational FOR database Benefits IDEAL Includes FOR Wonderware Benefits IDEAL Historian FOR (formerly Benefits INSQL) IDEAL software FOR Benefits Up to 300 IDEAL times FOR faster Benefits than conventional IDEAL FOR relational Benefits database but only uses small amount of disk space Information Manager provides system connectivity between the LIN control network (via ARCnet and Ethernet) and the business environment. Enterprise clients systems can be distributed across multiple geographical and organisational boundaries, whilst maintaining access to any process value via the Operations Server or Information Manager. This structure allows applications to be distributed across the network and removes the need to duplicate data within each node. The Information Manager combines the power and flexibility of a relational database with the speed and compression of a real-time historian package, allowing integration between office and plant floor. The Information Server embeds Microsoft SQL Server, providing universal data access, a powerful relational engine and tight integration with other Microsoft applications. Engineers, maintenance managers and plant operators can view, analyse and present real-time, historical and alarm information using Active Factory client applications. Other off-the-shelf software that supports SQL/ODBC interfaces can directly read data from the pre-built tables. The database and stored procedures are automatically installed requiring no prior knowledge of relational databases or SQL. The Information Manager incorporates powerful, pre-defined queries enabling users to search and find data. This facilitates the understanding of the complex relationships and correlations between physical plant, manufacturing operating conditions, process events, product quality and production efficiency. Operating System Microsoft Windows XP Professional, Microsoft Windows XP Tablet Edition Microsoft Windows 2000, Microsoft Windows 2000 Terminal Services Microsoft Office Suites Microsoft Office 2000, Microsoft Office 2003, Microsoft Office XP Includes Wonderware InSQL Info Manager LB028193U007

221 Data Reporting & Manipulation ActiveFactory 5-11 IDEAL ActiveFactory FOR Benefits trending IDEAL and analysis FOR software Benefits provides IDEAL FOR Benefits plant data IDEAL analysis FOR and reporting Benefits solutions IDEAL for FOR thebenefits IDEAL Information FOR Manager, Benefits giving IDEAL better FOR managed Benefits plant IDEAL FOR Benefits performance IDEAL that can FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Boost FOR profitability Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Improve IDEAL competitiveness FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Improve FOR market Benefits agility IDEAL and flexibility FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR ActiveFactory trending and analysis software client applications include Trend Powerful Data Analysis Tool A desktop tool that presents all types of plant data in a graphical format. Query Easy Access to All Your Plant Data Every user has data requirements and they are constantly changing. Though routine reports cover a wide range of needs, special reports are always a requirement. Workbook and Report The ActiveFactory trending and analysis software workbook is an Excel spreadsheet software Add-in that provides plant data connectivity. Custom Application Development Manufacturing and industrial operations are generally custom designed for their purpose. Most plants have customised control systems and industrial applications to optimise the performance of the facility. Web Server Maximise Your Return on Information Creating data reports and plots are not enough today. Information becomes valuable to the enterprise when it is shared and everyone is on the same page. Decisions can be made more quickly when everyone involved sees the same information. Powerful Data Analysis Tool (Trend) Easy Access to All Your Plant Data (Query) Workbook and Report Custom Application Development Information Distribution (Web Server) Single Active Loop Factory Contents Bringing Plant data to everyone s desktop ActiveFactory trending and analysis software includes a suite of client applications that maximise the value of the data stored in Information Manager Historian. In addition, ActiveFactory trending and analysis software allows individuals at all levels of an organisation to easily access plant and process data using simple point-and-click dialogs. ActiveFactory clients can disseminate information across a network, intranet or the Internet. Using corporate information highways, ActiveFactory trending and analysis software analyses trending data over time, performs numerical data analysis using Excel spreadsheet software, offers comprehensive data reporting using Microsoft Word, and provides ad-hoc access to historical and real-time information on the plant floor. Improving plant performance through better Enterprise Manufacturing Intelligence can be greatly accelerated through the use of a system for managing plant performance. This often takes the form of an integrated plant information system that links real-time and historical plant data to plant decision makers and their support personnel. Operating System Microsoft Windows XP Professional, Microsoft Windows XP Tablet Edition Microsoft Windows 2000, Microsoft Windows 2000 Terminal Services Microsoft Office Suites Microsoft Office 2000, Microsoft Office 2003, Microsoft Office XP Options Available as Per Device or Per Named User. Per Device license allows use of ActiveFactory trending and analysis software components or the Reporting Website from a specific computer. Per Named User license allows a named user to access ActiveFactory trending and analysis software components or the Reporting Website from any computer, but only one computer at a time. A Wonderware Client Access Licence (CAL) is required to allow access by ActiveFactory trending and analysis software to the Wonderware IndustrialSQL Server realtime plant historian.

222 5-12 Applications Security Manager Single Security Loop Manager Contents Tamper resistant Audit Trail Unique password Electronic Signatures Resolve data acquisition and storage issues Designed to meet 21 CFR Part 11 Data collected and transmitted over a LAN connection Remote system access IDEAL Security FOR Manager Benefits can configure IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits 5000 Series IDEAL Recorders FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL 6000 FOR Series Benefits RecordersIDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Eycon IDEAL Visual Supervisor FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL EurothermSuite FOR Benefits Operations IDEAL FOR Viewer Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Eurotherm IDEAL Review FOR & Review Benefits QuickChart IDEAL FOR Benefits Increasingly more and more industries are making the transition to IT technology to resolve Data Acquisition and storage issues. The advantages of this technology are numerous with data being collected and available electronically it can be transmitted to any PC anywhere in the world over a LAN connection. It can also provide users with remote access to the system. One drawback of this technology is that the system and therefore the data could be left vulnerable to attack by unauthorised users. Security Manager greatly reduces the cost and resource required to implement changes to secure systems by allowing the operation to be carried out from a central or multiple designated PC. Security Manager is a centralised security system where User Names, Passwords and Access Permissions can be controlled. Designed to assist with Federal Regulation 21 CFR Part 11 for the Pharmaceutical Industry. Security Manager can also be used to aid users in meeting the guidance as detailed in GAMP4 Appendix 03 - Guidelines for Automated System Security. Audit Trail Security Manager provides a tamper resistant audit trail for the following events. User Login/Logout Failed Login Attempts Saving configuration changes to the Security Manager Database Deployment of Security Manager Database The Security Manager Audit Trail can be examined using Eurotherm Review Software. Unique Password In order to ensure that user passwords remain unique throughout the life cycle of the product, retired user IDs are retained. Electronic Signatures The use of electronic signatures within Security Manager is configurable, if enabled, users are required to enter signing and/or authorisation signatures for updating the Security Manager Database. If signatures are required only those users with appropriate access permissions are able to sign and/or authorise. Operating System Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server Security Manager Brochure HA028356

223 Applications Control/Application Modules IDEAL Standard FOR Benefits supervisory IDEAL workstation FOR Benefits interface IDEAL FOR Benefits Standard IDEAL library FOR blocks Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Operator FOR Benefits faceplate IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Engineer IDEAL point display FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits By providing control and application modules from a library of blocks, we can enable plant devices and equipment to be represented by dedicated objects designed to: Simplify the implementation Reduce testing time Provide tight integration at workstation level 5-13 Single Security Loop Manager Contents Associated with each standard module is a custom-built point fascia, engineering point page and graphic mimic icon for the supervisory workstation. Control Modules Control and Application modules these include Valves Motors Pumps Manual stations Action Flow calculations Gas density Cross-limiting combustion control Raise lower Application Modules Control Modules HA083931U001 Application Modules HA084131U001

224 Single Loop Contents 5-14

225 DCS Solutions 5-15 Automation Systems Hardware Process/Visual Controllers Eycon Visual Supervisor T2550 Programmable Automation Controller T820 HMI OPtima Touch PC T640 Integrated Loop Processor T940X Process Supervisor Powerful, flexible products to meet your application needs Built-in redundancy that doesn t require expensive engineering Versatile HMI visualisation solutions Point of measurement, secure, redundant data recording Powerful strategy engines Proven control algorithms already packaged and implemented where you need them e.g. carbon diffusion Energy management solutions Batch management integrated at every level Secure data recording Embedded technologies to meet requirements such as FDA 21 CFR Part 11 and AMS2750D without additional engineering Hardware Contents Eurotherm DCS solutions utilise the expertise on which we have built over 40 years of business. World class control, advanced data security, energy management, flexible I/O and visualisation options combined with powerful strategy engines form the basis of systems that can easily integrate with existing platforms and 3rd party equipment as required. Our products are designed with built-in functionality that reflects our core technology and application expertise - reducing engineering effort and providing you with systems that are delivered on time and work first time.

226 F1 F4 F2 F5 F3 F6 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F Eycon 10 & Eycon 20 Visual Supervisor IDEAL Process FOR automation Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Multi-function IDEAL control FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Process FOR recording Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Process IDEAL visualisation FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Pharmaceutical/chemical FOR Benefits IDEAL reactors FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Glass furnace IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Multizone FOR Benefits heat treatment IDEAL furnaces FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Injection IDEAL moulding FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Extrusion FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Environmental IDEAL monitoring FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Building FOR management Benefits IDEAL systems FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Eycon Mechanical Details Eycon 10 Front view 144mm Eycon 20 Front view 288mm Colour Touchscreen Display Continuous and Sequential Control Multi-Setpoint Programmer Batch Control Recipe management Audit trails Large internal Data Archive (45MB) Secure Logging Alarm/event management USB Support Peer to Peer Communications Modbus Master/Slave (Serial or TCP) 10/100Mbps Ethernet 144mm 288mm Side elevation 86.8mm 106.8mm 6.7mm Fixing Clip (one each side) Protective-conductor terminal (M4) Panel cut-out 138mm (+1-0) x 138mm (+1-0) Side elvation 70.0mm 90.0mm 9.6mm Profibus Fixing Clip Connector (one each side) CL Panel cut-out 282mm (+1.3-0) x 282mm (+1.3-0) CL Protective-conductor terminal (M4) 137mm 280.3mm Profibus Connector Only required if specifying Profibus Only required if specifying Profibus Eycon Series Brochure HA Eycon 10/Eycon 20 Specification Sheet HA The Eycon Series of visual supervisors provide innovative, multifunction control, recording and visualisation bringing expertise in control, data acquisition and process automation into a single process management unit The Eycon 20 (12.1 XGA) and Eycon 10 (5.5 1/4 VGA) offer integrated colour, TFT displays capable of performing continuous, sequential and logic control in a slim panel mount enclosure. Eycon visual supervisor technology incorporates extensive functionality to provide complete management of a process. Their advanced array of features effectively makes the Eycon visual supervisor a mini DCS with the efficiency and economy of integration into a single unit and the flexibility to be a powerful component of a wider system. Eycon visual supervisor instruments utilised as a building block within a larger system provide peer-to-peer communications over Ethernet (ELIN) reducing engineering costs with increased availability of the system. They are designed to reduce configuration, integration, installation and wiring costs while improving efficiency and quality with their accurate control. The versatility of the Eycon visual supervisor units makes them ideal for a wide range of applications as diverse as pharmaceutical/chemical reactors, glass furnaces, multizone heat treatment furnaces, injection moulding and extrusion systems, batch control systems, environmental monitoring, building management systems and many more. Specifications Display: Colour TFT LCD, touch panel Eycon 10: 1/4VGA (320 x 240 pixels) 5.5 Eycon 20: XGA (1024 x 768 pixels) 12.1 Supply voltage: 19.2 to 28.8V dc (24V dc nominal) Internal archive: 45Mb flash memory USB Version: 1.1 (2.0 devices are compatible) Devices supported: USB bulk storage devices ( Memory stick ) Ethernet Port: 10/100Mbps Auto Sensing Protocols: TCP/IP, FTP, DHCP, BOOTP, Modbus (Master/Slave), Telnet Serial Communications No. of Ports: 2 (EIA422/EIA485) Protocol: Modbus RTU Master and Slave Operating Ambient: 0-50 C, 5-85% RH (non condensing) Panel sealing IP65 Plug-in from front 21 CFR Part 11

227 Eycon 10 & Eycon 20 Series Visual Supervisor User Configurable Function Keys A unique feature of the Eycon series of visual supervisors is the User definable keys which can be configured as required using the User Screen Editor Software package. As standard the Eycon 10 visual supervisor has six (27 for the Eycon 20 visual supervisor) user definable function keys that can be configured to perform specific actions such as navigating between process screens. Additionally the size of the touch area, as well as the number of active keys required can also be customised by the user. The printed legend behind the touch screen area is also removable and can be customised and replaced as required, providing users with the ability to design their own, unique operator interface. Standalone or Integrated into plant wide solution Multi-Setpoint Program The Setpoint Programmer enables the operator to select and run a required Setpoint Program from a list. With the Preview facility, the operator can view the Program before running it. Once the program is running, the Setpoint and achieved process values are plotted on the screen as trends. Up to 16 analogue Setpoint Profiles, 32 Digital output Profiles and 250 segments on a single time base Up to 8 Setpoint Programs running simultaneously Stores over 200 Setpoint Programs Comprehensive control: Run, Run from, Hold, Skip, abort, Schedule, etc. On-line graphical monitoring Local and remote editor Batch Control Batch Manager enables an operator to control (i.e. load, start, hold, restart, abort) a batch, and monitor its progress from standard displays. Each batch is identified by either a unique number (automatically generated) or a batch ID entered by the operator. Configure a batch from Set-up page Unique custom/ automatic Batch id Recipe selection Six operator entry fields such as customer name, product type Comprehensive batch control including Start, Hold, Abort, Restart, Reset, etc. Automatic recipe download Automatic batch log and report generation 5-17 Eycon

228 5-18 Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) T2550 IDEAL Retort FOR Furnace Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Glass Furnace IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Fermentation FOR Benefits Process IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Sterilisation IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Freeze FOR Dryer Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Building IDEAL Management FOR Benefits Systems IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Environmental FOR Benefits Monitoring IDEAL Systems FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR T2550 Cost effective controller redundancy - automatic commissioning, bumpless changeover, redundant communications Power supplies - redundant system supply High system availability - redundant CPUs with automatic takeover Online reconfiguration Redundant Data logging Hot swap I/O Alarm monitoring Signal conditioning IEC programming Advanced PID control Mechanical Details Technology so powerful and simple The T2550 PAC is a high performance solution offering extremely cost effective redundancy options - making high availability viable for more of your process. The control unit and I/O system form the basis of a complete distributed control and recording environment capable of continuous analog, logic and sequential control combined with secure data recording at point of measurement - all designed to maximise Return on Investment (ROI) from your process. If you are looking for innovation and simplicity - this latest automation product may be just what you are looking for. Hot swap modules, auto I/O build functionality, a personality flash card, clear status indication and an intuitive toolset all make the T2550 PAC simple to use, install, engineer and upgrade. Fitted with E-Sync technology with a single button press on the front of the unit. Maximise process uptime, minimise engineering costs The T2550 PAC brings high availability with affordability and, utilising E-Sync technology, minimises engineering costs, shortens time to implement and simplifies lifetime maintenance. Using T2550 PAC reduces engineering costs and its high availability maximises your process uptime. In its duplex mode it offers redundancy of processors, power supply and network at a price performance level that has never been seen before. The controller redundancy is automatically commissioned - simply plug the additional processor module into the redundant base and initiate the E-Sync technology with a single button press on the front of the unit. 16 Module 8 Module (as shown) 264mm 6 Module 214mm 4 Module 164mm Terminal Unit for T mm Terminal Unit for 2500M I/O module 102.9mm Module Side View 467mm Passive backpane Any type of I/O modules may be placed at any slot position 2500 Terminal Units click into place to suit the I/O module required Specifications Supply voltage range V dc VA requirements < 80W maximum for fully loaded rack IOC warm start time 12 hours without external batteries IOC power consumption 1.5W max Module power consumption See individual module specification Environmental Operating Temperature 0-55 C Relative Humidity 5-95 % (non-condensing) RFI EMC emissions BS EN EMC immunity BS EN Safety BS EN /A2; Installation cat II, Pollution degree 2 Diagnostic LED s Diagnostic LED s indicate module diagnostic status. All modules A green LED at the top indicates the module is powered and operating correctly 2500M Analogue modules Red LEDs per channel to indicate channel failure 2500M Digital modules Yellow LEDs per channel to indicate the channel state T2550 Brochure HA T2550 Specification Sheet HA029159

229 Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) T Redundant data recording T2550 provides secure data recording at point of measurement simply by plugging in the additional processor module. The data is held in nonvolatile memory and is in a secure format to inhibit tampering, for valuable data this is the most simple and powerful offering in the marketplace. Autonomous and Integrated T2550 provides a comprehensive standalone solution or a powerful addition to a wider system. It supports Modbus TCP, serial Modbus RTU (both as master or slave) Profibus slave and OPC and can be used in conjunction with other systems such as PC based SCADA packages, Programmable Logic Controllers and Eurotherm Visual Supervisor. Easy Configuration LINtools is a friendly Windows graphical configuration package used to configure the system in a choice of IEC configuration languages. It can automatically configure I/O points for connected T2550 instruments with the required function blocks placed on a graphical worksheet where the I/O simply needs parameterising. A wide selection of function block libraries is available for easy implementation of advanced control requirements. Ladder editors provide combinational logic and sequencing while Sequence Function Charts (SFCs) can program more advanced sequencing. VIEW and Online reconfiguration modes allow dynamic monitoring and editing of running databases and flow charts. Continuous control Continuous strategies are configured graphically on screen using block structured techniques implemented across the system. The control configurator supports a comprehensive library of functions together with powerful editing and compound definition facilities. Merging allows the re-use of similar sections of databases avoiding duplication of effort. Free text may be placed on the screen or attached to function blocks for simple production of descriptive documentation. Context-sensitive help reduces the need to keep referring to manuals. T2550 Scalable Control Units match process hierarchy The modular nature and seamless interaction of ELIN based control units allow both physical distribution and adoption of a structured control methodology. Online reconfiguration Control systems can be large and complex. They are expected to serve many needs and work well for long periods without shutdown under ever varying workloads. Online reconfiguration provides a useful foundation for enhancement of the deployed control system and allows modification of the systems application software when it is running. It allows active strategy components to be modified, wrapped with additional functionality or replaced with a different implementation. T2550 has generic support for adding and hot swapping I/O. Online reconfiguration can use the same or new I/O interfaces and any internally available variables. Sequence Sequences are configured graphically using Sequential Function Charts (SFCs) following the IEC standard. Steps initiate Actions which may be Structured Text statements (ST) or nested SFCs. Transitions determine when control passes from one step to the next. By accessing the continuous control strategy this configurator presents the available points through a menu system eliminating the need to remember the names of points and reducing the likelihood of typing errors. The sequence configurator supports text annotation and context-sensitive help. Action block Action blocks in the continuous control strategy have their functionality defined in Ladder diagrams or Structured Text (ST) within a standard template. These are particularly useful for implementation of plant control modules.

230 5-20 Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) Control PROCESSOR TERMINATION Termination units Individual termination units provide easily replaceable modules leaving the field wiring connected. Modbus and Profibus communication variants available. Multi user Task applications environment Four available tasks Two digital tasks, one I/O synchronised & one non-synchronised nominal 10ms Two analogue tasks, one I/O synchronised & one non-synchronised nominal 110ms T2550 CONTROL CPU redundancy Simplex or Duplex control of the processor is available for continuous, logic and sequence control. A pair of processors operate in primary / secondary configuration with a high speed data link between them providing exact tracking of the control, logic and sequence databases. Should the secondary processor take over from the primary in the event of processor or communications failure the transfer is bumpless. Full redundancy of the serial communications port is also supported. The non-active processor can be replaced while the system is running and loads its strategy from the current active processor. Communications Peer to peer communications between bases 10/100 Ethernet to each processor Eurotherm ELIN Modbus-TCP Master or Slave Real time clock with network synchronisation Diagnostics Processor and communications diagnostics are available from the LED s on the front of the processor module and remotely using Eurotherm network explorer over Ethernet. Removable Flash memory card The storage of the cold start application files, the processor firmware and software licence code is on secure Compact flash card to enable easy transfer from one processor to a replacement. SPECIAL INPUT MODULES 2500M/F12 - Two channel frequency input Provides two isolated frequency input channels and selectable voltage output for loop or wetting current or sensor supply. Each input channel may be independently configured for magnetic, voltage, current or contact sensor types. 2500M/Z1 - Zirconia input module Input Types: Analogue voltage, Channel 1 - mv (TC), and Channel 2-2V (Zirconia probe)

231 Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) Modules 5-21 ANALOGUE INPUTS 2500M/AI2 - Two channel analogue input This analogue input module is used to monitor analogue signals from a wide range of plant sensors. The ma and TC inputs each require the appropriate Terminal Unit. The second channel of the AI2 has a special high impedance range for use with zirconia probe inputs. 2500M/AI3 - Three channel analogue input Provides 3 isolated current input channels specifically designed to meet the requirements of modern two wire transmitters. Each channel has its own isolated 24V supply for 3-wire transmitter excitation. Each channel is protected against short circuit (with 24V dc supply on) and utilises a sophisticated trip and try system where the module senses over current and cuts the power, after a period the circuit checks for continued circuit malfunction. The module can be optionally fitted with disconnects to allow isolation of an individual input to allow work on the loop to continue safely. 2500M/AI4 - Four channel analogue input This analogue input module is used to monitor analogue signals from a wide range of plant sensors. The ma and TC inputs each require the appropriate Terminal Unit. ANALOGUE OUTPUTS 2500M/A02 - Two channel analogue output This analogue output module provides two isolated analogue output channels. Each output may be independently configured for current or voltage mode. T2550 DIGITAL INPUTS 2500M/DI4 - Four channel digital input This digital input module accepts four logic inputs, and may be wired either for voltage input (either polarity) or for contact closure. 2500M/DI8 - Eight channel logic input This eight channel digital input module accepts eight logic inputs and is available in two factory option formats for voltage or contact-closure input. 2500M/DI6 - Six channel AC voltage input The six channel digital input module accepts AC voltage inputs and is available in two factory options optimised for 115V ac or 230V ac ranges. DIGITAL OUTPUTS 2500M/DO4 - Four channel logic output This digital output module provides four logic outputs and is available in two factory option formats for standard or high-current output. 2500M/DO8 Quad digital output module The DO8 provides higher packing density and lower cost per channel. The eight digital output module provides eight logic outputs, which are typically used for control, alarms or events outputs. 2500M/RLY4 - Four channel relay output This digital output module provides four relay outputs. The relay contacts are all fitted with removable snubber circuits to reduce contact arcing and prolong contact life.

232 5-22 Mono Graphic Operator Terminal T820 IDEAL Energy FOR level Benefits panel IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Process IDEAL visualisation FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Process FOR control Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR T x 64 pixel Mono Graphic Display LED Backlight 25 Function Keys 4 Programmable Keys Password Protection Alarm History 10/100Mbps Ethernet Modbus Master/Slave Small panel size Robust construction Sealed membrane keyboard Panel sealing to IP66 Logging (store and forward) The T820 provides an ideal operator interface for setting and displaying data. It can also control and monitor a wide range of PLC s, data acquisition and I/O control systems such as the T2550 and 2500 Programmable Automation Controllers. Although compact, the T820 is constructed from a substantial zinc diecast and sheet case with a sealed membrane keypad through which the display is viewed. Easily sealed to the panel to IP66 the unit provides a secure panel mounted interface or remote mounted equipment. Dynamic text, help messages and easy to use function keys provide the operator with rapid access to the acquired variable data. The function keys can be programmed for direct access to displays, alarms and recipe download or simply toggle a variable. The programming software LINtools is simple to use and can run on most Windows operating systems. Mechanical Details Top view 99mm 144mm Front view 104mm 6mm Panel cut-out 99mm (+1) x 138mm (+1) View on right-hand side 43mm 68mm Rear cover fixing screws (4, 1 per corner) 115mm 138mm Maximum panel thickness = 22mm T820 Specification Sheet HA Specifications Display: Use Memory: Supply Voltage: Comms: Protocols: Serial Port: Operating Ambient: Protection: Conforms to: Mono Graphic FSTN LCD Max no. of Pages 99 FBD 85KB, SFC 53KB, ST 59KB Filing System 32MB V dc (24V dc nominal) Ethernet Port 10/100Mbps Auto Sensing LIN peer to peer. Modbus TCP Master/Slave (Auxiliary) RS485 (to IOC) or Modbus RTU 0-50 C, 5-85%RH Bezel and Display Panel Mount IP66 Emissions and Immunity BS EN61326 (BS EN61010)

233 OPtima Touch PC PC 5-23 IDEAL Automotive FOR Benefits industry IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Semiconductor IDEAL manufacture FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Transportation FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Plastics IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Heat FOR Treatment Benefits applications IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Utilities Increased productivity utilising an industrial computer versus a proprietary operator station can significantly improve productivity. This is due to the computer s ability to integrate all the discrete hardware and software components into one seamless interface for the operator. In addition, all the local operator interfaces can then be networked into a common supervisory system providing one common interface to support, maintain and administer. Reduced downtime Maintenance personnel can locally run programming tools with on-line diagnostics to quickly resolve problems. Rugged design The OPtima Touch is designed for the rugged industrial environment. A heavy duty steel chassis and low component count circuit designs provide for enhanced reliability along with increased shock, vibration and EMI immunity. Easy installation Unique bracket mounting system for fitting into the panel cutout. No need for drilling holes or fixing studs. Plug & Play operation Custom installation of different software packages is available to reduce start-up costs. Applications - The OPtima Touch Industrial Computer has been designed for operation in harsh environmental conditions in a multitude of vertical markets including automotive, semiconductor, transportation, plastics, heat treating, utilities and more. Thanks to a built-in fast Ethernet port, the 15 OPtima Touch provides instant connectivity to a plant s intranet and networked servers. Specifications LCD: 15 TFT 1024 x 768 (horizontal or vertical mount) 12.1 TFT 1024 x 768 (horizontal mount only) 10.4 TFT 800 x 600 (horizontal mount only) Touch screen: Analog resistive continuous resolution Processor speed: 1.2GHz Celeron, 133MHz FSB DRAM: 512MB DIMM BIOS: Phoenix-Award VGA controller: S3 ProSavage4 4xAGP 3D/2D SVGA up to 1600 x bit VGA port: Supports simultaneous display with second monitor Ethernet: (1) 10/100 base-t Realtek RTL8139C RJ-45 connector Serial ports: (2) RS-232; (1) RS-232/422/485 Parallel port: (1) parallel USB ports: (2) USB Storage: 40GB (standard) Keyboard port: PS/2 Mouse port: PS/2 Expansion slot: (1) 32-bit PCI (half length) Operating systems: Windows XP Professional (standard); Windows XP Embedded (optional, required for flash drive) Power supply: 85 to 264Vac, 90 Watts (standard) 19 to 32Vdc, 90 Watts (consult factory) Temperature: Operating: 0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F) Storage: -20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F) Operating humidity: 5 to 50 C (122 F), non-condensing Operating shock: 5G, 11ms duration, half-sinewave Operating vibration: 10-58Hz, mm Hz; 0.5G Protection class: NEMA 4X/IP65 (front side) EMC: CE/FCC class A Safety: CE/cTUVus Three screen sizes 15 /12.1/10.4 Bright easy to read high resolution display High reliability Compact size Mechanical Details 15" TFT Panel cutout 375mm x 286mm 283mm 12.1" TFT 237mm 203mm Panel cutout 295mm x 240mm Panel cutout 311mm x 232mm 127mm 373.1mm 314mm 260mm 291mm 10.4" TFT 308mm 228mm 108mm 330mm 12.7mm 8mm OPtima 10.4 Brochure HA OPtima 15 Brochure HA MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA mm 262mm 97mm 112.1mm 311mm 39mm 254mm 143.1mm OPtima Touch PC

234 5-24 Integrated Loop Processor T640 IDEAL Micro FOR DCS Benefits configurable IDEAL controller FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Multiple IDEAL network FOR support Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL High FOR speed Benefits peer-to-peer IDEAL communications FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits SFC/GRAFCET IDEAL to FOR IEC Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Up to FOR four Benefits loops IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR T640 Supports continuous and sequential strategies Supports multiple networking for easy system integration Compatible in Eurotherm LIN products Large range of standard applications High level process I/O Thermocouple I/O Frequency Input Modbus Communications Multi-language support Secure access to engineering settings Remote Security Key capability (IR) Adapter sleeve allows plug into 7950 rack S6000 Replacement capability Support up to 4 loops The T640 is in itself a range of controllers. In its simplest form, the controller is supplied with a suite of preconfigured, documented, single and dual loop control structures which only require parameterisation. In its most advanced form, it is a multipurpose four loop controller configured for continuous control using a powerful set of function blocks supported by SFC for applications requiring sequential or state dependent control. Micro DCS The power of the T640 makes it a complete, self-contained control system. The 2.5Mbit/sec peer-to-peer communications allows groups of instruments to be interconnected without the need for any other components to co-ordinate their activity. The protocol on the peer-topeer network and the function block architecture are shared with the other members of Network 6000 making it simple to integrate T640s into larger systems. Structured Architecture The block structured architecture, supported by graphical configuration tools (Project Studio 2000), makes complex continuous control strategies easy to develop and maintain. Moreover, LINtools has a powerful Sequential Function Chart editor (SFC/GRAFCET) based on IEC standard which allows integration of sequence control with the continuous control database. Front Panel The front panel layout follows the NAMUR convention minimising the requirement for operator training. Supplementary displays can be used for loop identification or general messaging and an area on the front panel gives an overview of all the control loops. Mechanical Details 144mm 67.5mm 72mm 10.6mm 1.5mm - 25mm 258mm Panel cut-out 68mm ( ) x 138mm ( ) T640 Specification Sheet HA082468U mm Specifications Control Modes PID, ON/OFF Supply Voltage V ac, 19-85V dc Inputs: PV (x4)10 Standard T/Cs, Process, Frequency Input Accuracy: 0.1% of mv range Output Ratings Relay: 2A/264V ac Logic: 15V DC: 0-5V, 0-10V, 0-20mA, 4-20mA TX PS: 24V Digital Comms: ALIN EIA 422/485, Modbus RTU, TCS-Bisync Operating Ambient 0-50 C 5-95%RH Panel Sealing IP65, Plug-in from front

235 Integrated Loop Processor T DISPLAY AND CONTROLS The key features of the operator display are shown below Tag Display PV-X Bargraph SP-W Bargraph Parameter Access Alarm Acknowledge SP-W Legend Units Display PV-X Legend Numeric Display Output Bargraph Loop Status Deviation/PV Bargraph Loop Mode Loop Selected Loop Control Tag Display 8-character, red dot-matrix (user-configurable) PV-X Bargraph Red 51-segment vertical % display (flashable via block) SP-W Bargraph Green 51-segment vertical % display (flashable via block) Parameter Access (INS) Inspect pushbutton Alarm Acknowledge (ALM) Alarm pushbutton (with red LED) SP-W Legend Green when SP indicated in Units display Units Display 5-character, green dot-matrix (eng. units or SP) PV-X Legend Red when PV indicated in Numeric display Numeric Display 5-digit, red 7-segment Output Bargraph Yellow 10-segment horizontal display (segments individually addressable) Loop Status Deviation/PV Bargraph 4-off red 7-segment vertical displays, settable via block to show error or PV for each loop Loop Mode A(uto), R(emote)/ratio) green single letters M(anual), H(old), T(rack) orange single letters Loop Selected Green arrow symbol under deviation/pv bargraph Loop Control 6-off membrane pushbuttons (R)emote with green LEDs, (A)uto with green LED, (M)anual with orange LED, (SP) setpoint, ( ) Raise, ( )Lower Configuration Block structure T640 supports the level of block structuring normally only found in advanced DCS systems. Each of the four control loops occupies its own task, which may be set to run at a rate appropriate to its function in the strategy. The general purpose blocks can be distributed between these tasks, T640 s internal architecture ensuring data coherence. All but the M006 Fixed-Function versions are configured by the Eurotherm Project Studio 2000 package. The Fixed-Function version is set up by simple parameterisation which may be achieved either via the front panel, or using the T510 Parameterisation tool software (supplied with the controller) on a PC fitted with an ALIN interface. Parameters may also be monitored online. Up to 250 function blocks can be configured, depending on the size of the blocks and the number of connections. The table below lists the blocks currently supported by T640 and summarises their functions. The ACTION block in the MATHS category is particularly powerful. Like the other function blocks this block has pre-defined I/O. However, the action of the block can be defined using Structured Text (ST, IEC ). This block can simplify otherwise complex collections of maths and logic blocks. Dbase: <local> Block: TI-001 Type: ANIN MODE ANIN AUTO AN_ALARM Alarms DGOUT_Ø SFC_CON LEVEL_A ALRM_A DIG RESIN PV 0.0 DegC SiteNo SiteType 1 CHAN HR ANIN AN_ALARM DegC Channel RECORD SFC_CON LR LEVEL_B 0.0 ALRM_B DegC InType PARAM Volts SIMUL HAA DegC HR_in LAA 0.0 DegC LR_in 0.00 ANIN AN_ALARM Break RECORD down SFC_DISP Filter Invert LEVEL_D 1.0 ALRM_D Secs FALSE Status RECIPE >0000 SIMDISP Sqrt FALSE Cutoff ANIN 0.0 ANIN DegC PID DefaultLEVEL_R 0.0 TEMP_R DegC R_TMPPID RomChar None UserChar AN_CONN DG_CONN B_AICONN1 B_DICONN1 SFC_MON RESINMON SFC_MON RESMON2 SFC_DISP RESDIG SFC_MON SIMULMON AN_ALRM ALRM_TMP Control Screen T640 DGMS FILL_A DGMS FILL_B DGMS B_RUN DGMS B_STOP AN_CONN UI_RCP_1 DG_CONN DO_TO_FA DGMS RCP_FLAG Enter: [EDIT] X 411 Y 192 Tmp1: 54.0% 15:25:12 1 HELP 2 MAKE 3?? 4 WIRE 5 EDIT 6 FILE 7 FIND 8 QUIT A READY Step: ADD_B OFF Qualifier: Initial: FALSE Action: P START_B (TEXT) F DOSE A STOP_B (TEXT) Sequence Screen CHECK A B READY HEAT A ADD B CHECK B COOK DELIVER Enter:- [EDIT] X 321 Y 77 12:06:25 1 HELP 2 MAKE 3?? 4 WIRE 5 EDIT 6 FILE 7 FIND 8 QUIT Fixed Function Parameterisation Tool

236 5-26 Process Supervisor T940X IDEAL Peer-to-peer FOR Benefits control network IDEAL for FOR node Benefits and supervisory IDEAL FOR Benefits communications IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Reduced FOR wiring Benefits cost with IDEAL distributed FOR I/O Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Flexible IDEAL architecture FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Flexible FOR communications Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR T940X Distributed process supervisor Supports continuous logic and sequential control Redundant processor option Supports two independent processors Large application capacity Live replacement of processor with automatic initialisation Open I/O network Supports Profibus DP and DPV1 Supports Modbus RTU Master and Slave Supports Modbus TCP Slave Supports LIN over Ethernet (ELIN) Supports LIN over ARCnet (ALIN) Online reconfiguration Multiple network support The Process Supervisor is a powerful and configurable strategy engine capable of performing both continuous, logic and sequential control. It has evolved from the successful T103/T102/T100 Unit Controllers and is designed for large applications. Multi-tasking functionality allows user control of strategy execution. The optional redundancy of processor modules provides high availability solutions for process control with automatic and seamless changeover together with the live replacement of processor modules prevents any interruption of the process. The T940X supports peer-to-peer communications using LIN over ARCnet (ALIN) or Ethernet (ELIN) providing a real distributed control system. The Process Supervisor s support for Profibus (DP and DPV1) and Modbus RTU provides a truly open I/O network allowing connections to the process interface (2500) I/O modules and other third party devices, Separating the processing from the I/O allows physical distribution of the modules which reduces wiring installation costs. An extensive function block library is available that include control, batch, timing, maths, logic, conditioning and control modules,while Sequence Function Charts (SFC) can be used for more advanced sequencing. On line reconfiguration of the database can be tried out and deleted as required, the final modifications can then be applied. All carried out without halting the application or the process. Mechanical Details 150mm ±1 120mm 8.5mm 210mm ±1 180mm 10mm 120mm 120mm 241mm ± 1 362mm ± 1 Earth stud 382mm 402mm 10mm Tolerance = 0.5mm except where shown otherwise 125mm? 50mm 20mm Specifications Inputs/outputs: Comms: Protocols: Supply voltage: Operating Ambient: Mounting: Via open I/O network supporting Profibus DP and DPV1, Modbus RTU (master and slave) ALIN, serial RS422/485, RS232, Ethernet, Profibus ALIN, Profibus DP and DPV1, Modbus RTU, Ethernet (ELIN and Modbus TCP/IP) 24V dc (18-36V dc) 0-50 C 5-95% RH (non-condensing) Bulkhead mounted T940X Specification Sheet HA261322U CFR Part 11

237 Process Supervisor T940X 5-27 Control Network Process Supervisor s control network provides peer-to-peer LIN communications with other control nodes such as Visual Supervisors and additional Process Supervisors. This communication is provided using ARCnet or Ethernet and is the method of connecting to Supervisory systems. Connect Module Front Panel Layout Configuration Eurotherm Project Studio contains the LINtools that is used to build both continuous and sequential control strategies. Eurotherm network explorer is also available to download files, and stop/start each individual Process Supervisor node. Dbase: <local> Block: TI-001 Type: ANIN MODE ANIN AUTO AN_ALARM Alarms DGOUT_Ø SFC_CON LEVEL_A ALRM_A DIG RESIN PV 0.0 DegC SiteNo SiteType 1 CHAN HR ANIN AN_ALARM DegC Channel RECORD SFC_CON LR LEVEL_B 0.0 ALRM_B DegC InType PARAM Volts SIMUL HAA DegC HR_in LAA 0.0 DegC LR_in 0.00 ANIN AN_ALARM Break RECORD down SFC_DISP Filter Invert LEVEL_D 1.0 ALRM_D Secs FALSE Status RECIPE >0000 SIMDISP Sqrt FALSE Cutoff ANIN 0.0 ANIN DegC PID DefaultLEVEL_R 0.0 TEMP_R DegC R_TMPPID RomChar None UserChar AN_CONN DG_CONN B_AICONN1 B_DICONN1 DGMS FILL_A DGMS FILL_B SFC_MON RESINMON DGMS B_RUN SFC_MON RESMON2 DGMS B_STOP AN_CONN UI_RCP_1 DG_CONN DO_TO_FA SFC_DISP RESDIG SFC_MON SIMULMON AN_ALRM ALRM_TMP Enter: [EDIT] X 411 Y 192 Tmp1: 54.0% 15:25:12 DGMS RCP_FLAG 1 HELP 2 MAKE 3?? 4 WIRE 5 EDIT 6 FILE 7 FIND Sequence Screen A READY CHECK A B READY CHECK B 8 QUIT Step: ADD_B Initial: FALSE OFF Qualifier: Action: P START_B (TEXT) F DOSE A STOP_B (TEXT) HEAT A ADD B COOK Control Screen T940X DELIVER Enter:- [EDIT] X 321 Y 77 12:06:25 1 HELP 2 MAKE 3?? 4 WIRE 5 EDIT 6 FILE 7 FIND 8 QUIT Processor Module Front Panel Layout Fixed Function Parameterisation Tool

238 5-28

239 MACO Products Contents MACO Products 5-29 MACO Products MACO Control Systems ASB/RS/SRS Systems EM-3 Extrusion Master Control System MCxx Compact System DSJ Breeze II Parison Control , 5000 & 6000 Series Alpha Systems.5-35 MACO is a complete family of control products operator stations, application specific I/O blocks (ASBs), racks, terminal I/O blocks (TBs) and other plastic machinery control components. Operator stations, ASBs, racks and TBs can be networked to form an overall control scheme. Operator Stations 41xx OPtima/Lite Operator Stations DSx5/PCx5 OPtima Touch PCs Accessories XL PB Pushbutton Station Remote I/O Pushbutton Station

240 5-30 MACO Control Systems ASB/RS/SRS IDEAL Injection FOR moulding Benefits machine IDEAL FOR control Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Blow moulding IDEAL FOR machine Benefits control IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Hot FOR runner Benefits temperature IDEAL control FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The MACO DS is based on a building block architecture that is designed to adapt to the ever changing needs of the plastics industry. The result is an open and scalable system that contains four decades of injection and blow molding knowledge. Distributed Control The MACO DS utilises Application Specific Blocks (ASB s) or Rack Systems (RS s) that feature Intelligent Processor Assemblies (IPA s) with on-board microprocessors. IPA s are available for temperature control, parison control, closed-loop injection control, and closed-loop motion control. Complete control of injection and blow molding applications Multi-processor, multiple network, distributive based design for precise control of time critical operations Building block architecture Mechanical Details ASB Besides the I/O provided by the IPA s, a variety of local terminal I/O cards are also available to provide additional input and output functions. Along with the AC/DC I/O, cards have been developed for encoder (pulse) inputs, pressure (strain gauge) inputs, and general analog (±10 Vdc) inputs. IEC Programming In addition to the on-board microprocessors, each ASB/RS can be equipped with a central processor for custom control and local I/O drops. The central processor supports true IEC programming (ladder diagram, function block diagram, sequential function chart, instruction list, and structured text), runtime controller simulation for discrete I/O, on-line monitoring/editing, and custom control capability. OEM s no longer need to design and manufacture their own control systems in order to keep special routines confidential. Through the sequence programming package, a low level C++ block can be downloaded to modify or enhance the MACO s embedded routines. Wonderware InTouch The MACO DS/RS utilises the Wonderware Intouch family of powerful, flexible operator interface development tools for creating custom HMI screens. With it, you can view an entire operation through on-screen, graphical representation of a real time process. ASB/RS/SRS RS (8 Slot) 255mm (10.070in) 273.3mm (10.760in) InTouch features object oriented graphics that can quickly and easily be moved, sized and animated. XVGA and SVGA graphic resolutions are supported; an unlimited number of objects per window is allowed. Animation links can be combined to provide complex size, color, movement or position changes mm (11.300in) 287mm (11.300in) 375.9mm (14.800in) SRS (4 Slot Enclosed Chassis) 274mm (10.79in) 186mm (7.32in) Specifications Operating temperature: 0 to 55 C Storage temperature: -40 to 85 C Operating humidity: 0 to 95% RH, C Power requirements: 24V dc (20 to 30V dc); 1.5 Amps max. 24V dc (excluding all I/O) MACO/EM-3 Brochure HA MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA136715

241 MACO Control Systems ASB/RS/SRS 5-31 IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Remote I/O Our Terminal I/O blocks offer 20 different types of DC, AC, and analog I/O configurations and can be connected to any control system using Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus, Modbus Plus, Interbus-S, Profibus DP, ControlNet, or DeviceNet protocols. Module Operating Voltage 16 pt, 24 Vdc In na 32 pt, 24 Vdc In na 16 pt, 115 Vac In na Type Modularity (Common Points) Chs na 1 no na 2 no 16 pt, 24 Vdc Out 24 Vdc Trans 2 no 32 pt, 24 Vdc Out 24 Vdc Trans 2 no 8 pt, 115 Vac Out 115 Vac Triac 2 no 16 pt, 115 Vac Out 115 Vac Triac 2 no 8 pt, 230 Vac Out 230 Vac Triac 2 no 16 pt, 230 Vac Out 230 Vac Triac 2 no 16 pt, 24 Vdc In 16 pt, 24 Vdc Out 16 pt, 24 Vdc In 16 pt, 24 Vdc Out (fast) 16 pt, 24 Vdc In 8 pt, 24 Vdc Out 10 pt, 24 Vdc In 8 pt, Relay Out 10 pt, 115 Vac In 8 pt, 115 Vac Out 8 Differential Analog In: ±5V, ±10V, ±20 ma, 1-5 V, 4-20 ma 16 Single Ended Analog In: ±5V, ±10, 4-20 ma 4 Channel Analog In: ±25 mv ±100 mv Pt 100 Pt 1000 Ni 100 Ni 1000 TC types: B, E, J, K N, R, S, T 4 Channel Analog Out: ±10 V, 0-20 ma 4 Channel Analog Out: ±10 V, 4-20 ma 4 Ana In; 2 Ana Out: 4 24 Vdc In; 2 24 Vdc Out Input s ±5 V ±10 V ±20 ma Output s 10 V 0-20 ma 24 Vdc Trans 24 Vdc Trans 24 Vdc Trans 24 Vdc Relay 115 Vac Triac 24 Vdc na 24 Vdc na 24 Vdc na 24 Vdc na 24 Vdc na 24 Vdc Trans Isolation* between Grps Ch-Eart h Outpu t no 1780 na no 1780 na na 2 n o ( 1) 1780 na 1 in; 2 out 1 in; 2 out 4 in; 2 out 1 in; 2 out 1 in; 1 out 8 in no no C urrent (Amps) per Response (ms) Group na na na Module Activatio n Deactivatio n Protection na na na na na 60 Hz 60 Hz na Resolutio n no < 0. 1 < 0. 1 ( 2) na no < 0. 1 < 0. 1 ( 2) na no /2 x 1/f max ( 3) na no /2 x 1/f max ( 3) na no /2 x 1/f max ( 3) na no /2 x 1/f max ( 3) na no no no 200 Vdc (1) 1 in no 4 in 400 Vdc 2.2 in; <1 out 60 µs in; <1 ms out 2.2 in; <1 out 2.2 in; <1 out 3.3 in; <1 out 80 µs in; <1 ms out 3.3 in; <1 out 3.3 in; <1 out na na na ( 2) na ( 2) na ( 2) na no /2 x 1/f max ( 3) na 500 Vdc 500 Vdc (1) 500 Vdc (1) 500 Vdc (1) na 1780 Vdc na 1780 Vdc (1) na 1 in n o 500 (1) 1780 (1) na 1 in no 1 ana in 1 ana out 1 discrete in 1 discrete out 500 Vdc (1) 1780 (1) na na na na na na No n a (1.33 x # ch config'd) (4) na 14 bits + sign; 15 bits single pole n a 1 + (1.5 x # ch config'd) ( 4) 12 bits + sign na 500 ( 4) 12 bits + sign na na n o 500 (1) 500 (1) ms ( 4) 12 bits + sign 2 ms ( 4) 12 bits + sign 10 ms in; 1 ms out (2), (4) Inputs: bits, de-pending on range. Outputs: 12 bits * Vac unless otherwise noted (1) for one minute (2) Electronic (3) Fuse/Group (4) Against Polarity Inversion H igh Speed Counter: 24 Vdc operating voltage, 2 independent counter inputs, up to 200 khz 5 Vdc operation, up to 10 khz 24 Vdc operation, four 24 Vdc 0.5 A, 6 24 Vdc inputs. ASB/RS/SRS

242 5-32 Extrusion Master Control Systems EM-3 & EM-3c IDEAL Extrusion FOR Benefits line control IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Thermoforming IDEAL FOR machine Benefits control IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Temperature FOR Benefits only control IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The EM-3 is the successor to the popular EM-1 and EM-2 extrusion control systems. A building block architecture has been used to create a standard implementation of an extrusion control system that is applicable to many extrusion processes. Standard control system definitions save valuable engineering time and expense. Preprogrammed components can be connected for true outof-the-box performance. EM-3/EM-3c Up to 192 control zones Adaptive auto-tuning temperature control Melt pressure control Extrusion process monitoring and alarming Security password protection Bumpless transfers Alarm logging Historic trending Mechanical Details 15" TFT Panel cutout 375mm x 286mm (14.750in x in) 127mm (5.000in) 373.1mm (14.688in) 112.1mm (4.438in) The operator interface is a rugged 15 inch industrial PC running Wonderware InTouch. A standard InTouch application is provided. This unique application allows clients to accomplish a number of commissioning tasks that would normally require the purchase of an InTouch development license. With the EM-3, such changes can be made from Wonderware s runtime environment, thus eliminating the need for a license. The EM-3c is specifically designed for small extruders. It uses the cost effective 12.1 inch OPtima Touch PC and can be used just for extruder temperature and pressure control or complete line control. Convenient pop-up windows permit setting of key control zone parameters: Extruder Drive Speed Alarm Setpoints Cooling Method Line Speed Ratios Melt Pressure Heater Burnout Timer Line Drive Speeds 8mm (0.313in) 12.1" TFT 4 Slot Enclosed Chassis 283mm (11.125in) 311mm (12.250in) Panel cutout 295mm x 240mm (11.625in x 9.438in) 314mm (12.380in) ASB 237mm (9.342in) 203mm (8.000in) 262mm (10.325in) 274mm (10.79in) 12.7mm (0.5000in) 255mm (10.070in) 39mm (1.531in) 143.1mm (5.625in) 186mm (7.32in) 273.3mm (10.760in) 260mm (10.250in) 291mm (11.464in) MACO/EM-3 Brochure HA MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA136715

243 MACO Compact Systems MCxx 5-33 IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Injection moulding machine control The MACO Compact is a cost competitive, application specific, programmable logic controller with the advantages of integrated, total machine control in a compact package. It is an expandable system, available with different options to meet OEM and end-user application requirements. Equipped with Ethernet communications, the MACO Compact delivers seamless connection to plant wide systems. The MACO Compact supports either open or closed loop (IMPACT II) injection process control. Run the machine for a few cycles, and IMPACT II creates a theoretical model of the process. It uses this model along with hundreds of rules to automatically optimize the process to compensate for short and long term deviations in the injection molding process. Precise adaptive automatic tuning is included for temperature control. Statistical Process Control (SPC) calculations and charts for predictive troubleshooting can be viewed on Eurotherm s new line of flexible high speed Windows CE based 12.1 inch TFT displays. These displays are equipped with two USB ports (the front port is typically utilized with memory sticks for recipe transfers) and a compact flash interface (for data storage). Recipes, SPC data, screen captures and logging functions can be stored and loaded from various memory devices. The control is also compatible with our family of OPtima Touch PC based operator stations based on our Wonderware InTouch based applications and plant wide integration capabilities. High speed display updates Ethernet communications Recipe storage to USB memory stick Online RLD diagnostics without a separate computer Closed loop control updated less than 1.0ms for improved part quality Large color touch screen Statistical process control Advanced Impact injection Multi language, Asian font support MCxx Mechanical Details Full Keyboard Operator Station 315mm (12.41in) 93.2mm (3.67in) 4 Slot Controller 228.5mm (9.0in) 218mm (78.58in) 186mm (7.32in) mm (20.16in) 274mm (10.79in) 15mm (0.59in) Ref 194mm (7.64in) Mounting 173mm (6.84in) 20mm (0.79in) 202mm (7.95in) Mounting MACO/EM-3 Brochure HA MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA136715

244 5-34 MACO Breeze II Parison Control DSJ IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Blow moulding parison only control The MACO Breeze II controller brings parison only wall thickness control capability to the average operator, and added productivity and profit to blow molders. It can be specified on new machines or added as a retrofit to a wide variety of machines to provide consistent wall thickness for improved product quality, less material consumption and reduced scrap. This pre-engineered system is factory configured for most blow molding applications. The user needs only specify the type of machine and the unit will be factory programmed and wired for that type of machine. Once the unit is installed, calibrate the tool/accumulator and enter the desired parison profile. The 100 point parison profile is displayed graphically on a large display, which allows the profile to be quickly modified and compared to the actual process value. The entered profiles can then be stored internally or on removable USB memory sticks. Indicator DSJ Contents Pre-configured for common machines (time or position) 100 point parison profile 100 point velocity pushout control Graphically Enter and display the parison profile Actual tooling performance versus entered profile displayed Separate weight & die gap settings Very high speed loop closure - 0.1ms Multiple security levels Large color touch screen Store parison setups to internal memory or USB sticks Common boards with the MACO DS controller Mechanical Details 12.1" TFT 4 Slot Controller Panel cutout 295mm x 240mm (11.625in x 9.438in) 314mm (12.380in) The MACO Breeze II utilizes the same cards as the MACO DS total machine controller, which allows users to stock fewer spare parts and provides highly precise parison control. Parison tooling position is updated every 0.1 milliseconds to minimize material usage and improve part quality. The Breeze II can be cost effectively programmed to meet specific requirements for the most demanding blow molding applications or customer needs, and provides the foundation for future expansion to total machine control in which the full capability and advantages of the MACO system can be realized mm (9.0in) 218mm (78.58in) 186mm (7.32in) 237mm (9.342in) 203mm (8.000in) 262mm (10.325in) 274mm (10.79in) 194mm (7.64in) Mounting 12.7mm (0.5000in) 39mm (1.531in) 143.1mm (5.625in) 15mm (0.59in) Ref 173mm (6.84in) 20mm (0.79in) 202mm (7.95in) Mounting 260mm (10.250in) 291mm (11.464in) MACO/EM-3 Brochure HA MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA136715

245 MACO Alpha Systems 4000, 5000 & 6000 Series 5-35 IDEAL Injection FOR moulding Benefits machine IDEAL FOR control Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Extrusion IDEAL line machine FOR Benefits mcontrol IDEAL FOR Benefits Blow moulding machine control The MACO 4000, 5000 and 6000 Series control systems are a scalable family, designed to meet even the most demanding applications. The open design allows integrated control of virtually any process variable. Controller chassis are available in 7-slot, 9-slot, 12-slot and 16-slot versions, with the added capability of multi-chassis (up to 3) operation. For injection applications, the MACO offers closed loop injection process control, clamp control, linear positioning control, pressure/flow control, auto-tune heat/cool temperature control, sequential machine control, and built-in timing and counting. For extrusion applications, the MACO offers melt temperature control, melt pressure control, analog and digital drive interfaces, auto-tune heat/cool temperature control, sequential machine control, and built-in timing and counting. For blow moulding applications, the MACO offers closed loop parison process control, clamp control, linear positioning control, pressure/flow control, auto-tune heat/cool temperature control, sequential machine control, and built-in timing and counting. Other optional features include Statistical Process Control (SPC), math functions, and several communications options. These systems are mounted in heavy gauge sheet metal chassis and come with built in power supplies that provide all of the operating voltages needed for the controller and operator station (an external supply is required for output cards). Multi-bus, multi-processor control Total molding machine control High speed analog I/O Modular local I/O Programmable sequence control Mechanical Details 7 Slot 375.9mm (14.800in) 12 Slot 509.3mm (20.050in) 4/5/6000 Series 308.8mm (12.160in) 344.5mm (13.562in) 287mm (11.300in) 308.8mm (12.160in) 9 Slot 416.9mm (16.415in) 16 Slot 698.5mm (27.100in) MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA136715

246 5-36 OPtima/Lite Operator Stations 41xx IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Visualization for the MACO 4000, 5000, 6000 and DS The OPtima/Lite operator stations offer a variety of features to help meet the machine control requirements and budget objectives of your injection, extrusion or blow molding machine. Operator stations ship complete with data input and information screens for the specified application. Using the OptiGrafix Screen Editor software package, you can change or add screens to suit your particular needs. Multi Language Support OPtima/Lite operator stations can be programmed using multiple languages, as well as Chinese, Korean and Japanese fonts. 640 x 480 display Recipe saves to floppy disk or INSTA-SET cartridge 24 programmable machine function keys with LEDs User programmable screens in many languages Alarm logging Setpoint logging Setpoint and Recipe Storage On average, 16 setups/recipes can be stored in internal memory (the actual number depends on the number of elements in each). Additional setups/recipes can be stored on removable INSTA-SET memory cartridges or the optional floppy disk drive. Soft Keys and Page Keys Soft keys are a group of user definable (in the screen editor) keys located directly beneath the display. If a key has a video label above it, the label could be either a path or a special function. Pressing a path key will cause the screen identified by that path to appear on the screen. Pressing a special function key will cause the action to occur which is described by the label. Forward and backward page keys display the screens in consecutive order. The alternate page key recalls the last user screen displayed. Security Codes Mechanical Details OPtima 111.1mm (4.375in) The screen editor is used to assign one or more security codes to each of the 4 security levels. When the operator station powers up, the first screen displays a field for a security code to be entered. Only screens whose security level is equal to or lower than the code will be accessible. 41xx mm (18.00in) 279.4mm (11.00in) 92.1mm (3.625in) Alarm and Setpoint Logging An alarm logging screen can be used to monitor state changes of a predetermined group of system alarms, up to a total of 96 control relays. The system address and name of the control relay is recorded, as well as the security level of the display, the password used to reach that level, and a time and date stamp. Similarly, a setpoint logging screen can be used to monitor the last 100 setpoint changes. The log consists of time, date, password code for the security level, security level, old setpoint, new setpoint, a four byte ID, and the screen number where the change occurred. Lite 420.4mm (16.550in) 228.9mm (9.000in) 2.70in (68.6mm) 2.51in (63.75mm) 6-32 Ground Stud (or strain relief) 0.575in (14.6mm) Specifications Display type: Display size: Display area: Operating temperature: Storage temperature: Operating humidity: 16 color active matrix LCD 80 columns x 30 lines 5.14 w x 3.86 h (Lite) 8.3 w x 6.2 h (OPtima) 5 to 45 C (Lite) 0 to 50 C (OPtima) -20 to 60 C (Lite) -25 to 70 C (OPtima) 30 to 85% RH, non-condensing OPtima 10.4 Brochure HA OPtima 15 Brochure HA MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA136715

247 OPtima Touch PCs DSx5 & PCx IDEAL Automotive FOR Benefits industry IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Semiconductor IDEAL manufacture FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Transportation FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Plastics IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Heat FOR Treatment Benefits applications IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEALFOR Utilities Increased productivity utilising an industrial computer versus a proprietary operator station can significantly improve productivity. This is due to the computer s ability to integrate all the discrete hardware and software components into one seamless interface for the operator. In addition, all the local operator interfaces can then be networked into a common supervisory system providing one common interface to support, maintain and administer. Reduced downtime Maintenance personnel can locally run programming tools with on-line diagnostics to quickly resolve problems. Rugged design The OPtima Touch is designed for the rugged industrial environment. A heavy duty steel chassis and low component count circuit designs provide for enhanced reliability along with increased shock, vibration and EMI immunity. Easy installation Unique bracket mounting system for fitting into the panel cutout. No need for drilling holes or fixing studs. Plug & Play operation Custom installation of different software packages is available to reduce start-up costs. Applications - The OPtima Touch Industrial Computer has been designed for operation in harsh environmental conditions in a multitude of vertical markets including automotive, semiconductor, transportation, plastics, heat treating, utilities and more. Thanks to a built-in fast Ethernet port, the 15 OPtima Touch provides instant connectivity to a plant s intranet and networked servers. Specifications LCD: Touch screen: Processor speed: DRAM: BIOS: VGA controller: VGA port: Ethernet: Serial ports: Parallel port: USB ports: Storage: Keyboard port: Mouse port: Expansion slot: Operating systems: Power supply: Temperature: 15 TFT 1024 x 768 (horizontal or vertical mount) 12.1 TFT 1024 x 768 (horizontal mount only) 10.4 TFT 800 x 600 (horizontal mount only) Analog resistive continuous resolution 1.2GHz Celeron, 133MHz FSB 512MB DIMM Phoenix-Award S3 ProSavage4 4xAGP 3D/2D SVGA up to 1600 x bit Supports simultaneous display with second monitor (1) 10/100 base-t Realtek RTL8139C RJ-45 connector (2) RS-232; (1) RS232/422/485 (1) parallel (2) USB 40GB (standard) PS/2 PS/2 (1) 32-bit PCI (half length) Windows XP Professional (standard); Windows XP Embedded (optional, required for flash drive) 85 to 264V ac, 90 Watts (standard) 19 to 32V dc, 90 Watts (consult factory) Operating: 0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F) Storage: -20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F) 5 to 50 C (122 F), non-condensing 5G, 11ms duration, half-sinewave Operating humidity: Operating shock: Operating vibration: 10-58Hz, mm Hz; 0.5G Protection class: NEMA 4X/IP65 (front side) EMC: CE/FCC class A Safety: CE/cTUVus Three screen sizes 15 /12.1/10.4 Bright easy to read high resolution display High reliability Compact size Mechanical Details 15" TFT Panel cutout 375mm x 286mm 283mm 12.1" TFT 237mm 203mm Panel cutout 295mm x 240mm 127mm 373.1mm 314mm 260mm 291mm 10.4" TFT 308mm Panel cutout 311mm x 232mm 228mm 108mm 330mm 12.7mm 8mm 8mm 262mm 97mm 112.1mm 311mm 39mm 254mm 143.1mm Indicator DSx5/PCx5 Contents OPtima 10.4 Brochure HA OPtima 15 Brochure HA MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA136715

248 5-38 MACO XL PB & Remote I/O Pushbutton Stations IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Pushbutton stations The XL PB and Remote I/O pushbutton stations provide a cost effective means to add pushbuttons to any general purpose PLC or distributed control system. An LED at each key indicates On/Off status. On the XL PB, openings for inserting labels on the back of the panel let you easily remove and replace the keypad icons. There is also a mounting hole for a user installed device such as an E-Stop button or key switch. The Remote I/O station features individual keycaps that can be removed for inserting custom icons. Typical applications would be for additional pushbuttons around an operator station, a primary interface for sequence-only controllers, and as a remote interface station. Programmable buttons LED at each button Insertable labels Just specify the smart interface board and connect to Ethernet, Modbus Plus, ControlNet, DeviceNet, Profibus-DP, or Interbus-S networks. In addition to the buttons and LEDs provided as standard, the smart interface board adds 8 more inputs and outputs that can be connected to external momentary switches and indicator lights. Pushbuttons Mechanical Details XL PB 152.4mm (6.0in) 294.6mm (11.6in Remote I/O 311.1mm (12.25in) 147.3mm (5.80in) MACO/EM-3 Data Bulletin HA136715

249 DCS Solutions Software Computer System Configuration Tools Project Studio/Developer Network Support and I/O Drivers OPC Servers I/O Drivers Software Coding Visualisation Packages Process Viewer Operations Server Operations Viewer Data Reporting and Manipulation Dream Report Software Information Manager Wonderware ActiveFactory

250 5-40 Computer System Computer Coding System ES PC Basic Product ES EurothermSuite 1 Type PC Computer system 2 PC Platform TOWER Mini tower DESK Desktop 4 Supply Volt Volts Volts 5 17TFT 19TFT 20TFT 6 Monitor 17 TFT Screen 19 TFT Screen 20 TFT Screen Configured 3 Operating System XP Windows XP 2003 Windows 2003 SW FULL Add SW (purchased separately) Add SW & HW (separate items)

251 Engineering Tools - Project Studio/Project Developer 5-41 Project Studio T555 1 T555 Type PCIX With ARCnet PCI-X card PCI With ARCnet PCI card USB ARCnet USB connector - No card supplied 2 Basic Product EPS2000 Licence Type LICENCE Full Software Licence UPDATE Update from previous versions CD V4 3 Number of LIN Blocks supported via OPC Server LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks 4 CD 5 Media Type Version CD Rom with online manuals Project Studio/Developer V4 Windows 2000 and XP Project Developer T560 CD V4 T560 1 Type PCIX With ARCnet PCI-X card PCI With ARCnet PCI card USB ARCnet USB connector - No card supplied 2 Basic Product Unit Solution Software Licence Type LICENCE Full Software Licence UPDATE Update from previous versions 3 Number of LIN Blocks supported via OPC Server LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks LIN Blocks INT75 Intellution LIN I/O driver 75 LIN blocks INT150 Intellution LIN I/O driver 150 LIN blocks INT300 Intellution LIN I/O driver 300 LIN blocks INT1000 Intellution LIN I/O driver 1000 LIN blocks INT2000 Intellution LIN I/O driver 2000 LIN blocks INT4000 Intellution LIN I/O driver 4000 LIN blocks WW75 Wonderware LIN Suitelink 75 LIN blocks WW150 Wonderware LIN Suitelink 150 LIN blocks WW300 Wonderware LIN Suitelink 300 LIN blocks WW1000 Wonderware LIN Suitelink 1000 LIN blocks WW2000 Wonderware LIN Suitelink 2000 LIN blocks WW4000 Wonderware LIN Suitelink 4000 LIN blocks 4 CD 5 V4 Media Type CD Rom with online manuals Version Windows 2000 and XP T555/T560 Specification Sheet HA261320U001

252 5-42 Visualisation Packages - Process Viewer T555 PVIEW CD V4 Process Viewer Basic Product T555 EPS Type - No card supplied 2 Process Viewer PVIEW Process Viewer 3 OPC Server RT-ENT Entry level runtime 64 tags DS-ENT Entry level development 64 tags RT-BAS Base runtime 500 tags DS-BAS Base development 500 tags RT-SML Small runtime 1000 tags RO-SML Small runtime with I/O1000 tags DS-SML Small development 1000 tags RT-LRG Large runtime 3000 tags RO-LRG Large runtime with I/O 3000 tags DS-LRG Large development 3000 tags RT-XRG XLarge runtime tags RO-XRG XLarge runtime with I/O tags DS-XRG XLarge development tags 4 CD 5 V4 Media Type CD Rom with online manuals Version InTouch ArchestrA enabled Ops-S-1 Specification Sheet HA261328U001

253 Visualisation Packages - Operations Server 5-43 Operation Server Software only OpsS-1 CD EN V4 Basic Product OpsS-1 Operation with EurothermSuite Software 1 Type OP Operator Window viewer DS-75 Development server 75 LIN Blocks per server DS-150 Development server 150 LIN Blocks per server DS-300 Development server 300 LIN Blocks per server DS-1000 Development server 1000 LIN Blocks per server DS-2000 Development server 2000 LIN Blocks per server DS-4000 Development server 4000 LIN Blocks per server RT-75 Run Time server 75 LIN Blocks per server RT-150 Run Time server 150 LIN Blocks per server RT-300 Run Time server 300 LIN Blocks per server RT-1000 Run Time server 1000 LIN Blocks per server RT-2000 Run Time server 2000 LIN Blocks per server RT-4000 Run Time Server 4000 LIN Blocks per server RT-75 Runtime with I/O 75 LIN Blocks per server RO-150 Runtime with I/O 150 LIN Blocks per server RO-300 Runtime with I/O 300 LIN Blocks per server RO-1000 Runtime with I/O 1000 LIN Blocks per server RO-2000 Runtime with I/O 2000 LIN Blocks per server RO-4000 Runtime with I/O 4000 LIN Blocks per server FF-1 Factory Focus Software only Single Node FF-5 Factory Focus Software only 5-Pack FF-10 Factory FocusSoftware only 10-Pack FF-20 Factory Focus Software only 20-Pack 2 Software Features ADT Auditor features - Not required 3 Documentation CD CD 4 Language EN English 5 Version V4 Based on intouch ArchestrA enabled Operations Coding Server Operation Server Operator Stations Licence size update New Size OpsUpd V4 Basic Product OpsUpd Operator Stations 1 Old Size DS-75 Development station: 75 blocks DS-150 Development station: 150 blocks DS-300 Development station: 300 blocks DS-1000 Development station: 1000 blocks DS-2000 Development station: 2000 blocks DS-150 Development station: 150 blocks DS-300 Development station: 300 blocks DS-1000 Development station: 1000 blocks DS-2000 Development station: 2000 blocks DS-4000 Development station: 4000 blocks 3 Version V4 Based on InTouch 9.X 4 Serial Number (Note 1) XXXXXX Serial number of existing Wonderware licence Operation Server Runtime Stations Licence size update New Size OpsUpd Basic Product OpsUpd Runtime Stations 1 Old Size RT-75 Runtime station: 75 blocks RT-150 Runtime station: 150 blocks RT-300 Runtime station: 300 blocks RT-1000 Runtime station: 1000 blocks RT-2000 Runtime station: 2000 blocks V4 RT-150 RT-300 RT-1000 RT-2000 RT Version Runtime station: 150 blocks Runtime station: 300 blocks Runtime station: 1000 blocks Runtime station: 2000 blocks Runtime station: 4000 blocks V4 Based on InTouch Serial Number (Note 1) XXXXXX Serial number of existing Wonderware licence Note 1. Credit on existing licence is available by entering existing serial number Ops-S-1 Specification Sheet HA261328U001

254 5-44 Visualisation Packages - Operations Version Update Operations Viewer OpsVer V4 Basic Product OpsVer Operator Stations 1 Type OP Operator Workstation OP-DS Operator Workstation - window maker DS-75 Development station: 75 blocks DS-150 Development station: 150 blocks DS-300 Development station: 300 blocks DS-1000 Development station: 1000 blocks DS-2000 Development station: 2000 blocks DS-4000 Development station: 4000 blocks RT-75 Runtime station: 75 blocks RT-150 Runtime station: 150 blocks RT-300 Runtime station: 300 blocks RT-1000 Runtime station: 1000 blocks RT-2000 Runtime station: 2000 blocks RT-4000 Runtime station: 4000 blocks 2 Version V4 Based on InTouch ArchestrA enabled 3 Serial Number (Note 1) XXXXXX Serial number of existing Wonderware licence OpsVer Specification Sheet HA261328U001

255 Data Report & Manipulation - Dream Report Software DR DR Basic Product Dream Report 1 Number of Tags tags tags tags tags tags tags Dream Coding Report

256 5-46 Data Report & Manipulation - Information Manager Information Manager - Software only Information Coding Manager 1 Basic Product Type InfMgS-1 CD EN InfMgS-1 Information Manager 100 Information Manager 100 points includes Developer and EPS 500 Information Manager 500 points includes Developer and EPS 5000 Information Manager 5000 points includes Developer and EPS 2500 Information Manager points includes Developer and EPS 5 V4 3 CD 4 EN 5 Documentation CD Language English Version 2 Additional I/O Driver Points V4 Based on InSQL - Not required Information Manager Software Licence Size InfUpd V4 InfUpd Basic Product Information Manager licence update 3 V4 Version Based on InSQL 1 Old Size Serial Number (Note 1) XXXXXX Serial number of existing Wonderware licence 2 New Size Information Manager Software Version Update InfVer V4 Basic Product 2 Version InfVer Information Manager version update V4 Based on InSQL 1 Type 500 Information Manager 500 tags 5000 Information Manager 5000 tags Information Manager tags 3 Serial Number (Note 1) XXXXXX Serial number of existing Wonderware licence InfMgS-1 Specification Sheet HA261343U001

257 Data Report & Manipulation - Wonderware ActiveFactory 5-47 ES 1 AF V9 5 - Basic Product ES EurothermSuite 1 Type AF Active Factory 2 Type DEV1 Active factory 1 - user per device DEV5 Active factory per device 5 - users DEV10 Active factory per device10 - users DEV20 Active factory per device20 - users DEV50 Active factory per device50 - users DEV10 Active factory per device100 - users NM1 Active factory 1 - user per named user NM5 Active factory per named user 5 - users NM10 Active factory per named user 10 - users NM20 Active factory per named user 20 - users NM50 Active factory per named user 50 - users NM100 Active factory per named user users 3 FSCAL Licences CDEV1 FSCAL user per device CDEV5 FSCAL2000 per device 5 -users CDEV10 FSCAL2000 per device 10 -users CDEV20 FSCAL2000 per device 20 -users CDEV50 FSCAL2000 per device 50 -users CDEV100 FSCAL2000 per device 100 -users CNM1 FSCAL user per named user CNM5 FSCAL2000 per named user 5 -users CNM10 FSCAL2000 per named user 10 -users CNM20 FSCAL2000 per named user 20 -users CNM50 FSCAL2000 per named user 50 -users CNM100 FSCAL2000 per named user 100 -users CPROC FSCAL2000 per processor CPRNMS FSCAL2000 per processor no MSSQL 4 Version V9 Active Factory Version 5 - Blank field ActiveFactory

258 5-48

259 Hardware Coding DCS Solutions 5-49 Automation Systems Hardware Process/Visual Controllers Eycon Visual Supervisor T2550 Programmable Automation Controller T820 HMI OPtima Touch PC T640 Integrated Loop Processor T940X Process Supervisor Accessories Communications Equipment Cables & Profibus Configurator

260 5-50 Eycon Series Visual Supervisor NONE L01 L02 L11 L12 L13 L14 Basic Product Eycon 10 Eycon 10 1/4 VGA Display with Touchscreen Eycon 20 Eycon 20 Full XGA Display with Touchscreen 2 NONE AUDIT Software 1 Standard Display and software Setpoint Program, Recipe & Report Capability Batch Manager, Setpoint Program, Recipe & Report Capability Carbon Diffusion block (includes LO2) 2 Carbon Diffusion blocks(includes LO2) 3 Carbon Diffusion blocks(includes LO2) 4 Carbon Diffusion blocks(includes LO2) Software 2 No Auditor Feature Auditor Feature - Electronic Records and Signatures 4 Blank field not used 1 1 PCI slot 5 Battery BATT Battery fitted 6 Bezel Colour SLV Silver (Standard) GRN Eurotherm Green* BLK Black* SST Stainless Steel* 7 Keyboard EUR Eurotherm OEM OEM 9 Label Set XXXXX Eurotherm 12 Technical Support TS0 No support included TS1 1 Hour Support TS2 2 Hours Support TS4 4 Hours Support TS8 8 Hours Support 11 Warranty XXXXX Standard Warranty WL005 5 Years Extended Warranty Eycon 3 Communications Protocol ELIN LIN Peer to Peer comms includes Modbus Slave (RTU & TCP) MBMS Modbus Master/Slave - RTU & TCP comms (includes LIN) PBMS Profibus Master Comms includes ELIN PBMB Profibus and Master Comms, includes ELIN 8 Installation Guide Language ENG English GER German* FRA French* CHI Chinese* * Please consult factory Eycon 10/Eycon 20 Specification Sheet HA029353

261 Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) - T Basic Product T2550R Dual Processor Redundant capable base and I/O T2550S Single Processor Redundant ready base and I/O 6 Terminal Unit Connector RJ45 RJ45 connector for Modbus 9DTYPE 9 Pin D Type connector for Profibus only 1 16R 08R 06R 04R 00S 2 NONE C16 C08 C06 C04 3 Base Size 2 IOC position for redundant operation 16 I/O Module position 2 IOC position for redundant operation 8 I/O Module position 2 IOC position for redundant operation 6 I/O Module position 2 IOC position for redundant operation 4 I/O Module position 1 IOC position for redundant operation 0 I/O Module position Earthing System Two earth clamps fitted Earthing clamp for a 16 I/O module base Earthing clamp for a 8 I/O module base Earthing clamp for a 6 I/O module base Earthing clamp for a 4 I/O module base IOC and Software L = Standard License D = Data Logging Foundation Standard Control Advanced L10/D10 Unbounded 0 0 off L20/D20 Unbounded 50 4 off L30/D30 Unbounded off L40/D40 Unbounded Unbounded 4 off L50/D50 Unbounded Unbounded 16 off L60/D60 Unbounded Unbounded 24 off L70/D70 Unbounded Unbounded 32 off L80/D80 Unbounded Unbounded Unbounded off L90/D90 Unbounded Unbounded Unbounded on 4 Ethernet Communications Protocol ELIN MB-TCPM 5 LIN peer-to-peer Modbus-TCP Master comms (Includes LIN peer-to-peer) Serial Communications Protocol 7-22 Module and Terminations AI2-TC 2 ch isol universal analogue I/P with CJC for T/C AI2-DC 2 ch isol universal analogue I/P for PT100, Hiz inputs AI2-MA 2 ch isol universal analogue I/P - 5 shunt fitted for ma inputs AI3 3 ch isol 4-20mA analogue I/P with 24V Tx PSU AI3-DT 3 ch isol 4-20mA analogue I/P with 24V Tx PSU with Disconnects AI4-TC 4 ch non isol T/C, with CJC A14-MV 4 ch non isol mv I/P AI4-MA 4 ch non isol ma I/P A02 2 ch isol analogue O/P ma, volts A02-DT 2 ch isol analogue O/P ma, volts with Disconnects DI424 4 ch digital I/P DI424-DT 4 ch digital I/P with Disconnects DI6-230V 6 ch 230 volt ac logic I/P DI6-115V 6 ch 115 volt ac logic I/P DI8L 8 ch non isol Digital I/P (Logic I/P only) DI8L-DT 8 ch non isol Digital I/P (Logic I/P only) with Disconnects DI8C 8 ch non isol Digital I/P (Contact I/P only) DI8C-DT 8 ch non isol Digital I/P (Contact I/P only) with Disconnects DO4L 4 ch digital output Logic O/P 10mA max DO4L-DT 4 ch digital O/P Logic O/P 10mA max with Disconnects DO424 4 ch digital O/P 24 volt dc switched O/P DO424-DT 4 ch digital O/P 24 volt dc switched O/P with Disconnects DO8 8 ch digital O/P. Rated 1A per channel max 4A per module RLY4 4 ch isol relay O/P. Rated 2A ac RLY4-FUSE 4 ch isol relay O/P. Rated 2A ac, with 4 off 3.15A fuses FI2 2 ch Frequency I/P FI2-DT 2 ch Frequency I/P with disconnects ZI Zirconia Input BLANK Blank terminal unit NONE No terminal unit or blank fitted 23 Application NONE No application loaded YYYXXX Pre-configured application loaded T2550 SERIAL HMI comms and Raw comms (Non Isolated) MB Modbus Master comms (Non Isolated) Profibus Profibus DP Slave comms (9 pin D connector) ISOSERIAL* HMI comms and Raw comms (Isolated) ISOMB* Modbus Master comms (Isolated) * Please consult factory 24 Manuals CDM CD with Manuals NONE Manuals on Processor Flash Card MANUALS Paper Copy of Manuals 25 Language ENG English T T Basic Product Programmable Automation Controller IOC and Software L = Standard License D = Data Logging Foundation Standard Control Advanced L10/D10 Unbounded 0 0 off L20/D20 Unbounded 50 4 off L30/D30 Unbounded off L40/D40 Unbounded Unbounded 4 off L50/D50 Unbounded Unbounded 16 off L60/D60 Unbounded Unbounded 24 off L70/D70 Unbounded Unbounded 32 off L80/D80 Unbounded Unbounded Unbounded off L90/D90 Unbounded Unbounded Unbounded on 2 F32 NONE 3 Ethernet Communications Protocol ELIN MB-TCPM 4 Flash Card Size 32M Flash card (standard) None fitted LIN peer-to-peer Modbus-TCP Master comms (Includes LIN peer-to-peer) Serial Communications Protocol SERIAL HMI comms and Raw comms (Non Isolated) MB Modbus Master comms (Non Isolated) Profibus Profibus DP Slave comms (9 pin D connector) ISOSERIAL* HMI comms and Raw comms (Isolated) ISOMB* Modbus Master comms (Isolated) T2550 Specification Sheet HA029159

262 5-52 Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) - T T2550B DEFAULT Basic Product 3 Earthing System T2550B Programmable Automation Controller Base Unit 1 DEFAULT Default NONE Two earth clamps fitted C16 Earthing clamp for a 16 I/O module base C08* Earthing clamp for a 8 I/O module base C06* Earthing clamp for a 6 I/O module base C04* Earthing clamp for a 4 I/O module base 2 Base Size 16R 2 IOC position for redundant operation 16 I/O Module position 08R 2 IOC position for redundant operation 8 I/O Module position 06R 2 IOC position for redundant operation 6 I/O Module position 04R 2 IOC position for redundant operation 4 I/O Module position 00S 1 IOC position for redundant operation 0 I/O Module position 4 Manuals CDM CD with Manuals NONE Manuals on Processor Flash Card MANUALS Paper Copy of Manuals * Please consult factory T2550 Modules AI2 Two Channel Analogue Input 2500M/AI2UNIV Two Channel isolated universal input 2500T/AI2/TC/NONE Terminal unit for TC with CJC 2500T/AI2/DC/NONE Terminal unit for Mv, V, PT100, Hiz inputs 2500T/AI2/DC/SHUNT Terminal unit for 5 ohm shunt fitted for ma DI8 Eight Channel Digital Input 2500M/DI8logic/NONE Eight channel non isolated Logic 2500M/DI8contact/NONE Eight channel non isolated Connect 2500T/DI8/UNIV/NONE Terminal unit 2500T/DI8/UNIV/DCONNECT Terminal unit with disconnects AI3 Three Channel Analogue Input 2500M/AI3UNIV Three channel isolated 4-20mA with isolated 24V Tx PSU 2500T/AI3/UNIV/NONE Terminal unit with dummy cover fitted 2500T/AI3/UNIV/DCONNECT Terminal unit with disconnect AI4 Four Channel Analogue Input 2500M/AI4UNIV Four channel T/C, mv, ma input 2500T/AI4/TC/NONE Terminal unit for 4 channel TC with CJC 2500T/AI4/mV/NONE Terminal unit for 4 channel mv 2500T/AI4/mA/NONE Terminal unit for 4 channel ma AO2 Two Channel Analogue Output 2500M/AO2UNIV Two channel isolated ma, volts 2500T/AO2/UNIV/NONE Terminal unit 2500T/AO2/DCONNECT Terminal unit with disconnect DI4 Four Channel Digital Input 2500M/DI424V/EXTPWR Two channel input 2500T/DI4/UNIV/NONE Terminal unit with dummy cover fitted 2500T/DI4/UNIV/DCONNECT Terminal unit with disconnects DI6 Six Channel AC Voltage Input 2500M/DI6HVAC/230V Six channel high voltage 230 volt ac logic 2500M/DI6HVAC/115V Six channel high voltage 115 volt ac logic 2500T/DI6/UNIV Terminal unit DO4 Four Channel Logic Output 2500M/DO4/LOGIC/EXTPWR Four channel digital logic output 10mA max 2500M/DO424V/EXTPWR Four channel digital 24d switched output 2500T/DO4/UNIV/NONE Terminal unit with dummy cover fitted 2500T/DO4/UNIV/DCONNECT Terminal unit with disconnects DO8 Eight Channel Digital Output 2500M/DO8/EXTPWR Eight channel digital output 2500T/DO8/NONE Terminal unit RLY4 Four Channel Relay Output 2500M/RLY4 Four channel isolated relay output 2500T/RLY4/NOFUSE Terminal unit 2500T/RL4/FUSE2A Terminal unit with four 3.15a fuses FI2 Two Channel Frequency Input 2500M/FI2 Two channel isolated 2500T/FI2 Terminal unit with dummy cover fitted 2500T/FI2/DCONNECT Terminal unit with disconnects

263 Operator Panel - T T820 - SL 14 ENG Basic Product 5 Battery 11 Manuals T820 1 Processor Operator terminal TERMINAL No Processor, Conn to T2550 CONTROL IOC fitted UPGRADE IOC supplied separately 2 3 IOC and Software L = Standard License D = Data Logging Foundation Standard Control Advanced L10/D10 Unbounded 0 0 off L20/D20 Unbounded 50 4 off L30/D30 Unbounded off L40/D40 Unbounded Unbounded 4 off L50/D50 Unbounded Unbounded 16 off L60/D60 Unbounded Unbounded 24 off L70/D70 Unbounded Unbounded 32 off L80/D80 Unbounded Unbounded Unbounded off L90/D90 Unbounded Unbounded Unbounded on Blank Field NBAT BATT 6 Battery not fitted Battery fitted Blank Field - Not used 7 EUR OEM 8 SL 9 STD DIN Keyboard Eurotherm OEM Case Colour Silver Mounting Std through panel Std through panel +DIN mounting kit NOMAN No manuals CDM CD with manuals MAN Paper manuals 12 Technical Support Charge TS1 1 Hour (default) TS2 2 Hour TS4 4 Hours TS8 8 Hours 13 Warranty XXXXX Standard WL005 5 Year extended 14 Installation Guide Manual ENG English T820 - Not used 4 Modbus Master Communications SLAVE Modbus-TCP & Serial-Slave communication MASTER Modbus-TCP & Serial-Master communication 10 Applications NONE None XXXXXX Preconfigured (enter ref. no.) T820 Specification Sheet HA029288

264 5-54 OPtima Touch PC - PC PC Basic Product P C PC-based operator station 5 Backplane 1 1 PCI slot 10 Software 1 Windows XI 3 Display C 10.4 TFT LCD touchscreen SVGA monitor (800 x 600) E 15 TFT LCD touchscreen XVGA monitor (1024 x 768) 4 Processor GHz Celeron 6 RAM 2 512M DRAM 7 Hard Drive 1 40G Byte 8 Floppy Drive 0 None 11 PCI Add-In Card 0 None 14 Source Power Required V ac 15 Special 0 None OPtima Touch PC 9 Mounting 1 Flange

265 Integrated Loop Processor - T T640 Basic Product 6 Sleeve T640 Multi-function process controller 1 Power Supply DC 19V-55V dc MAINS Universal mains 90V to 265V ac RMS T710 Supplied in a sleeve T750 T750, T640/7950 adapter sleeve (dc power only) - No sleeve supplied 7 Calibration Certificate 2 Serial Communications CERT Certificate required - No certificate required 422 RS422 Bi-Synch serial communications 485 RS485 communications - Serial communications not required 3 First I/O Board (Hi-Level I/O board) HI HI 0-5V or 0-10V I/P range automatically selected by database HG HG jumpers set for V fixed input and output range HIB HIB As HI but with internal burden resistors fitted HGB HGB As HG but with internal burden resistors fitted TC TC thermocouple I/O board - No board fitted in Site Second I/O Board (Hi-Level I/O expansion board) HI Expands board specified in Site I, with no burden resistors HG HG jumpers set for V fixed input and output range HIB As HI but with internal burden resistors fitted HGB As HG but with internal burden resistors fitted TC Thermocouple I/O board - No board fitted in Site 2 Function M001 2-loop M002 4-loop M003 4-loop plus SFC M006 Fixed function (includes T510 software and manual) M007 4-loop plus SFC + advanced function - No memory fitted 8 Factory Configuration - 9 Labels EN English FR French GE German IT Italian SW Swedish SP Spanish 10 Colour GREEN Green BLACK Black 11 Technical Support Charge TS1 1 Hour Technical Support (default) TS2 2 Hours Technical Support TS4 4 Hours Technical Support TS8 8 Hours Technical Support T640 Note Thermocouple board in slot 1 and high level board in slot 2 is not a valid combination. T640 Specification Sheet HA082468U001

266 5-56 Integrated Loop Processor - T640 T640 Loop Controller used for 6360 Emulation T640 HI HI Basic Product 6 Sleeve T640 Multi-function process controller 1 Power Supply DC 19V-55V dc MAINS Universal mains 90V to 265V ac RMS 2 Serial Communications T710 Supplied in a sleeve T750 T750, T640/7950 adapter sleeve (dc power only) - No sleeve supplied 7 Calibration Certificate CERT Certificate required - No certificate required 422 RS422 Bi-Synch serial communications - Serial communications not required 8 Factory Configuration 3 First I/O Board (Hi-Level I/O board) - HI HI 0-5V or 0-10V input range automatically selected by database 9 Labels T640 4 Second I/O Board (Hi-Level I/O expansion board) HI Expands board specified in Site I, with no burden resistors 5 Function M emulation - No memory fitted EN English FR French GE German IT Italian SW Swedish SP Spanish 10 Colour GREEN Green BLACK Black Note When a T760 is required which enables the T640 to function on the original 6360 slot in a 7950 rack the power supply must be ordered as DC. T950 Security Key T Basic Product 2 Area T950 Infrared security key 1 Access AREAn Key operates only instruments with area code n or specify as 1 to 8 - Key operates only instruments with 0 area code FULL Full access to all parameters provided PARTIAL Partial access to parameters provided

267 Integrated Loop Processor - T T901 Memory Module (when ordered separately) T Basic Product T901 Memory module 1 Memory Module M001 2-loop control M002 4-loop control M004 4-loop plus SFC M006 Fixed function M007 4-loop plus SFC + advanced function M emulation 2 Labels EN English FR French GE German IT Italian SW Swedish SP Spanish T750 Adapter Sleeve Basic Product T750 T640/7950 Adapter sleeve T710 Sleeve for T640 (when ordered separately) T T710 Basic Product T710 DIN sleeve for T640 1 Power Supply DC 19V-55V dc MAINS Universal mains 90V to 265V ac RMS 2 Site 1 Connection Assembly H High-level I/O D Direct plant I/O 3 Site 1 Connection Assembly H High-level I/O D Direct plant I/O - No I/O specified for Site 2 4 Labels EN English FR French GE German IT Italian SW Swedish SP Spanish Panel Mounting Accessories Basic Product T x 7 rack frame T961 Blanking plate (T730) T962 IP65 Blanking plate (T730) T710B/Black Blank Fascia to fit T710/T720 sleeve Black T710B/Green Blank Fascia to fit T710/T720 sleeve Green ALIN Terminators Basic Product LA082586U R terminating resistor plug-in terminal mounted for T640 High-Level ma Kits Basic Product LA off double 250ohm burden resistors plus 2-off burden diode plug-in modules for T640

268 T940X 5-58 Process Supervisor - T940X T940X ENG Basic Product 3 Second Processor + Comms Option T940X 1 Base and Connect T310 base with BaseBulk head fixing (default) + BU T320 Connect Mounting base (T310) + Connect T320 - None 2 Advanced Process Supervisor First Processor + Comms Option XAPMM ALIN + Profibus + Modbus master +Modbus slave XAXMM ALIN + Modbus master + Modbus slave EXPMM ELIN + Profibus + Modbus master + Modbus slave EXXMM ELIN + Modbus master + Modbus slave XXXMM Modbus master + Modbus slave XAPMM ALIN + Profibus + Modbus master +Modbus slave XAXMM ALIN + Modbus master + Modbus slave EXPMM ELIN + Profibus + Modbus master + Modbus slave EXXMM ELIN + Modbus master + Modbus slave XXXMM Modbus master + Modbus slave BLK Blank NONE Simplex (1 processor) 4 Battery BATT Battery backup - Not fitted 5 Manual Language ENG English T310 Process Supervisor Base Unit (when ordered separately) T ENG Basic Product 2 Blank Plate T310 Base unit BLK Blank plate - None 1 Mounting BU T310 base with Base bulk-head fixing (default) Mounting base (T310) 3 Manual Language ENG English T320 Process Supervisor Connect Unit (when ordered separately) T320 1 ENG Basic Product 1 Manual Language T320 Base unit ENG English T940X Specification Sheet HA261322U201

269 Communications Equipment 5-59 Profibus Fibre-optic Ring Repeaters Basic Product LA Profibus fibre-optic repeater PCI (ALIN) Cards (supplied separately) Basic Product PCMCIA PCI PCIX Card RJ45 with 3m cable S and terminator PCI Card RJ45 with 3m cable S and terminator PCI-X Card RJ45 with 3m cable S and terminator ALIN Passive Hubs Basic Product S9572 ALIN Hub (RJ45) 12 way, supporting 3m drop cables S way ALIN Test Adapter Active Hub Rack S9574H Basic Product S9574H ALIN Active Hub 2 Power Supply Required V 50/60Hz supply V 50/60Hz supply Comms Equipment 1 Port 16E 16EF 48E 16 port free standing 16 port with rear mounting 48 port free standing 3 Rack Mounting MTG-RAK Rack mounting kit for 48 way enclosure - Not required Active Hub Interface Cards (to fit into rack) S9574C 1 Basic Product 1 Connector S9574C Interface Cards for Active Card Note ST connections are preferred FO-SMA 4 port fibre optic glass with SMA connector FO-ST0 4 port fibre optic glass with ST connector TP 4 port twisted pair with RJ11 connector TPFO-SMA 2 port fibre optic glass SMA connector and 2 port twisted pair with RJ11 connectors TPFO-ST 2 port fibre optic glass with ST connector and 2 port twisted pair with RJ11 connectors Compact ALIN Active Hub S Basic Product 1 Connector S9576 Compact ALIN Active Hub AI3-TB5 AI3-FOG-ST-TB58 AI3-FR-TB5 3 x RJ45 Twisted Pair 2 x FO (ST) and 1 x Twisted Pair (RJ45) 2 x Redundant FO (ST) and 1 x Twisted Pair (RJ45)

270 5-60 Cables & Profibus Configurator Accessories RS422 Data Communications Cable with RJ45 Connectors S S9502 Basic Product RS422 Serial Communications Cat 5 screened 2 Cable Length 3 Default 3 meters XX.X Length required in meters, price per metre 1 Type 9 RJ45 to 9 way Male D type (T921 to D240 port A) 10 RJ45 to 9 way Male D type (T921 to D240/D241 port B) 12 RJ45 to ferrule, Category 5 cable (T921/T932) 3 Colour - Default colour Cables Accessories ALIN Assembled Cable Cat 5 Shielded 100 ohm 1 S Basic Product Type S ALIN Cable Cat 5 shielded 100 ohm 2 RJ45 2 x RJ45 Connectors - T103/T303 to PCALIN interconnect 1 RJ45 1 x RJ45 Connector, 1 x ferrule - T103/T303 & PCALIN to T640 2FER Ferrules both ends interconnect RJ11-45D RJ11 - RJ45 adapter, direct wiring - PC Card (PCMCIA) ALIN Adapter to RJ45 RJ11-45X RJ11 - RJ45 adapter, crossed wiring - ARCnet card or Active Hub to RJ45 2RJ11D 2 x RJ11 Connectors, direct wiring - Active Hub interconnect 2RJ11X 2 x RJ11 Connectors, crossed wiring - PC Card (PCMCIA) ALIN Adapter to Active 1RJ11D 1 x RJ11 Connectors, direct wiring, 1 x ferrule - PC Card (PCMCIA) ALIN Adapter to T640 1RJ11X 1 x RJ11 Connectors, crossed wiring, 1 x ferrule - ARCnet Card or Active hub to T640 - No terminators/ unassembled 2 3 Cable Length 3 Default 3 meters XX.X1 Length required in meters, price per metre - minimum 2 metre length recommended Colour - Default colour Communications Cables Basic Product CABLE/9PINPC/NOPLUG/232/3.0M CABLE/25PIN261/NOPLUG/422/3.0M CABLE/9PINPC/25PIN261/232/3.0M PC 9-pin RS232 to No Connector 3.0 meters Model type 261 RS232/RS422 to No Connector 3.0 meters PC 9-pin RS232 to Model type 261 RS232/RS meters Profibus Configurator Basic Product Language PROF-ENG English PROF-FRA French PROF-GER German

271 MACO Products 5-61 MACO Products MACO Control Systems ASB Systems RS Systems SRS Systems ASB/RS/SRS Systems Bases ASB/RS/SRS Systems EM-3 Lite Extrusion Master Control System.5-67 EM-3 Extrusion Master Control System EM-3c Extrusion Master Control System MCD2 Compact Operator Stations MCxx Compact System DSJ Breeze II Parison Control x0 4, 5 & 6 Alpha Systems x0 40 & 50 Alpha Systems Cx0 4000, 5000 & 6000 Alpha Systems xx0 4500, 5500 & 6500 Alpha Systems Operator Stations 41xx OPtima/Lite Operator Stations DSx5 OPtima Touch PCs PCx5 OPtima Touch PCs Accessories XL PB Pushbutton Station Remote I/O Pushbutton Station ASB/RS/SRS Accessories , 5000 & 6000 Series MACO Products Coding

272 5-62 MACO Control Systems ASB DS DS ASB DS D S 1 4 Analog I/O Card, Slot 1 0 None A 6 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) B 12 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) C 6 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 6 T/C Inputs D 12 Analog Inputs (250ms) E 1 Channel Parison/Motion Card F 2 Channel Parison/Motion Card G 4 Channel Parison/Motion Card J 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card K 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card L 4 Channel Injection/Extrusion (pressure) Motion Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card T 3 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 9 T/C Inputs 5 6 Communication Slot 0 None B Profibus E EtherNet F ControlNet Basic Product (Schedule P) Enclosure, panel or DIN rail mount, Modbus Plus Port, 24V dc Power Supply, Data Handler and 4-slot Carrier Board Analog I/O Card, Slot 2 0 None A 6 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) B 12 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) C 6 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 6 T/C Inputs D 12 Analog Inputs (250ms) E 1 Channel Parison/Motion Card F 2 Channel Parison/Motion Card G 4 Channel Parison/Motion Card J 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card K 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card L 4 Channel Injection/Extrusion (pressure) Motion Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card T 3 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 9 T/C Inputs 9 A C E G 10 Sequence Control None 512k RAM, RS-232, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus* 1M RAM, Ethernet, RS-485 and Modbus Plus* 1M RAM, Ethernet, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus* * For C, E or G, Field 6 must be "0" I/O Slot A 0 None A Output/Input. 24V dc, 2A if outputs (8 channels) D Input, strain gauge, with power supply (2 channels) H Encoder Inputs (2) G 32 Inputs (24V dc), 32 Outputs Combo Bd (24V dc, 2A) (requires 0's in Fields 11, 12 & 13) Y 24 Inputs (24 V dc), 24 Outputs Combo Board (24V dc, 2A) (requires 0's in Fields 11, 12 & 13) 11 I/O Slot B 0 None A Output/Input. 24V dc, 2A if outputs (8 channels) D Input, strain gauge, with power supply (2 channels) H Encoder Inputs (2) 12 I/O Slot C 0 None A Output/Input. 24V dc, 2A if outputs (8 channels) D Input, strain gauge, with power supply (2 channels) H Encoder Inputs (2) 13 I/O Slot A 0 None A Output/Input. 24V dc, 2A if outputs (8 channels) D Input, strain gauge, with power supply (2 channels) E MACO-NET Communications H Encoder Inputs (2)

273 MACO Control Systems RS (8 Slot) DS DS D S 8 4 A C E G 6 Basic Product (Schedule P) Open 8 Card Chassis, 24V dc Power Supply and Data Handler with 2 Plug-In Card Slots Sequence Control None 512k RAM, RS-232, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus* 1M RAM, Ethernet, RS-485 and Modbus Plus* 1M RAM, Ethernet, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus* * For C, E, or G, Field 5 must be 0 5 Communications 0 None B Profibus E EtherNet (consult factory for availability) F ControlNet (consult factory for availability) 7 Slot B & C of Data Handler 0 None A Output/Input. 24V dc, 2A if outputs (8 channels) D Input, strain gauge, with power supply (2 channels) E MACO-NET Communications H Encoder Inputs (2) I/O Cards Slots None A 6 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) B 12 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) C 6 Analog Inputs (250 ms) & 6 T/C Inputs D 12 Analog Inputs (250 ms) E 1 Channel Parison/Motion Card F 2 Channel Parison/Motion Card G 4 Channel Parison/Motion Card J 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card K 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card L 4 Channel Injection/Extrusion (pressure) Motion Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card T 3 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 9 T/C Inputs W 4 Slot Carrier Board for Pl I/O Cards Slots 5-7 W 4 Slot Carrier Board for Plug-Ins Y 24 Input/24 Output Card Z 32 Input/32 Output Card 3 24 Output AC Card RS DS8 Note Slots 1-4 must be filled starting with T/C-Analog cards, followed by Parison, followed by EZ PRO, followed by Injection/Extrusion, followed by Synchronous Shoot and Fill. Slots 1-4 can be T/C-Analog, maximum of 4 per rack Slots 2-4 can be Parison, EZ PRO, Injection/Extrusion, Synchronous Shoot and Fill (F, G, J, K, L or 7), maximum of 2 per rack. Slots 3-7 could be 32 I/O, 24 I/O or 24 Out AC Cards. Slots 3-7 can be 4-slot Carrier Boards, maximum of 2 Carrier Boards per rack.

274 SRS DS MACO Control Systems SRS (4 Slot) DS DS Basic Product (Schedule P) I/O Cards Slots 1-3 D S 4 4 A B C D G 5 6 Open 4 Card Chassis, 24V dc Power Supply & Data Handler with 2 Plug-In Card Slots (see Field 12 for Enclosed chassis option) Sequence Control None 256k RAM, RS-232, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus* 512k RAM, RS-232, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus* 1M RAM, Ethernet, RS-485 and Modbus Plus* 1M RAM, Ethernet, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus* * For B, C, E, or G, Field 5 must be 0 Communications 0 None B Profibus E EtherNet (consult factory for availability) F ControlNet (consult factory for availability) 7 Slot B & C of Data Handler 0 None A Output/Input. 24V dc, 2A if outputs (8 channels) D Input, strain gauge, with power supply (2 channels) E MACO-NET Communications H Encoder Inputs (2) 0 None A 6 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) B 12 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) C 6 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 6 T/C Inputs D 12 Analog Inputs (250ms) E 1 Channel Parison/Motion Card F 2 Channel Parison/Motion Card G 4 Channel Parison/Motion Card J 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card K 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card L 4 Channel Injection/Extrusion (pressure) Motion Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card T 3 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 9 T/C Inputs W 4 Slot Carrier Board for Plug-Ins (slot 3 only) Y 24 Input/24 Output DC Card (slot 3 only, open chassis only) V 0 Input/32 Output DC Card (slot 3 only) Z 32 Input/32 Output DC Card (slot 3 only, open chassis only) 3 24 Output AC Card (slot 3 only, open chassis only) 12 Chassis Type 0 Open Chassis 1 Enclosed Chassis Note Slots 1-3 Slots 1-3 Slots 2-3 must be filled starting with -TA/nCalog cards, followed by aprison, followed by EZPRO, followed by Injection/Extrusion, followed by Synchronous Shoot and Fill. can be T/C-Analog, maximum of 3 per rack can be Parison, EZ PRO, Injection/Extrusion, Synchronous Shoot and Fill (F, G, J, K, L or 7), maximum of 2 per rack. For Open Chassis: Slot 3 can be 32 I/O, 24 I/O or 24 Out AC Card (maximum 1 per rack). Slot 3 can be 4-slot Carrier Board. For Enclosed Chassis: Slot 3 can be 0 In/32 Out. Slot 3 can be 4-slot Carrier Board.

275 MACO Control Systems ASB/RS/SRS Terminal I/O Bases 5-65 Discrete I/O Bases Schedule Model Description T DSD V ac, 16 point input T DSD V ac, 10 point input, 8 point 500mA T DSD V ac, 8 point 2 amps T DSD V ac, 16 point 500mA T DSD V ac, 8 point 2 amps T DSD V ac, 16 point 500mA T DSD V dc, 16 point input T DSD V dc, 32 point input T DSD V dc, 16 point input, 16 point 500mA T DSD V dc, 16 point input, 16 point 500mA, fast response T DSD V dc, 10 point input, 8 point relay 2 amps T DSD V dc, 16 point input, 8 point 2 amps T DSD V dc, 16 point 500mA T DSD V dc, 32 point 500mA Other I/O Bases Schedule Model Description T DSG channel single ended input, 4-20 ma or ±10 V T DSG channel RTD, T/C, and mv input (Temperature Monitor) T DSG channel input, 0-20mA or ±10V; 2 channel output, 0-20mA or ±10V w/24v dc 4 in/2 1 amp T DSG channel output, 0 to 20mA or ±10 V T DSG channel output, 4 to 20 ma or ±10 V T DSG High Speed Counter T DSG channel differential input, 4-20 ma or ±10V ASB/RS/SRS Bases

276 5-66 MACO Control Systems ASB/RS/SRS Adapters Process Adapters Schedule Model Description T DSP K RAM, RS-232 and RS-485 Port (RLD programming only) T DSP K RAM, RS-232 and Interbus-S (Supports all IEC languages) T DSP K RAM, RS-232 and Interbus-S (Supports all IEC languages) T DSP M RAM, Ethernet and RS-485 T DSP M RAM, Ethernet and Interbus-S Option Adapters Schedule Model Description T DSC Modbus plus, TOD Clock, Battery BackUp T DSC RS-232/485, TOD Clock, Battery BackUp* Communication Adapters Schedule Model Description T DSC Profibus DP T DSC Ethernet T DSC DeviceNet T DSC0-0A ControlNet T DSC Interbus-S T DSC0-0C Modbus Plus, single port ASB/RS/SRS Adapters

277 Extrusion Master Control System EM-3 & EM-3 Lite 5-67 EM-3 Lite Extrusion Master Control System Chassis/Operator Station (Schedule T) Includes: Lite horizontal colour operator station Custom 5 chassis 12 T/C Inputs Analog I/O card (5 analog inputs, 4 analog outputs and 1 tach input) 24 DC inputs/24 DC outputs 12 heat control loops 12 cool control loops 1 melt pressure loop x00 ASB/Operator Station (Schedule T) Includes: Lite horizontal colour operator station Application Specific Block (no PLC) 9 T/C Inputs, 3 analog inputs (x = 0); or 12 T/C inputs (x = 1) 24 DC inputs/24 DC outputs EM-3 Extrusion Master Control System Operator Station DSE Intelligent Integrator PC (Schedule P) Includes: 1 x 10/100 BaseT Ethernet ports; 4 x RS-232 serial ports; 2 USB ports; 2 spare PC104 expansion slots; 2 parallel ports; 1 keyboard/mouse port; 1.2 meter serial and VGA cables included. 15 TFT LCD Touchscreen XVGA monitor (1024 x 768) 566 MHz Pentium processor, 128M RAM, 10G hard drive, 1.44M floppy drive, Windows 2000 with Wonderware InTouch, Ethernet TCP/IP (Modbus) Application Specific Blocks ASB Type A (Schedule P) Includes: 12 heat control loops 2 melt pressure loops (1 analog input; 2 analog outputs) 3 analog inputs 2 analog outputs 1 E-stop input 2 alarm outputs 2 pressure transducer calibration outputs Auxiliary cooling cable ASB Type B (Schedule P) Includes: 16 heat control loops 2 melt temperature monitors 6 analog inputs 1 E-stop input 2 alarm outputs 2 pressure transducer calibration outputs Auxiliary cooling cable EM-3 Accessories Auxiliary Cooling I/O Base Schedule Model Description T DSG channel single ended input, 4-20mA or ±10V T DSD AC cooling outputs, 115V ac, 8 point 2 Amps T DSD DC cooling outputs, 24V dc, 8 point 2 Amps T DSC0-0C Modbus Plus communications adaptor Connections Schedule Model Description T I/O base screw terminal block connectors (3 terminals per package) ASB Type C (Schedule P) Includes: 24 heat control loops 1 E-stop input 2 alarm outputs Auxiliary cooling cable ASB Type D (Schedule P) Includes: 12 heat control loops 2 alarm outputs Auxiliary cooling cable ASB Type G (Schedule P) Includes: 12 heat control loops 12 analog inputs 2 alarm outputs Auxiliary cooling cable EM-3/EM-3 Lite Auxiliary Equipment Schedule Model Description T I/O base screw terminal block connectors (3 terminals per package) T Q448-0C00 Signal conditioner for strain gauge I/P, excitation supply, mv dc I/P, 0-10V dc O/P P 2500P/2A5 2.5 Amp power supply unit, DIN rail mount P 2500P/5A0 5 Amp power supply unit, DIN rail mount P 2500P/10A 10 Amp power supply unit, DIN rail mount Cables Schedule Model Description T Replacement auxiliary cooling cable assembly Miscellaneous Schedule Model Description A CD xx EM-3 user s manual on compact disk T Pre-loading of ASB/chassis and operator station (to make ready out of the box

278 5-68 Extrusion Master Control System EM-3c 8 Zone EM-3c Control Block Zone EM-3c Control Block with Analog I/O (Schedule P) (MC4C ) 8 zones of auto-tuning temperature control with 16 low current 24V dc outputs to allow all zones to be heat/cool 6 analog inputs and 4 analog outputs (suitable for analog drive interface and/or melt pressure control) 2 option slots (slot 1A and slot 1B) Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet communications Pre-programmed for all standard temperature functions Zone EM-3c Control Block without Analog I/O (Schedule P) (MC4B ) 8 zones of auto-tuning temperature control with 16 low current 24V dc outputs to allow all zones to be heat/cool 2 option slots (slot 1A and slot 1B) Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet communications Pre-programmed for all standard temperature functions. 16 Zone EM-3c Control Block Zone EM-3c Control Block with Analog I/O (Schedule P) (MC4C ) 16 zones of auto-tuning temperature control with 32 low current 24V dc outputs to allow all zones to be heat/cool 6 analog inputs and 4 analog outputs (suitable for analog drive interface and/or melt pressure control) 2 option slots (slot 1A and slot 1B) Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet communications Pre-programmed for all standard temperature functions. 24 Zone EM-3c Control Block Zone EM-3c Control Block with Analog I/O (Schedule P) (MC4C ) 24 zones of auto-tuning temperature control with 48 low current 24V dc outputs to allow all zones to be heat/cool 6 analog inputs and 4 analog outputs (suitable for analog drive interface and/or melt pressure control) 2 option slots (slot 1A and slot 1B) Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet communications Pre-programmed for all standard temperature functions Zone EM-3c Control Block without Analog I/O (Schedule P) (MC4B ) 16 zones of auto-tuning temperature control with 32 low current 24V dc outputs to allow all zones to be heat/cool 2 option slots (slot 1A and slot 1B) Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet communications Pre-programmed for all standard temperature functions Zone EM-3c Control Block without Analog I/O (Schedule P) (MC4B ) 24 zones of auto-tuning temperature control with 48 low current 24V dc outputs to allow all zones to be heat/cool 2 option slots (slot 1A and slot 1B) Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet communications Pre-programmed for all standard temperature functions. Note that multiple control blocks can reside on a single system. Standard screen sets support up to 8 blocks (like the original EM-3). Temperature control/monitoring is pre-programmed; pressure control programming can be done any time. Option Slot Cards (2 maximum per EM-3c Control Block) (Schedule P) A x-2 A x-2 * Cannot be mapped to LP functions. 8 channels 24V dc I/O, 2A outputs (can be configured as inputs or outputs) Strain gauge pressure input card with excitation and cal relay, 2 channels* EM-3c Operator Stations (Schedule T) MACO Compact Operator Station (MCD ) with 12.1" 800 x 600 colour TFT LCD touchscreen, 64MB memory, CE.Net operating system, Optigrafix generated screens and 1G compact flash card Optima Touch PC Based Operator Station (DSD ) with 12.1" 1024 x 768 colour TFT LCD touchscreen, 512M RAM, 40GB HD, WindowsXP operating system with 60k tag WW 8.0 InTouch runtime with IO servers, 1.2 GHz Celeron processor, one open PCI slot. Includes multiple standard EM-3c screens and configuration - load the one desired from a USB memory stick from an on-screen menu Optima Touch PC Based Operator Station (DSE ) with 12.1" 1024 x 768 colour TFT LCD touchscreen, 512M RAM, 40GB HD, WindowsXP operating system with 60k tag WW 8.0 InTouch runtime with IO servers, 1.2 GHz Celeron processor, one open PCI slot. Includes multiple standard EM-3c screens and configuration - load the one desired from a USB memory stick from an on-screen menu. EM-3c Accessories Auxiliary Equipment Schedule Model Description T I/O base screw terminal block connectors (3 terminals per package) T Q448-0C00 Signal conditioner for strain gauge I/P, excitation supply, mv dc I/P, 0-10V dc O/P P 2500P/2A5 2.5 Amp power supply unit, DIN rail mount P 2500P/5A0 5 Amp power supply unit, DIN rail mount P 2500P/10A 10 Amp power supply unit, DIN rail mount Miscellaneous Schedule Model Description A CD xx EM-3 user s manual on compact disk T Pre-loading of ASB/chassis and operator station (to make ready out of the box

279 F2 F / MACO Compact Operator Stations MCD MCD Basic MACO Compact Operator Station (Schedule P) 8 Memory M C D MACO Compact Operator Station 2 64Mbytes 4 Display x 600 (12.1 Display)s 9 Operating System 1 Microsoft CE.net 5 Touchscreen 0 None (Field 6 MUST = 1)* 1 Touchscreen 6 First Position Under Display 10 Compact Flash 0 None 1 1G Compact Flash Card (required for data collection) * Consult factory if Field 5 = 0. ** Consult factory for availability of two sets of machine function keys. 0 None (requires Touchscreen option) 1 Full Keyboard (Number Pad and Machine Function Keys) 2 Machine Function Keys (requires Touchscreen option) 3 E-Stop Blank (requires Touchscreen option) 7 Second Position Under Display (Requires Field 6 Option 2) 0 None 3 Machine Function Keys** 4 E-Stop Blank Field 6 & Field 7 6 = 0; 7 = 0 6 = 1; 7 = 0 6 = 2; 7 = 0 6 = 3; 7 = 0 6 = 2; 7 = 3 6 = 2; 7 = n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a MCD2

280 5-70 MACO Compact System MCxx MC Basic MACO Compact Control System (Schedule P) M C MACO Compact Control System Chassis Type 4 4 Card Closed Chassis 6 6 Card Closed Chassis* 8 8 Card Closed Chassis* D 4 Card Open Chassis F 6 Card Open Chassis H 8 Card Open Chassis 4 Slot 1 C Compact Board 1 with Option Slots D Compact Board 1 without Option Slots (Field 5 and 6 MUST = 0) E Compact Board 1 with Option Slots and Intellimold Option 5 Slot 1A 0 None A Output/Input. 24V dc, 2A if outputs (8 chs)(not available if Field 4 = D)* D Input, strain gauge, with power supply (2 chs)(not available if Field 4 = D)* H Encoder Inputs (2)(not available if Field 4 = D)* 6 Slot 1B 0 None A O/P / I/P. 24V dc, 2A if O/P (8 chs)(not available if Field 4 = D)* D I/P, strain gauge, with power supply (2 chs)(not available if Field 4 = D)* H Encoder Inputs (2)(not available if Field 4 = D)* 7 Slot 2 0 None C Compact Board with Option Slots (Field 10 MUST = 8) D Compact Board without Option Slots (Field 10 MUST = 8) 7 24 I/P/32 O/P 2A, 8 Low Current) & 24V dc PS (see notes) 8 8 T/C I/P (Types J & K), 16 Low Current 24V dc O/P, & 24V dc PS (see notes) 10 Slot 3 0 None 8 8 T/C I/P (Types J & K), 16 Low Current 24V dc O/P, & 24V dc PS (not available if Field 7 = 8) 9 8 T/C I/P (Types J & K), 16 Low Current 24V dc O/P, without 24V dc PS B 6 T/C I/P (Types J & K) N 12 T/C I/P (Types J & K) T 3 Analog I/P (250 ms) & 9 T/C I/P P 6 Analog I/P (250 ms) & 6 T/C I/P R 12 Analog I/P (250 ms) E 1 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card F 2 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card G 4 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card J 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) (A x) Card K 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) (A x) Card Y 24 I/P /24 O/P Card Z 32 I/P /32 O/P Card S Compact 32 I/P /32 O/P Card* 3 24 O/P (120/240V ac)** 6 24 I/P/32 O/P 2A, 8 Low Current) 11 Slot 4 12 Slot 5 13 Slot 6 0 None 9 8 T/C I/P (Types J & K), 16 Low Current 24V dc O/P, without 24V dc PS B 6 T/C I/P (Types J & K) N 12 T/C I/P (Types J & K) T 3 Analog I/P (250 ms) & 9 T/C I/P P 6 Analog I/P (250 ms) & 6 T/C I/P R 12 Analog I/P (250 ms) E 1 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card F 2 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card G 4 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card J 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) (A x) Card K 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) (A x) Card Y 24 I/P /24 O/P Card Z 32 I/P /32 O/P Card S Compact 32 I/P /32 O/P Card* 3 24 O/P (120/240V ac)** 6 24 I/P/32 O/P 2A, 8 Low Current) MCxx 8 Slot 2A 0 None A O/P / I/P. 24 V dc, 2A if O/P (8 channels)(field 7 MUST = C D I/P, strain gauge, with power supply (2 channels)(field 7 MUST = C H Encoder Inputs (2)(Field 7 MUST = C) 9 Slot 2B 0 None A O/P / I/P. 24 V dc, 2A if O/P (8 channels)(field 7 MUST = C D I/P, strain gauge, with power supply (2 channels)(field 7 MUST = C H Encoder Inputs (2)(Field 7 MUST = C) 14 Slot 7 15 Slot 7 0 None Y 24 Input/24 Output Card Z 32 Input/32 Output Card S Compact 32 Input/32 Output Card* 3 24 Output (120/240 V ac)** 6 24 Input/32 Output 2A, 8 Low Current) * Consult factory for availability. ** Not included in CE testing. 10 Slot 3 0 None 8 8 T/C I/P (Types J & K), 16 Low Current 24V dc O/P, & 24V dc PS (not available if Field 7 = 8) 9 8 T/C I/P (Types J & K), 16 Low Current 24V dc O/P, without 24V dc PS B 6 T/C I/P (Types J & K) N 12 T/C I/P (Types J & K) T 3 Analog I/P (250 ms) & 9 T/C I/P P 6 Analog I/P (250 ms) & 6 T/C I/P R 12 Analog I/P (250 ms) E 1 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card F 2 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card G 4 Channel Parison/Motion (A x) Card J 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) (A x) Card K 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) (A x) Card Y 24 Input/24 O/P Card Z 32 Input/32 O/P Card S Compact 32 I/P /32 O/P Card* 3 24 O/P (120/240V ac)** 6 24 I/P/32 O/P 2A, 8 Low Current) Notes 1. Each system MUST include one Compact card and one power supply. 2. System requires one (only) card with 24V dc power supply. 3. There can be two Compact cards max. per system. There can be only one each of Parison and EZ PRO cards. There can be a total of five Compact cards, Parison cards, EZ PRO cards, and T/C-Analog cards per system (e.g., two Compact cards, two T/C-Analog cards, and 1 Parison card; or one Compact card, two T/C- Analog cards, one Parison card, and one EZ PRO card). 4. Slots must be filled starting with all Compact cards, followed by all eight zone T/C-Analog cards (or 24 In/32 Out cards), followed by all other T/C-Analog cards(or 24 In/32 Out cards), followed by any Parison Card, followed by any EZ PRO card, followed by Input/Output cards.

281 DSJ MACO Breeze II Parison Control DSJ DSJ A B Basic Product (Schedule P) D S J Enclosed 4 Card Chassis (Slots 0, 1, 2 and 3); 24 V dc Power Supply and Data Handler (Slot 0) with 2 Plug-In Card Slots, and 4 Channel Parison Card (Slot 1). Sequence control includes 256k RAM, RS-232, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus. Each parison channel consists of one analog input and one analog output. The parison card also has 4 digital (DC) inputs and 4 digital (DC) outputs. 9 Application Type 1 Continuous Extrusion, 1 Head 2 Continuous Extrusion, 2 Heads 4 Position Based, 1 Head, 1 Pushout 5 Position Based, 2 Heads, 1 Pushout 7 Continuous Extrusion, 3 Heads 8 Continuous Extrusion, 4 Heads 4 Display D 12.1 TFT LCD Touchscreen, XVGA Monitor (1024 x 768) E 15 TFT LCD Touchscreen, XVGA Monitor (1024 x 768) 10 B Sequence Control 256k RAM, RS-232, Interbus-S and Modbus Plus 5 Software 2 Windows XI with Wonderware InTouch, 60k Tags (without I/O) 11 Data Handler Communications (Modbus Plus included) 0 None 6 PCI Add-In card Slot B & C of Data Handler 0 None A Modbus Plus (includes Modbus Plus Server) 7 Drive Image 0 Wonderware Version I/O Cards, Slots 2 & 3 0 None B 12 T/C Inputs (Types J & K) V 0 Input/32 Output DC Card (slot 3 only) 8 Servo Amplifier and I/O Options 0 None 1 4 Channel Servo Amplifier Card (A x) Only 2 External Relays and Power Supply for AC Discrete I/O Only 3 Both 1 and 2 above

282 5-72 MACO Alpha Systems Custom 4, 5 & 6 (7 Slot) 47x A Basic Product 4 7 Open 7 Card Chassis, 24V dc Power Supply, Sequence/Hydraulic Card and Data Handler Card 8 A B Sequence & Hydraulic Control Sequence (5K RLD) and Hydraulics Sequence (9K RLD) and Hydraulics 3 Temperature or Monitor/Parison/Motion A None B 6 T/C Inputs N 12 T/C Inputs G 1 Channel Parison/Motion Card H 2 Channel Parison/Motion J 4 Channel Parison/Motion P 6 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 6 T/C Inputs R 12 Analog Inputs (250ms) T 3 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 9 T/C Inputs 5 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 6 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card 9 Slot 6 Discrete I/O Card 0 None M Analog Outputs, 0-10V dc or 4-20mA dc (as shipped), 100ms (12 Chs) Y Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (24 Input Channels/24 Output Chs) Z Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (32 Input Channels/32 Output Chs) 10 Slot 7 Discrete I/O Card 0 None Y Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (24 Input Chs/24 Output Chs) Z Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (32 Input Chs/32 Output Chs) 5 Communications 0 None 2 1 Multi-purpose RS-232 Port 4 2 Multi-purpose RS-232 Ports 14 A Chassis Type Stand Alone (CE Safety and EMC Compliant) 4/5/6/ 47x0 6 7 Data Handler Options 0 None A Advanced Process Control (APC)/Line Graphs B Statistical Process Control (SPC) C SPC & APC/Line Graphs D Math E Math & APC/Line Graphs F Math & SPC G Math & SPC & APC/Line Graphs Temperature or Analog/Parison/Motion 0 None 1 Analog I/O Card (5 Analog Ins; 4 Analog Outs; 1 Tach In) B 6 T/C Inputs N 12 T/C Inputs G 1 Channel Parison/Motion Card H 2 Channel Parison/Motion J 4 Channel Parison/Motion P 6 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 6 T/C Inputs R 12 Analog Inputs (250ms) T 3 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 9 T/C Inputs 5 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 6 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card 15 Special 0 None

283 MACO Alpha Systems Custom 40 & 50 (9 Slot) 49x A B N P R T 5 Basic Product 4 9 Open 9 Card Chassis, 115/230 V ac Power Supply, Sequence/Hydraulic Card and Data Handler Card Temperature or Monitor None 6 T/C Inputs 12 T/C Inputs 6 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 6 T/C Inputs 12 Analog Inputs (250ms) 3 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 9 T/C Inputs Communications 0 None 2 1 Multi-purpose RS-232 Port 4 2 Multi-purpose RS-232 Ports 6 7 Analog I/O 0 None 1 Analog I/O Card (5 Analog Ins; 4 Analog Outs; 1 Tach In) 8 A B Data Handler Options 0 None A Advanced Process Control (APC)/Line Graphs B Statistical Process Control (SPC) C SPC & APC/Line Graphs D Math E Math & APC/Line Graphs F Math & SPC G Math & SPC & APC/Line Graphs Sequence & Hydraulic Control Sequence (5K RLD) and Hydraulics Sequence (9K RLD) and Hydraulics 9 Discrete I/O Card (See Note 1) 0 None E Inputs, Hi Density, 120/240V ac (48 Chs) F Inputs, Hi Density, 24V dc (48 Chs) Y Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (24 Input Chs/24 Output Chs) Z Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (32 Input Chs/32 Output Chs) Chassis Type Multi-chassis systems require a separate model number for each chassis ordered. 0 Stand Alone (CE Safety Compliant) 1 Multi-Chassis Controller #1 (CE Safety Compliant 2 Multi-Chassis Controller #2 (CE Safety Compliant) 3 Multi-Chassis Controller #3 (CE Safety Compliant) A Stand Alone (CE Safety and EMC Compliant) B Multi-Chassis Controller #1 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) C Multi-Chassis Controller #2 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) D Multi-Chassis Controller #3 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) 15 Discrete I/O Card (See Note 1) 0 None G Outputs, Hi Density, 120/240V ac (24 Chs) H Outputs, Hi Density, 24V dc (24 Chs) M Outputs, Analog, 0-10V dc or 4-20mA dc (as shipped), 100ms (12 Chs) Y Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (24 Input Chs/24 Output Chs) Z Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (32 Input Chs/32 Output Chs) 13 Discrete I/O Card (See Note 1) 0 None G Outputs, Hi Density, 120/240V ac (24 Chs) H Outputs, Hi Density, 24V dc (24 Chs) M Outputs, Analog, 0-10V dc or 4-20mA dc (as shipped), 100ms (12 Chs) Y Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (24 Input Chs/24 Output Chs) Z Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24V dc (32 Input Chs/32 Output Chs) Locate INPUT Card in Field 9. Locate OUTPUT Cards right to left, starting at Field 13. Special 0 None 40/50 49x0 Notes 1. Do NOT mix discrete I/O cards. Use either all high density discrete Input/Output cards or all "Combo" cards. AC Input cards or AC Output cards make CE EMC Compliant systems non-compliant. 2. Combo cards are NOT equipped with LED indicators and are to be fused in groups of 4 points.

284 5-74 MACO Alpha Systems 4000, 5000 & 6000 (12 Slot) 6Cxx C Basic Product 9 Discrete I/O Card (See Note 1) 6 C Open 12 Card Chassis, 115/230 V ac Power Supply, Sequence/Hydraulic Card and Data Handler Card 3 4 Temperature or Analog/Parison/Motion A None B 6 T/C Inputs N 12 T/C Inputs G 1 Channel Parison/Motion H 2 Channel Parison/Motion J 4 Channel Parison/Motion P 6 Analog Inputs (250 ms) & 6 T/C Inputs R 12 Analog Inputs (250 ms) T 3 Analog Inputs (250 ms) & 9 T/C Inputs 5 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 6 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card 0 None G Outputs, Hi Density, 120/240V ac (24 Chs) H Outputs, Hi Density, 24V dc (24 Channels) M Outputs, Analog, 0-10V dc or 4-20mA dc, 100ms, shipped 4-20mA dc (12 Chs) Y Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24 V dc (24 Input Chs/24 Output Chs) Z Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24 V dc (32 Input Chs/32 Output Chs) 10 Discrete I/O Card (See Note 1) 0 None E Inputs, Hi Density, 120/240V ac (48 Chs) F Inputs, Hi Density, 24V dc (48 Chs) G Outputs, Hi Density, 120/240V ac (24 Chs) H Outputs, Hi Density, 24V dc (24 Channels) M Outputs, Analog, 0-10V dc or 4-20mA dc, 100ms, shipped 4-20mA dc (12 Chs) Y Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24 V dc (24 Input Chs/24 Output Chs) Z Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24 V dc (32 Input Chs/32 Output Chs) 4000/5000/6000 6Cxx 5 Communications 0 None 2 1 Multi-purpose RS-232 Port 4 2 Multi-purpose RS-232 Ports 6 7 Data Handler Options 0 None A Advanced Process Control (APC)/Line Graphs B Statistical Process Control (SPC) C SPC & APC/Line Graphs D Math E Math & APC/Line Graphs F Math & SPC G Math & SPC & APC/Line Graphs Temperature or Analog/Parison/Motion 0 None 1 Analog I/O Card (5 Analog Ins; 4 Analog Outs; 1 Tach In) B 6 T/C Inputs N 12 T/C Inputs G 1 Channel Parison/Motion H 2 Channel Parison/Motion J 4 Channel Parison/Motion P 6 Analog Inputs (250 ms) & 6 T/C Inputs R 12 Analog Inputs (250 ms) T 3 Analog Inputs (250 ms) & 9 T/C Inputs 5 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 6 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card Chassis Type Multi-chassis systems require a separate model number for each chassis ordered. 0 Stand Alone (CE Safety Compliant) 1 Multi-Chassis Controller #1 (CE Safety Compliant 2 Multi-Chassis Controller #2 (CE Safety Compliant) 3 Multi-Chassis Controller #3 (CE Safety Complian)t A Stand Alone (CE Safety and EMC Compliant) B Multi-Chassis Controller #1 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) C Multi-Chassis Controller #2 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) D Multi-Chassis Controller #3 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) 15 Discrete I/O (See Note 1) 0 None E Inputs, Hi Density, 120/240V ac (48 Chs) F Inputs, Hi Density, 24V dc (48 Chs) Y Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24 V dc (24 Input Chs/24 Output Chs) Z Inputs/Outputs Combo, 24 V dc (32 Input Chs/32 Output Chs) Group all Output Cards from left to right, starting at Field 9. Group all Input Cards from right to left, starting at Field 13. Special 0 None 8 A B Sequence & Hydraulic Control Sequence (5K RLD) and Hydraulics Sequence (9K RLD) and Hydraulics Notes 1. Do NOT mix discrete I/O cards. Use either all high density discrete Input/Output cards or all "Combo" cards. AC Input cards or AC Output cards make CE EMC Compliant systems non-compliant. 2. Combo cards are NOT equipped with LED indicators and are to be fused in groups of 4 points.

285 MACO Alpha Systems 4500, 5500, & 6500 (16 Slot) 6xxx System Definition 5 Enclosed Fan Cooled 16 Card Chassis, 6 T/C Inputs, 115/230V ac Power Supply, Sequence/Hydraulic Card (with 5k of Sequence) and Data Handler Card N Same as 5 except replace 6 T/C Inputs with 12 T/C Inputs P Same as 5 except replace 6 T/C Inputs with 6 Analog Inputs (250 ms) and 6 T/C Inputs R Same as 5 except replace 6 T/C Inputs with 12 Analog Inputs (250 ms) W Same as 5 except delete 6 T/C Inputs 3 Basic Product 6 Basic Product Application Specific Cards 0 None A 6 T/C Inputs N 12 T/C Inputs C Analog I/O (2 maximum per chassis, see Note 1) E 2nd Sequence Card (2 maximum per chassis) G 1 Channel Parison/Motion H 2 Channel Parison/Motion J 4 Channel Parison/Motion P 6 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 6 T/C Inputs R 12 Analog Inputs (250ms) T 3 Analog Inputs (250ms) & 9 T/C Inputs 2 1 Multi-purpose RS-232 port 4 2 Multi-purpose RS-232 ports 5 2 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 6 4 Channel EZ PRO (motion control) Card 7 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Card Data Handler Options 7 0 None A Advanced Process Control (APC)/Line Graphs B Statistical Process Control (SPC) C SPC & APC/Line Graphs D Math E Math & APC/Line Graphs F Math & SPC G Math & SPC & APC/Line Graphs H Math & SPC & APC/Line Graphs & 9K RLD Sequence L Option 0 (None) with 9K RLD Sequence Number of Discrete I/O Cards (See Note 2) 0 None A 1 High Density or Combo Card B 2 High Density or Combo Cards C 3 High Density or Combo Cards D 4 High Density or Combo Cards E 5 High Density or Combo Cards F 6 High Density or Combo Cards Field 10 AC Output Cards (Choose A thru F above) High Density 120/240V ac, 24 Channels. Field 11 DC Output Cards or 24 I/O Combo Cards (Choose A thru F above) High Density 24 V dc, 24 Channels. Combo, 24 V dc (24 Inputs/24 Outputs) Field 12 DC Input Cards or 32 I/O Combo Cards (Choose A thru F above) High Density 24V dc, 48 Channels Combo, 24 V dc (32 Inputs/32 Outputs) Field 13 AC Input Cards (Choose A thru F above) High Density 120/240V ac, 48 Channels 14 Chassis Type Multi-chassis systems require a separate model number for each chassis ordered. 0 Stand Alone (CE Safety Compliant) 1 Multi-Chassis Controller #1 (CE Safety Compliant 2 Multi-Chassis Controller #2 (CE Safety Compliant) 3 Multi-Chassis Controller #3 (CE Safety Complian)t A Stand Alone (CE Safety and EMC Compliant) B Multi-Chassis Controller #1 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) C Multi-Chassis Controller #2 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) D Multi-Chassis Controller #3 (CE Safety & EMC Compliant) 15 Special 0 None 4500/5500/6500 6xxx 9 Slots Reserved for Discrete I/O Defines the discrete I/O cards for which to reserve chassis slots (maximum of 8). Fields 10 thru 13 indicate specific cards. A 4 high density output cards, 3 high density input cards (power supply in slot 9) B 5 high density output cards, 2 high density input cards (power supply in slot 9) F Combination cards, 24V dc (6 max) (power supply in slot 9) E 4 high density output cards, 2 high density input cards (power supply in slot 10) (includes an Analog I/O card in slot 3) H Combination cards, 24V dc (6 max) (power supply in slot 10) (includes an Analog I/O card in slot 3) Notes 1. Field 9, Option E and H include an Analog I/O Card. Be careful not to "double order" in Field 9 and Fields 3 thru 7. Each Analog I/O Card (2 maximum per chassis) requires a Sequence Card. 2. Do not exceed 192 total inputs and 192 total outputs when specifying discrete I/O. Do NOT mix discrete I/O cards. Use either all high density discrete I/O cards or all "Combo" cards. AC Input cards or AC Output cards make CE EMC Compliant systems non-compliant. 3. Combo cards are NOT equipped with LED indicators and are to be fused in groups of 4 points.

286 5-76 OPtima/Lite Operator Stations 41xx Lite Operator Stations 41VC A0 Lite Vertical Operator Station (Schedule P) Includes: Vertical orientation, 640 x 480 resolution, 6.4 inch active matrix colour Membrane switches with mylar overlay 384k of screen memory 32k cartridge port, ready for external floppy 24 machine function keys Panel mount Factory screen set CE safety and EMC compliant 41HC A0 Lite Horizontal Operator Station (Schedule P) Includes: Horizontal orientation, 640 x 480 resolution, 6.4 inch active matrix colour Membrane switches with mylar overlay 384k of screen memory 32k cartridge port, ready for external floppy 24 machine function keys Panel mount Factory screen set CE safety and EMC compliant OPtima Operator Stations 41AC A-5-A0 Colour Operator Station (Schedule P) Includes: Vertical orientation, 640 x 480 resolution,10.4 inch colour TFT display Elastomer keypad 384k of screen memory 32k cartridge port and internal floppy disk drive 24 machine function keys Machine mount, conduit ready Removable flat connector Factory screen set CE safety and EMC compliant 41AC A0 Colour Operator Station (Schedule P) Includes: Vertical orientation, 640 x 480 resolution, 10.4 inch colour TFT display Elastomer keypad 384k of screen memory 32k cartridge port and ready for external floppy disk drive 24 machine function keys Machine or flange mount, conduit ready Removable flat connector Factory screen set CE safety and EMC compliant 41xx 41AC A0 Colour Operator Station (Schedule P) Includes: Vertical orientation, 640 x 480 resolution, 10.4 inch colour TFT display Elastomer keypad 384k of screen memory 32k cartridge port 24 machine function keys Machine or flange mount, conduit ready Removable flat connector Factory screen set CE safety and EMC compliant 41AC A0 Colour Operator Station (Schedule P) Includes: Vertical orientation, 640 x 480 resolution, 10.4 inch colour TFT display Elastomer keypad 384k of screen memory 32k cartridge port 24 machine function keys Machine mount, with conduit fitting Factory screen set CE safety and EMC compliant

287 DSx5 OPtima Touch PCs with InTouch DSx DS Basic Product 8 Floppy Drive D S PC-based operator station 0 None 3 Display 9 Mounting C 10.4 TFT LCD touchscreen SVGA monitor (800 x 600) D 12.1 TFT LCD touchscreen XVGA monitor (1024 x 768) E 15 TFT LCD touchscreen XVGA monitor (1024 x 768) 1 Flange 10 Software 4 Processor GHz Celeron 5 Backplane 1 1 PCI slot 6 RAM 2 512M DRAM 7 Hard Drive 1 40G Byte 2 Windows XI with Wonderware InTouch 60 (without I/O) 3 Windows XI with Wonderware InTouch 60 (with I/O) 5 Windows 2000 with Wonderware InTouch 60 (without I/O) 6 Windows 2000 with Wonderware InTouch 60 (with I/O) 11 PCI Add-In Card 0 None A Modbus Plus (incudes Modbus Plus Server) 14 Source Power Required V ac 15 Special 0 None

288 PCx OPtima Touch PCs - PCx PC Basic Product P C PC-based operator station 5 Backplane 1 1 PCI slot 10 Software 1 Windows XI 3 Display C 10.4 TFT LCD touchscreen SVGA monitor (800 x 600) D 12.1 TFT LCD touchscreen XVGA monitor (1024 x 768) E 15 TFT LCD touchscreen XVGA monitor (1024 x 768) 4 Processor GHz Celeron 6 RAM 2 512M DRAM 7 Hard Drive 1 40G Byte 8 Floppy Drive 0 None 11 PCI Add-In Card 0 None 14 Source Power Required V ac 15 Special 0 None 9 Mounting 1 Flange

289 MACO Control Systems ASB/RS/SRS Accessories 5-79 Software & Kits Software Schedule Model Description T Concept S, Single User, FBD, LD, ST, IL T Concept M, Single User, FBD, LD, ST, IL, SFC T Concept Downloader/Diagnostics (requires V2.5 or later) T Wonderware Development System (supports BCII/ECI I/O servers T Wonderware Development System (supports all I/O servers) T Modbus Plus I/O Server T OptiGrafix Screen Editor for MACO DS Modbus Plus Schedule Model Description T Modbus Plus Network Adapter (ISA) T Modbus Plus Network Adapter (PCI) T Modbus Plus Network PCMCIA Adapter for Program Station (double slot with pigtail cable) T Modbus Plus Trunk Cable T Modbus Plus Tap Press-on Wire Connectors T Modbus Plus Drop Cable, 8 ft Low Profile Male DB9 to Bare Wire T Modbus Plus Drop Cable, 20 ft. Low Profile Male DB9 to Bare Wire T Modbus Plus RJ45 to RJ45 Trunk Cable, 10 inches T Modbus Plus RJ45 to RJ45 Trunk Cable, 36 inches T Modbus Plus Tap: RJ45 to RJ45 Trunk, DB9 Drop T Modbus Plus RJ45 Terminator Interbus-S Schedule Model Description T Interbus-S Cable T Interbus-S Cable, 39", Low Profile (Male DB9 to Female DB9) T Interbus-S Cable, 4.5", Low Profile (Male DB9 to Female DB9) T E Interbus-S Male DB9 to Screw Terminals Adapter T E Interbus-S Female DB9 to Screw Terminals Adapter I/O Base Connectors Schedule Model Description T Screw Terminal Block Connectors (3 terminals per package) T Screw Bus Bar, 1 row. Screws to Bottom on Terminal Block T Screw Bus Bar, 2 row. Screws to Bottom on Terminal Block T Screw Bus Bar, 3 row. Screws to Bottom on Terminal Block T Spring Screw Terminal Block Connectors (3 terminals per package) T Spring Bus Bar, 1 row. Screws to Bottom on Terminal Block T Spring Bus Bar, 2 row. Screws to Bottom on Terminal Block T Spring Bus Bar, 3 row. Screws to Bottom on Terminal Block Pushbutton Stations Schedule Model Description P XLPB Pushbutton Panel with Smart I/O Membrane (requires Comm Adapter) P XLPB Pushbutton Panel with Smart I/O Membrane (includes Interbus-S Comm Adapter) P Remote I/O Pushbutton Panel with Smart I/O Elastomer (requires Comm Adapter) P Remote I/O Pushbutton Panel with Smart I/O Elastomer (includes Interbus-S Comm Adapter) Card Connectors Schedule Model Description P A T/C-Analog (2 required for 12 zones) P E ASB Data Handler Power or Pushbutton Panel Power (2 position) P E Encoder or Strain Gauge (2 required) P E MACO-NET, Host Communications or Modbus P E Parison, Hi Spd Ana, EZ PRO, Inj/Ext, Sync Shoot & Fill, Analog I/O (Up to 4 required) P E Local I/O, 24 or 32 Combo P E Parison, Hi Spd Anal, EZ PRO, Inj/Ext, Sync Shoot & Fill, DC In/DC Out P E Local I/O, 8 Combo P E Local I/O, 24 or 32 Combo (4 required) ASB/RS/SRS Accessories Other Schedule Model Description T RS-232 (Modbus) Download Cable, RJ45 to Female DB9 T Modbus Plus Download Cable, 12 ft. Requires straight through male to male gender changer T A Removable Door (ASB Module) T " Touch Screen Monitor (II) with 1.2 meter serial & video cables T " Touch Screen Monitor (II) with 1.2 meter serial & video cables

290 5-80 MACO Control Systems ASB/RS/SRS Accessories Software & Kits Cards for DS1 (DS), DS4 (RS) or DS* (SRS) (with connectors) Schedule Kit Number Board Number Description P x A x Local I/O Combo (8 Input/Output) P x A x Local Encoder (2 channels) P x A x Local Strain Gauge Pressure Inputs (2 Inputs) P x A x MACO-NET (I/O Slot) P x A B0x 12 TC Inputs (J & K) P x A C0x 12 Analog Inputs (250ms) P x A D0x 6 Analog Inputs (250ms) and 6 TC Inputs P x A E0x 6 TC Inputs (J & K) P x A F0x 9 TC Inputs (J & K) and 3 Analog Inputs P x A x 1 Channel Parison/Motion P x A x 2 Channel Parison/Motion P x A x 4 Channel Parison/Motion P x A x 2 Channel EZ PRO (Motion Control) P x A x 4 Channel EZ PRO (Motion Control) P x A x 4 Channel Injection/Extrusion (pressure)/motion P x A x 4 Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill Cards for DS1 (DS) Only (with connectors) Schedule Kit Number Board Number Description P x A x Local I/O Combo (24 Input/24 Output) P x A x Local I/O Combo (32 Input/32 Output) P x A x Data Handler for Processor P x A x Data Handler for Anybus Card P A x 4-Slot Carrier Board Cards for DS4 (SRS) or DS8 (RS) Only (with connectors) Schedule Kit Number Board Number Description P x A X Local I/O Combo (24 Input/24 Output) P x A X Local I/O Combo (32 Input/32 Output) P x Data Handler Block for Processor (includes A x DH, A x 2-Slot Carrier, A oox Extender) P x Data Handler Block for Anybus (includes A x DH, A x 2-Slot Carrier, A oox Extender) P x A x AC Output Card (24 Outputs)(MUST be -2 or later kit & board) P A Slot Carrier Board ASB/RS/SRS Accessories

291 MACO Alpha Systems 4000, 5000 & 6000 Series Accessories 5-81 Boards Custom 40 & 50, 4000, 5000 & 6000, 4500, 5500 & 6500 Series Boards (9, 12 & 16 Slot Systems) (Schedule P) Kit includes board as well as mating connectors except as noted below. Kit Number Board Number Description X A x-1-00 AC O/P, High Density* X AC I/P, High Density* (includes A & A-60090) X A x-1-00 DC O/P, High Density* (can replace A-13880) X DC I/P, High Density* (includes A & A-60071; can replace A which included A & A-13895) X AC I/P / DC I/P, High Density* (includes A & A-60090) X A x t/c I/P (temp. comp. resistors not required) (can replace A or A-60063) X A x analog I/P, 250ms (includes 2 resistor kits for converting current I/P to voltage) (can replace A or A-60063) X A x analog I/P; 6 t/c I/P (includes resistor kit for converting current I/P to voltage) (can replace A or A-60063) X A x t/c I/P (temp. comp. resistors not required) (can replace A or A-60063) X A x t/c I/P; 3 voltage (ONLY) I/P x 6 t/c I/P (for replacing A ONLY) X A x Channel Parison Board X A x Channel Parison Board X A x Channel Parison Board X A x Channel EZ PRO Board X A x Channel EZ PRO Board x A x Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill (n/a Custom 40 & 50) (order board) A X-1-00 Communications Mother board (no connector required, can replace A-13408) X Comms Mother board (above) and A multi-purpose RS-232 Comms Daughter board (without mating connector) A x 24 I/P / 24 O/P Combo (no LED s) A x 32 I/P / 32 O/P Combo (no LED s) (order board) A X-1-00 Power Supply, 115/230V ac (without mating connectors) (order board) A X-1-00 Power Supply, 115/230V ac (without mating connectors (Field 14 of Chassis Model Number must be A, B, C or D) * High density discrete I/O cards CANNOT be use in the enclosed fan cooled 12 Slot systems (40XX, 50XX or 60XX systems). Custom 4, 5 & 6 Boards (7 Slot Systems) (Schedule P) Kit includes board as well as mating connectors except as noted below. Kit Number Board Number Description X A G0x t/c inputs (temp. comp. resistors not required) X A H0x analog inputs, 250ms (includes 2 resistor kits for converting current inputs to voltage) X A J0x analog inputs; 6 t/c inputs (includes resistor kit for converting current inputs to voltage) X A K0x t/c inputs (temp. comp. resistors not required) X A L0x t/c inputs; 3 voltage (ONLY) inputs X A C0x Channel Parison Board X A B0x Channel Parison Board X A A0x Channel Parison Board X A x Channel EZ PRO Board X A A1x Channel EZ PRO Board x A A0x Channel Synchronous Shoot and Fill A x 24 Input/24 Output Combo A x 32 Input/32 Output Combo (order board) A X-1-00 Power Supply, 24V dc (without mating connectors) Common Boards (Schedule P) Kit includes board as well as mating connectors except as noted below. Kit Number Board Number Description X A x-1-00 Multi-purpose RS-232 Communications Daughter board, with mounting screws (without mating connector) (will replace A-13405, consult factory) X A x-1-00 Analog I/O (with Daughter board A X)(can replace A-13399) X A x-1-00 Analog Output Board, 12 Outputs (100ms) 0-10V dc or 4-20mA dc (shipped as 4-20mA dc) (order board) A Servo Amplifier Card (for external mounting) Sequence Boards (Schedule P) No connector required Kit Number Board Number Description (order board) A x-1-00 (24 pin connector) 7, 9 and 16 slot systems (and 12 slots systems manufactured AFTER 1 January 03) 5k of sequence (can replace A-13396, A or A-60083) (order board) A x-1-00 (24 pin connector) 7, 9 and 16 slot systems (and 12 slots systems manufactured AFTER 1 January 03) 9k of sequence (can replace A-13396, A or A-60083) (order board) A x-1-00 (20 pin connector) 12 slots systems manufactured BEFORE 1 January 03 5k of sequence (can replace A-13396, A or A-60083) (order board) A x-1-00 (20 pin connector) 2 slots systems manufactured BEFORE 1 January 03 9k of sequence (can replace A-13396, A or A-60083) 4/5/6000 Accessories Data Handler Boards (Schedule P) Without mating connector, can replace A13766 or A Kit Number Board Number Description (order board) A x-1-00 Data Handler Only (order board) A x-1-00 Data Handler with Advanced Process Control (APC) (order board) A x-1-00 Data Handler with Statistical Process Control (SPC) (order board) A x-1-00 Data Handler with APC & SPC (order board) A x-1-00 Data Handler with Math Function (order board) A x-1-00 Data Handler with APC & Math Function (order board) A x-1-00 Data Handler with SPC & Math Function (order board) A x-1-00 Data Handler with APC & SPC & Math Function

292 5-82 MACO Alpha Systems 4000, 5000 & 6000 Series Accessories Assemblies E E E E E E E E E Assembly Data Handler 1 115/230 V ac Power Supply 1 1 Communications Card, RS-485 Host 1 Communications Card, RS-485 SPI 1 AC Output Card, Std Density 1 1 AC Output Card, High Density 2 DC Output Card, Std Density 1 1 DC Output Card, High Density 2 Analog Output AC Input Card, Std Density 1 1 AC Input Card, High Density 2 2 DC Input Card, Std Density 1 1 DC Input Card, High Density 2 2 Parison, High Speed Analog, EZ PRO I/O "Combo" Card 1 4 Connectors Miscellaneous Connectors A T/C-Analog Card (6 zones each connector) Communications Card, RS-232 (Female) A Analog I/O Connector Card MACO Breeze Connectors A A A A A Pin Quick-Connect and 30 ft Cable 19 Pin Connector #1 Quick-Connect and 30 ft Cable 19 Pin Connector #2 Quick-Connect and 30 ft Cable 19 Pin Connector #1 Quick-Connect and 30 ft Cable 19 Pin Connector #1 Quick-Connect and 30 ft Cable MACO Breeze Field 13 Application Type Cable Assemblies Required 1 Continuous Extrusion, 1 Head A and A Continuous Extrusion, 2 Heads A and A Position Based, 1 Head, 1 Pushout A , A and A Position Based, 2 Heads, 1 Pushout A , A and A /5/6000 Accessories Cables Communications Cables: (20 ft length) A MACO End DB9 (Female) to User Device DB9 (Female) Cable To purchase unterminated cable separately, specify number of feet on order Data Handler Cable Power Supply Cable Miscellaneous Machine Function Switch Keycaps & Labels (Sheet) Elastomer Panel (Blank) for 41AC, 41AE or 41AM Elastomer Panel (ISO Icons) for 41AC, 41AE or 41AM Elastomer Panel (Text) for 41AC, 41AE or 41AM Panel Button Cap Puller for 41AC, 41AE or 41AM Flange Mount Kits Flange Mount Kit for 41AC, 41AE or 41AM. Includes Flange and Screws Resistor Kits Resistors (6) used to convert current inputs to voltage, for use with analog inputs on A XX (2 kits required) or A XX (1 kit required) Memory Cartridges A K Memory Cartridge A K Memory Cartridge (requires V 3.00 or later Op Station firmware)

293 4/5/6000 Accessories MACO Alpha Systems 4000, 5000 & 6000 Series Accessories 5-83 Software & Kits RLD Editor Kits Schedule Kit Number Description T X* MACO Sequence (RLD) Editor Kit (DOS Includes instruction manual and software disks T X* MACORLD NT Sequence (RLD) Editor Kit (Windows NT) Includes electronic instruction manual and CD. Screen Editor Kit Schedule Kit Number Description T T X* OptiGrafix Screen Editor/MACO VIEW Kit (DOS) Includes instruction manual and CD. Note that MACO VIEW requires RS-485 Host Communications and an RS-232 to RS-485 converter. Digital Communications Kits Schedule Kit Number Description P X* RS-485 SPI Digital Communications Kit Includes RS-485 Daughter board and manual (requires digital communications Mother board and cables P X* RS-485 Host Communications Kit Includes RS-485 Daughter board and manual (requires digital communications Mother board and cables) T X* MACO RS-485 DDE Server Includes program disk, demo disk, instruction manual and software key User Manuals Schedule Kit Number Description T 1640-CD xx Compact disk with all 4/5/6, 4000/5000EZ/6000 Manuals (Sequence Logic, Optigrafix Screen Editor, Host Communications, SPI Auxiliary Equipment Interface, Breeze, RS-485 DDE Server Manual, Servo Amplifier Board and System Manual, as well as latest kit literature, screen files and modfiles)

294 5-84

295 I/O Signal Conditioning, Probes, Thermosensors, Ancillary I/O Signal Conditioning Action Instruments Eclipse Series 6-1 Features Input Types Output Types Isolation Power Mounting Wiring Special Features Calibration via Product Info page Coding page Ultra SlimPak II DC Volts/Current, RTD, mv, Thermocouple, Potentiometer, Strain Gauge, AC Volts/Current, Frequency 0-10V dc, 0-20mA dc, 4-20mA dc or 2 SPDT relays 1800V Input/Output/ Power 9-30V dc via Terminals or jumpers High density DIN rail Removable terminals Smart power, Ethernet communications TouchCal Ultra SlimPak DC Volts/Current, RTD, mv, Thermocouple, Potentiometer, Strain Gauge, AC Volts/Current, Frequency 0-5V dc, 0-10V dc, 0-1mA dc, 0-20mA dc, 4-20mA dc or 2 SPDT relays 1800V Input/Output/ Power 9-30V dc G V High density DIN rail Fixed terminals Removable terminals Removable terminals Removable terminals Fixed terminals Fixed terminals ASIC reliability Potentiometer Action I/Q (AC Powered) DC Volts/Current, RTD, mv, Thermocouple, Potentiometer, Strain Gauge, AC Volts/Current, Frequency 0-5V dc, 0-10V dc, 0-1mA dc, 0-20mA dc, 4-20mA dc or 2 SPDT relays 1800V Input/Output/ Power V ac IQRL power bus on DIN rail 2 ch versions, Signal splitters, Field configurable I/P type versions TouchCal Action I/Q (DC Powered) DC Volts/Current, RTD, mv, Thermocouple, Potentiometer, Strain Gauge, AC Volts/Current, Frequency 0-5V dc, 0-10V dc, 0-1mA dc, 0-20mA dc, 4-20mA dc, Frequency, or 1/2 SPDT relay(s) 1800V Input/Output/ Power Various power Product dependant 9-30V dc 18-30V dc V dc DIN rail or IQRL power bus 2 ch versions, Signal splitter, Math functions, Field configurable I/P type versions TouchCal Action I/Q (Loop Powered) DC Volts/Current, RTD, mv, Thermocouple 4-20mA dc 1800V Input/Output and channel/channel 10-35V ac DIN rail Multi channel versions Potentiometer TransPak DC Volts/Current, RTD, mv Thermocouple, Potentiometer, AC Volts/ Current, Frequency 4-20mA dc Varies with product Varies by Model Field mount housing or head or DIN rail Optional display, HART, 2 I/P channels with math Potentiometer or software AC Transducers AC Power, AC Current, AC Voltage, AC Frequency, Phase Angle, Potentiometer/ Tap Position 0-1mA, 0-10mA, 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10V plus others 2kV to IEC414 Varies by Model DIN rail Stand alone 4kV isolation (option) n/a I/O Signal Other Probes Thermosensors Ancillary (Other) Probes Thermosensors Ancillary Thermocouple & Features In-Situ Carbon Probe AP1 In-Situ Oxygen Probe AP3 Resistance Thermometers (RTDs) MEMOCAL 2000 Output V dc Up to 500mV n/a ma, V, TC, RTD Readout % carbon probe into 8MΩ % oxygen probe 10MΩ n/a Multi function LCD Power Supply n/a n/a n/a Battery Power Consumption Accuracy Response Time Thermocouple Isolation Ports Port Parameters Mounting Options Product Info page Coding page n/a n/a n/a n/a ±0.05 weight % carbon in normal operating range Less than 1.0 second Type K, R & S n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ±0.02 PPM O2 at 1 PPM O2 ±1% of full scale mv output Less than 1.0 second Type K, R S & B n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a General purpose n/a n/a n/a n/a Sensor fittings, Connectors, Wires and cables 0.015% of span Type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U, W, W3, W5, PLII n/a EIA232 Remote programming Data recording Hand held EIA232 comms Desk top adapter (with EIA485 comms) Universal Isolated Interface Converter KD485 n/a n/a V dc 2000V ac 2 Asynchronous ports, TX & RX signals only -STD: baud, all character formats -ADE/PROG: baud, n/e/o/ parity,7/8 data bits, 1/2 stop bits DIN Rail Interface: Standard product Port 1 is RS232 Port 2 is RS422/485 Any combination of RS232, 422/ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

296 6-2 Valve Actuators & Sensors Valve Actuators EA Series Other I/O Signal Features EA01/EA02 EA12 EA20 Series EA31 EA40 Series EA50 Series EA60 Series EA70 Series Output Types 4-20mA Input 24V ac 50-60Hz 120V ac 50-60Hz 240V ac 50-60Hz Selected Models 24V ac 60Hz 120V ac 60Hz 240V ac 60Hz Auxiliary Swithes No 1 Optional 1 Standard additional 2 or 4 switches optional No 120V ac 60Hz 240V ac 60Hz 240V ac 50Hz Position Signal No No Potentiometer optional 90 Stroke 180 Stroke 360 Stroke Linear Stroke Torque NEMA Rating UL Liisted 24V ac 60Hz 120V ac 60Hz 240V ac 60Hz Optional No Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional 1 Standard additional 2 or 4 switches optional Potentiometer optional 120V ac 60Hz 240V ac 60Hz 240V ac 50Hz 1 Standard additional 2 or 4 switches optional Potentiometer optional 24V ac 60Hz 120V dc 60Hz 120V ac 50Hz 240V ac 60Hz 240V ac 50Hz 1 Standard additional 2 or 4 switches optional Potentiometer optional 120V ac 50-60Hz 1 Standard additional 2 or 4 switches optional Potentiometer optional 120V ac 60Hz 120V ac 50Hz 1 Standard additional 2 or 4 switches optional Potentiometer optional lb-in 60lb-in 50lb-in 220lb-in 50lb-in lb-in 450lb-in lb-in NEMA 4 NEMA 1 NEMA 4 (Selected Models) NEMA 4 (Selected Models) NEMA 3 (Selected Models) NEMA 4 (Selected Models) NEMA 4 (Selected Models) NEMA 4 (Selected Models) MF-631x3 24V ac 50-60Hz 1 Standard No NEMA 1 CUL or CSA CE Selected Models For further information contact your local Sales Office Sensors Features Input Types Sheath or Protection Tube Mounting Fitting Insulation Transmitter Available Termination Plastic Industry Thermocouple RTD Type J, K, E, T PT100 (.00385) JIS (.00391) 304 S.S. Steel pipe, 304 S.S., 316 S.S., Inconel, Cast iron, Silicon carbide, Mulite, Alumina, Others Bayonet fitting, Compression fitting Fiberglass No Stripped leads, Spade terminals, Plug, Jack, Plug and jack Industrial Thermocouple Type J, K, E, T, R, S, B Welding bushing, Flange, Sleeve, Double-ended bushing Ceramic Cast iron head, Aluminum head, Explosion proof head For further information contact your local Sales Office Resistance Temperature Detectors RTD PT100 (.00385) JIS (.00391) 304 S.S., 316 S.S., Inconel Compression fitting doubleended bushing, Spring loaded double-ended bushing Teflon, Fiberglass Stripped leads, Spade terminals, Plug, Jack, Plug and jack Cast iron head, Aluminum head, Explosion proof head MgO Insulated Thermocouple Type J, K, E, T, S 304 S.S., 316 S.S., Inconel Compression fitting doubleended bushing, Spring loaded double-ended bushing Magnesium oxide Stripped leads, Spade terminals, Plug, Jack, Plug and jack Cast iron head, Aluminum head, Explosion proof head Thermowell Assemblies Thermocouple RTD Type J, K, E, T PT100 (.00385) JIS (.00391) 304 S.S., 316 S.S., C-1018 Steel, Brass, Others Male NPT threads, Weld in, Flange Ceramic, Magnesium oxide, Teflon, Fiberglass Cast iron head, Aluminum head, Explosion proof head Oxygen Sensors O2 Cell plus Thermocouple Type R, S, B Zirconia Alumina Sliding flange 1 NPT, Compression fitting Alumina Aluminum head Carbon Sensors O2 Cell plus Thermocouple Type K, R, S Zirconia 3/4 NPT Schedule RA 330 Sliding flange 1 NPT, Compression fitting No Yes Yes Yes No No Alumina Aluminum head

297 I/O Signal Conditioning, Probes, Thermosensors, Ancillary 6-3 I/O Signal Conditioning I/O Signal Conditioning Ultra SlimPak II Ultra SlimPak ActionI/Q TransPak Eclipse Series AC Transducer I/O Signal Contents Our signal conditioning product line is one of the best known in the industry. Our comprehensive range of signal conditioners, limit alarms, isolators and transmitters are top quality, cover a wide range of applications and remain price-competitive. If you require customised I/O solutions please contact your local Sales Office. We take pride with our excellent customer service and technical support regarding any of your I/O needs.

298 6-4 I/O Signal Conditioning Ultra SlimPak II Single Ultra Loop SlimPak Contents II DIN Rail Mount Ethernet connectivity to most client software Built-in web browser with and logging capability PC or button setup and calibration Smart power technology automatically adjusts power usage High density modules Removable connectors Fast response High accuracy In-process calibration IDEAL Isolation FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Signal Conversion IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Noise FOR Filtering Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Linearisation IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Limit FOR Alarms Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR The Ultra SlimPak II Series is the best in its class when it comes to accuracy, stability and communication capabilities. It can function as a traditional stand-alone limit alarm and/or isolator, or it can be part of an Ethernet network when coupled with the optional WVC16 interface unit. Configuring Modules I/O range configuration is accomplished by setting DIP switches while calibration is performed using a push-button. It is also possible to remotely modify parameters using an Ethernet connection via the WVC16 and a remote PC-based web browser. WVC16 Ethernet Communications Interface (Optional) The WVC16 contains a web page server and an server.for alarm notifications for up to 10 recipients. The module includes a countdown timer that can be used to notify when routine maintenance is required, such as re-calibration. The internal temperature of the module can also be monitored. All memory to support the signal conditioner s historical data, storage of the web pages and all messages is contained in the WVC16. Mechanical Details 111.6mm (4.39in) 90.0mm (3.54in) Input Type DC Volts/DC Current RTD Thermocouple Potentiometer Strain Gauge AC Volts/AC Current Limit Alarms Output Type Signal Conditioners 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current DC Volts/DC Current DC Volts/DC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current Frequency DC Volts/DC Current 12.7mm (0.50in) 17.5mm (0.69in) 22.5mm (0.89in) Specifications Isolation: 1800V dc or peak ac between input, output and power Operating Humidity: 45 C Operating Temperature: 0-60 C Storage Temperature: C Power Consumption: 1.5W typical, 2.5W max. Supply Range: 9-30V DC Agency Approvals: UL; CSA; CE WV408/428 only: Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T6 Product Handbook HA WV Series Specification Sheets WV108 HA029748, WV118 HA029749,WV128 HA029750, WV168 HA029751, WV408 HA029752, WV418 HA029753, WV428 HA029754, WV438 HA029755, WV448 HA029756, WV468 HA029757, WV478 HA029747

299 I/O Signal Conditioning Ultra SlimPak 6-5 IDEAL Isolation FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Signal Conversion IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Noise FOR Filtering Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Linearisation IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Limit FOR Alarms Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Ultra Slimpaks are high density, DIN rail mount, setpoint limit alarm and isolating signal conditioner modules. All Ultra SlimPak modules utilise Action s advanced ASIC-based design for field configurable input and output flexibility. Ultra High Density The Ultra SlimPak was developed for high density applications in which panel space cannot be wasted. From 17 to 24 Ultra SlimPaks can mount on one linear foot of DIN rail. DIN rail mounting also provides easy "snap in place" installation. Setpoint Flexibility Wide ranging, field configurable Ultra SlimPaks allow the user to configure the input type, input range, setpoint, deadband, HI/LO operation and failsafe or non-failsafe relay state. These features provide the flexibility required to fit many diverse process control applications, with the additional benefits of reduced spare parts inventory and the convenience of an off-the-shelf solution. ASIC Reliability Action's exclusive analog ASIC increases reliability by reducing - components and interconnections by up to 70%. DIN Rail Mount Field configurable Wide ranging High density DIN rail mount ASIC based design for maximum reliability Best suited for OEM applications Single Ultra Loop SlimPak Contents Mechanical Details Input Type DC Volts/DC Current RTD Thermocouple Potentiometer Limit Alarms Output Type Signal Conditioners 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current DC Volts/DC Current 12.7mm (0.50in) 17.5mm (0.69in) Strain Gauge AC Volts/AC Current Frequency DC Volts/DC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current DC Volts/DC Current Specifications Isolation: 1800V dc between input, output and power Operating Humidity: 45 C Operating Temperature: 0-55 C Storage Temperature: C Power Consumption: 1.5W typical, 2.5W max. Supply Range: 9-30V dc except G448, 18030V dc Agency Approvals: UL; CSA; CE 110.2mm (4.34in) MD02RAIL 105.2mm (4.14in) MD03RAIL 88.5mm (3.48in) 90.0mm (3.54in) Product Handbook HA136731

300 6-6 I/O Signal Conditioning ActionIQ ActionIQ DIN Rail Mount Single & Multi-channel conditioners Two wire transmitters SnapLoc terminal blocks Removable connectors Interlocking modules PC based setup (some models) Math modules AC powered versions DC powered versions Loop powered versions The ActionI/Q DIN rail mount signal conditioners were designed to house as many channels of isolated I/O as possible and to reduce the number of power connections and I/O disconnects. Providing more I/O channels per module reduces per channel material cost and wiring savings reduces the long term cost of ownership. The ActionI/Q provides some of the most cost effective signal conditioning and isolation solutions available.and easy. IDEAL Isolation FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Signal Conversion IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Noise FOR Filtering Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Linearisation IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Limit Alarms ActionI/Q Series The ActionI/Q series consists of loop powered, AC powered or DC powered units, for sensor signal inputs including DC voltage, DC current, Platinum 100 Ohm RTDs and thermocouples. Their multichannel design ensures high density and low material cost. Removable connectors make wiring quick and easy. ActionI/Q Math Module The Q498 is a powerful math module which can be used as a unique and cost effective solution for an immense variety of applications where math functions are required or simply, a standard product to meet the application specifics cannot be found. The Q498 is a DC powered, DIN rail mount, DC input signal conditioner. The unit is fully isolated to 1800V between input, output and power. Two isolated analog inputs each accept either a DC voltage or current. One analog output delivers either DC bipolar voltage or unipolar current. The Q498 also has a separate frequency input channel and a frequency output, as well as a discrete input and output channel. The Q498 can perform single or double input math calculations on the input values. The available operators are Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Division, Square Root and Average. Process control functions include Hi/Lo Select, Rate of Change Limiter, and Track & Hold. The frequency input can also have the math functions applied. A 25- point linearization function is available for Channel 1 Analog input only. All output math and process control functions require C software. Input Type DC Volts/DC Current RTD Thermocouple Limit Alarms Output Type Signal Conditioners 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current Loop Powered 0-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA Mechanical Details Potentiometer DC Volts/DC Current 22.3mm (0.88in) Strain Gauge AC Volts/AC Current DC Volts/DC Current DC Volts/DC Current 59.4mm (2.34in) 62.2mm (2.45in) 104.6mm (4.12in) 32mm RAIL (G) 101.6mm (4.00in) 35mm RAIL (H) 116.5mm (4.59in) Frequency Specifications DC Volts/DC Current Isolation: 1800V dc or peak ac between input, output and power Operating Humidity: 45 C Operating Temperature: 0-55 C Storage Temperature: C Power Consumption: 2.5W max. Supply Range: V ac (Qxx6, Qxx3); 19-30V dc except Q V dc, Q404-2, -3 and V dc; 12-35V dc (Q5xx) Response Time: 1200mS response time typical Agency Approvals: UL; CSA; CE Product Handbook HA Q Series Specification Sheets Q108 HA29738, Q404-2/3/4 HA029739, Q408 HA029740, Q438 HA29741, Q448 HA029742, Q478 HA029743, Q486 HA029744, Q488 HA029745, Q498 HA029746

301 I/O Signal Conditioning TransPak 6-7 IDEAL Isolation FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Signal Conversion IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Noise FOR Filtering Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Linearisation IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Limit FOR Alarms Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Action Pak units are compact, electronic plug-in modules. AP1000 Series Field Configurable Alarms The AP1000 series limit alarms receive direct sensor inputs and operate from 120V AC (or optionally on 24V DC on some models). They provide the broad range of limit alarm and control capabilities required in today's industrial processes. The AP1000 series dedicated singlechannel limit alarm provides excellent single-point control with proven reliability. The DC input AP1080/90, the thermocouple input AP1280/90 and the AC input AP1690 can all be configured in the field by setting DIP switches for input range or type, alarm function (HI/LO) and alarm state (failsafe/non-failsafe). This minimises spare parts inventory and provides an off-the-shelf solution for virtually any alarm function. AP AP9000 Series Four-wire Transmitters The AP4000 to AP9000 series signal conditioners are compact, electronic, plug-in modules that take direct sensor inputs and signals and convert them into useful high level signals. They operate from 120V AC power (or optionally on 24V DC on some models). The AP4000 series four-wire transmitters typically operate from external AC line power and require two wires for that operating power and two wires for the output signal. Outputs are conventional DC process signals, such as 4-20mA or 0-10V, and are compatible with all important process instrumentation equipment, including other Action Pak modules. When AC power is impractical or not available, most 4000 series modules are available with a DC option so that they can be operated from a 24V DC source. Field configurable input ranges Programmable high or low setpoints Selectable failsafe/latching operation LED trip indicators Plug-in installation AC powered versions DC powered versions TransPak Input Type DC Volts/DC Current RTD Limit Alarms 2 SPDT Relays 1 DPDT Relay Output Type Signal Conditioners DC Volts/DC Frequency Current DC Volts/DC Current Mechanical Details Thermocouple Potentiometer Strain Gauge 2 SPDT Relays 1 DPDT Relay DC Volts/DC Current DC Volts/DC Current DC Volts/DC Current 90.4mm (3.56in) 71.4mm (2.81in) AC Volts/AC Current 2 SPDT Relays DC Volts/DC Current Frequency Specifications DC Volts/DC Current Isolation: Limit alarms: 1000V dc between input, output and power Signal conditioners: 1500V dc between input, output and power Operating Humidity: 45 C Operating Temperature: 0-60 C Storage Temperature: C Power Consumption: 1.5W typical, 2.5W max. Supply Range: 9-30V dc Agency Approvals: UL; CSA 50.8mm (2.05in) 1.6mm (0.06in) 71.1mm (2.85in) Product Handbook HA136731

302 6-8 Single Loop Eclipse Contents AC Transducer Eclipse Series IDEAL Energy FOR power Benefits measurement IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Generators IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Substations FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Distribution IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL For FOR single Benefits and 3-phase IDEAL (3w/4w) FOR applications Benefits IDEAL FOR The Eclipse series is a range of standalone AC transducers. Units are mounted directly onto T35 DIN Rail and offer a simple fit and install procedure. The range allows for measurement of AC current and voltage for both average and true RMS, mains/frequency, phase angle, active power and a 3-phase power monitoring unit. In addition, potentiometer and transformer tap position can be measured. Plant labelling conforms to international standards Suitable for single and 3-phase (3w/4w applications) DIN Rail mounting Fully isolated AC Power transducer (Data Sheet HA083848U001) Watt and Var measurement Accuracy Class 0.5 Frequency independent Suitable for single or three phase, balanced or unbalanced load systems AC Current Transducer (Data Sheet HA083844U001) Self- or auxiliary-powered High stability Full range of outputs RMS output Very low temperature coefficients AC Voltage Transducer (Data Sheet HA083845U001) Wide auxiliary power supply range Single or three phase Choice of average or true rms sensing Current and voltage outputs with true and live zero Mechanical Details DIN Rail DIN AC Frequency Transducer (Data Sheet HA083846U001) High accuracy Class 0.01Fn Non-standard options available Current and voltage output options Phase angle transducer (Data Sheet HA083847U001) Unipolar or bipolar output options Current outputs with true and live zero Single or polyphase systems 55mm 114mm 70mm Potentiometer and Tap Position (Data Sheet HA083849U001) Current and voltage output options Wide auxiliary power supply range 100mm 150mm Specifications Outputs: 0-10V, 0-20mA, and 4-20mA Supply Voltage: 110V, 230V, 400V ac ±20% Isolation: 2kV for 1min, conforms to IEC414 Typical Accuracy: Class % Operating Ambient: 10 to 60 C Humidity: Up to 90% non-condensing Mounting: DIN Rail Eclipse Series Specification Sheets HA083844U001, HA083845U001, HA083846U001, HA083847U001, HA083848U001, HA083849U001

303 I/O Signal Conditioning, Probes, Thermosensors, Ancillary 6-9 Probes, Thermosensors, Ancillary Thermosensors AP1 In-Situ Carbon Probe AP3 In-Situ Oxygen Probe Thermocouples and RTDs PT100 Resistance Thermometer (PRT) Installation Fittings & Connectors Thermocouples and RTDs available from stock Manufactured to order facility available In-Situ, high efficienc,y Carbon and Oxygen probes Versatile, high accuracy MEMOCAL 2000 calibrator Simulates all types of thermocouples, RTDs, ma and mv inputs and outputs High specification Communications converter Ancillary MEMOCAL 2000 Calibrator KD485 Communications Converter Other Contents Our range of temperature sensors includes a wide selection of types and designs of thermocouples and RTDs, along with associated fittings and connections. If there are any requirements that cannot be satisfied from this selection of stock sensors we offer a manufactured to order facility where we can build any design of probe to your specification. For a variety of industries our high accuracy range of Carbon and Oxygen probes are ideal for maintaining either the carbon potential or the oxygen content in your process for accurate and repeatable operation. In all industries, accuracy and repeatability are important to reduce wastage and improve end product quality. The MEMOCAL 2000 calibrator, a battery powered, portable, high accuracy, high stability, hand held calibrator is perfect for field calibration or for laboratory maintenance requirements. Getting information disseminated around your plant is becoming essential to its smooth and efficient operation. Our KD485 communications converter or isolator enables efficient creation and reliable operation of your serial communications networks.

304 6-10 AP Series In-Situ Carbon Probe AP1 IDEAL Carbon FOR control Benefits systems IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits High temperature IDEAL FOR carburising Benefits heat IDEAL treating FOR Benefits IDEAL Compatible FOR Benefits with all carbon IDEAL controllers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Rapid response IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits AP1 Carbonitriding Endothermic gas generators High accuracy and repeatability High efficiency, low maintenance Energy cost savings Rapid response Compatible with all carbon controllers Reference air supply and burnoff enclosures The AP1 In-Situ Carbon probe, one of the Series AP probes, is a direct and continuous carbon potential probe. Its unique patented design features a cylinder of special zirconium oxide formulation, welded into the end of an alumina tube by means of an eutectic welding process. The resultant homogenous structure provides the most rugged element design. The superstructure is a high temperature special alloy with a flow through tip design to minimise soot collection. Internal connections are protected by a high quality connecting head. External connections are made with a quick disconnect plug. The probe can measure very low oxygen partial pressures with extreme accuracy and repeatability. It will control furnace atmospheres and generator gas supplies over the full range of carburising hardening applications. Operation The AP1 Probe is suitable for high temperature carburising heat treating, carbonitriding and endothermic gas generators. It should not be used for nitriding applications. Energy Cost Savings Using the AP1 Carbon probe, operating conditions can be achieved more rapidly and better atmosphere control can be maintained. The carburising gas supply is used more efficiently, resulting in energy savings and reduction in furnace burnouts. Leakage of furnace seals or firing tubes are detected, notably improving furnace efficiency. Reference Air Supply and Burnoff Enclosures The reference air and burnoff enclosures are self-contained units that provide reference air and/or burnoff purge to the AP1 carbon probe. Mechanical Details Ports to Furnace each side Burnoff port Four pin electrical connector Reference air port AP1 Specification Sheet HA Specifications Output: Readout: Accuracy: Response Time: Thermocouples: Operating Ambient: V dc over carburising range % carbon probe into input impedance > 8Meg Ohms ±0.05 weight % carbon in normal operating range Less than 1.0 second Type K, R and S Approx C vertical mount Approx C horizontal mount

305 AP Series In-Situ Oxygen Probe AP IDEAL Medium FOR reduction, Benefits neutral IDEAL or FOR oxidising Benefits atmospheres IDEAL FOR Benefits Atmospheres IDEAL up FOR to 1650 C Benefits (3000 F) IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL For FOR kilns, Benefits furnaces and IDEAL boilers FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Compatible IDEAL with FOR all O2 Benefits controllers IDEAL FOR Benefits The AP3 In-situ Oxygen probe, one of the Series AP probes, offers direct and continuous measurement of oxygen in various process applications. When coupled with the proper O2 controller, it can safely and consistently maintain the desired level of oxygen in the process. It is designed to operate above 760ºC (1400ºF) with a choice of K, R, S or B thermocouples and can go up to a maximum of 1650 C (3000ºF) with a B type internal thermocouple installed. The probe is installed directly into the process atmosphere. No extractive sampling or cooling is required. Response time to changes in the process is less than one second. Measurement accuracy of 1% of mv output over the range of the sensor is maintained during operation Reference Air Supply The reference air enclosure is a self-contained CE compatible unit that provides reference air to the AP3 oxygen probe. Operation The AP3 probe is suitable for high temperature medium reduction, neutral or oxidising atmospheres Typical industries that use this probe include glass, ceramics, power, and steel. Specific applications include controlling material characteristics in ceramic kilns, colour management in brick kilns, combustion efficiency in gas fired furnaces and NOx emission from exhaust stacks. Energy cost savings Designed for high temperature applications High accuracy and repeatability High efficiency, low maintenance Rapid response Reference air supply AP3 Mechanical Details 11/16" o.d. up to 24" length 1" o.d. over 24" length 3/4" NPT. up to 24" length 1" NPT over 24" length Length 1.050" diameter, 3 /4" pipe 1.315" diameter, 1" pipe Specifications Output: Readout: Accuracy: Response Time: Thermocouples: Operating Ambient: Up to 500mV over the operating range % oxygen probe input impedance > 10 Meg Ohms ±0.02 PPM oxygen at 1 PPM oxygen. ± 1 % of full scale mv output. Less than 1.0 second Type K, R, S and B C 4" minimum Four pin electrical connector AP3 Specification Sheet HA029286

306 6-12 Thermocouples & Resistance Thermometers (RTDs) IDEAL Standard FOR Benefits sensors available IDEAL from FOR stock Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Custom IDEAL sensors FOR to your Benefits specification IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Certified FOR calibration Benefits at IDEAL your FOR specified Benefits temperatures IDEAL FOR Benefits Head Mounted IDEAL Transmitters FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits TCs & RTDs General Purpose Fabricated Thermocouples Style FA Flexible Style FS Mineral Insulated Thermocouples Resistance Thermometers (PT100) Wide range of sensor fittings The nature of sensors requirements means there are requirements for a great variety of types, construction and fittings. Eurotherm are able to provide a wide variety of these sensors directly from stock, but for your specific and particular needs a full custom manufactured to order service is also available. Please contact us to discuss your actual requirements. Sensor Specification Sheet HA The temperature sensing requirements of many applications can be met by means of our standard and custom-made assemblies. With both the construction and sheath materials to suit your process from cryogenics to furnaces, together with a choice of J, K, T, N, R, S types in rigid or flexible thermocouple sheaths. Single and multiple sensors are also available as options. These sensors are complemented with a wide range of installation and mounting fittings. Our capabilities include: High temperature type R and S thermocouples for use up to 1600 C. Heavy duty PRT and thermocouples with integral 4 to 20mA transmitter Type N (Nicrosil Nisil) thermocouples in a variety of configurations General Purpose Fabricated Thermocouples Style FA For use up to 350 C. Thermocouple element sheathed in 316 grade stainless steel with welded, closed rounded end and flexible connecting cable. The low cost, versatile sensors are suitable for a wide range of medium temperature applications including the plastics industry. Flexible Style FS For use up to 350 C. Flexible thermocouple assembly with an adjustable bayonet cap to give spring loaded contact for insertion depths up to 200mm. This versatility permits use in many applications, minimising spares holding. Adaptors are available to suit the bayonet cap. Available in types J, K and T with braided or armoured cable. Mineral Insulated Thermocouples For use up to 1200 C. Available in types J, K, T and N. With grounded or insulated junctions. With or without leads. With IP67 heavy duty or miniature heavy duty heads. Resistance Thermometers (PT100) For use up to 450 C. Available in 2-, 3-, or 4-wire configurations, in single or duplex format. With leads or IP67 heavy duty or miniature heavy duty heads or for wall mounting both indoors or outdoors. Sensor Fittings To enable secure attachment to the process being measured we offer a wide range of fittings including: compression fittings, flanges, bayonet adaptors and thermowells. Connectors Standard and miniature plugs and sockets available from stock. Wires and Cables Thermocouples require connecting cable with the same temperature characteristics as the probe. This can be actual thermocouple wire known as Extension Cable this is always used where the cable is an integral part of the probe. The other option is wire with the same characteristic over a limited temperature range, usually up to 80 C, this is called Compensating Cable. Resistance Thermometers are connected with copper wire.

307 Calibrator MEMOCAL IDEAL Lightweight FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits PortableIDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL Long FOR battery Benefits life IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits Digital communications IDEAL FOR Benefits interfaceideal FOR Benefits The MEMOCAL 2000 is a lightweight, versatile, portable, hand-held calibrator developed for use in both field (maintenance) and laboratory (quality control, process simulation, training) calibration. For field calibration the MEMOCAL 2000 offers: compact size, long battery life, easy to use interface, low temperature drift, high noise immunity and simple programming capabilities. For laboratory calibration the MEMOCAL 2000 offers: digital interface to data loggers, supervision and control systems, large range of I/O capabilities, high accuracy and stability over time. Double linearisation standards for thermocouples and RTD Operates with standard AA type alkaline batteries or rechargeable batteries (Ni-Cd or Ni-MH) Advanced battery power management system Built-in RS232 interface for remote programming and data recording (2000 only) Calibrator cradle, recharger and RS232C/RS485 converter in a companion desk-top module Autoranging during measurement and generation Simulates and measures T/C signals (15 T/C types) and RTD signals (PT100 and Ni 100) Generates and measures ma, mv, V and ohms signals Square root extraction and quadratic signal generation Programmable scaling for ma, mv and V measurement and generation Built-in 24V dc power supply for 2-wires transmitter excitation and measurement Programmable external cold junction compensation value Peak and valley data hold Direct connection for all input types (no special connectors are required for TC inputs) Up to 50 program steps to create one or more programs Ramp, soak and step function capabilities Two dry contact logic inputs for program advance/wait Two rows by 16 character alphanumeric LCD display Ergonomic front panel with: numeric multi function tactile keyboard menu driven display with parameters-naming capability Very low temperature drift High Accuracy High stability Autoranging Simulation and measurement of all popular RTD s and thermocouples Battery Powered (standard/rechargeable) Digital Communications capability Mechanical Details 26mm 212mm 101mm 100mm 36mm 19mm MEMOCAL mm 25 Specifications Temperature Drift: Accuracy: Battery Life: Digital Comms: Operating Ambient: 0.1μV/ C Typically 0.015% of span 24 hour (average)operation with Ni-MH batteries RS232C/RS RH non-condensing 168mm 110.5mm Sensor Specification Sheet HA028130

308 6-14 Universal Isolated Interface Converter KD485 IDEAL Automatic FOR Benefits driver enable IDEAL on RS485 FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL baud, FOR low-emc Benefits driversideal FOR Benefits IDEAL Universal FOR Benefits RS422/485 3-/5-wire IDEAL FOR interface Benefits with IDEAL varistorfor Benefits protection IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL 7 to FOR 35V DC Benefits poweredideal FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Isolation 100% 2kV ac KD485 DIN-rail enclosure with screw terminals DC power input: regulated or unregulated Two serial ports, one isolated RS232, RS422 (4-wire), RS485 (3- and 5-wire) Combinations available to order Low-EMC RS422/485 drivers Internal pull-up and pull-down resistors User Program Download capability The KD485 is a multi-purpose interface converter designed to satisfy a wide range of industrial data communications requirements. The KD485-ADE inserts a CPU (with two serial ports) into the data path. Several standard application programs ( Modes ) are provided in a built-in ROM: Mode 0: emulates KD485-STD (Interface converter/isolator); and also offers baud rate and character format conversion. Mode 1: as above, plus Auto Driver Enable. The RS485 driver is automatically controlled according to the presence of data from the RS232 host. Mode 2: RS485 to RS232 Addressable Adaptor. This makes possible the connection of up to approximately 50 RS232 devices to a 3/5 wire RS485 bus, through which they can be polled by a single Master. The KD485-PROG does everything the -ADE does. In addition, it is userprogrammable in ANSI C. The user program (up to 32k code + 16k data) is uploaded in Intel hex using any terminal emulator capable of ASCII upload. RS232 devices which emit data continuously are also supported. The RS485 address and an optional lead-in byte are fully configurable. PC-based configuration programs for DOS and Windows are included. Mechanical Details 29mm 113mm 100mm Specifications Ports: Port parameters: Interface Options: Power Supply: Operating Ambient: Mounting: Two asynchronous ports, TX & RX signals only XON/XOFF selectable KD485-STD: baud, all character formats KD485-ADE/PROG: baud, n/e/o parity, 7/8 data bits, 1/2 stop bits. Standard product: port 1 is RS232; port 2 is RS422/485. Any combination of RS232, RS422/485 +7V to +35V dc +12V dc suggested % RH (non-condensing) DIN Rail KD485 Specification Sheet HA026030

309 I/O Signal Conditioning, Probes, Thermosensors, Ancillary 6-15 I/O Signal Conditioning I/O Signal Conditioning Ultra SlimPak II Ultra SlimPak ActionI/Q AC Powered ActionI/Q DC Powered ActionI/Q Loop Powered TransPak Eclipse Series AC Transducer Signal conditioning I/O Signal Coding

310 6-16 I/O Signal Conditioning Ultra SlimPak II Limit Alarms Ultra SlimPak II 1 Model WV WV WV WV WV WV WV WV DC Input Limit Alarm Non-latching DC Input Limit Alarm Latching RTD Input Limit Alarm Non-latching RTD Input Limit Alarm Latching Thermocouple Input Limit Alarm Non-latching Thermocouple Input Limit Alarm Latching AC Input Limit Alarm Non-latching AC Input Limit Alarm Latching 2 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Setting must be within the units specifications 3 Accessories WVC16 Communication interface MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail (2 meters) WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5Amp) H910 24V dc power supply (1Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.3Amp) MB03 End bracket for MD03 C650 Utility software for WVC16 Signal Conditioners Model WV WV WV WV WV WV WV DC Voltage/Current Input Isolating Signal Conditioner RTD Input Isolating Signal Conditioner TC Input Isolating Signal Conditioner Potentiometer Input Isolating Signal Conditioner Bridge Input Isolating Signal Conditioner AC Voltage/Current Input Isolating Signal Conditioner Frequency Input Isolating Signal Conditioner 2 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Setting must be within the units specifications 3 Accessories WVC16 Communication interface MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail (2 meters) WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5Amp) H910 24V dc power supply (1Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.3Amp) MB03 End bracket for MD03 C650 Utility software for WVC16 Optional Interface Model WV DIN Rail Mount Power Supply 2 Accessories C Utility CD and serial interface cable Model DDESERVER DDE Server Software Distribution for WV16 I/O Comms Interface Power Supply 1 1 Model WV DIN Rail Mount Power Supply Note All WV Series modules will mount on standard TS35 (model MD03) DIN Rail. In addition, accessories as indicated are available. WV Series Specification Sheets WV108 HA029748, WV118 HA029749, WV128 HA029750, WV168 HA029751, WV408 HA029752, WV418 HA029753, WV428 HA029754, WV438 HA029755, WV448 HA029756, WV468 HA029757, WV478 HA029747

311 I/O Signal Conditioning Ultra SlimPak 6-17 Limit Alarms Model G DC Input Limit Alarm Ultra SlimPak G RTD Input Field Configurable Limit Alarm G Thermocouple Input Limit Alarm G AC Input Field Configurable Limit Alarm 2 Accessories HS01 Heatsink (G vertical rail application) MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail (2 meters) WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5 Amp) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.3 Amp) MB03 End bracket for MD03 C664 I/O descriptive tags C006 Shunt resistor (0.1Ω, 5A max) G108 and G168 only Ultra SlimPak 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify desired input and output range Isolators Model G DC Input Field Configurable Isolator (unipolar outputs) G DC Input Field Configurable Isolator (bipolar voltage outputs) G RTD Input Field Configurable Isolator G Thermocouple Input Field Configurable Isolator G AC Input Field Configurable Isolator G Frequency Input Field Configurable Isolator 2 Accessories MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail (2 meters) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.1 Amp) MB03 End bracket for MD03 C664 I/O descriptive tags WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5 Amp) C006 1W, 5W, 1% shunt resistor (0.1Ω, 5A max) HS01 Heat sink 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify desired input and output range Signal Conditioners Model G Potentiometer Field Configurable Signal Conditioner G Bridge Input Field Configurable Signal Conditioner 2 Accessories HS01 Heat sink MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail (2 meters) WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5 Amp) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.3 Amp) MB03 End bracket for MD03 C664 I/O descriptive tags 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify desired input and output range DIN Rail Mount Power Supplies Model H910 24V dc, 1.0 Amp H915 24V dc, 2.3 Amp Note All SlimPak G Series modules will mount on standard TS32 (model MD02) or TS35 (model MD03) DIN Rail. In addition, accessories as indicated are available.

312 6-18 I/O Signal Conditioning ActionIQ AC Powered Limit Alarms AC Drives ActionI/Q Coding Model Q DC Input Field Configurable Limit Alarm Q RTD input, Field Configurable Limit Alarm Q Thermocouple, Field Configurable Limit Alarm 2 I/Q Rail Specify type and quantity 3 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail 4 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input, setpoint and deadband Isolaters Model Q403-1 DC Input Multi-channel Isolator (1 I/P, 1 O/P) Q403-2 DC Input Multi-channel Isolator (2 I/P, 2 O/P) Q403-3 DC Input Multi-channel Isolator (1 I/P, 2 O/P) 2 Input Range See Standard Range Table 3 Output Range See Standard Range Table Standard Ranges Table 4 MD02 MD03 Accessories TS32 DIN Rail TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail Available Modules Model Input Output Q403-1L V 4-40mA Q403-1L V 0-10V Q403-1L28 ±10V ±10V Q403-1L29 ±10V (Both channels) ±10V (Both channels) Model Q406-A000 DC Input Field Configurable Isolator 1 I/P, 1 O/P DC Isolator Q406-A001 DC Input Field Configurable Isolator 1 I/P, 1 O/P DC Isolator with 24V dc excitation source Q406-A002 DC Input Field Configurable Isolator 1 I/P, 2 O/P DC Isolator Q406-A003 DC Input Field Configurable Isolator 1 I/P, 2 O/P DC Isolator with 24V dc excitation source Q406-A004 DC Input Field Configurable Isolator 2 I/P, 2 O/P DC Isolator 2 I/Q Rail Specify type and quantity 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input, setpoint and deadband 4 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail Model Q Temperature Input Isolator 2 I/Q Rail Specify type and quantity 3 Accessories C PC Adapter and Configuration Software MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail 4 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input, setpoint and deadband Q Series Specification Sheets Q108 HA29738, Q404-2/3/4 HA029739, Q408 HA029740, Q438 HA29741, Q448 HA029742, Q478 HA029743, Q486 HA029744, Q488 HA029745, Q498 HA029746

313 I/O Signal Conditioning ActionIQ AC Powered Model Q Frequency Input Isolator 2 I/Q Rail Specify type and quantity 3 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail 4 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input, setpoint and deadband AC Drives ActionI/Q Coding Signal Conditioners Model Q Potentiometer Input, Field Configurable Signal Conditioner 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input, setpoint and deadband 2 I/Q Rail Specify type and quantity 4 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail C620 Factory calibration Model Q Bridge Input Field Configurable Signal Conditioner 2 I/Q Rail Specify type and quantity 3 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail 4 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input, setpoint and deadband Model Q AC Input Signal Conditioner 1 I/P, 1 O/P ac isolator 2 I/Q Rail Specify type and quantity 3 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL Position I/QRail & DIN Rail 4 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input, setpoint and deadband Note All ActionI/Q series modules will mount on standard TS32 (model MD02) or TS35 (model MD03) DIN rail. In addition, accessories as indicated are available.

314 6-20 I/O Signal Conditioning ActionIQ DC Powered Limit Alarm ActionI/Q 1 Model Q DC Input Limit Alarm 2 I/Q Rail Specify optional IQRail type and quantity 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input, setpoint and deadband 4 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL-D002 2 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D004 4 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D008 8 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5 Amp) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.1 Amp) Isolaters Model Q404-1 DC Input Multi-channel Isolator single channel Q404-2 DC Input Multi-channel Isolator dual channel Q404-3 Two-wire Transmitter Input Isolator 4-20mA, 0-10V Q404-4 DC Input Isolator Signal Splitter 1 I/P, 2 O/P 2 Input Range See Standard Ranges Table Q mA, 24V excitation 3 Output Range See Standard Ranges Table Q mA, 0-10V Standard Ranges Table Available Modules Model Input Output Q404-2L V 4-40mA Q404-2L V 0-5V 0-10V 1-5V 0-10V 0-10V Q404-2L28 10/10V 5/5V 10/10V Q404-3L00 10/10V 4-20mA Q404-3L mA 0-5V 1-5V 0-10V Q404-4L mA 4-20mA 4 MD02 MD03 WV905 H910 H915 Accessories TS32 DIN Rail TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail 24V dc power supply (500mA) Q404-4 only 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) Q404-4 only 24V dc power supply (2.1 Amp) Q404-4 only Model Q408-A000 DC Input Field Configurable Isolator 1 I/P, 1 O/P DC Isolator Q408-A004 DC Input Field Configurable Isolator 2 I/P, 2 O/P DC Isolator 2 I/Q Rail Specify optional IQRail type and quantity 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input and output ranges 4 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL-D002 2 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D004 4 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D008 8 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5 Amp) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.1 Amp) Model 4 Accessories Q AC Input Field Configurable Isolator 2 I/Q Rail Specify optional IQRail type and quantity 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input and output ranges MD02 MD03 IQRL-D002 IQRL-D004 IQRL-D008 WV905 H910 H915 TS32 DIN Rail TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail 2 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail 4 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail 8 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail 24V dc power supply (0.5 Amp) 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) 24V dc power supply (2.1 Amp)

315 I/O Signal Conditioning ActionIQ DC Powered Model Q Temperature Input Isolator 2 Optional IQRail & Accessories C PC adapter and configuration software MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL-D002 2 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D004 4 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail C620-* Factory calibration 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input and output ranges for 25-point linearisation ActionI/Q Model 3 Optional IQRail & Accessories Q DC Input Field Configurable Isolator/Maths Functions 2 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input and output ranges for 25-point linearisation C Configuration software and PC serial cable MD02 TS32 DIN Rail (2 meters) MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail (2 meters) IQRL-D002 2 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D004 4 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D008 8 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5 Amp) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.1 Amp) Signal Conditioners Model Q Potentiometer Input Signal Conditioner Q Bridge Input Signal Conditioner Q Frequency Input Signal Conditioner 2 I/Q Rail Specify type and quantity 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input and output ranges 4 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail IQRL-D002 2 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D004 4 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail IQRL-D008 8 Position I/QRail & DIN Rail WV905 24V dc power supply (0.5 Amp) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.1 Amp) Note All ActionI/Q series modules will mount on standard TS32 (model MD02) or TS35 (model MD03) DIN rail. In addition, accessories as indicated are available.

316 6-22 I/O Signal Conditioning ActionIQ Loop Powered Transmitters ActionIQ 1 Q501 2 Model Channels 1 1 channel 2 2 channels 3 Input Range Multi-channel Two-wire Transmitter See Q501 Input Ranges Table *Consult factory for non-standard ranges Q501 Input Ranges* 4-20mA 0-1mA 0-5V 0-1V 0-20mA 0-10V 1-5V 0-100mV 3 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail WV905 24V dc power supply (500mA) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.3 Amp) 0-100V 0-500mV ±10V 0-50mV Q510 2 Model Channels 2 2 channels 4 2 channels 3 Input Range See Q510 Ranges Table Multi-channel RTD Input Two-wire Transmitter Q510 Ranges Table 2 Channel Models 4 Channel Models Inputs Output Q510-0B01 Q510-4B C 4-20mA Q510-0B02 Q510-4B C 4-20mA Q510-0B03 Q510-4B C 4-20mA Q510-0B04 Q510-4B C 4-20mA Q510-0B05 Q510-4B C 4-20mA Q510-0B06 Q510-4B F 4-20mA Q510-0B07 Q510-4B F 4-20mA Q510-0B08 Q510-4B F 4-20mA Q510-0B09 Q510-4B F 4-20mA Q510-0B10 Q510-4B F 4-20mA 3 MD02 MD03 WV905 H910 H915 Accessories TS32 DIN Rail TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail 24V dc power supply (500mA) 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) 24V dc power supply (2.1 Amp) Q520 Model Thermocouple Input Isolating Two-wire Transmitter Q520 Input Ranges* J, F/4-20mA J, F/4-20mA J, C/4-20mA K, F/4-20mA K, F/4-20mA K, C/4-20mA T, F/4-20mA T, C/4-20mA 2 B 3 Option Down scale burnout detection, upscale--- standard Input Range See Q520 Input Ranges Table *Consult factory for non-standard ranges 3 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail WV905 24V dc power supply (500mA) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.3 Amp) Isolater Model Q500-1B00 Q500-2B00 Q500-4B00 Single (1) Channel loop-powered Isolator Dual (2) Channel loop-powered Isolator Quad (4) Channel loop-powered Isolator 2 Accessories MD02 TS32 DIN Rail MD03 TS35 x 7.5 DIN Rail WV905 24V dc power supply (500mA) H910 24V dc power supply (1 Amp) H915 24V dc power supply (2.3 Amp) Note All ActionI/Q series modules will mount on standard TS32 (model MD02) or TS35 (model MD03) DIN rail. In addition, accessories as indicated are available.

317 I/O Signal Conditioning TransPak 6-23 Transmitters 1 1 Model T280-1xxx-C (F) Isolated Universal 2-wire Transmitter for RTD Input T280-2xxx-[tc type]-c (F) Isolated Universal 2-wire Transmitter for Thermocouple T280-3xxx Isolated Universal 2-wire Transmitter for mv Input Accessories TSH-0000 Head Mount Enclosure 1 /2 NPT for Thermowell and Conduit T280 Ranging Table Thermocouple Models RTD Models T JC C T TF F T C C T JC C T TF F T C C T JC C T TF F T C C T JF F T JC C T C C T JF F T JF F T C C T JF F T JF F T C F T KC C T KF F T F F T KC C T SC C T F F T KC C T EC C T F F T KC C T EC C T F F T KF F T JC C T F F T KF F T TF F T F F T KF F T C 0-50 C T KF F mv Models T F F T TC C T mV T F F T TC C T mV T TC C T mV TransPak 1 1 Model Accessories T Programmable Isolating Universal Input 2-wire Transmitter 9046 ActionPak 24/40V DC, 56MA Loop power supply T609 24V, 600mA Loop power supply V560/ /2 digit remote loop powered indicator with wide ranging display TSH-0000 Head Mount Enclosure 1 /2 NPT for Thermowell and Conduit Model Accessories T DC Input Field Configurable 2-wire Transmitter 2 Option U Urethane coating 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input and output ranges M004 Snap-in channel track, 4ft (non-conducting) T902 Mounting plate for M004, includes 4 track T910 Bulkhead (flat surface) mounting plate T805 NEMA 4, explosion proof enclosure 9046 ActionPak 24/40V DC, 65MA Loop power supply T609 24V, 600mA Loop power supply V /2 digit remote loop powered indicator with wide ranging display, NEMA 4 X enclosure. CSA and FM approval standard. Specify Option C to house Transpak Model Accessories T RTD Input Isolating, Field Configurable 2-wire Transmitter T RTD Input Isolating, Field Configurable 2-wire Transmitter ( 200 C offset) 2 C620 Optional Custom Factory Calibration Specify with desired input and output ranges M004 Snap-in channel track, 4ft (non-conducting) T902 Mounting plate for M004, includes 4 track T910 Bulkhead (flat surface) mounting plate 9046 ActionPak 24/40V DC, 65MA Loop power supply T609 24V, 600mA Loop power supply V560/ /2 digit remote loop powered indicator with wide ranging display, NEMA 4 X enclosure. CSA and FM approval standard. Specify Option C to house Transpak C620 Factory calibration (user specified)

318 6-24 I/O Signal Conditioning TransPak Transmitters AC Drives TransPak Coding Model Accessories T Thermocouple Input Isolating, Field Configurable J/K/T inputs T Thermocouple Input Isolating, Field Configurable E/R/S inputs B 2 3 C620 Option Downscale burnout Optional Custom Factory Calibration Specify with desired input and output ranges M004 Snap-in channel track, 4ft T902 Mounting plate for M004, includes 4 track T910 Bulkhead (flat surface) mounting plate T805 Explosion proof/nema 4 enclosure 9046 ActionPak 24/40V DC, 65mA Loop power supply T609 24V, 600mA Loop power supply V /2 digit remote loop powered indicator with wide ranging display, NEMA 4 X enclosure. CSA and FM approval standard. Specify Option C to house Transpak Model Accessories T Potentiometer Input Isolating, Field Configurable 2-wire Transmitter 2 C620 Optional Custom Factory Calibration Specify with desired input and output ranges M004 Snap-in channel track, 4ft T902 Mounting plate for M004, includes 4 track T910 Bulkhead (flat surface) mounting plate T805 Side feed explosion-proof housing (NEMA 4 rated), uncoated (Specify Option P for white polyester coating) 9046 ActionPak 24/40V DC, 65mA Loop power supply T609 24V, 600mA Loop power supply V /2 digit remote loop powered indicator with wide ranging display, NEMA 4 X enclosure. CSA and FM approval standard. Specify Option C to house Transpak Model Accessories T AC Input Isolating, Field Configurable 2-wire Transmitter 2 U 3 Option Urethane coating Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input and output ranges M004 Snap-in channel track, 4ft T902 Mounting plate for M004, includes 4 track T910 Bulkhead (flat surface) mounting plate T805 Side feed explosion-proof housing (NEMA 4 rated), uncoated (Specify Option P for white polyester coating) 9046 ActionPak 24/40V DC, 65mA Loop power supply T609 24V, 600mA Loop power supply V /2 digit remote loop powered indicator with wide ranging display, NEMA 4 X enclosure. CSA and FM approval standard. Specify Option C to house Transpak

319 I/O Signal Conditioning TransPak Model Accessories T Frequency Input, Isolating, Field Configurable 2-wire Transmitter 2 Option U Urethane coating 3 Optional Custom Factory Calibration C620 Specify with desired input and output ranges M004 Snap-in channel track, 4ft T902 Mounting plate for M004, includes 4 track T910 Bulkhead (flat surface) mounting plate T805 Side feed field-mountable housing (EP & NEMA 4 rated), uncoated (Specify Option P for white polyester coating) 9046 ActionPak 24/40V DC, 65mA Loop power supply T609 24V, 600mA Loop power supply V /2 digit remote loop powered indicator with wide ranging display, NEMA 4 X enclosure. CSA and FM approval standard. Specify Option C to house Transpak TransPak Model Displays and Options T Temp I/P Smart, Isolating 2-wire Transmitter Non IS T Temp I/P Smart, Isolating 2-wire Transmitter IS-FM/CSA T Temp I/P Smart, Isolating 2-wire Transmitter Hart, Non IS T Temp I/P Smart, Isolating 2-wire Transmitter Hart, ISFM/CSA 2 Optional Display Configuration cable, Software 3 Optional Enclosure T79D-2000 Two line alphanumeric display T79E-D000 Explosion proof housing with window T79E-0000 Explosion proof housing without window T79E-1000 Weather proof head mount enclosure T79E-H000 Explosion proof head mount enclosure T79A-P000 Pipe mount Bracket for T79E-0/D only T79A-B000 Bulkhead (flat surface) mounting plate T79A-D000 DIN Rail mounting kit T79A-M000 T797 PC serial configuration cable (6 ) T79A-MH00 T798 Hart configuration cable (6 ) T79A-C000 Configuration software for T797 and T798 T79A-E000 Mounting kit for EP enclosure 4 5 Optional Enclosure Mounting Optional Factory Configuration C620 Specify desired configuration Isolator 1 1 Model Accessories T Loop powered Isolator M004 Snap-in channel track, 4ft T805 Explosion proof housing T902 Mounting plate for M004, includes 4 track T903 Extra retaining ring for T805 (included in T805) T906 Extra mounting plate with slotted thumbscrews for Vispak V565C (included in V565C) T910 Bulkhead mounting plate 9046 ActionPak 24/40V DC, 65mA Loop power supply T609 24V, 600mA Loop power supply V /2 digit remote loop powered indicator with wide ranging display, NEMA 4 X enclosure. Specify Option C to house Transpak

320 6-26 AC Transducer - Eclipse Series AC Power Transducer Eclipse 1 Specify Model Active power E1-1W0 Single phase (~) E1-1W3 3 phase 3 wire balanced (3 ~ 1E) E1-1W4 3 phase 4 wire balanced (3N ~ 1E) E1-2W3 3 phase 3 wire unbalanced (3 ~ 2E) E1-2W4 3 phase 4 wire unbalanced (3N ~ 2E) E1-3W4 3 phase 4 wire unbalanced (3N ~ 3E) Reactive power E1-2VAR3 3 phase 3 wire unbalanced (3 ~ 2E) E1-2VAR4 3 phase 4 wire unbalanced (3N ~ 2E) Power Range Calibration power in watts* * Please see AC power transducer data sheet Programming section for allowable ranges Line-to-line volts = 3 x line to neutral volts 2 System Volt (line to line) 110V 110V 220V 220V 23V 230V 20V 240V 380V 380V 400V 400V 415V 415V 3 Input Frequency (fn) 50Hz 45-65Hz 400Hz 400Hz 4 Current Input 1A 1A 5A 5A 10A 10A (special) 5 Output Range and Units 0-1mA 0-1mA 0-10mA 0-10mA 0-20mA 0-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA 0-10V 0-10V 6 Auxiliary Supply 110V 110V ±20% 230V 230V ±20% 400V 400V ±20% 24V 24V dc 7 Options 4Kv.Iso1 4kV isolation tested Acc-0.2 Accuracy class 0.2 AC Current Transducer Model 2 Input Frequency 4 Auxiliary Supply E1-I1 Single phase self-powered E1-I3 3 phase self-powered E1-IAVE1 Single phase average auxiliary-powered E1-IRMS1 Single phase rms auxiliary-powered E1-IRMS3 3 phase rm auxiliary-powered 1 Input Range (fn) 1A 1A (direct) 5A 5A (direct) 10A 10A (direct) CT ratio (please specify) 50Hz 50Hz 400Hz 400Hz 3 Output Range and Units 0-1mA 0-1mA 0-10mA 0-10mA 0-20mA 0-20mA Not available with self-powered units 4-20mA 4-20mA 0-10V 0-10V Auxiliary supply (E1-IAVE1 and E1-IRMS1) 110V 110V ±20% 230V 230V ±20% 400V 400V ±20% 24V 24V dc Self-powered (E1-I1 and E1-I3) 5 Options 4Kv.Iso1 4kV isolation tested Acc-0.2 Accuracy class 0.2 AC Voltage Transducer Model 2 Input Frequency (fn) 4 Auxiliary Supply E1-VAVE1 E1-VRMS1 E1-VRMS3 E1-VRMS4 Average single phase RMS single phase RMS 3 phase L-L (3-wire) RMS 3 phase L-N (4-wire) 50Hz 50Hz Specify Other 3 Output Range and Units 110V 110V ±20% 230V 230V ±20% 400V 400V ±20% 24V 24V dc 1 Input Range 20V 20V 40V 40V 60V 60V 150V 150V 300V 300V 500V 500V (not VRMS3) 0-1mA 0-1mA 0-10mA 0-10mA 0-20mA 0-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA 0-10V 0-10V Options If an E1-VRMS3 or an E1-VRMS4 is ordered with a ma output, this output may only be connected to a differential input on another device. It is possible to supply on of these units to drive a single ended input 5 4Kv.Iso1 4kV isolation tested Acc-0.2 Accuracy class 0.2 AC Power Transducer Specification Sheet HA083848U001 AC Current Transducer Specification Sheet HA083844U001 AC Voltage Transducer Specification Sheet HA083845U001

321 AC Transducer - Eclipse Series 6-27 AC Frequency Transducer E1-FREQ Model 2 Input Range E1-FREQ AC frequency trans 110V 110V 220V 220V 230V 230V 1 Input Range 240V 240V 380V 380V 45-55Hz 45-55Hz 400V 400V 45-65Hz 45-65Hz 415V 415V Specify Other 35Hz-10Hz Specify Other 10V-415V 3 Output Range and Units 4 Auxiliary Supply 0-1mA 0-1mA 0-10mA 0-10mA 0-20mA 0-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA 0-10V 0-10V 110V 110V ±20% 230V 230V ±20% 400V 400V ±20% 24V 24V dc 5 Options 4Kv.Iso1 4kV isolation tested Acc-0.2 Accuracy class 0.2 AC Drives Eclipse Coding Phase Angle Transducer Model 2 Input Frequency (fn) 4 Output Range and Units 5 Auxiliary Supply E1-1C0 Single phase E1-1C3 Three phase 1 Input Voltage 110V 110V 220V 220V 230V 230V 240V 240V 380V 380V 400V 400V 415V 415V 50Hz 45-65Hz 400Hz 400Hz 3 Current Input (In) 1A 1A 5A 5A 10A 10A Specify CT ratio Not available unless unipolar specified as an option 0-1mA 0-1mA 0-10mA 0-10mA 0-20mA 0-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA 0-10V 0-10V Ranges only available for power factor 0.5 lead to 1 to 0.5 lag ±0.5mA 0.5mA to +0.5mA +5mA 5mA to +5mA ±10mA 10mA to +10mA 110V 110V ±20% 230V 230V ±20% 400V 400V ±20% 24V 24V dc 6 Options 4Kv.Iso1 4kV isolation tested Acc-0.2 Accuracy class 0.2 * Please specify 0.5 lead to 1.5 lead to 1 to 0.5 lag or 0.8 lead to 1 to 0.2 lag Potentiometer and Tap Position Transducer Model 1 Output Range and Units 2 Auxiliary Supply E1-POT E1-TAP Potentiometer Tap position transducer 0-1mA 0-1mA 0-10mA 0-10mA 0-20mA 0-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA 0-10V 0-10V 110V 110V ±20% 230V 230V ±20% 400V 400V ±20% 3 Options 4Kv.Iso1 4kV isolation tested Acc-0.2 Accuracy class 0.2 AC Frequency Transducer Data Sheet HA083846U001 Phase Angle Transducer Data Sheet HA083847U001 Potentiometer and Tap Positioner Data Sheet HA083849U001

322 6-28 Signal Conditioning Signal AC Drives Conditioning Coding Dual Trip Amplifier Current/Voltage Input E4002ALM-HL-*-XXX-** E4002ALM-HL-*-XXX-**A E4002ALM-HL-*-XXX-**B E4002ALM-HL-*-XXX-**AB with Transmission E4002ALM-HL-*-AXX-** E4002ALM-HL-*-AXX-**A E4002ALM-HL-*-AXX-**B E4002ALM-HL-*-AXX-**AB Dual Trip Amplifier Thermocouple Input E4002ALM-TC-*-XXX-** E4002ALM-TC-*-XXX-**A with Transmission E4002ALM-TC-*-AXX-** E4002ALM-TC-*-AXX-**A Dual Trip Amplifier with RTD Input E4002ALM-RTD-*-XXX-** E4002ALM-RTD-*-XXX-**A with Transmission E4002ALM-RTD-*-AXX-** E4002ALM-RTD-*-AXX-**A * Range of signal ** Supply type Multi Function Amplifier 4002ALM-6 Multi function high level T/C, RTD signal types Retansmission and transmission supplied as

323 I/O Signal Conditioning, Probes, Thermosensors, Ancillary 6-29 Thermosensors, Ancillary Thermosensors AP1 In-Situ Carbon Probe AP3 In-Situ Oxygen Probe Thermocouples and RTDs PT100 Resistance Thermometer (PRT) Installation Fittings & Connectors Ancillary MEMOCAL 2000 Calibrator KD485 Communications Converter Other Coding

324 AP AP Series In-Situ Carbon Probe - AP AP E 0 AP1 Basic Product Carbon Probe 1 Thermocouple Type 1 Type K 2 Type R 3 Type S 3 Length (Dimension L) probe. Type K, Type R, Type S LL Length in whole inches (22 min. to 41 max) 5 Cable 0 Six feet, no armor 1 Six feet with armor 9 Other than 6 feet (specify length when ordering) AP1 Accessories Cable Assemblies A A A A Type K/flexible armor Type R/S/flexible armor Type K/no flexible armor Type R/S/no flexible armor Reference Air Supplies A Single Sensor without Burnoff Option 100 Dual Sensor without Burnoff Option 200 Single Sensor with Optional Remote Burnoff Solenoid 400 Single Sensor with Optional Remote Burnoff Solenoid (International model) 500 Single Sensor without Burnoff Option (International model) International models have flow gauges scaled in litres per minute. 3 0 Front panel only assy 1 Assembly with case Vac 50/60 Hz Vac 50/60 Hz AP1 Specification Sheet HA029285

325 AP3 AP Series In-Situ Carbon Probe - AP AP E 0 Basic Product 3 Length (Dimension L) AP1 Carbon Probe probe. Type K, Type R, Type S LL Length in whole inches (22 min. to 41 max) 1 Thermocouple Type 1 Type K 2 Type R 3 Type S 5 Cable 0 Six feet, no armor 1 Six feet with armor 9 Other than 6 feet (specify length when ordering) AP3 Specification Sheet HA029286

326 6-32 Thermocouples & Resistance Thermometers (RTDs) Style FA General purpose thermocouples including 2 meters stainless steel braided cable and tails. Type Probe Diameter Probe Length J 4.5mm 100mm J 4.5mm 200mm J 4.5mm 300mm J 6.0mm 100mm J 6.0mm 200mm J 6.0mm 300mm K 4.5mm 100mm K 4.5mm 200mm K 4.5mm 300mm K 6.0mm 100mm K 6.0mm 200mm K 6.0mm 300mm T 4.5mm 100mm T 4.5mm 200mm T 4.5mm 300mm T 6.0mm 100mm T 6.0mm 200mm T 6.0mm 300mm Flexicouples including 2 meters stainless steel braided cable and tails. Type Probe Diameter J 4.5mm K 4.5mm TCs & RTDs Exposed Junction and Magnetic Thermocouples Exposed junction thermocouples 1 metre, PTFE insulated twin twisted cable and tails. Type Probe Diameter Probe Length K PTFE 1/0.2mm K GLASSFIBRE 1/0.315mm J PTFE 1/0.2mm J GLASSFIBRE 1/0.315mm T PTFE 1/0.315mm Magnetic thermocouples type K with 1 metre PTFE insulated twin cable and tails Magnetic patch Button magnet Style MA Mineral insulated thermocouples including 2 meters stainless steel braided cable and tails. Type Probe Diameter Probe Length J 1.5mm 250mm J 1.5mm 500mm J 3.0mm 250mm J 3.0mm 500mm J 4.5mm 250mm J 4.5mm 500mm K 1.5mm 250mm K 1.5mm 500mm K 3.0mm 250mm K 3.0mm 500mm K 4.5mm 250mm K 4.5mm 500mm Style MC Heavy duty insulated thermocouple. A 6mm diameter probe fitted with a miniature terminal. Type Probe Length J 100mm J 200mm J 300mm K 100mm K 200mm K 300mm All thermocouple cables and connectors comply with BSEN colour coding (equivalent to IE 584-3) as standard. All dimensions stated are nominal. Sensors Specification Sheet HA013208

327 PT100 Resistance Thermometers (PRT) 6-33 Style RA General purpose PRT including 2 metre cable and tails. PTFE insulated cable. Probe Diameter Probe Length mm 100mm mm 200mm mm 100mm mm 200mm mm 100mm mm 200mm Air duct PRT including 2 metre stainless steel braided cable and tails Probe Diameter Probe Length mm 200mm PRT with stainless steel braided cable Probe Diameter Probe Length mm 100mm mm 200mm mm 100mm mm 200mm mm 100mm mm 200mm Style RC Heavy duty PRT A 6mm diameter probe fitted with a miniature terminal Probe Diameter Probe Length mm 100mm mm 150mm mm 200mm mm 300mm PT100 Surface and air measurement PRT Self Adhesive Patch with 1m lead Indoor air box (wall mounting) Outdoor air box (wall mounting)

328 6-34 Installation Fittings & Connectors Fittings/Connectors Sensor installation fittings Adjustable bayonet fittings mm Grubb screw mm Compression mm Grubb screw mm Compression mm Grub screw (suits ) Bayonet adaptors, 1/8 BSP mm mm mm mm mm 2 pin (suits ) Mounting flanges (requires 1/8 BSPT compression fitting) Stainless steel Brass Adjustable mounting fittings (compression couplings) Brass /8 BSPT x 1.5mm /8 BSPT x 3.0mm /8 BSPT x 4.5mm /8 BSPT x 6.0mm /4 BSPT x 6.0mm /4 BSPT x 1/ /2 BSPT x 6.0mm /2 BSPT x 1/4 Stainless steel /8 BSPT x 1.5mm /8 BSPT x 3.0mm /8 BSPT x 4.5mm /8 BSPT x 6.0mm /4 BSPT x 6.0mm /4 BSPT x 1/ /2 BSPT x 6.0mm Metric to BSP Convertor Brass M12 x 1 to 1/8 BSP female Thermowells and thermopockets 1/2 BSP process thread (1/8 BSP in rear) Thermowell 50mm Thermowell 100mm Thermowell 150mm Thermopocket 250mm Thermocouple Connectors Thermocouple connectors - standard range J K T R/S Copper Plug In-line socket Panel socket Connector Accessories External cable clamp Standard Miniature Thermocouple connectors - miniature range J K T N R/S Copper Plug In-line socket Panel socket Thermocouple Extension + Compensating and PRT Extension Cable PVC Twin Flat 7/0.2 Glassfibre with Stainless Steel Overbraid 50m 100m J extension K extension T extension N extension K (VX) compensating R/S (U) compensating Glassfibre Extension cable 7/0.2 50m 100m J extension K extension 50m 100m J extension K extension PRT Extension Cable 50m 100m J extension

329 MEMOCAL 2000 Calibrator MEMOCAL MEMOCAL ER Basic Product 1 Options 2 Case MEMOCAL 2000 Controller 00 None RS RS232 Comms For use with RS option only 0 None 1 Case Accessoies MEM2000BATTO MEM2000CALER NOMEM2000DT0ER Battery pack (rechargeable) Factory calibration certificate Desktop adaptor (for use with RS option) MEMOCAL 2000 Specification Sheet HA026732

330 KD Universal Isolated Interface Converter - KD KD485 Basic Product KD485 Communications isolator (replaces D240 and D241) - see Note 1 Type ADE Automatic drive enable isolator (standard for use with controllers) STD Interface convertor/isolator only PROG Programmable isolator 3 Input 232 RS232 4XX RS422/RS485 4 Output 232 RS232 4XX RS422/RS485 2 Power Supply Unit 00 No PSU (for Process Control Systems) PS PSU (Blukhead mounting (240V only) PSDIN PSU (DIN rail mounting) (240V only) Note The KD485 is 24V DC powered, if a mains power supply is required (e.g. as a replacement to a D240/D241) please order 2500P in addition to the KD485. KD485 Specification Sheet HA026030

331 Response, Lifetime, Performance 7-1 Features Response Lifetime Performance Service Centre Field Service Help Desk Technical Support Commissioning Training Extended Warranties Lifetime Service Agreements Calibration Process Optimisation Network Analysis Product Info page Service Guide

332 7-2 Service Guide

333 Text 9pt Andale auto leading Heading 9pt Andale Bold Auto leading space after 1mm Text 9pt Andale auto leading On-site call-out Service centres for rapid repairs Certified courses on site or at one of our facilities Up to 5 year warranty for instrumentation Service agreements with 8-hour response and fixed costs Calibration of any manufacturer s instrumentation on site Spares rental service Process optimization Archiving of process data Service Guide Response, Lifetime, Performance Response Response Services Lifetime Lifetime Services Performance Performance Service Single Loop Guide Contents For over 40 years Eurotherm has provided outstanding levels of customer service. To ensure our customers get the support they need, our service division has been organized into three areas: Response Services, Lifetime Services and Performance Services. The different products within these groups will meet the specific need at that time, from engineer on the help-desk during working hours to an engineer attending your site in the early hours of the morning. The service you need, where you need it, when you need it. Commissioning Services Our commissioning services include everything from configuring an instrument before it is dispatched, through to on-site installation and optimization. During this process staff can be trained on the configuration and operator routine. Our engineers can work alone or alongside your plant engineering staff to reduce your costs and enable knowledge transfer.

334 7-4 Response Response Services Highly trained engineers to solve technical queries Resolution of configuration and application issues Dedicated time by the most appropriate specialist Refurbishment not just repair 12 month warranty for repairs 7 day turnaround Country-wide service coverage Commissioning, repair, upgrades and training IDEAL These services FOR Benefits provide solutions IDEAL to FOR immediate Benefits needs. IDEAL TheyFOR Benefits include the IDEAL main Service FOR Centre Benefits in Sussex, IDEAL Field FOR Service Benefits IDEAL Engineers, FOR the Benefits Help-desk and IDEAL Technical FOR Benefits Support. IDEAL FOR Benefits All of these IDEAL resources FOR are available Benefits to IDEAL any Eurotherm FOR Benefits IDEAL customer, FOR even Benefits without a IDEAL maintenance FOR Benefits contract. Service IDEAL FOR Benefits requests can IDEAL be handled FOR by Benefits the sales IDEAL office who FOR will Benefits prepare IDEAL quotations, FOR raise Benefits orders and IDEAL schedule FOR an Benefits engineer IDEAL visit. FOR Service Centre Situated within our manufacturing facility, the Service Centre provides a great deal more than a repair facility, All returned instruments are thoroughly refurbished and tested to ensure on-going reliability. Manufacturing improvements made since the product was originally shipped are also implemented. Any instrument that is still currently manufactured will be repaired under our fixed price repair scheme and returned with a 12-month warranty covering the entire product. Products that are obsolete may still be repairable using a combination of new and recycled parts. Field Service Our field service team provide much more than an on-site breakdown service. We are also able to assist with commissioning, training, process improvement and routine maintenance. Each engineer has been factory trained, provided with tested and verified calibration equipment, and also carries an extensive range of both spares and new instrumentation. Help Desk Our customer help desk facility provides technical telephone support during office hours. It is staffed only by engineers who have many years of experience. Typically, the service answers specification and configuration queries on Eurotherm products and systems. We can also offer telephone support for software products to contract customers. Technical Support During commissioning or upgrade, a small amount of technical support by our engineers could save your own staff a great deal of time. Our Technical Support team can also provide additional application advice over the phone or by . This service is available to you by the hour or by the day, and additional time can be banked for future requirements. This is in addition to technical support time built-in to many Eurotherm products at the time of purchase. Services Brochure HA028431

335 Lifetime Services 7-5 IDEAL Eurotherm FOR customers Benefits are IDEAL not left FOR to fend Benefits for themselves IDEAL after FOR Benefits purchase. Throughout IDEAL FOR the Benefits lifetime of the IDEAL product FOR a range Benefits of IDEAL services FOR are available, Benefits to IDEAL improve FOR performance, Benefits retain IDEAL FOR Benefits regulatory compliance, IDEAL FOR or Benefits maintain high IDEAL levels FOR of up Benefits time. These lifetime services include calibration, training, IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR maintenance contracts and equipment warranties. While Benefits calibration IDEAL and maintenance FOR Benefits are the best IDEAL known FOR annual Benefits IDEAL services, FOR in addition Benefits many IDEAL customers FOR require Benefits routine IDEAL training, FOR Benefits or electronic IDEAL back up FOR of process Benefits control IDEAL data FOR off site. Benefits To IDEAL improve FOR budgeting Benefits and cost IDEAL control, FOR all Benefits of these services IDEAL FOR can Benefits be wrapped IDEAL into an FOR agreed Benefits annual service IDEAL charge. FOR Benefits Lifetime Commissioning Our commissioning services include everything from configuring an instrument before it is dispatched, though to on-site installation and optimisation. During this process your staff can be trained on the configuration and operator routine. Our engineers can work alone, or alongside your plant engineering staff to reduce costs and enable knowledge transfer. After commissioning, electronic copies of the instrument configurations can be provided on CD for future use. Re-furbishing existing panels to upgrade the control and acquisition equipment is becoming increasingly popular. The Eurotherm engineer will take control of the complete project including panel and wiring modifications. This can can provide a cost efficient method to gain compliance to regulatory standards like Nadcap and FDA. Training Through Eurotherm training, your employees from operators to engineering specialists, can develop the skills and knowledge required to maximise the results from your investment in plant and instrumentation. Eurotherm offers a range of scaleable, modular learning solutions that can be delivered at your site or at our training centre in Worthing. Lifetime service agreements Assured response to site, fixed costs and agreed maintenance routines are all provided with Lifetime Support Agreements. The customer decides the level of service for each element of the contract. Response to site can be from within 8 hours or up to next working day. Telephone support can be enhanced to 24/7 cover. Instrument warranties can be extended under the contract to provide fixed costs for maintenance. Configuration back-ups of equipment and PCs can be included to enhance up time. On site spares can be provided to ensure that instrument failure causes the least amount of plant disruption. Elements of the contract may be passed onto the next year if they are unused. The contract will clearly show the levels of support being provided and the amount of time contracted to give complete transparency to the agreement. Factory trained engineers Configuration and Installation Commissioning Training Compliance with customer requirements Compliance with regulations Compliance with equipment specification 24/7 Cover Guaranteed response times Fixed costs UKAS accredited On-site calibration Compliance with regulations Calibration Eurotherm can provide UKAS Accredited calibration certificates for a wide range of process parameters. Other parameters can be calibrated and are supplied with Eurotherm traceable calibration certificates. This service can be on-site or at the calibration laboratory situated in Sussex. When conducted on-site, if an instrument fails calibration a loan or replacement item is supplied to minimise plant disruption. The calibration team are a specialist group of engineers within Eurotherm and are backed by a team within the factory. These teams are able to work to the wide range of regulations and procedures operated by different companies including: AMS2750, RPS953, GAMP, UKAS and ISO9000 procedures. Services Brochure HA028431

336 7-6 Performance Services Performance IDEAL A business FOR as Benefits usual approach IDEAL is FOR not Benefits enough in IDEAL today s FOR Benefits competitive IDEAL business FOR environment. Benefits Simply IDEAL maintaining FOR Benefits IDEAL existing FOR plant Benefits and equipment IDEAL to FOR perform Benefits at original IDEAL levels FOR does not help you keep pace with changing market Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits conditions. Our Performance Services team will work with IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR Benefits IDEAL FOR you to improve your process to benefit your business. Benefits Customer needs IDEAL vary, FOR and Benefits no single solution IDEAL FOR will be Benefits the IDEAL optimum FOR for Benefits all customers, IDEAL so using FOR our Benefits long experience IDEAL FOR Benefits across many IDEAL industries FOR we Benefits can improve IDEAL your FOR control Benefits and IDEAL monitoring FOR applications Benefits IDEAL to maintain FOR your Benefits competitive IDEAL edge. FOR Process Optimisation Most businesses are driving down hard on costs and striving to improve performance. Improved productivity Reduced costs Shorter cycle times Benchmark the system for performance evaluation Identify bottlenecks and provide solutions Determine network capacity for future expansion Document the network architecture for analysis We can play a role in this process by bringing experienced engineers onto site, auditing the process and identifying possible improvements. Monitoring equipment can be installed to understand performance and costs, to create a baseline upon which the improvements can be measured. The solutions will range from simple enhancements, recommissioning or possibly taking a completely fresh approach to the control solution. Typically this work is only completed when new projects are undertaken but we believe it can improve the productivity of plant by applying the experience of our engineers. Network Analysis Networks are the back bone of today s control and monitoring systems, transmitting process data between devices, local controllers and supervisory systems. Their failure can clearly have a serious impact on plant systems. Using specialist equipment, our engineers will create a report detailing the physical and electrical qualities of the network. The quality and utilisation performance, capacity and architecture will be measured and assessed. Along with physical failures, bottlenecks and the overall capacity of the system will be identified. This analysis will result in a clearer understanding of your network, reducing downtime and improving performance. Services Brochure HA028431

337 Eurotherm: International sales and service Understanding and providing local support is a key part of Eurotherm business. Complementing worldwide Eurotherm offices are a whole range of partners and a comprehensive technical support team, to ensure you get a service you will want to go back to. AUSTRALIA Sydney Eurotherm Pty. Ltd. T (+61 2) F (+61 2) E info.au@eurotherm.com AUSTRIA Vienna Eurotherm GmbH T (+43 1) F (+43 1) E info.at@eurotherm.com BELGIUM & LUXEMBOURG Moha Eurotherm S.A/N.V. T (+32) F (+32) E info.be@eurotherm.com BRAZIL Campinas-SP Eurotherm Ltda. T (+5519) F (+5519) E info.br@eurotherm.com CHINA Eurotherm China T (+86 21) F (+86 21) E info.cn@eurotherm.com Beijing Office T (+86 10) F (+86 10) E info.cn@eurotherm.com Guangzhou Office T (+86 20) F (+86 20) E info.cn@eurotherm.com DENMARK Copenhagen Eurotherm Danmark AS T (+45 70) F (+45 70) E info.dk@eurotherm.com FINLAND Abo Eurotherm Finland T (+358) F (+358) E info.fi@eurotherm.com FRANCE Lyon Eurotherm Automation SA T ( ) F ( ) E info.fr@eurotherm.com GERMANY Limburg Eurotherm Deutschland GmbH T ( ) 2980 F ( ) E info.de@eurotherm.com HONG KONG Eurotherm Hongkong T (+85 2) F (+85 2) E info.hk@eurotherm.com INDIA Chennai Eurotherm India Limited T (+91 44) F (+91 44) E info.in@eurotherm.com IRELAND Dublin Eurotherm Ireland Limited T (+353 1) F (+353 1) E info.ie@eurotherm.com ITALY Como Eurotherm S.r.l T ( ) F ( ) E info.it@eurotherm.com KOREA Seoul Eurotherm Korea Limited T (+82 31) F (+82 31) E info.kr@eurotherm.com NETHERLANDS Alphen a/d Rijn Eurotherm B.V. T ( ) F ( ) E info.nl@eurotherm.com NORWAY Oslo Eurotherm A/S T (+47 67) F (+47 67) E info.no@eurotherm.com POLAND Katowice Invensys Eurotherm Sp z o.o. T (+48 32) F (+48 32) E info.pl@eurotherm.com SPAIN Madrid Eurotherm España SA T (+34 91) F (+34 91) E info.es@eurotherm.com SWEDEN Malmo Eurotherm AB T (+46 40) F (+46 40) E info.se@eurotherm.com SWITZERLAND Wollerau Eurotherm Produkte (Schweiz) AG T (+41 44) F (+41 44) E info.ch@eurotherm.com UNITED KINGDOM Worthing Eurotherm Limited T ( ) F ( ) E info.uk@eurotherm.com U.S.A. Leesburg VA Eurotherm Inc. T (+1 703) F (+1 703) E info.us@eurotherm.com Represented by: ED56 Eurotherm is also represented in the following countries: Algeria Azerbaijan Bahrain Bangladesh Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso Cameroon Canada Czech Republic Egypt Georgia Greece Guinea-Conakry Hungary Indonesia Iran Iraq Israel Ivory Coast Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kuwait Latvia Lithuania Malaysia Mali Mexico New Zealand Niger Nigeria Oman Pakistan Philippines Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russia Saudi Arabia Serbia and Montenegro Singapore Slovak Republic Slovenia South Africa Sri Lanka Thailand Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan UAE Ukraine Uzbekistan Copyright Eurotherm Limited 2008 Invensys, Eurotherm, the Eurotherm logo, Chessell, EurothermSuite, Mini8, Eycon, Eyris, EPower and Wonderware are trademarks of Invensys plc, its subsidiaries and affiliates. All other brands may be trademarks of their respective owners. All rights are strictly reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced, modified, or transmitted in any form by any means, nor may it be stored in a retrieval system other than for the purpose to act as an aid in operating the equipment to which the document relates, without the prior written permission of Eurotherm limited. Eurotherm Limited pursues a policy of continuous development and product improvement. The specifications in this document may therefore be changed without notice. The information in this document is given in good faith, but is intended for guidance only. Eurotherm Limited will accept no responsibility for any losses arising from errors in this document. Part No. HA Issue 1